53047 


Tl 1 inols 

617.606 
12  9h 
state    dental                 cor-.    2 

society 
Historical  booklet 

53047 

DATE 

ISSUED  TO 

UIC 


Return  this  volume  on  or  before 
the  Latest  Date  stamped  below. 

The  University  of  Illinois  at  Chicago 
Library  of  the  Health  Sciences,  Chicago 
(312)  996-8963 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2010  with  funding  from 

CARLI:  Consortium  of  Academic  and  Research  Libraries  in  Illinois 


http://www.archive.org/details/historicalbookleOOilli 


HISTORICAL  BOOKLET 

OF  THE 

Illinois  State  Dental 
Society 


WITH   CLASSIFIED   INDEX   OF   ALL  PAPERS,  DISCUS- 
SIONS AND  CLINICS,  AND  PERSONAL  INDEX  OF 
ADMINISTRATION,     PAPERS,     DISCUSSIONS 
AND   CLINICS    AS    PUBLISHED  IN    THE 
TRANSACTIONS  OF  THE  SOCIETY 

1865-1914 


PUBLISHED    IN    CONNECTION    WITH    THE    GOLDEN    JUBILEE 

CELEBRATION  HELD  IN  CHICAGO,  MARCH  23-26,  1914 

BY  A  SPECIAL  COMMITTEE  APPOINTED 

FOR  THE  PURPOSE 


Committee 

J.  N.  Crouse  (deceased)  C.  R.  E.  Koch 

E.  M.   ROBBINS  J.  W.  CORMANY 

Arthur  D.  Black,  Chairman 


b  - 


ILLINOIS  STATE  DENTAL  SOCIETY. 


OFFICERS,  1914. 


President 

Vice-President 

Secretary 

Treasurer 

Librarian 

Photograph  Custodian 


W.  II.  G.  Logan,  Chicago. 
\V.  A.  Hoover.  Gibson  City. 
Henry  L.  Whipple,  Quincy 
T.  P.  Donelan,  Springfield. 
I.  B.  Johnson,  Onarga. 
J.  T.  Cummins.  Metropolis. 


EXECUTIVE  COUNCIL. 

L.  B.  Torrence,  Chester. 

A.  E.  Converse,  Springfield. 
G.  W.  Haskins,  Chicago. 
A.  D.  Black,  Chicago. 

J.  P.  Buckley,  Chicago. 

G.  C.  McCann,  Danville. 

J.  M.  Barcus,  Carlinville. 
L.  E.  Conradt,  Decatur. 
J.  F.  Leigh,  Evanston. 


THE  INDEX. 

Good  Literature,  made  easily  accessible, 
serves  to  strengthen  the  mind  and  hand  of 
every  progressive  practitioner. 

— G.  V.  Black. 


DEDICATION. 

To  that  group  of  noble  men  who  organ- 
ized this  Society ; 

To  those  men  who  have,  with  devotion 
and  self-sacrifice,  guided  it  ever  onward ; 

To  those  who,  by  the  brilliancy  of 
writings  presented,  have  enriched  dental 
literature ; 

To  those  who,  by  the  development  of 
new  thought  of  scientific  value,  have  fur- 
thered dental  progress ; 

To  those  who,  by  their  untiring  interest 
and  steadfastness,  have  become  life  members; 

To  all  who  have  in  any  way  contributed 
to  the  advancement  of  the  work  of  this 
Society,  and  have  thus  aided  in  the  uplift  of 
humanity,  this  volume  is  dedicated. 


CONTENTS. 


PAGE 

The  Index.     G.  V.  Black 4 

Dedication   5 

Why? 7 

List  of  Charter  Members 8 

Complete  List  of  Life  Members 9 

Growth  of  the  Society  by  Years 11 

In  Memoriam    12 

Part  I.     Historical  Sketches 15 

A  Historical  Sketch  of  the  First  Thirty  Years  of 

the  Illinois  State  Dental  Society,  1865  to  1893, 

inclusive.     Edmund  Noyes 16 

A   Historical  Sketch  of  the   Illinois  State   Dental 

Society,  1894  to  1913,  inclusive.  E.  K.  Blair. .  40 
Diary  of  Administrative  Progress  and  Uplift  Work 

of  the  Illinois  State  Dental  Society,  1865-1913. 

C.  R.  E.  Koch .' 56 

Part  II.     Classified  Subject  Index  to  the  Proceedings  of  the 

Illinois  State  Dental  Society,  1865-1913 77 

Part  III.     Personal  Index  to  the  Proceedings  of  the  Illinois 

State  Dental  Society ■ 131 

PINK   SHEET 

Appendix    1 

How  to  use  this  Classification  and  Index 1 

The  Plan  of  This  Index.    Arthur  D.  Black.  .. 2 

Classification  for  Dental  Literature 11 

Index  to  Classification 16 

Index 16 


Why? 


Literature  is  the  record  of  progress.  In  the  dental  profession, 
as  in  other  fields  of  activity,  the  literature  has  a  twofold  value ;  the 
dissemination  of  knowledge  at  the  time  of  publication,  and  the 
building  and  constant  strengthening  of  the  foundation  for  the 
future.  As  time  passes,  it  becomes  history.  If  we  consider  the 
establishment  of  dentistry  as  a  profession  to  have  been  contempora- 
neous with  the  establishment  of  our  first  college  and  our  first  journal 
in  1839,  we  have  now  reached  the  period  when  we  must  rely  on  the 
printed  records  for  our  knowledge  of  the  past.  We  can  no  longer 
get  by  word  of  mouth  the  history  of  the  early  days.  The  last  of 
the  men  who  laid  the  first  stones  in  the  foundation  of  our  profession 
have  passed  away.  What  heritage  have  they  and  those  who  fol- 
lowed left  for  us?  What  is  the  foundation  upon  which  we  stand 
to-day"?  What  is  the  record  of  our  progress?  These  are  questions 
which  should  come  to  the  minds  of  the  men  of  to-day  —  and  of 
to-morrow.  We  should  know  more  than  we  do  of  the  record  of  our 
profession.  A  better  knowledge  of  the  men,  work  and  writings  of 
the  past  should  be  reflected  in  the  literature  and  teaching  of  to-day. 

There  is  so  much  of  value  in  the  published  proceedings  of  the 
Illinois  State  Dental  Society  that  it  has  been  thought  worth  while 
to  publish  this  index,  and  thus  make  the  work  of  the  first  fifty  years 
available  for  the  future.  The  committee  has  been  greatly  pleased 
to  learn  that  a  considerable  number  of  complete,  and  a  very  large 
number  of  tolerably  complete,  files  of  the  transactions  have  been 
preserved,  in  both  private  and  public  libraries. 

It  was  for  the  purpose  of.  directing  attention  to  the  splendid 
work  of  the  past,  and  at  the  same  time  to  give  those  who  have 
labored  for  the  success  of  this  Society  and  the  advancement  of  the 
profession  some  small  measure  of  credit,  that  the  publication  of 
this  booklet  was  undertaken. 


ILLINOIS  STATE  DENTAL  SOCIETY. 


LIST  OF  CHARTER  MEMBERS. 


•Abell,  T.  C 
Albaugh,  Wm. 
Ames,  A. 
Babcock,  S. 
Baker,  B.  M. 
Brown,  A.  E. 
Burnett,  J.  M. 
Bush,  L. 

Carpenter,  E.  R.  E. 
Clapp,  J.  L. 
Crouse,  J.  N. 
Cushing,  G.  H. 
Dean,  Jas.  C. 
Dean,  M.  S. 
Ellis,  J.  Ward 
Farnham,  B.  W. 
Ferries,  A.  C. 
Freeman,  A.  W. 
Fuller,  J.  C. 
Gibbs,  A.  E. 
Griswold,  N.  R. 
Hall,  Henry 
Harris,  A.  J. 
Haskell,  L.  P. 
Honsinger,  E. 


Kennicott,  J.  A. 

KlLBOURNE,  E.  H. 

Kitchen,  C.  A. 
Lewis,  H.  N. 
Lewis,  G.  G. 
Low,  J.  E. 
Marsh,  J.  S. 
Motter,  G.,  Jr. 
Noble,  S.  B. 
Ormsbee,  W.  "W. 
overholzer,  d.  l. 
Pallock,  Jno. 
Park,  Edgar 
Reber,  A.  S. 
Rising,  C.  B. 
Sherwood,  M.  W. 
Smith,  G.  T. 
Smith,  J.  W. 
Stevens,  Wm.  A. 
Thompson,  J.  F. 
Truesdell,  T.  N. 
Van  Sant,  A.  C. 

WlLLSON,  0. 

Young,  J.  H. 


COMPLETE  LIST  OF  LIFE  MEMBERS. 


The  Constitution  of  the  State  Society  provides  that  whenever  a 
member  has  paid  dues  for  twenty-five  consecutive  years  he  shall  be 
a  "life  member"  without  further  payment.     All  in  the  following 

list  became  life  members  under  this  rule,  except  three,  who  were 
voted  life  memberships,  as  indicated : 

Elected. 

1.  Judd,  Homer  (vote.  1884).  deceased                          1867 

2.  Black,  G.  V.  (vote,  1887) ,  Chicago 1868 

3.  Gushing,  George  H.,  deceased 1865 

4.  Freeman,  A.  "W.,  deceased 1865 

5.  Kitchen,  C.  A.,  deceased 1865 

6.  Crouse,  J.  N.,  deceased 1865 

7.  Honsinger,  E.,  deceased 1865 

8.  Ormsbee,  W.  W.,  deceased 1865 

9.  Guffin,  E.  L.  (vote,  1889) ,  deceased 1882 

10.  Stone,  E.  C,  deceased 1866 

11.  Koch,  C.  R.  E.,  Chicago 1867 

12.  Swain,  Edgar  D.,  deceased 1867 

13.  Henry,   Charles,  deceased 1868 

14.  Davis,  K.  B.,  deceased 1869 

15.  Matteson,  A.  E.,  Chicago 1869 

16.  Call,  E.  B.r  deceased 1870 

17.  Magill,  W.  T.,  Rock  Island 1871 

18.  Salter,  G.  B.,  deceased 1871 

19.  Davis,  J.  A.  W.,  deceased 1872 

20.  Freeman,  D.  B.,  deceased 1872 

21.  Gilmer,  Thos.  L.,  Chicago 1872 

22.  Harlan,  A.  W.,  deceased 1872 

23.  Mariner,  J.  Frank,  deceased 1872 

24.  Matteson,  C.  F.,  deceased 1872 

25.  Noyes,  Edmund,  Chicago 1872 

26.  Antes,  R.  H.,  deceased 1873 

27.  David,  E.  B.,  Aledo 1873 

28.  Rohland,  C.  B.,  deceased 1874 

29.  Widenham,  J.  C,  Jacksonville 1874 

30.  Campbell,  J.,  Bloomington 1875 

31.  Brophy.  T.  W..  Chicago 1876 

IX 


Elected 

32.  Pruyii,  C.  P.,  Chicago 1876 

33.  Stevens,  W.  A.,  deceased 1876 

34.  Clark,  A.  B.,  Honolulu,  H.I 1876 

35.  Duncan,  E.,  Jacksonville 1877 

36.  Gardiner,  F.  H.,  Chicago 1877 

37.  Pritchett,  T.  W.,  deceased 1877 

38.  Waltz,  A.  S.,  Decatur 1877 

39.  Woolley,  J.  H.,  Chicago 1877 

40.  Cormany,  J.  W.,  Mt.  Carroll 1878 

41.  Hanaford,  M.  L.,  Rockford 1878 

42.  Lawrance,  R.  N.,  Lincoln 1879 

43.  Stewart,  F.  H.,  Joliet 1880 

44.  Sitherwood,  G.  D.,  Bloomington 1880 

45.  Taggart,  W.  H.,  Chicago 1880 

46.  Taylor,  C.  R.,  deceased 1880 

47.  Patton,  M.  H.,  Rock  Island 1906 

48.  Duncan,  S.  F.,  Joliet 1906 

49.  Martin.  W.  C,  Peoria 1906 

50.  Wonderly.  T.  G.,  Galena 1906 

51.  Brown,  A.  E.,  Chicago 1906 

52.  Reid,  J.  G.,  Chicago 1906 

53.  Robbins,  E.  M.,  Chicago 1906 

54.  Wassail,  J.  W.,  deceased 1906 

55.  Johnston,  W.  A.,  Peoria 1908 

56.  Allen,  E.  H.,  Freeport 1908 

57.  Ames,  W.  V-B.,  Chicago 1908 

58.  Goebel,  Robt.,  Lincoln 1908 

59.  Mcintosh,  F.  H.,  Bloomington 1908 

60.  Campbell,  S.  A.,  Mattoon 1911 

61.  Lumpkin,  I.  A.,  Mattoon 1911 

62.  Roberts,  Norman  J..  Waukegan 1911 

63.  Johnson,  C.  N.,  Chicago.  .  . . 1911 

64.  Davis,  L.  L.,  Chicago 1911 

65.  Dunn,  J.  A.,  deceased 1912 

66.  Royce,  E.  A.,  Chicago 1912 

67.  Marshall,  J.  S.,  Berkeley,  Cal 1912 

68.  Blair,  E.  K.,  Waverly 1912 

69.  Sawyer,  C.  B.,  Jacksonville 1912 

70.  Hinkins,  J.  E.,  Chicago 1913 

71.  Wikoff,  B.  D.,  Chicago 1913 

72.  Keefe,  J.  E.,  Chicago 1913 

73.  Cummins,  J.  T.,  Metropolis 1913 

74.  Barcus,  J.  M.,  Carlinville 1913 

75.  Cattell,  D.  M.,  Memphis,  Tenn 1913 

76.  Freeman,  A.  B.,  Chicago 1913 

77.  Holland,  W.  E.,  Jerseyville 1913 


X 


GROWTH   OF  THE   SOCIETY    BY   YEARS. 


Note.—  For  the  total  membership  list  for  the  years  from  1S66  to  1872, 
inclusive,  no  definite  record  is  published,  and  the  figures  are  omitted;  from  187H 
to  1879,  inclusive,  figures  are  taken  from  secretary's  annual  report,  which  did 
not  include  honorary  nor  corresponding  members;  from  1880  to  1891,  inclusive, 
figures  are  taken  from  a  count  of  names  of  active,  honorary  and  corresponding 
members;  from  1892  to  date,  figures  are  the  total  active,  honorary  and  cor- 
responding members,  as  shown  by  resume  following  printed  lists  in  the  pub- 
lished transactions. 

For  the  years  from  1880  to  1904,  inclusive,  the  figures  are  higher  than  the 
actual  number  of  members  in  good  standing,  since  it  was  customary  to  carry 
names  of  delinquents  on  the  books  for  several  years.  Since  the  reorganization, 
beginning  with  1905,  the  figures  are  a  little  too  low,  as  they  represent  only 
those  who  had  actually  paid  dues  when  the  transactions  went  to  press,  and  a 
number  have  each  year  paid  dues  subsequently. 


1890. 
1891. 

1892. 
1893. 
189-4. 
1895. 
1896. 
1897. 
1898. 
1899. 
1900. 
1901, 
1902. 
1903. 
1904. 


Number 
of  New 
Members. 

Total 
Member- 
ship. 

1865 
1866 

49 
...       12 

49 

1867 

...       15 

H 

1868 

...       13 

2 

s 

1869 

...       13 

1870 

...       17 

> 

1871 

17 

© 

<• 

1872 
1873 

36 
...       12 

109 

1874 

. .  .         5 

105 

1875 

10 

94 

1876 

7 

89 

1877 

6 

88 

1878 

10 

92 

1879..    .. 

5 

85 

1880 

5 

108 

1881 

13 

123 

1882 

...       19 

136 

1883 

...       17 

153 

1884 

...       10 

154 

1885 

...       15 

156 

1886 

...       16 

173 

1887 

...       11 

173 

1 888 

19 

187 

1889 

12 

191 

1905 1.006 

1906 

1907 

1908 

1909 

1910 

1911 

1912 

1913 


Number 
of  New 
Members. 

Total 
Member 

ship. 

5 

198 

16 

204 

26 

223 

11 

221 

18 

231 

19 

229 

18 

240 

46 

269 

27 

276 

49 

324 

19 

332 

46 

354 

55 

395 

40 

428 

36 

450 

,006 

1,311 

231 

1,417 

145 

1.429 

129 

1.464 

323 

1,663 

174 

1,672 

115 

1.610 

155 

1.619 

89 

1.667 

3ln  ffltmatinm. 

Antes,  Robert  H. 

Dunn,  J.  Austin 

Antes,  W.  J. 

Eames,  W.  H. 

Austin,  J.  F. 

Elmer,  A.  J. 

Baird,  James  Free 

Erausquin,  Victor  C. 

Baker,  D.  B. 

Fisher,  J.  W. 

Barber,  H.  B. 

Fitch,  H.  H. 

Beck,  Rudolph 

Forbes,  Isaiah 

Blair,  Wm.  E. 

Freeman,  A.  W. 

Bradley,  H.  A. 

Freeman,  D.  B. 

Bridwell,  W.  L. 

Fuller,  A.  H. 

Brightfield,  0.  F. 

George,  Isaac 

Broman,  A.  A. 

Gill,  Frank  C. 

Busho,  "Wm.  A. 

Gorney,  W.  A. 

Bushong,  E.  W. 

Gray,  G.  W. 

Call,  E.  B. 

Guffin,  Edward  L. 

Campbell,  Peter  A. 

Hammond,  Chas.  R. 

Chase,  H.  S. 

Hand,  M.  F. 

Chittenden,  C.  C. 

Hanson,  0.  T. 

Condon,  John  J. 

Hardtner,  J. 

Cook,  George  W. 

Harlan,  A.  W. 

Cox,  C.  W. 

Harrington,  G.  H. 

Crouse,  J.  N. 

Harrison,  Harvey  E. 

Crowe,  Joseph  P. 

Hawxhurst,  D.  C. 

Gushing,  Geo.  H. 

Hendel,  D.  W. 

Davis,  E.  E. 

Henry,  Charles 

Davis,  E.  F. 

Hilton,  John 

Davis,  J.  A.  W. 

Honsinger,  Emanuel 

Davis,  Kenyon  B. 

Houston,  John  T. 

Dean,  M.  S. 

Hunter,  Henry  Louis 

Dillon,  E.  H. 

Ingersoll,  L.  C. 

Dostal,  J.  W. 

Judd,  Homer 

3ln  Mmcrmm. 


Keely,  George  W. 
Kelly,  N.  A. 
Kinder,  W.  J. 
Kitchen,  Charles  A. 
Kulp,  W.  0. 
Lancaster,  H.  N. 
Lawrence,  P.  I. 
Leggett,  John 
Lewis,  C.  W. 
Lewis,  H.  N. 
Lovitt,  Charles  Oscar 
Lund,  Anna 
Magitot,  E. 
Mariner,  J.  Frank 
Matteson,  Chas.  F. 
McDonald,  H.  E. 
McKellops,  H.  J. 
Menges,  Theo. 
Miller,  W.  D. 
Moody,  Joseph  D. 
Morrison,  A.  M. 
Morrison,  W.  N. 
Nicol,  JohnD. 
0  'Hara,  George  R. 
Ormsbee,  W.  W. 
Park,  Edgar 
Pashley,  Raymond  R. 
Patrick,  J.  J.  R. 
Peterson,  Oscar  L. 
Pritchett,  Thomas  W. 
Rainey,  A.  H. 


Reed,  Thos.  W. 
Reynolds,  J.  S. 
Rivers,  C.  W. 
Rohland,  Charles  B. 
Rose,  Warren  Elliot 
Rybstat,  W.  L. 
Salter,  G.  B. 
Sawyer,  Charles  K. 
Scott,  B.  F. 
Shuford,  T.  E. 
Silliman,  H.  H. 
Skidmore,  L.  W. 
Slonaker,  J.  W. 
Smith,  H.  J. 
Smith,  Oscar  R. 
Spalding,  C  W. 
Stevens,  Walter  A. 
Stone,  Edgar  C. 
Sturgiss,  S.  M. 
Swain,  Edgar  D. 
Swasey,  J.  A. 
Taylor,  Charles  R. 
Townsend,  H.  II. 
Treat,  Gilbert  B. 
Verbeck,  S.  H. 
Warner,  C.  E. 
Warren,  George  E. 
Wassall,  Joseph  W. 
Watt,  George 
Wilson,  I.  P. 


PART  I. 

HISTORICAL  SKETCHES. 

It  was  the  original  intention,  in  the  publication  of  this  booklet, 
that  it  should  consist  of  a  classified  subject  index  of  papers  and 
discussions,  and  a  personal  index  of  papers,  clinics,  etc.  Realizing 
that  the  index  would  not  give  of  itself  a  satisfactory  and  connected 
view  of  the  progress  of  the  Society,  it  was  determined  to  publish 
three  historical  sketches.  The  first  of  these,  by  Dr.  Edmund  Noyes, 
covers  the  first  thirty  years  of  the  life  of  the  Society;  the  second, 
by  Dr.  E.  K.  Blair,  covers  the  last  twenty  years;  while  the  third 
paper,  by  Dr.  C.  R.  E.  Koch,  consists  of  an  annual  diary,  devoted 
principally  to  the  administrative  side  of  the  Society's  work. 

It  is  believed  that  these  three  papers  give  a  splendid  review  of 
the  wonderful  progress  made  by  this  organization  in  its  fifty  years 
of  existence.  Would  that  those  men  who  labored  so  earnestly  for 
it  in  the  early  days  might  all  be  with  us  during  this  Jubilee  Cele- 
bration to  see  the  fruits  of  their  efforts. 


'OVf 


I  .  .   . 


A  HISTORICAL  SKETCH  OF  THE  FIRST  THIRTY  YEARS 

OF  THE  ILLINOIS  STATE  DENTAL  SOCIETY, 

1865  TO  1893  INCLUSIVE. 


BY  EDMUND  NOYES,  D.  D.  S.,  CHICAGO. 


It  is  not  "the  short  and  simple  annals  of  the  poor"  to  which 
we  invite  your  attention  this  evening.  There  were  great  and 
kingly  men  in  those  days ;  great  in  their  knowledge,  skill  and  ex- 
perience ;  greater  still  in  the  unselfish  devotion  with  which  they 
served  their  profession  and  humanity  in  the  State  Dental  Society 
they  loved  so  well. 

*"In  pursuance  of  a  call  signed  by  a  committee  of  three  on 
behalf  of  the  Chicago  Dental  Society,  together  with  several  den- 
tists of  the  State  of  Illinois,  about  fifty  dentists  assembled  at 
the  Dental  Depot  of  S.  S.  White,  Esq.,  in  the  City  of  Chicago, 
on  the  evening  of  July  24th,  1865,  for  the  purpose  of  organizing 
a  State  Dental  Society. 

"Dr.  A.  C.  Van  Sant,  of  Princeton,  was  chosen  temporary 
chairman,  and  E.  Honsinger,  of  Chicago,  temporary  secretary." 

The  officers  elected  at  this  meeting  for  the  ensuing  year 
were  A.  C.  Van  Sant,  president ;  E.  Honsinger,  vice-president, 
and  Edgar  Park,  secretary.  Drs.  E.  A.  Bogue,  C.  B.  Rising,  and 
T.  P.  Abell,  were  appointed  a  committee  to  "adapt  the  constitu- 
tion of  the  Massachusetts  Dental  Association  to  the  wants  of 
the  Illinois  State  Dental  Society."  A  constitution  was  reported 
by  this  committee  and,  after  being  amended,  was  adopted  and 
signed  by  forty-nine  charter  members.  There  is  no  man  now 
living  who  has  retained  his  membership  continuously  since  the 
organization.  Those  who  did  so  till  death  were  Drs.  Geo.  H. 
Cushing,  A.  W.  Freeman,  E.  Honsinger,  M.  S.  Dean  and  J.  N. 
Crouse    of    Chicago;    C.    A.    Kitchen,    Rockford;    H.    N.    Lewis, 


*From  the  minutes  of  the  first  meeting  as  published  by  the  Society 
in  a  supplement  to  the  Transactions  for  1876. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


17 
Quincy,  and  W.  W.  Ormsbee,  Geneva.    J.  N.  Crouse,  who  was 
the  last  survivor  of  them,  died  in  January,  1914.    Drs.  A.  C.  Van 
Sant,  A.  E.  Brown  and  L.  P.  Haskell  are  still  alive  and  there 
may  be  a  few  others  unknown  to  the  writer. 

The  first  meeting  appears  to  have  been  limited  to  an  even- 
ing session,  July  24th,  and  a  morning  session,  July  25th.  Besides 
the  adoption  of  a  constitution,  the  election  of  officers,  and  the 
appointment  of  delegates  to  the  American  Dental  Association, 
the  Society  listened  to  an  address  by  Dr.  I.  J.  Wetherbee,  of 
Boston,  "soliciting  their  aid  to  the  Boston  Dental  Protective 
Union  in  their  suit  endeavoring  to  have  nullified  letters  patent, 
granted  to  one  Dr.  Cummings,  as  the  inventor  of  vulcanized 
rubber  as  a  base  upon  which  to  mount  artificial  teeth." 

The  second  annual  meeting  was  held  in  the  Tremont  House 
parlors  May  8th,  1866.  Dr.  Van  Sant,  the  president  of  the  pre- 
vious year,  was  absent  and  the  Society  was  called  to  order  by 
the  vice-president,  Dr.  E.  Honsinger  of  Chicago.  By-Laws  were 
adopted,  and  Drs.  W.  W.  Allport  and  J.  P.  Foltz  of  Chicago,  and 
E.  C.  Stone  of  Galesburg  were  elected  to  membership.  The 
latter  remained  a  member  till  his  death.  The  officers  were  elected 
on  the  first  day  of  the  meeting,  and  this  was  the  custom  for  sev- 
eral years.  The  officers  of  this  second  annual  meeting  were  H. 
N.  Lewis  of  Quincy,  president;  O.  Willson  of  Aurora,  vice-presi- 
dent, and  Gilman  T.  Smith  of  Princeton,  secretary.  I  received 
last  September,  and  have  now  turned  over  to  the  secretary,  the 
original  minutes  of  this  meeting  written  by  Dr.  Smith. 

No  essays  were  prepared  beforehand  and  on  the  first  after- 
noon a  committee  reported  eight  subjects  for  discussion,  as  fol- 
lows :  "Eruption  of  the  Deciduous  Teeth,"  "Treatment  of  Decay 
in  Deciduous  Teeth,"  "Under  What  Circumstances  Should  De- 
ciduous Teeth  Be  Extracted  to  Avoid  an  Improper  Arrangement 
of  the  Permanent  Teeth  ?"  "What  Preparation  of  Gold  is  Best  for 
Filling  Teeth?"  "Treatment  of  Exposed  Pulps  and  Filling  Pulp 
Cavities,"  "Treatment  of  Diseased  Gums  and  Alveolar  Proc- 
esses," and  "Mechanical  Dentistry."  The  discussion  of  these 
topics  appears  to  have  occupied  most  of  the  time  of  the  three 
days'  meeting,  except  the  evening  of  the  second  day,  in  which 
a  clinic  was  given  in  Dr.  Sherwood's  office  showing  the  extrac- 
tion of  teeth  with  nitrous  oxide  anaesthesia.  At  this  meeting  Dr. 
M.  S.  Dean  was  invited  to  deliver  an  address  at  the  next  meet- 

Por  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


18 
ing,  which  was  held  in  Chicago  in  November  of  the  same  year, 
the  first  plan  of  the  Society  being  to  hold  meetings  semian- 
nually. At  this  November  meeting  Dr.  M.  S.  Dean  read  the  ad- 
dress he  had  been  requested  to  prepare  and  received  a  vote  of 
thanks  by  the  Society.  Dr.  Cushing  also  read  an  essay  on 
"Causes  and  Prevention  of  Diseases  of  the  Teeth." 

It  is  noticeable  that  at  this  third  meeting,  the  second  at 
which  any  professional  subjects  were  discussed,  Dr.  Dean  and 
Dr.  Cushing  were  the  ones  who  came  with  essays  written  be- 
forehand, and  the  useful  and  influential  part  which  they  began 
to  take  thus  early  they  each  maintained  with  increasing  honor 
and  success  to  the  end  of  their  lives.  At  this  meeting  the  code 
of  ethics  of  the  American  Dental  Association,  with  slight  modifi- 
cations, was  adopted. 

The  third  annual  meeting  was  held  in  the  Methodist  Church 
block,  Chicago,  May,  1867.  The  officers  were  elected  on  the 
morning  of  the  first  day.  Dr.  Geo.  H.  Cushing,  president ;  Dr 
M.  S.  Dean,  secretary.  The  By-Laws  were  amended  to  make  the 
meetings  annual  instead  of  semi-annual.  Dr.  E.  D.  Swain  and  Dr. 
C.  R.  E.  Koch  were  elected  to  membership.  Dr.  Swain  continued 
his  membership  till  his  death.  Dr.  Koch  till  the  present  time, 
and  is  now  the  oldest  man  in  uninterrupted  membership. 

At  this  meeting  clinics  were  held  on  the  morning  of  each 
day  except  the  first. 

Essays  were  read  at  this  meeting  by  Dr.  O.  Willson  on 
"Anaesthesia,"  and  Dr.  L.  P.  Haskell  on  "Continuous  Gum."  A 
number  of  other  subjects  were  discussed,  and  a  committee  was 
appointed  to  secure  essayists  who  should  open  the  topics  for  dis- 
cussion at  the  next  regular  meeting.  At  this  early  time. in  its 
history  the  Society  adopted  the  policy,  continued  till  the  pres- 
ent time,  of  having  the  discussion  of  professional  subjects  intro- 
duced by  formal  papers  prepared  beforehand. 

At  this  meeting  Drs.  Homer  Tudd,  Isaiah  Forbes,  W.  H. 
Eames  and  Edgar  Park  of  St.  Louis,  were  made  honorary  mem- 
bers. These  were  the  first  of  a  splendid  company  of  St.  Louis 
men,  who,  for  many  years,  were  active  members  of  our  Society 
for  all  purposes  except  voting.  They  were  always  most  heartily 
welcome  and  contributed  largely  to  the  interest  and  value  of 
our  proceedings.  Dr.  Kennicott  offered  the  following  resolu- 
tion, which  was  adopted:  "Resolved,  That  this  Society  unqual- 

For  index  and  key  to  elas siflentioii  number*,  see  pink  appendix. 


19 
ifiedly  condemns  the  practice  by  members  of  the  dental  pro- 
fession, of  taking  students,  to  be  sent  forth  to  practice  upon  a 
confiding  community,  after  only  from  three  months  to  a  year's 
study,  for  a  pecuniary  consideration ;  and  would  recommend  that 
students  be  taken  for  a  term  of  not  less  than  three  years  of 
study,  in  addition  to  graduation."  For  that  time  this  was  a 
rather  remarkable  resolution.  It  serves  to  show,  on  the  one 
hand,  with  what  meager  preparation  some  men  attempted  to 
practice  dentistry,  and  on  the  other  hand  what  high  standards 
of  professional  character  and  education  the  Illinois  State  Dental 
Society  set  before  its  members. 

In  1868  the  Society  forsook  Chicago  and  began  its  itinerary 
among  the  cities  of  the  state,  holding  the  meeting  of  that  year 
in  Springfield.  Among  the  new  members  at  this  meeting  were 
Drs.  G.  V.  Black  and  Chas.  Henry  of  Jacksonville,  and  C.  Stod- 
dard Smith  of  Springfield.  Dr.  H.  J.  McKellops  of  St.  Louis  was 
elected  an  honorary  member.  Dr.  Henry  continued  in  member- 
ship until  his  death.  Eight  essays  were  read  at  this  meeting, 
of  which  Dr.  Cushing  read  two  and  Dr.  Dean  one. 

Drs.  Kilbourne,  Black  and  Cushing  were  appointed  to  pre- 
pare an  address  to  the  people  on  the  importance  of  the  proper 
treatment  of  the  sixth  year  molars. 

The  meeting  of  1869  in  Quincy  was  very  noteworthy  in  sev- 
eral particulars.  For  the  first  time  arrangements  were  made  for 
the  publication  in  full  of  the  papers  and  discussions,  which  was 
done  for  that  year  in  the  July  number  of  the  Missouri  Dental 
Journal. 

At  this  meeting  Dr.  G.  V.  Black  read  a  paper  on  "The 
Preparation  of  Gold  Foil  for  Filling  Teeth."  This  appears  to 
have  been  the  first  contribution  by  a  member  of  our  Society  of 
something  new  to  the  fund  of  knowledge  of  the  dental  profession. 
He  described  a  great  number  of  experiments  he  had  conducted 
and  announced  the  scientific  explanation  for  the  cohesiveness  or 
non-cohesiveness  of  gold  foil  in  these  words :  "The  welding  of 
pure  gold  is  prevented  by  the  gases  being  condensed  on  its  sur- 
face, thereby  preventing  intimate  contact ;  the  direct  effect  of 
annealing  is  to  drive  off  such  gases,  and  render  the  surfaces 
clean."  I  believe  that  all  previous  explanations  of  the  cohesive- 
ness and  non-cohesiveness  of  gold  foil,  or,  as  was  often  said  in 
those  days,  the  adhesiveness  or  softness,  had  been  little  if  any- 

For  index  and  key  to  elassifleation  number*,  see  pink  appendix. 


20 
thing  better  than  guesses.    This  paper  by  Dr.  Black  is  the  final 
authority  on  the  subject,  and,  so  far  as  I  know,  nothing  of  im- 
portance has  been  added  to  it  since. 

At  this  meeting,  the  officers  were  elected  on  the  first  day  of 
the  meeting,  as  had  been  done  at  all  previous  meetings,  but  "Dr. 
Black  proposed  to  amend  the  by-laws  so  that  hereafter  the  elec- 
tion of  officers  shall  take  place  at  the  close  instead  of  the  be- 
ginning of  the  session.  This,  under  the  rules,  had  to  lie  over 
for  one  year."  It  was  adopted  at  the  next  annual  meeting  and 
resulted  in  Dr.  M.  S.  Dean  being  president  at  two  annual  meet- 
ings, though  only  once  elected. 

The  committee  appointed  the  year  previous  (Drs.  Kilbourne, 
Black  and  Cushing)  to  prepare  an  address  to  parents  on  the  sixth 
year  molars,  to  be  published  as  far  as  practicable,  in  all  the  pub- 
lic journals  throughout  the  state,  reported  what  they  had  pre- 
pared for  that  purpose.  It  was  received  and  referred  to  a  select 
committee  of  three,  Drs.  Kilbourne,  Rivers  and  Black.  This 
purpose  of  general  publication  was  not  carried  out,  but  it  was  the 
first  attempt  of  the  Society  as  an  organized  body  to  instruct  the 
general  public  upon  dental  matters. 

Among  the  new  members  at  this  meeting  were  Drs.  S.  M. 
Sturgiss  of  Quincy,  K.  B.  Davis  of  Petersburg,  and  A.  E.  Mat- 
teson  of  Kewanee.  The  last  named  is  still  with  us ;  the  others 
letained  their  membership  till  death.  Drs.  J.  B.  Morrison,  A.  W. 
Morrison,  and  H.  S.  Chase  of  St.  Louis,  and  J.  H.  A.  Brewer  of 
Palmyra,  Mo.,  were  made  honorary  members. 

The  meeting  of  1870,  at  Bloomington,  was  notable  for  two 
things.  First,  the  publication  and  distribution  of  the  proceed- 
ings in  a  volume  issued  by  the  Society;  and  it  is  interesting  to 
notice  the  lavish  way  in  which  they  were  scattered.  The  publi- 
cation committee  in  their  report  say,  "750  copies  of  the  Transac- 
tions have  been  distributed  as  follows :  1st,  a  sufficient  number 
were  sent  to  the  meeting  of  the  American  Dental  Association,  at 
Nashville,  in  August  last ;  2nd,  to  all  the  active  and  honorary 
members  of  this  Society ;  3rd,  to  all  members  of  the  profession 
throughout  the  state,  so  far  as  the  names  could  be  ascertained 
by  the  lists  of  the  Rubber  Company,  and  lastly  to  such  other 
members  of  the  profession  in  the  vicinity  of  this  state  and  else- 
where as  occurred  to  the  committee.     A  limited  number  have 

Fop  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


21 

also  been  sold ;  some  to  advertisers,  who  distributed  them,  and 
others  to  other  parties  for  distribution." 

The  other  notable  event  of  this  year  was  the  reading  of  two 
papers  on  dental  legislation,  by  Geo.  H.  Cushing  and  G.  V. 
Black,  and  a  very  thorough  discussion  of  the  subject,  resulting 
in  the  appointment  of  Drs.  Cushing,  C.  S.  Smith  and  A.  W. 
French,  a  committee  to  prepare  a  bill  and  present  it  to  the  leg- 
islature and  urge  its  passage.  Thus  was  begun  the  long  legis- 
lative campaign  which  was  continued  vigorously  and  without  in- 
termission for  eleven  years,  till  the  passage  of  the  first  dental  law 
of  Illinois  in  1881. 

At  this  meeting,  1870,  Dr.  Dean  referred  to  the  introduction 
during  the  preceding  year  of  the  "Pneumatic  engine,"  invented 
by  Mr.  Green,  of  Kalamazoo,  Mich.  This  was  the  first  of  the 
dental  engines. 

Rubber  dam  made  its  first  appearance  in  our  Society  pro- 
ceedings in  a  contribution  to  the  S.  C.  Barnum  testimonial  fund 
of  $120.00  contributed  by  the  members  and  $25.00  additional  from 
the  Society  treasury.  Dr.  Cushing  at  this  meeting  described  and 
advocated  the  use  of  heavy  foils  for  filling  teeth.  Nos.  from  12, 
20  to  120,  but  chiefly  30,  40  and  60. 

At  the  meeting  of  1871,  at  Peoria,  Dr.  H.  H.  Townsend  of 
Pontiac  and  G.  B.  Salter  of  Joliet,  became  members,  both  of 
whom  continued  in  membership  till  death ;  also  Dr.  W.  T.  Magill 
of  Rock  Island,  who  survives,  a  life-member,  living  in  Cali- 
fornia.    He  is  82  years  old. 

Drs.  W.  O.  Kulp  of  Muscatine,  Wm.  N.  Morrison  of  St. 
Louis  and  Isaac  George  of  Kenosha,  Wis.,  were  elected  hon- 
orary members. 

At  this  meeting  Bonwill's  electro-magnetic  mallet  was  ex- 
hibited, and  two  dental  engines,  one  by  Dr.  Edwards  of  Peoria, 
and  one  by  Dr.  Black,  of  Jacksonville. 

Dr.  M.  S.  Dean  read  a  notable  paper  on  ethics,  from  which 
I  will  quote  one  paragraph  :  "The  leading  men  in  our  profession — 
that  is,  the  more  educated  and  skillful — are  members  of  one  or 
more  dental  societies.  *  *  *  They  are  the  men  who  raised 
the  profession  from  its  low  origin  to  its  present  rank  and  influ- 
ence— the  men  who  created  the  profession.  Take  from  it  those 
who  habitually  attend  these  societies  and  you  destroy  entirely 
the  professional  character  of  our  vocation  and   reduce  it  to  the 

For  Index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


22 
commonest  of  trades.  Amalgam  and  rubber  would  gain  the  as- 
cendency and  the  forceps  would  hold  undisputed  sway.  By  this 
I  do  not  mean  to  be  understood  that  every  individual  who  at- 
tends dental  societies  is  a  prodigy  of  learning,  skill  and  morality, 
but  I  do  mean  that  whatever  of  learning,  skill  and  morality  there 
is  in  the  profession  are  found  in  dental  societies.  When  you  find 
a  dentist  of  even  common  education  and  moderate  skill  who  is 
not  a  member  of  a  dental  society,  you  will  find  tropical  fruits 
growing  spontaneously  in  Alaska  and  the  polar  bear  dancing  on 
the  equator.  These  societies  contain  all  that  is  worthy  of  repute 
in  our  profession — all  who  have  assisted  in  establishing  the 
credit  of  dentistry  against  the  assaults  to  which  the  profession 
has  been  and  is  constantly  subjected  by  unqualified  and  dishon- 
est practitioners." 

This  meeting  in  1871  appears  to  have  been  an  unusually 
good  one.  There  were  ten  papers  and  nearly  all  of  them  of  ex- 
cellent merit.  It  is  difficult  for  most  of  us  at  the  present  time 
to  realize  fully  the  important  service  which  the  Society  gave  to 
its  members  in  those  days.  It  must  be  remembered  that  only  a 
small  fraction  of  the  number  practicing  dentistry  had  ever  been 
in  a  dental  college,  but  had  come  into  the  profession  through  a 
longer  or  shorter  pupilage  in  some  private  office,  often  with  a 
very  meager  study  of  text-books.  It  happened,  therefore,  that 
the  meetings  of  the  Society  were  a  four  days  school  of  dentistry 
and  many  of  the  papers  read,  upon  such  subjects  as  filling  teeth, 
capping  exposed  pulps,  destroying  pulps  and  filling  roots,  al- 
veolar abscess,  diseases  of  the  antrum,  and  many  others,  were 
fairly  exhaustive  treatises,  and  showed  indications  that  the 
writers  had  probably  looked  through  about  all  the  readily  avail- 
able literature  of  the  dental  and  medical  professions  upon  the 
subjects  about  which  they  were  writing. 

When,  therefore,  men  used  to  stand  up  in  the  Society  and 
say  that  whatever  of  professional  knowledge  and  skill  they  had 
acquired  they  owed  the  most  of  it  to  the  Illinois  State  Dental 
Society,  there  was  more  in  it  of  sober  fact  than  of  "hot  air." 

The  meeting  of  1872  was  held  in  Chicago,  and  Drs.  J.  W. 
Davis  of  Mason  City.  A.  W.  Harlan  of  Chicago,  C.  E.  Matteson 
of  Macomb,  J.  F.  Marriner  of  Ottawa,  M.  F.  Hand  of  Joliet,  D. 
B.  Freeman  of  Chicago,  who  continued  in  membership  till  death, 
and  T.  L.  Gilmer  of  Waverly.  I.  A.  Freeman  and  E.  Noyes  of 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


23 
Chicago  were  elected  to  membership,  also  Dr.  J.  F.  Thompson 
of  Chicago,  a  charter  member,  who  had  allowed  his  membership 
to  lapse.    Drs.  C.  C.  Chittenden  of  Madison,  Wisconsin,  and  R.  S. 
Rathbun  of  Lyons,  Iowa,  were  made  honorary  members. 

At  the  meeting  in  1873,  at  Rock  Island,  the  amendment  to 
the  by-laws  proposed  the  year  previous  by  Dr.  Kennicott,  was 
adopted,  as  follows:  "Section  1,  Article  5,  'Duties  and  privileges 
of  members.'  Section  1.  An  active  member  shall  not  accept  a 
student  for  a  less  period  than  three  years,  and  shall  require  each 
student  to  give  a  written  obligation  to  graduate  at  some  regu- 
larly organized  dental  college,  before  he  assumes  the  responsi- 
bilities of  a  dental  practitioner."  It  will  be  noticed  that  this  re- 
quirement, now  made  law  binding  upon  the  members,  is  of  sim- 
ilar purport  to  the  advisory  resolution  offered  by  Dr.  Kennicott 
and  adopted  in  1867,  six  years  previously. 

Drs.  R.  H.  Antes  of  Geneseo,  who  continued  in  membership 
until  his  death,  and  E.  B.  David  of  New  Windsor,  were  elected 
to  membership,  and  Dr.  L.  C.  Ingersoll  of  Keokuk,  Iowa,  was 
made  an  honorary  member.  This  was  a  joint  session  with  the 
Iowa  Society. 

At  the  meeting  in  1874,  in  Jacksonville,  Drs.  C.  B.  Rohland 
of  Alton,  who  remained  with  us  till  death,  and  J.  C.  Widenham 
of  Jacksonville,  who  is  still  with  us,  were  elected  to  member- 
ship, and  Drs.  J.  Taft  and  C.  R.  Butler  of  Ohio,  and  C.  W.  Rivers 
of  Missouri,  were  made  honorary  members. 

Dr.  J.  Frank  Merrimer  read  a  paper  on  "Popular  Education 
with  Regard  to  the  Subject  of  Dentistry."  This  was  followed  by 
the  appointment  of  M.  S.  Dean,  K.  B.  Davis  and  C.  Stoddard 
Smith,  a  committee  for  the  purpose  of  devising  the  best  means 
for  the  education  of  the  public,  to  report  at  the  next  annual 
meeting.  This  committee  announced  the  following  year  that 
they  were  unable  to  agree  upon  a  report. 

At  the  meeting  in  1875  in  Ottawa.  Dr.  J.  Campbell  of  Bloom- 
ington,  was  elected  to  membership.  He  is  still  with  us.  Dr.  E. 
J.  Perry  of  Sycamore,  elected  at  the  same  meeting,  was  for  many 
years  in  Chicago,  and  is  now  retired  from  practice. 

In  1876,  at  Galesburg,  the  new  members  who  continued  in 
membership  were  Drs.  C.  P.  Pruyn,  T.  W.  Brophy,  A.  B.  Clark, 
of  Chicago,  who  are  life  members,  and  W.  A.  Stevens  of  Chicago. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


24 

who  was  a  member  till  his  death,  as  was  also  J.  W.  Fisher  of 
Bloomington. 

At  this  meeting  arrangements  were  made  for  a  stricter  ex- 
amination of  candidates  for  membership,  with  the  intention  that 
thereafter  none  should  be  admitted  who  were  not  reasonably  com- 
petent and  well  educated  in  their  profession.  A  board  of  three 
censors  was  provided  for,  who  were  instructed  to  prepare  lists 
of  questions,  twenty  each,  and  candidates  were  to  be  required 
to  pass  at  least  75  per  cent.  Diplomas  from  good  schools  were 
accepted  without  examinations,  and  this  policy  was  continued 
till  all  the  candidates  came  with  diplomas  and  examinations  were 
no  longer  necessary. 

The  committee  on  secretary's  report  recommended  that  the 
records  of  the  Society  not  previously  printed  in  the  published 
transactions,  be  printed  as  an  appendix  to  the  next  annual  vol- 
ume. This  was  done  from  the  organization  of  the  society  to  and 
including  the  year  1869. 

At  the  meeting  of  1877  in  Springfield,  Drs.  E.  Duncan  of 
Jacksonville,  F.  H.  Gardiner  of  Chicago,  and  A.  S.  Waltz  of 
Decatur,  were  elected  to  membership,  all  of  whom  are  living, 
and  life  members.  Dr.  T.  W.  Pritchett  of  Whitehall,  who  has 
recently  died  much  lamented,  was  also  elected  at  this  meeting. 

The  committee  on  popular  education,  Dr.  M.  S.  Dean,  chair- 
man, reported  a  pamphlet  for  popular  distribution,  nine  thousand 
copies  of  which  were  ordered  by  the  members  present.  This  was 
entitled  "Our  Teeth"  and  was  published  in  the  name  of  the  Society. 
The  treasurer  was  instructed  to  purchase  as  many  copies  of  "Dr. 
Judd's  Anatomical  Description  of  the  Permanent  Teeth,"  as  neces- 
sary to  supply  each  member  of  the  Society  with  a  copy.  This  was 
probably  the  best  anatomy  of  the  permanent  teeth  until  the  publi- 
cation of  Dr.  Black's  "Dental  Anatomy"  many  years  later. 

At  the  meeting  of  1878  in  Rockford,  Drs.  Jas.  W.  Cormany  of 
Mt.  Carroll,  and  M.  L.  Hanaford  of  Rockford,  joined  the  Society, 
both  living  life  members. 

Two  notable  papers  at  this  meeting  were  the  one  by  Dr. 
Black  on  "Neuralgia,"  and  one  by  Dr.  M.  S.  Dean  on  "The 
Epithelia  and  Some  of  Their  Derivatives,  Especially  the  Dental 
Germ."  Dr.  Dean  had  made  an  exhaustive  study  of  the  au- 
thorities on  tooth  development  and  presented  the  subject  so 
clearly  by  the  help  of  drawings  made  by  himself,  as  to  be  well 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


25 
understood  by  those  who  heard  him.    Afterward  Dr.  Dean  pub- 
lished a  translation  of  the  work  of  Legros  and  Magitot  on  this 
subject,  with  some  additions  of  his  own. 

At  the  meeting  in  Springfield  in  1879  the  new  members  were 
Drs.  R.  N.  Lawrence  of  Lincoln,  now  a  life  member,  and  D.  B. 
Baker  of  Quincy,  who  retained  membership  till  his  death. 

Dr.  M.  S.  Dean  gave  an  address  on  "The  Development  of  the 
Embryo  Jaws."  This  was  a  continuation,  or  another  portion 
of  the  subject  presented  by  him  the  previous  year. 

At  the  meeting  in  1880  in  Bloomington  the  new  members 
were  Dr.  Garrett  Newkirk  of  Wenona,  for  many  years  in  Chi- 
cago, now  living  in  Pasadena,  California,  W.  H.  Taggart  of 
Freeport,  and  G.  D.  Sitherwood  of  Bloomington,  life  members, 
and  C.  R.  Taylor  of  Streator,  with  us  till  his  death. 

Several  notable  papers  were  read.  One  by  Dr.  Newkirk  on 
"Nervous  Reflex  Action ;"  one  by  Dr.  Koch,  on  "Treatment  of 
Teeth  with  Dead  Pulps  and  Alveolar  Abscess."  Following  the 
latter  paper,  Dr.  Black  presented  twenty-six  illustrations  of  the 
various  forms  of  alveolar  abscess  and  abscesses  of  the  face  and 
mouth,  painted  on  a  black  background,  in  water  colors  and  India 
ink.  Papers  were  read  by  Dr.  Brophy  on  "Carbolic  Acid  and 
Creosote ;"  by  Dr.  Black  on  "Some  Points  in  the  Natural  History 
of  Caries,  and  the  Value  of  Fillings  for  its  Arrest;"  and  by  Dr. 
Harlan  on  "Saliva ;  Its  Characteristics  in  Health  and  Disease ;" 
and  these  were  not  all.  It  is,  of  course,  impossible  to  mention 
many  of  the  papers  read  at  the  various  meetings.  I  have  men- 
tioned these  of  that  one  meeting  that  you  may  have  some  idea 
what  sort  of  meat  we  were  fed  upon  in  those  days. 

At  the  meeting  in  Rock  Island  in  1881  Drs.  S.  F.  Duncan 
of  Wilmington,  W.  C.  Martin  of  Peoria,  and  Thos.  G.  Wonderly 
of  Galena  were  elected  to  membership.  These  are  life  members. 
Dr.  John  J.  R.  Patrick,  deceased,  was  also  elected  at  this  meeting. 

Drs.  W.  C.  Barrett,  Buffalo,  N.  Y. ;  Geo.  A.  Bronson,  St. 
Louis,  Mo. ;  J.  G.  Templeton  and  D.  Gale  French  of  Pittsburgh. 
Penna.,  and  D.  C.  Hawkhurst,  Battle  Creek,  Mich.,  were  made 
corresponding  members. 

One  of  the  most  important  papers  at  this  meeting  was  by 
Dr.  T.  L.  Gilmer  on  "Fractures  of  the  Inferior  Maxilla,"  illus- 
trated by  forty  water  color  drawings  by  Dr.  G.  V.  Black,  show- 
ing the  muscles  of  mastication,  many  varieties  of  fractures,  and 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


26 
splints  for  them,  and  the  method  of  bandaging.  These  illustra- 
tions were  published  in  the  Transactions,  and  with  the  paper 
made  a  very  thorough  exposition  of  the  subject.  Another  paper 
worthy  of  special  mention  was  by  Dr.  E.  S.  Talbot  on  "The 
Chemistry  and  Physiological  Action  of  Mercury  as  Used  in 
Amalgam  Fillings."  It  was  an  account  of  numerous  experiments 
carried  on  to  establish  the  fact  that  mercurial  vapor  is  given  off 
from  amalgam,  and  to  prove  its  injurious  effects  upon  vegetable 
and  animal  life.  Such  experimental  work  as  described  in  this 
paper  is  always  to  be  encouraged,  whether  it  be  successful  and 
conclusive  or  not.  It  must  be  admitted  that  this  paper  had  very 
little  influence  to  restrain  the  use  of  amalgam  by  the  profession. 

At  this  meeting,  the  legislative  committee. reported  that  the 
dental  bill  had  been  introduced  in  both  houses  of  the  legislature, 
had  been  defeated  in  the  House,  but  had  passed  in  the  Senate, 
and  told  of  the  efforts  to  influence  the  House  members  who  had 
voted  against  it  through  the  dentists  practicing  in  their  districts, 
and  that  promises  enough  had  been  obtained  (if  they  should  be 
kept)  to  pass  the  bill  if  it  could  be  again  brought  up  in  the  House. 
They  also  acknowledged  the  help  received  from  the  Chicago  So- 
ciety by  an  appropriation  of  money  and  by  the  efforts  of  their 
committee,  Drs.  Harlan,  Brophy  and  Talbot.  The  bill  was 
passed  soon  after  the  meeting  and  became  effective  July  1st  of 
that  year,   1881. 

The  meeting  in  1882  was  held  at  Quincy.  Dr.  Wm.  N.  Mor- 
rison of  St.  Louis  read  a  paper  on  "Metallic  Crowns,"  in  which 
he  quoted  from  the  Missouri  Dental  Journal  of  1869,  p.  184, 
fourteen  years  previous,  a  description  of  a  gold  shell  crown  made 
by  him  and  set  with  oxychloride  of  zinc,  upon  the  root  of  a  lower 
first  molar. 

Dr.  Brophy  read  a  paper  on  "Caries  and  Necrosis  of  the 
Maxillary  Bones,"  and  Dr.  Black  one  on  "Phagedena  Peri- 
cementi,"  a  term  proposed  by  himself.  In  this  paper  he  also 
gave  two  of  his  "1-2-3"  formulas.  A  very  interesting  paper  which 
attracted  much  attention  was  read  by  Dr.  John  J.  R.  Patrick  on 
"High  Civilization  Not  the  Cause  of  Tooth  Decay."  Dr.  Patrick 
greatly  desired  to  have  the  skulls  in  all  large  anatomical  mu- 
seums examined,  and  tried  to  get  the  Society  interested  in  it. 
A  committee  was  appointed  and  some  money  appropriated.  This 

For  imU--.  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  sec  pink  appendix. 


27 
committee  was  continued  from  year  to  year  until  1887.  Thev 
finally  reported  that  they  had  been  unable  to  accomplish  any- 
thing- and  were  discharged.  They  were  afterwards  reappointed, 
and  some  money  was  raised,  which  was  finally  paid  over  to  a 
committee  of  the  American  Dental  Association  engaged  in  the 
same  work. 

Just  before  this  meeting  Dr.  W.  A.  Stevens  of  Chicago  wrote 
to  a  member  of  the  local  committee  asking  him  to  engage  a  rid- 
ing horse  for  him,  as  he  wished  for  some  exercise  on  horseback 
while  in  Quincy.  When  Dr.  Stevens  went  up  to  the  room  re- 
served for  him  at  the  hotel,  he  found  an  elegant  saddle,  bridle, 
riding  whip  and  spurs  mounted  on  a  saw-horse.  Seven  years 
afterwards,  at  the  quarter-centennial  meeting,  in  Quincy,  at  the 
banquet,  after  eating.  President  dishing  called  the  meeting  to 
order  and  said:  "Ladies  and  gentlemen:  The  first  toast  on  the 
program  this  evening,  'What  I  know  about  Saddle  Horses  in 
Quincy,'  will  be  responded  to  by  Dr.  W.  A.  Stevens  of  Chicago." 

At  the  meeting  of  1883  in  Decatur,  Dr.  Ottofy  read  a  paper 
in  which  he  gave  the  results  of  the  examination  of  355  school 
children  in  Grand  Forks,  Dakota.  He  found  thirty  (equal  to 
8^2%)  with  complete  and  perfect  sets  of  teeth.  This  was  long 
before  the  present  general  movement  for  the  examination  of 
school  children,  and  was  inspired  by  the  paper  of  Dr.  Patrick 
at  a  previous  meeting. 

Dr.  Brophy  read  a  paper  on  dental  education  from  which 
I  will  quote  one  paragraph,  referring  to  the  "Chicago  Dental 
Infirmary,"  which  had  then  just  about  completed  its  first  course 
of  lectures:  "Firm  in  the  belief  that  a  medical  education  is  as 
essential  to  the  dentist  as  it  is  to  other  medical  specialists,  the 
opinion  of  some  of  our  honored  and  respected  contemporaries  to 
the  contrary  notwithstanding,  the  profession  in  Chicago,  as  most 
of  you  are  aware,  have  organized  a  dental  infirmary,  in  which 
medically  educated  men  are  prepared  to  enter  upon  the  practice 
of  dentistry."  At  that  time  the  medical  schools  required  two 
courses  of  four  or  five  months  each,  and  the  infirmary  courses 
were  arranged  to  follow  the  medical,  so  that  a  student  might 
acquire  both  medical  and  dental  degrees  in  two  years,  or  three 
at  the  most ;  but  that  was  too  much  for  the  students  of  that 
day,  and  after  giving  two  courses  of  lectures  and  graduating  two 

For  index  and  key-  to  elas.sifieation  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


28 
students  and  giving  one  honorary  degree,  the  Chicago  Dental 
Infirmary  became  the  Chicago  College  of  Dental  Surgery. 

At  this  meeting  the  members  presented  a  gold-headed  cane 
suitably  inscribed,  to  Dr.  G.  V.  Black,  and  the  presentation 
speech  was  made  by  Mr.  S.  R.  Bingham,  of  blessed  memory, 
the  Chicago  manager  for  the  S.  S.  White  Co. 

At  the  meeting  of  1884  in  Springfield  the  president,  in  his 
address,  suggested  that  "It  would  be  a  useful  service  if  some 
one  would  carefully  watch  the  entire  periodical  literature  of  the 
profession  through  the  year  and  bring  to  the  next  meeting  a 
concise  statement  of  everything  that  had  been  brought  out,  with, 
as  far  as  might  be  possible,  a  critical  estimate  of  its  merits.  It 
might  be  worth  while  to  consider  whether  work  of  this  kind 
could  not  be  most  satisfactorily  accomplished  by  a  number  of 
standing  committees."  Drs.  Black,  Cushing  and  Kitchen  were 
appointed  a  committee  on  the  president's  address,  who  after- 
wards reported  recommending  a  committee  of  three  on  dental 
science  and  literature,  and  a  committee  of  three  on  dental  art 
and  invention.  This  recommendation  was  carried  out  and  from 
that  time  till  the  present  the  reports  of  these  two  committees 
have  been  a  useful  part  of  our  proceedings  at  each  meeting.  It 
was  soon  found,  however,  that  the  chairman  of  each  committee 
did  all  the  work,  and  the  other  two  members  were  eliminated. 

Dr.  W.  H.  Eames  of  St.  Louis,  read  a  paper  on  "The  Origin 
of  Defective  Enamel,"  a  sequel  to  one  he  read  the  previous  year. 

Dr.  W.  X.  Sudduth  read  one  on  "Dento-Embryonal  His- 
tology." Dr.  Sudduth  had  read  papers  on  histology  at  several 
previous  meetings  successively. 

This  was  the  twentieth  annual  meeting  and  Dr.  Koch  read 
a  paper  entitled :  "Illinois  State  Dental  Society — What  Has  It 
Accomplished?"  This  was  a  concise  and  very  entertaining  his- 
tory of  the  Society  to  that  time.  If  the" present  writer  had  sim- 
ply copied  it,  he  would  have  saved  himself  some  trouble  and 
you  would  have  been  better  entertained. 

At  the  meeting  1885  in  Peoria,  Dr.  Harlan  read  "Notes  on 
New  Remedies,"  which  was  a  continuation  of  former  presenta- 
tions. He  enumerated  many,  but  discussed  in  detail  only  resorcin 
and  cocaine.  This  was  less  than  a  year  after  the  discovery  of 
the  anaesthetic  properties  of  cocaine.  He  says,  "The  two  and 
four  per  cent  solutions  of  the  hydrochlorate  applied  to  an  ex- 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


29 
posed  pulp  (not  inflamed),  will  produce  anaesthesia  in  from 
eight  to  fifteen  minutes.  The  same  solutions  applied  for  thirty 
minutes  or  longer  to  an  inflamed  or  congested  pulp  produced  no 
effect  whatever.  Aqueous  solutions  painted  on  the  gums  before 
the  adjustment  of  the  rubber  dam  or  the  application  of  a  clamp 
are  uniformly  successful."  Other  uses  and  other  forms  of  the 
drug  were  mentioned. 

At  this  meeting  Drs.  Black,  Marshall  and  Koch  were  made 
a  committee  "To  devise  means  of  so  disposing  of  the  routine 
business  of  this  Society  that  there  shall  be  more  time  left  which 
can  be  devoted  to  the  scientific  work." 

The  meeting  of  1886  in  Rock  Island  had  several  special  fea- 
tures. Drs.  Cushing,  Koch  and  Noyes  were  appointed  a  com- 
mittee to  revise  the  constitution  and  by-laws  and  publish  the 
revision  so  that  it  could  be  acted  upon  at  the  next  meeting.  This 
was  carefully  done  and  the  revision  reported  was  adopted  in  1887. 

Drs.  Cushing,  Swain  and  Marriner  were  appointed  a  com- 
mittee on  local  societies,  and  reported  at  the  same  meeting,  rec- 
ommending the  formation  of  six  local  societies  and  the  appoint- 
ment of  a  committee  of  seven  to  arrange  for  their  organization. 
Dr.  Koch,  at  large,  Dr.  Kitchen,  for  Rockford  district,  Dr.  Sith- 
erwood  for  Bloomington  district,  Dr.  Tibbetts  for  Quincy  dis- 
trict, Dr.  Rohland  for  Centralia  district,  Dr.  Dwight  for  Danville 
district,  and  Dr.  J.  A.  W.  Davis  for  Galesburg  district.  Dr. 
Koch  was  most  active  and  influential  in  carrying  out  this  plan 
and  four  societies  were  formed,  the  Central  Society  being  al- 
ready organized.  There  were  afterwards  some  consolidations 
and  one  was  discontinued,  but  generally  these  district  societies 
continued  in  active  usefulness  till  the  reorganization  of  the  State 
Society  and  the  formation  of  component  societies  in  1904,  when 
all  of  them  except  the  Northern  were  absorbed  by  the  component 
societies.  The  Northern  Illinois  Society  still  maintains  its  life 
and  usefulness.  It  cannot  be  doubted  that  experience  in  these 
district  societies  made  the  component  societies  of  the  later  time 
more  easily  successful. 

The  special  features  of  this  meeting  were  Dr.  Black's  cul- 
tures of  micro-organisms  of  the  mouth,  and  Dr.  Harlan's  paper  on 
antisceptics  and  disinfectants,  and  the  discussion.  Dr.  Black  set 
up  his  incubator  and  started  cultures  the  first  day  and  showed  the 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


30 
progress  of  growth  and  explained  the  characteristics  of  the  or- 
ganisms each  day  of  the  meeting. 

At  the  meeting  in  1887  in  Jacksonville  a  paper  was  read  by 
Dr.  Tudd  on  "Dead  Teeth  in  the  Jaws."  This  and  one  read  at 
the  meeting  in  1886  were  inspired  by  some  articles  in  the  Medical 
Record  in  which  the  editor  and  Dr.  Sexton,  an  eye  and  ear 
specialist  in  New  York  City,  had  undertaken  to  school  the  den- 
tal profession  on  this  subject,  suggesting,  among  other  things, 
that  physicians  might  find  it  necessary  to  instruct  dentists  to 
remove  all  pulpless  teeth  from  the  jaws.  The  dentists  were  con- 
siderably stirred  up  about  it  and  a  good  deal  of  just  resentment 
was  expressed.  Such  a  thing  could  hardly  happen  at  the  present 
time,  for  there  has  come  to  be  a  general  understanding  that  in 
its  own  field  the  dental  profession  is  more  competent  than  the 
medical.  However,  some  of  our  careless  operators  have  come 
dangerously  near  to  giving  members  of  the  medical  profession 
excuse  for  taking  a  similar  attitude  in  respect  to  crowns  and 
bridges. 

For  a  number  of  years  in  succession  about  this  time.  Dr. 
Black  continued  his  lectures  on  the  micro-organisms  of  the  mouth 
and  Dr.  Harlan  his  papers  on  practical  therapeutics  and  the  use 
of  special  remedies,  particularly  the  newer  ones. 

At  the  meeting  of  1888  at  Cairo,  in  accordance  with  the 
suggestion  of  President  Rohland,  Drs.  E.  Noyes,  G.  H.  Cushing 
and  E.  D.  Swain  were  appointed  a  committee  to  revise  and  re- 
publish the  pamphlet  "Our  Teeth."  This  was  done  and  a  thou- 
sand copies  were  printed  and  brought  to  the  next  annual  meet- 
ing for  distribution,  and  the  terms  were  made  known  upon  which 
another  edition  could  be  printed. 

The  meeting  of  1879  at  Quincy  was  the  twenty-fifth  and  the 
quarter  centennial  was  celebrated  by  an  historical  review  read 
by  Dr.  Koch,  and  by  a  banquet.  Dr.  Cushing  was  president, 
the  only  instance  in  which  anyone  has  been  twice  elected  to  that 
office.  He  pre-eminently  deserved  it,  for  he  attended  every  one 
of  its  meetings,  from  the  organization  till  he  removed  to  Cali- 
fornia shortly  before  his  death,  but  he  was  also  the  wisest  and 
the  most  trusted  of  all  the  men  who  guided  the  affairs  of  the 
Society. 

At  this  meeting.  Dr.  Cushing  was  the  chairman  of  a  com- 
mittee of  nine,  who  were  instructed  to  prepare  and  publish  in 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


31 

the  Transactions,  so  that  it  could  be  acted  upon  the  next  year, 
a  revision  of  the  constitution  and  by-laws,  providing  for  an  execu- 
tive council  that  should  attend  to  all  the  ordinary  business  of 
the  Society.  This  was  adopted  in  1890  and  since  then  twelve 
very  hard  worked  men  have  relieved  the  Society  from  all  routine 
business  and  left  the  sessions  free  for  professional  papers  and 
discussions. 

In  his  historical  review.  Dr.  Koch  said  that  of  the  forty-nine 
charter  members  only  six  had  maintained  their  continuous  mem- 
bership :  Drs.  Gushing,  Honsinger,  A.  W.  Freemen,  Crouse, 
Kitchen  and  Ormsbee.  Only  one,  Dr.  dishing,  had  never  been 
absent  from  roll-call,  in  twenty-five  years.  The  following  sentence 
from  Dr.  Koch's  paper  is  worthy  to  be  printed  in  great  big  capital 
letters,  the  more  so  as  it  essentially  characterizes  the  second 
twenty-five  years  also :  "It  is  a  pleasant  and  proud  retrospect  that, 
during  twenty-five  years,  we  have  escaped  without  even  a  ruffle  of 
internal  dissension  to  mar  our  steady  course." 

At  this  meeting.  Dr.  Crouse  made  his  plea,  often  repeated 
afterwards,  for  the  Dental  Protective  Association. 

Dr.  Patrick,  at  the  meeting  of  1890  in  Bloomington,  read  a 
second  historical  paper.  "The  Second  Period  in  the  History  of 
Dentistry."  This  was  supplemented  by  a  list  of  dental  publica- 
tions, 396  in  number,  with  dates  from  1532  to  1841,  and  occupy- 
ing fourteen  pages  of  fine  print  in  the  Transactions.  (A  year 
previous  Dr.  Patrick  had  read  a  paper  on  "The  First  Period  in 
the  History  of  Dentistry.") 

At  this  meeting  the  gold  inlay  was  introduced  to  the  So- 
ciety by  Dr.  Ames,  who  described  his  method  of  burnishing  a 
platinum  or  gold  matrix  and  filling  it  with  "solder. 

In  1891  at  Bloomington,  Dr.  Harlan  read  a  paper  on  "Ex- 
perimental Studies  on  the  Action  of  Diffusible  Medicinal  Agents, 
in  Living  and  in  Pulpless  Teeth."  Dr.  Cattell  showed  a  method 
of  studying  pulp  chambers  and  canals  by  grinding  longitudinal 
sections  and  making  silhouette  prints  with  India  ink.  This 
represented  a  method  of  teaching  students  introduced  by  Dr. 
Black  several  years  previously  in  the  Chicago  College  of  Dental 
Surgery. 

The  men  invited  this  year  from  outside  the  state  were  Dr.  E. 
H.  Angle,  who  gave  an  illustrated  lecture  on  regulating  appli- 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


32 
ances,  and  Dr.  A.  H.  Thompson,  who  read  a  paper  on  "The 
Architecture  of  the  First  Permanent  Molar." 

Two  important  papers  were  read  at  the  meeting  of  1892  in 
Springfield.  Dr.  Black  presented  one  on  "The  Interproximate 
spaces."  This  was  in  continuation,  perhaps  to  some  extent  a 
repetition  of  a  previous  paper  before  the  Odontographic  Society 
and  articles  in  the  Comos  in  1891  on  the  management  of  the 
enamel  margins.  The  neglect  at  that  time  of  great  numbers  of 
the  profession  to  give  any  sufficient  attention  to  the  preservation 
of  the  interproximate  spaces  made  necessary  much  talk  and 
much  writing  on  that  subject. 

Dr.  T.  E.  Weeks  of  Minneapolis,  read  a  paper  with  lantern 
illustrations,  on  "The  Enamel  at  the  Gingival  Line."  Dr.  Black, 
in  opening  the  discussion  characterized  the  paper  better  than  I 
can  in  so  few  words.  He  said,  "You  have  had  an  illustrated 
lecture  on  dental  anatomy  in  its  relation  to  the  placing  of  gold 
crowns,  or  collars,  upon  the  stumps  of  teeth.  It  is,  so  far  as  I 
know,  the  first  clear  elucidation  of  this  subject  that  has  been 
given  before  this,  or  any  other  society,  in  which  the  actual 
anatomy  as  it  exists  has  been  displayed  so  that  it  could  be 
readily  seen  and  understood.  Of  course,  this  subject  has  been 
explained  through  dissections  of  the  teeth  before,  but  not  thrown 
upon  the  screen  in  this  way  so  that  a  whole  audience  can  see 
it  at  once." 

At  the  meeting  of  1893  in  Rock  Island,  Dr.  E.  K.  Blair  was 
president.  This  was  a  joint  meeting  with  the  Iowa  Society  and 
the  sessions  were  held  in  Davenport  and  Rock  Island  alternately. 
Dr.  Black  read  an  important  paper  on  "Anchorage  of  Proximate 
Fillings  in  Bicuspids  and  Molars."  Dr.  Patrick  read  a  paper  on 
"The  Effect  of  Eruptive  Diseases  on  the  Teeth." 

Dr.  Harlan  continued  his  series  of  papers  on  materia  medica ; 
this  time  on  "Recent  Additions  to  the  Therapeutics  of  Pyorrhea 
Alveolaris,"  and  there  were  two  historical  papers,  one  by  Dr.  J. 
Taft,  entitled  "History  of  the  Progress  of  Dentistry  in  the  West," 
and  one  by  Dr.  A.  O.  Hunt,  "Iowa's  Share  in  the  History  and 
Progress  of  Dentistry." 

It  was  at  this  meeting  that  the  committee  on  dental  science 
and  literature  was  reduced  from  three  members  to  one. 

Such  a  sketch  as  I  have  given  you  seems  to  me  entirely  in- 
adequate to  convey  such  information  or  to  make  such  impres- 

For  Index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


33 
sion  on  your  minds  as  I  wish  to  give.  At  a  time  when  college 
graduates  were  very  few,  and  the  journal  literature  was  so 
meagre  that  nearly  everything  of  value  that  was  published  in 
any  dental  journal  appeared  in  all  of  the  others  also,  the  meet- 
ings of  the  Society  were  four  day  schools  of  dentistry  in  which 
some  of  the  very  best  men  in  the  country  were  teachers.  Many 
of  them  were  professors  in  dental  schools  and  accustomed  to  im- 
part information  in  a  lucid  and  interesting  way,  and  they  had  the 
close  attention  of  nearly  all  who  attended  the  meetings.  In 
reading  over  the  proceedings  I  have  personally  recognized  the 
origin  of  many  of  my  own  methods  of  practice  and  habits  of 
operating,  and  I  am  sure  the  same  must  be  true  of  many  others. 

The  beginning  and  strengthening  into  closer  and  closer  in- 
timacy of  personal  friendships  was  one  of  the  most  precious 
fruits  of  the  Society  meetings.  In  the  early  days,  every  member 
knew  every  other  and  made  close  and  congenial  friendships 
with  a  few.  The  latter  may  be  equally  true  in  the  present  large 
Society,  but  the  general  acquaintance  must  now  be  in  limited 
groups  and  not  with  the  whole  membership. 

It  has  always  been  easy  to  invoke  the  official  action  of  the 
Society  in  support  of  the  highest  ideals  and  the  best  interests 
of  the  profession.  Ten  years  of  steady  and  intelligent  effort  were 
necessary  to  procure  the  passage  of  the  first  dental  law  of  Illinois 
and  if  the  efforts  of  this  Society  had  been  withheld  it  is  im- 
possible to  tell  how  far  Illinois  might  have  lagged  behind  the 
procession  of  states  that  were  passing  dental  laws.  Equal  watch- 
fulness and  effort  were  subsequently  given  to  procure  amend- 
ments, until  now  we  have  one  of  the  best  dental  laws  to  be 
found  anywhere.  Some  of  our  best  men  were  on  the  first  board 
of  examiners,  Dr.  Cushing  being  secretary,  and  the  Society  for 
a  good  many  years  made  liberal  appropriations  to  help  out  the 
expenses  of  the  board,  for  they  had  to  serve  without  pay  and 
the  revenues  from  the  law  were  insufficient  to  pay  hotel  bills, 
while  making  the  semi-annual  examinations. 

The  Society  repeatedly  gave  its  official  support  and  ap- 
proval to  Dr.  Crouse  and  the  Dental  Protective  Association 
in  the  efforts,  which  proved  entirely  successful,  to  defend 
the  profession  against  the  crown  and  bridge  patents.  Very 
early  in  its  history  the  Society  adopted  a  by-law  which  required 
such  of  its  members  as  accepted  students  to  insist  upon  a  three 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


34 
years  pupilage  and  graduation  from  a  reputable  dental  school. 
(The  two  college  courses  could  be  taken  during  the  three 
years.)  At  that  time,  every  school  in  the  country  graduated  after 
two  courses,  and  if  there  had  been  four  years  of  pupilage  or  prac- 
tice one  course  sufficed  for  a  diploma. 

Something  more  ought  to  be  said  of  some  of  the  men  who 
formed  and  guided  the  Society  in  its  first  thirty  years. 

Dr.  Geo.  H.  dishing,  better  than  any  other  man,  deserves 
the  title  of  "father."  He  was  a  charter  member  and,  for  thirty- 
four  years,  attended  every  meeting  of  the  Society.  His  judg- 
ment, wisdom  and  experience  made  him  the  most  influential  man 
in  the  Society  during  most  of  that  time,  and  his  tolerance  and 
friendliness  prevented  him  from  ever  sulking  when  he  was  over- 
ruled. He  was  a  king  among  operators.  There  were  only  a  few 
in  the  whole  country  his  equal,  and  his  very  numerous  papers, 
mostly  relating  to  operative  dentistry,  and  in  the  early  days  his 
clinics,  had  very  great  influence  upon  those  who  heard  him,  to 
raise  their  ideals  of  what  perfect  operating  might  be,  and  to 
instruct  their  endeavors  to  reach  that  ideal.  But  few  men  have 
won  greater  honor,  respect  and  love. 

Dr.  M.  S.  Dean  was  a  close  second  to  Dr.  Cushing  in  the 
character  and  weight  of  his  influence  upon  the  Society  while  he 
lived.  Also  a  charter  member,  I  believe  he  was  present  at  every 
meeting  till  his  death  in  1882.  Dr.  Dean  was  a  scholar  and  a 
gentleman,  immaculate  in  his  person,  clothing,  manners  and 
speech.  He  was  a  peacemaker  in  the  Society.  Whenever  the 
proceedings  threatened  to  become  stormy  or  quarrelsome  a  few 
wise  words  from  Dn  Dean  were  sure  to  restore  harmony  and 
good-feeling.  I  believe  that  for  sixteen  or  seventeen  years  he  was 
one  of  the  most  important  influences  that  prevented  the  pro- 
fession in  Chicago  from  breaking  up  into  antagonistic  or  hostile 
cliques,  as  happened  in  some  other  cities.  By  that  time,  we  had 
formed  the  habit  of  living  together  in  peace,  and  learned  how 
to  do  it,  and  we  are  still  in  the  enjoyment  of  the  fruits  of  his 
influence  to  this  day.  He  gave  the  Society  some  very  interesting 
papers,  and  published  one  book,  "The  Dental  Follicle,"  which 
was  a  translation  from  Legros  and  Magitot,  with  additions  from 
his  own  studies. 

Dr.  C.  A.  Kitchen  was  less  prominent  in  the  Society  than 
Dr.  Cushing  and  Dr.  Dean,  but  he  was  a  charter  member,  a 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


35 
member  of  the  first  State  Board  of  Dental  Examiners,  and  a 
man  whose  judgment  and  opinions  were  trusted,  and  were  always 
on  the  right  side  of  every  important  question.  He  was  a  genial, 
companionable  man,  everybody's  friend.  He  was  one  of  my  own 
close  friends  and  I  knew  well  the  strength  and  sincerity  of  his 
character. 

Dr.  J.  N.  Crouse  was  the  last  of  the  charter  members  who 
had  maintained  continuous  membership.  He  is  but  two  months 
dead  and  well  known  to  all  of  you.  He  was  always  a  most  active 
and  useful  member  in  the  Society,  but  his  monumental  work  was 
in  the  Dental  Protective  Association  and  the  defense  of  the  en- 
tire profession  from  the  demands  of  the  International  Tooth 
Crown  Company.  The  money  value  of  this  service  to  the  pro- 
fession is  apparently  but  very  imperfectly  appreciated.  It  is 
very  doubtful  if  there  was  any  other  man  in  the  entire  profes- 
sion who  had  the  brains,  the  courage,  the  indomitable  will  and 
the  willingness,  to  make  the  great  personal  sacrifices  necessary 
to  accomplish  what  he  did. 

Dr.  A.  W.  Harlan  joined  the  Society  in  1872.  He  was  a  big 
man,  a  great  traveler  and  he  had  a  prodigious  memory  for  names, 
dates  and  the  titles  and  contents  of  books  and  journals.  Before 
the  Society  he  gave  his  attention  mainly  to  therapeutics  and  to 
drugs,  in  a  series  of  papers  and  talks  about  the  newer  remedies 
and  their  applications  in  practice.  He  and  Dr.  Black  were  more 
instrumental  than  any  others  for  the  filling  up  of  medicine  closets 
at  a  time  when  many  men  limited  their  use  of  drugs  to  few  or 
none  besides  carbolic  acid,  creosote  and  some  preparations  of 
iodine. 

There  is  no  man  in  less  danger  of  being  ignored  or  forgot- 
ten than  Dr.  G.  V.  Black,  and  I  need  say  no  more  about  him  than 
what  seems  necessary  to  obtain  such  credit  for  the  Society  as  may 
be  reflected  upon  us  from  his  work.  His  paper  on  gold  foil, 
read  in  1869  and  published  in  the  Missouri  Dental  Journal  of 
July  in  that  year  remains  an  authority  on  that  subject,  and  no 
further  information  or  directions  are  needed  for  the  successful 
care  and  use  of  gold  foil  previous  to  its  placement  in  the  tooth 
cavity.  His  work  on  "The  Formation  of  Poisons  by  Micro- 
organisms," and  the  duplication  of  Dr.  Miller's  work  on  the  eti- 
ology of  caries  were  reported  and  illustrated  in  our  Society,  and 
though  the  work  on  the  physical  characteristics  of  teeth  and  of 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


36 

filling  materials  and  the  phenomenal  work  on  amalgam  were 
first  published  in  the  Cosmos,  they  were  explained  and  illustrated 
in  the  Society  also.  Dr.  Black  has  been  called  the  greatest  man 
in  the  dental  profession.  I  will  not  pretend  to  measure  great- 
ness comparatively.  I  do  not  know  the  great  men  well  enough.  I 
feel  like  saying  that  Dr.  Black  is  great  in  this,  that  probably  a 
greater  number  of  dentists  throughout  the  civilized  world  are 
doing  a  greater  number  of  things  better  by  reason  of  his  work 
and  his  instructions  than  can  be  said  of  any  other  man  in  the 
profession. 

Dr.  Homer  Judd  was  long  an  honorary  member  from  St. 
Louis,  though  as  closely  identified  with  us  as  our  own  men.  The 
last  part  of  his  life  he  was  an  active  member,  practicing  in 
Upper  Alton.  He  was  a  better  and  more  influential  man  than  I 
shall  be  able  to  show  by  anything  I  can  say  about  him.  He  was 
by  natural  ability  and  much  experience  a  teacher,  and  what  he 
said  in  the  Society  was  clear,  concise  and  readily  understood. 
We  felt  that  he  was  an  authority  upon  the  subjects  he  talked 
about  and  he  was  much  liked  and  greatly  respected  by  every- 
body. He  had  fine  literary  ability  and  his  account  of  the  battle 
of  Franklin  is  the  best  that  has  ever  been  written. 

Dr.  Edgar  D.  Swain  joined  the  Society  in  1867  at  the  third 
annual  meeting.  He  was  always  until  his  death  an  active  and  in- 
fluential member,  whose  judgment  and  opinion  had  great  weight. 
He  read  a  number  of  excellent  papers  and  made  numerous 
clinics.  In  1876  he  was  president  and  for  two  years  succeeding 
was  the  secretary. 

I  was  associated  with  him  in  the  same  office  for  twenty 
years  on  terms  of  intimate  friendship,  and  know  well  the  dis- 
interested and  important  services  he  gave  to  this  Society  and  to 
various  military  organizations.  He  was  sought  for  many  re- 
sponsibilities, both  professional  and  military,  and  was  for  a  good 
while  colonel  of  the  first  regiment  of  the  Illinois  National  Guard  in 
Chicago.  Later  he  was  the  first  dean  of  Northwestern  Univer- 
sity Dental  School. 

Dr.  H.  H.  Townsend  joined  the  Society  in  1871  and  was 
president  in  1885.  He  died  too  soon,  as  we  all  believed,  from  over- 
work. He  was  slow  and  painstaking,  but  was  one  of  the  finest 
operators  in  the  state,  especially  in  gold  fillings.  He  made  long 
hours  in  his  office,  and  at  our  meetings  used  to  say  his  appoint- 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


37 
ment  book  was  full  till  August  or  longer.  Some  years  before 
his  death  he  took  the  courses  and  graduated  in  one  of  the  med- 
ical colleges  in  Chicago  and  to  some  extent  after  that  practiced 
medicine  in  the  evenings.  Because  he  had  no  time  to  read  he 
used  to  employ,  besides  his  lady  assistant,  a  young  lady  to  read 
dental  journals  to  him  while  operating  at  the  chair.  Notwith- 
standing his  phenomenal  industry  and  the  perfection  of  his  oper- 
ations, he  was  so  timid  about  the  prices  he  set  upon  his  services 
that  he  left  but  little  for  his  family.  He  became  a  worn  out  man 
and  died  at  fifty-four  years  of  age.  He  read  a  number  of  val- 
uable papers  and  was  always  heard  with  pleasure.  All  this  gives 
but  little  idea  of  the  warm  place  he  held  in  all  our  hearts  because 
of  his  gentle  and  lovable  disposition  and  his  ability  and  conscien- 
tiousness. 

Dr.  T.  W.  Pritchett  joined  the  Society  in  1877  and  was 
president  in  1890.  He  has  but  recently  left  us  and  you  all  well 
know  his  strong  personality,  his  sterling  worth  and  great  use- 
fulness. In  later  years  he  interested  himself  in  the  anatomical 
articulation  of  artificial  teeth,  frequently  illustrated  and  described 
it  in  our  clinics,  and  while  president  of  the  State  Board  of 
Dental  Examiners  insisted  upon  its  practical  demonstration  by 
applicants  for  the  state  license.  Few  of  our  men  were  more  re- 
spected or  more  greatly  loved. 

Dr.  W.  T.  Brophy  is  known  to  the  whole  dental  profession 
and  needs  nothing  that  I  could  add  to  the  honors  heaped  upon 
him  at  the  testimonial  banquet  at  which  most  of  you  were  pres- 
ent. His  operation  for  cleft  palate  upon  very  young  infants, 
known  as  "Brophy's  operation"  was  an  earlier  recognition  of  the 
same  idea  lately  insisted  upon  by  the  orthodontists,  that  the 
sooner  nature  can  be  given  opportunity  to  remedy  her  defect, 
and  the  sooner  her  progress  in  a  wrong  direction  can  be  arrested, 
and  changed  to  a  right  direction,  the  more  perfectly  will  she 
be  able  to  work  out  her  ideal  type  for  the  development  of  that 
individual. 

Very  few  men  have  won  for  themselves  so  entirely  the 
respect,  the  confidence,  the  admiration  and  love  of  those  who 
know  them  as  has  Dr.  T.  L.  Gilmer,  and  this  can  be  said  for  the 
students  whom  he  has  taught  in  oral  surgery,  the  patients 
for  whom  he  has  operated,  either  as  an  oral  surgeon,  or  general 
practitioner,  and  the  many  others  who  know  him  as  a  sincere 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


38 
and  generous  friend,  or  a  kindly  and  courteous  gentleman.  In  a  , 
paper  before  the  Chicago  Dental  Society,  only  a  month  ago, 
on  "Etiology,  Diagnosis  and  Treatment  of  Acute  and  Chronic 
Alveolar  Abscess,"  he  said,  "The  writings  upon  this  subject  have 
been  voluminous ;  there  are  two  classics,  one  by  Dr.  Homer  Judd, 
published  in  the  Missouri  Dental  Journal  in  the  year  1869,  the 
other  by  Dr.  G.  V.  Black,  in  the  "American  System  of  Dentistry.'' 
Of  course,  he  did  not  say,  what  we  all  believe,  that  his  own 
paper  will  rank  with  the  other  two,  with  the  additional  value  of 
whatever  has  become  known  about  the  subject  since  the  others 
were  written. 

Dr.  C.  R.  E.  Koch  joined  the  Society  in  May,  1867,  less  than 
two  years  after  the  organization.  Few,  or  none,  have  done  such 
diversified  and  useful  service  in  both  professional  and  military 
affairs.  He  was  secretary  four  years,  was  president  in  1878,  and 
has  usually  been  on  the  legislative  committee,  either  by  appoint- 
ment, or  by  service  with  them,  and  always  on  the  advisory  com- 
mittee on  the  Governor's  appointments  to  the  State  Board  of 
Examiners.  In  his  present  position  as  secretary  of  Northwestern 
University  Dental  School  his  services  are  of  inestimable  value. 

Dr.  A.  E.  Matteson  is  one  of  our  oldest  members,  having 
joined  in  1869.  He  is  always  to  be  seen  at  our  meetings  and 
always  has  something  to  show,  about  crown  or  bridge  work, 
porcelain  work,  or  formerly  about  some  appliances  for  ortho- 
dontia. 

Dr.  C.  R.  Taylor  of  Streator,  was  a  man  of  sterling  worth, 
and  his  influence  in  the  Society  was  valuable.  He  had  positive 
opinions  and  was  not  afraid  to  express  them,  and  for  a  time  we 
thought  him  something  of  a  scold,  and  some  of  his  wrong  im- 
pressions had  to  be  set  right.  When  we  knew  him  well  we  found 
him  one  of  the  kindest  and  sweetest  of  men.  He  was  also  a  very 
useful  and  influential  man  in  the  social  and  political  life  of  his 
town. 

To  Dr.  W.  H.  Taggart  belongs  the  unusual  distinction  of 
having  effected  an  epoch  making  change  in  dental  practice. 
With  the  exception  of  the  use  of  hard  rubber  as  a  base  for  arti- 
ficial teeth,  it  is  doubtful  if  any  such  important  addition  to  our 
resources  has  been  adopted  so  rapidly  and  widely  as  the  making 
of  cast  gold  inlays  and  the  use  of  the  casting  process  for  crown 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


39 
and  bridge  work.     Nothing  further  need  be  said,  for  every  one 
knows  him,  or  uses  the  method  he  developed. 

Dr.  H.  J.  McKellops  of  St.  Louis,  was  known  everywhere 
as  one  of  the  finest  operators,  and  all  who  have  ever  seen  his 
magnificent  gold  fillings  have  been  ready  to  accord  him  pre- 
eminence. I  believe  he  was  the  first  to  introduce  to  this  Society 
the  filling  of  pulp  canals  with  the  aid  of  chloro-percha.  There  is  a 
good  story  of  his  early  experience  with  the  rubber  dam.  Dr. 
Black  tells  it,  and  probably  his  quotation  of  Dr.  McKellops'  words 
is  accurate :  "I  went  down  East  to  see  Dr.  Barnum  and  to  study 
his  method  in  connection  with  the  rubber  dam.  I  watched  him 
carefully  and  talked  over  the  points  with  him,  saw  that  he  suc- 
ceeded, and  thought  that  I  understood  it.  I  came  home  and  tried 
to  use  it.  After  several  months  of  trial  I  gave  it  up  and  concluded 
that  after  all  my  pains  I  may  not  have  understood  Dr.  Barnum. 
I  could  not  get  his  results.  I  found  that  where  I  needed  the  dam 
badly,  I  couldn't'  use  it,  and  where  I  could  use  it,  I  didn't  need 
it,  and  I  damned  the  damn  clam  and  threw  the  damn  dam  away,  and 
I  don't  think  I  will  ever  take  it  up  again."  He  did,  however,  and 
learned  to  use  it  like  all  the  rest  of  us. 

Dr.  W.  H.  Eames  was  more  interested  in  prosthesis,  of 
which  he  almost  made  a  specialty.  He  read  two  papers,  however, 
on  the  causes  of  defective  enamel.  He  was  a  genial  companion, 
an  able  man,  and  much  liked  by  everybody.  He  was  for  a  time 
Editor  of  the  Missouri  Dental  Journal,  and  occupied  important 
dental  college  positions. 

Dr.  W.  N.  Morrison  was  a  frequent  contributor  to  our  pro- 
ceedings, and  Dr.  T.  B.  Morrison  made  one  of  the  early  dental 
engines,  which  was  manufactured  and  sold  to  a  limited  extent. 

Dr.  Henry  S.  Chase  was  one  of  the  triumvirate  who  pro- 
claimed the  "New  Departure"  and  wrote  much  in  advocacy  of  it. 

These  St.  Louis  men  (not  all  of  whom  I  have  named),  with 
Dr.  I.  P.  Wilson  of  Burlington,  and  Dr.  L.  C.  Ingersol  of  Keo- 
kuk, were  a  great  addition  to  our  strength  and  resources  in  the 
early  days  of  the  Society,  when  we  most  needed  them,  and  they 
were  always  an  influence  for  harmony  and  good  will,  and  for  a 
high  standard  of  scientific  and  professional  attainments. 

'  For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


A   HISTORICAL   SKETCH    OF   THE   ILLINOIS   STATE 
DENTAL  SOCIETY,  1894  TO  1913  INCLUSIVE. 


BY  E.   K.   BLAIR,   D.   D.   S.,   WAVERLY,   ILL. 


A  careful  study  of  the  published  transactions  from  1894  to 
1913  inclusive,  reveals  the  fact  that  it  has  required  four  thousand 
four  hundred  and  eleven  printed  pages  to  record  the  papers,  re- 
ports and  discussions  of  this  society,  and  that  the  number  of 
clinics  recorded  for  this  period  is  one  thousand  and  twenty-five. 

The  volume  of  work  accomplished  within  the  society  can 
only  be  comprehended  by  those  who  are  willing  to  devote  much 
time  and  energy  to  reviewing  the  complete  record  of  its  pro- 
ceedings. Where  full  programs  are  given  it  will  be  for  the  pur- 
pose of  showing  the  scope  of  work  encompassed  at  a  single 
meeting  and  the  influence  upon  the  profession  at  large. 

To  make  special  mention,  or  read  the  names  of  all  who  are 
properly  entitled  to  credit  for  meritorious  papers  or  discussions 
or  clinics  would  create  a  list  of  vast  proportions  and  overtax 
your  time  and  powers  of  endurance.  To  record  the  trend  of 
thought  from  year  to  year  and  to  note  the  progress  made  will  be 
as  much  as  may  be  hoped  for.  For  what  may  seem  to  you  inex- 
cusable omissions  or  the  recording  of  data  that  you  may  deem 
unimportant  I  plead  the  lack  of  infallibility. 

It  is  well  to  remember  that  the  total  active  membership  of 
our  society,  at  its  thirtieth  annual  meeting  in  1894  was  one  hun- 
dred and  eighty-six,  and  that  there  were  present  only  ninety- 
five.  This  will  help  you  to  better  appreciate  the  energy  and  de- 
votion to  scientific  investigation  manifested  by  those  who  at 
that  time  were  making  dental  history. 

The  sessions  of  this  meeting  were  held  in  the  Senate  Cham- 
ber at  Springfield,  the  president,  Dr.  Garrett  Newkirk,  presiding. 
Governor  Altgeld,  in  delivering  the  address  of  welcome,  said: 
"We  are  glad  to  see  you  here,  and  I  want  to  congratulate  you 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


41 
and  your  profession  in  this  state,  upon  the  fact  that  you  have 
an  organization  which,  at  a  meeting  of  this  kind,  can  call  out  so 
many  of  the  leading  members  of  your  profession.  It  is  only  by 
organization,  by  meeting,  by  comparison,  by  interchange  of 
thought  and  experience,  by  minds  rubbing  against  minds,  that 
any  profession  can  be  placed  upon  a  high  basis."  Continuing, 
he  said,  "I  can  remember  the  time  when  dentistry  was  regarded 
with  indifference,  but  it  has  advanced  since  that  time  and  is  now 
recognized  as  one  of  the  most  important  professions."  Speaking 
with  just  pride  of  the  great  State  of  Illinois  the  governor  said : 
"It  is  an  honor  to  be  connected  with  any  profession  that  has  a 
standing  in  so  great  a  state,"  and  he  complimented  us  upon  the 
''high  character  of  our  literature  and  dental  schools,"  expressing 
a  deep  interest  in  our  educational  institutions. 

Dr.  A.  W.  Harlan,  responding  to  Governor  Altgeld,  acknowl- 
edged his  appreciation  of  the  sentiments  expressed  and  assured 
him  that  it  had  "ever  been  the  endeavor  of  the  members  of  the 
Illinois  State  Dental  Society  to  promote  education  and  love  for 
literature."  Replying  further  to  the  chief  executive,  "that  Illi- 
nois was  taking  the  lead  in  many  things,"  Dr.  Harlan  stated 
that  the  "transactions  of  this  society  for  many  years  have  been 
and  are  now  looked  upon  by  the  profession  throughout  the  world 
as  among  the  foremost  in  the  United  States."  At  the  threshold 
of  what  I  hope  may  be  a  trustworthy  recital  of  the  forward 
movement  made  by  this  organization  during  the  past  twenty 
years,  I  have  quoted  from  these  high  authorities,  laymen  and 
professional,  calling  to  our  minds  the  character  of  the  work  then 
in  progress — the  splendid  sub-structure  upon  which  we  were 
to  ultimately  develop  an  organized  working  force  unexcelled 
anywhere  in  the  dental  profession. 

The  papers  at  this  meeting  were  entertaining  and  instruc- 
tive. "Thirty  Years  Ago  and  Now"  was  the  title  of  the  annual 
address  by  the  president,  which  proved  to  be  a  carefully  prepared 
army  record  of  every  ex-soldier  in  this  society.  Dr.  Newkirk 
said,  "I  am  proud  to  devote  a  portion  of  this  paper  to  short  ac- 
counts of  their  military  service  and  ask  you  to  place  them  upon 
record  as  part  of  the  sacred  heritage  of  this  society." 

In  addition  to  its  being  a  justly  deserved  tribute  to  our  boys 
who  wore  the  blue  it  is  in  condensed  form  a  valuable  guide  to 
those  who  in  the  distant  future  may  be  interested  in  the  early 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


42 
history  of  our  members  who  took  part  in  war  of  1860  to  1865. 
Among  those  of  the  original  twenty-eight  veterans  who  have 
passed  to  the  great  beyond  are  M.  S.  Dean,  Colonel  Edgar  D. 
Swain,  Daniel  B.  Freeman,  T.  W.  Pritchett,  A.  H.  Fuller,  Homer 
Judd,  Charles  A.  Kitchen,  J.  Frank  Marriner,  Charles  F.  Matte- 
son,  J.  J.  R.  Patrick.  Still  surviving,  fifty-three  years  after  the 
rebellion,  we  are  enjoying  fellowship  with  such  sturdy  heroes 
as  Col.  C.  R.  E.  Koch,  G.  V.  Black,  R.  N.  Lawrence,  E.  M.  Rob- 
bins,  G.  D.  Sitherwood,  Isaac  A.  Freeman,  E.  B.  David,  A.  E. 
Matteson  and  others.  The  hardships  and  exposures  encountered 
on  the  field  of  battle  seem  to  have  fitted  them  for  subsequent 
conflicts.  Let  us  hope  they  may  be  spared  for  many  years  to 
come.  Sturdy  soldiers  in  war,  in  times  of  peace  they  have  borne 
aloft  the  banner  of  professional  progress. 

After  the  president's  address  we  were  favored  with  the  fol- 
lowing well  balanced  program : 

Etiology  of  Dental  Caries,  by  A.  H.  Peck. 

The  Relation  of  the  Profession  to  the  Dental  Colleges,  by 
T.  W.  Brophy. 

Swaged  Aluminum  Plates,  by  G.  D.  Sitherwood. 

Amalgam  Fillings,  by  T.  W.  Pritchett. 

Reciprocation  of  Force  in  Orthodontia,  by  C.  S.  Case. 

Operative  Dentistry,  by  J.  J.  Jennelle. 

Dr.  Case  presented  clearly  the  value  of  knowledge  of  recip- 
rocal force.  He  declared  "that  as  a  fundamental  principle  under- 
lying the  action  of  applied  force  in  regulating  appliances  it 
should  always  be  recognized  and  appreciated.  This  I  believe 
the  most  important  consideration  in  the  constructing  of  dental 
regulating  appliances."  "Those  who  have  had  little  experience 
in  this  department  with  modern  methods,  can  hardly  appreciate 
the  importance  of  this  principle  in  the  management  of  mechan- 
ical force,  or  realize  the  variety  of  opportunities  for  its  exhibi- 
tion that  will  be  presented  to  a  thoughtful  and  ingenious  mind." 
Time  has  proven  the  wisdom  of  his  declaration  and  by  the  appli- 
cation of  this  principle  the  work  of  the  orthodontist  has  in  a 
wonderful  degree  been  simplified  and  made  more  effective.  Dis- 
cussing Dr.  A.  H.  Peck's  very  able  paper  on  the  Etiology  of 
Dental  Caries,  Dr.  G.  V.  Black  gave  emphasis  to  his  well  known 
thought  upon  "the  direction  that  investigation  upon  this  sub- 
ject must  take  in  the  future."     He  was  conducting  a  series  of 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


43 
experiments  to  determine  the  density  of  the  teeth,  fermentive 
processes  in  the  mouth  and  certain  hygienic  relations  for  patients. 
With  his  paper  on  ''The  Relation  of  the  Profession  to  the  Dental 
Colleges,"  T.  W.  Brophy  aroused  a  very  general  discussion.  His 
reference  to  "the  recent  extension  of  the  course  of  study  to  three 
years  by  the  National  Association  of  Dental  Faculties,  making 
it  possible  for  the  student  to  bestow  more  time  upon  the  practical 
phases  of  anatomy,  histology,  bacteriology,  chemistry,  technol- 
ogy, etc.,  besides  becoming  more  proficient  in  operative  and 
prosthetic  dentistry,"  met  with  general  approval. 

In  1895,  at  Galesburg,  we  find  the  program  replete  with  sub- 
jects of  vital  importance.  As  an  outgrowth  of  President  Cor- 
many's  address,  the  publication  of  a  pamphlet  for  public  distri- 
bution entitled  "Instructions  in  the  Care  of  the  Teeth"  was  sug- 
gested. The  oral  hygiene  movement  has  grown  from  that  day 
until  the  present  time,  ranking  as  a  most  important  factor  in  the 
care  and  preservation  of  the  teeth. 

Especially  interesting  clinics  consisted  of  a  "Gold  Inlay," 
by  W.  V-B.  Ames;  "Porcelain  Crown  with  Platinum  Post,"  by 
A.  E.  Matteson ;  "Porcelain  Bridge,  Using  His  Own  Furnace," 
by  W.  H.  Taggart;  "Porcelain  Inlay,"  by  W.  T.  Reeves.  C.  R. 
Taylor,  supervisor  of  clinics,  closed  his  report  with  the  following 
statement :  "The  supervisor  of  clinics  desires  to  say  that  he  be- 
lieves that  a  notable  advance  has  been  reached  in  the  construc- 
tion of  bridges;  that  the  invention  of  the  electric  furnace  for 
fusing  porcelain  will  work  a  revolution  in  crown  and  bridge 
work,  if  it  does  not  also  do  the  same  for  many  other  branches 
of  porcelain  work,  and  he  believes  it  is  the  duty  of  this  society 
to  show  its  appreciation  and  gratitude  to  the  inventor  of  this 
method  of  fusing  porcelain." 

The  year  1896  was  one  of  general  progress.  The  president, 
Dr.  W.  A.  Stevens,  offered  some  crticism  of  the  dental  schools. 
The  discussion  that  followed  was  notable,  as  an  indorsement  of 
the  position  taken  by  the  National  Faculties  Association  in 
extending  the  college  course  from  two  to  three  years.  Higher 
education  was  the  slogan  of  every  speaker  and  many  expressed 
the  hope  that  soon  there  might  be  included  in  the  statutes  of  the 
State  of  Illinois  a  law  requiring  each  applicant  for  a  license  to 
practice  dentistry  within  the  state,  to  have  attended  a  dental 
school  requiring  three  calendar  years  of  study,  and,  upon  pres- 

For  index  and  key  to  elas.xifieation  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


44 
entation  of  a  diploma  from  such  a  school,  to  be  eligible  to  exam- 
ination by  the  Board  of  Dental  Examiners,  who  should  determine 
his  right  to  practice.  Skirmish  lines  for  the  great  battle  to  pro- 
cure proper  legal  enactments  were  forming  and  it  is  to  the  credit 
of  this  society  that  there  was  no  lack  of  courage  and  no  falter- 
ing in  the  struggle  that  was  to  follow.  Believing  that  education 
lies  at  the  root  of  all  permanent  progress,  our  colleges  were 
urged  to  broaden  their  curriculums ;  applicants  for  admission 
to  the  profession  were  turned  from  laboratory  apprenticeships 
to  the  college  door  and  the  standard  of  dentistry  grew  apace. 

Hypnotic  suggestion  for  the  amelioration  of  pain  was  ably 
discussed  by  C.  E.  Bentley  in  "New  Outlooks  in  Dentistry." 
He  said  the  introduction  of  psycho-therapy  into  the  practice  of 
dentistry,  by  those  who  understand  its  principles,  would,  if  it 
afforded  no  better  result,  at  least  induce  a  mastery  of  self  and 
patient  by  the  creation  of  an  atmosphere  in  which  the  patient 
has  the  fullest  confidence  in  the  operator  and  vice  versa.  An- 
other outlook  suggested,  couched  in  almost  prophetic  words,  is 
the  following:  "If  the  public  schools  will  respond  to  the  grow- 
ing demand  for  a  larger  knowledge  of  the  structure  and  work- 
ing the  human  frame,  we  can  confidently  hope  for  the  installa- 
tion of  competent  dentists  into  the  school  room,  who  may  make 
examinations  of  the  mouths  of  the  children  and  advise  them  as 
to  the  correction  of  any  pathological  conditions  that  may  exist. 
It  would  also  afford  a  fruitful  source  for  the  collection  of  data 
upon  a  wide  range  of  subjects,  the  importance  of  which  cannot 
be  overestimated."  Replying  to  Dr.  Bentley,  Dr.  C.  B.  Rohland 
dissented,  fearing  "that  the  American  mind  which  does  not  take 
kindly  to  paternalism  in  government  would  object  to  dental 
examinations  in  the  schools."  Fortunately  Dr.  Rohland's  fears 
were  not  well  founded  as  subsequent  experience  has  proven  that 
the  public  takes  kindly  to  the  examination  of  the  teeth  of  school 
children  and  the  public  spirited  work  of  the  profession  in  this 
field  is  fully  appreciated  and  approved  by  the  masses. 

The  specter  of  cataphoresis  appeared  at  this  meeting,  dis- 
appointing to  all  in  the  end  save  the  manufacturer  of  appliances. 
The  death  of  Dr.  E.  B.  Call  of  Peoria  occurred  this  year.  In 
his  obituary  he  is  credited  with  having  stamped  the  first  seam- 
less gold  crown. 

1897  and  1898  were  busy  years.     Like  trained  veterans  our 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


45 
most  capable  students  were  delving  deeply  into  dental  science. 
The  frequently  expressed  opinion  that  as  many  teeth  were  lost 
from  pyorrhea  as  from  caries  augmented  the  interest  in  Dr.  J. 
W.  Wassail's  paper  on  "Pyorrhea  Alveolaris,"  a  subject  we  had 
been  learning  much  about  both  clinically  and  scientifically.  Cor- 
relatively  associated  with  the  treatment  of  this  malady  grew  the 
study  of  oral  prophylaxis  and  mouth  hygiene.  Pathological  con- 
ditions in  the  oral  cavity  were  closely  scrutinized,  and  instru- 
mentation more  accurately  performed  each  year  became  a  potent 
factor  in  the  treatment  of  pyorrhea.  The  prognosis  of  this  dis- 
ease, once  so  unfavorable,  now  became  less  so  and  the  future  held 
many  inducements  to  practitioners  striving  to  master  one  of 
the  greatest  problems  confronting  our  profession.  Among  the 
themes  considered  during  these  same  years  were  "The  Prin- 
ciples of  Force  and  Anchorage  in  the  Movement  of  the  Teeth" 
(Case),  "Why  Coagulants  Diffuse  Through  Dentine"  (York), 
"The  Essential  Oils  and  Some  Other  Agents,  Their  Antiseptic 
Value,  Also  Their  Irritating  and  Non-irritating  Qualities" 
(Peck),  "Amalgam  as  a  Filling  Material"  (Pruyn),  "Conserva- 
tism in  Oral  Surgery"  (Brophy),  and  "Ceramic  Art  in  Dentistry, 
with  Original  Methods  and  Experiments"  (Nyman),  were  ably 
presented  and  discussed,  establishing  conclusions  to  this  day 
unchanged. 

The  Society  met  in  Chicago  in  1899.  President  Pruyn,  in 
his  address,  issued  this  timely  word  of  warning:  "The  steadily 
increasing  attention  given  to  bridge-work  incites  me  to  make 
right  here,  a  strong  plea,  for  the  more  conservative  treatment 
of  the  natural  tooth  crown.  The  improved  methods  of  devital- 
ization of  the  pulp  and  the  filling  of  the  pulp  canal  and  the 
comparative  ease  of  crowning,  have  doubtless  been  the  cause 
of  the  destruction  of  thousands  of  natural  tooth  crowns  that 
might  better  have  been  filled  and  saved  for  many  years  of 
usefulness."  Good  advice  indeed;  as  much  needed  now  as  fif- 
teen years  ago.  The  stereopticon,  so  helpful  in  portraying  ac- 
curately subjects  under  discussion,  never  proved  more  useful 
than  with  Dr.  F.  B.  Noyes'  paper  entitled  "The  Structure  of 
the  Enamel  with  Reference  to  Cleavage  and  the  Lines  and 
Angles  of  Cavity  Margins."  With  a  total  membership  now 
grown    to   three    hundred    and   twenty-four,   one   hundred    and 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


46 

ninety-two  were  present  and  profited  by  the  able  presentation 
of  this  "one  of  the  most  important  subjects  with  which  we  have 
to  deal  in  filling  teeth."     (Black.) 

"Manipulative  Methods  in  Crown  and  Bridge  Work,"  by 
Goslee,  prepared  with  the  author's  usual  comprehensive  style, 
is  a  complete  presentation  of  the  best  methods  known  to  date,  by 
a  recognized  authority.  His  advocacy  of  "the  simpler,  safer 
and  more  direct  methods  in  opposition  to  less  reliable  and  more 
difficult  procedures"  was  a  much  needed  innovation. 

Resolutions  were  adopted  expressing  the  confidence  of  this 
Society  in  Dr.  J.  N.  Crouse's  ability  to  direct  the  affairs  of  the 
Dental  Protective  Association. 

The  thiry-sixth  meeting  was  at  Springfield.  Never  in  the 
history  of  this  organization  was  there  such  evidence  of  potential 
strength  in  every  department  of  our  profession.  Reviewed  care- 
fully, the  history  of  this  Society  for  more  than  a  third  of  a  century 
is  a  record  of  slow  but  sure  advancement.  Men  who  were  toil- 
ing practitioners  in  its  early  existence,  by  persistent  applica- 
tion to  higher  ideals  had  become  capable  scientists  leading  in 
every  field  of  thought  and  action.  Within  the  borders  of  our 
State  were  located  reputable  dental  schools  occupying  enviable 
positions  among  the  educational  institutions  of  the  world,  and 
with  but  few  exceptions  members  of  these  faculties  were  active 
members  of  our  Society.  This  in  no  small  degree,  accounts  for 
the  very  high  order  of  papers  and  clinics  presented  in  our  an- 
nual programs.  Research  work  conducted  in  the  school  was 
reduced  to  its  last  analysis  when  presented  to  the  Society.  The 
annual  attendant  upon  our  sessions  returned  to  his  home  after 
having  enjoyed  in  condensed  form  the  very  latest  teachings  by 
the  most  advanced  thinkers.  It  is  not  to  be  wondered  that  the 
influence  of  this  organization  was  coextensive  with  the  teach- 
ings of  dentistry  throughout  the  world.  We  gave  to  the  world 
the  results  of  our  labors  and  with  pardonable  pride  stood  fully 
prepared  to  accept  and  appreciate  their  teachings  in  return. 
President  Lawrence's  address  was  an  eloquent  and  timely  trib- 
ute to  the  men  of  the  past  years,  who  had  made  this  Society 
what  it  was.  In  addition  to  papers  and  discussions,  our  clinics 
had  improved  in  number  and  character  from  year  to  year,  taxing 
the  local  committees  to  the  utmost  to  make  provision  for  all 
who  in  this  way  contributed  to  the  educational   features  of  our 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


47 
programs.  No  longer  were  these  demonstrations  confined  to 
limited  operations  upon  the  teeth  and  prosthetic  appliances,  but 
they  covered  as  they  rightfully  should,  orthodontia  and  oral 
surgery.  Dr.  T.  L.  Gilmer  exhibited  a  patient  operated  upon  in 
1899  for  "neuralgia  of  the  second  division  of  the  fifth  pair  of 
nerves."  Recovery  was  complete  and  the  patient  gave  person- 
ally a  testimonial  justly  complimentary  to  the  operator.  Among 
the  numerous  interesting  proceedings  at  this  convention,  all  of 
which  it  would  be  a  pleasure  to  record,  if  time  would  permit,  I 
find  the  following:  "The  Secretary  announced  the  recommenda- 
tion by  the  Council,  of  the  appointment  by  the  Society,  of  a 
committee  of  three,  to  select  ten  names  of  representative  prac- 
titioners, rive  from  each  of  the  two  principal  political  parties, 
from  which  the  Governor  is  respectfully  solicited  to  select  the 
future  appointments  of  the  State  Board  of  Dental  Exeminers." 
This  was  a  wise  procedure  that  should  be  adhered  to  for  all 
time  to  come,  in  justice  to  the  public,  the  dental  profession  and 
the  appointive  power. 

In  1901  we  invaded  the  northern  territory,  meeting  at  Rock- 
ford,  where  President  Reid,  long  a  competent  and  painstaking 
member  of  the'  State  Board  of  Dental  Examiners,  delivered  the 
annual  address.  Three  days  and  more  were  given  with  a  will 
to  the  study  of  live,  up-to-date  topics  and  the  staging  of  nearly 
fifty  clinics.  Forty-nine  members  united,  indicating  a  continued 
healthy  growth.  At  this  time  great  dissatisfaction  and  disap- 
proval was  expressed  as  to  the  origin  of  many  diplomas  and 
licenses  finding  their  way  into  the  hands  of  would  be  practi- 
tioners. A  considerable  number  of  licensed  colleges  were  lo- 
cated in  Chicago,  with  barely  three  or  four  of  them  reputable. 
Diplomas  were  being  issued  to  residents  of  the  United  States  and 
foreign  countries,  many  of  them  illegal.  The  following  resolu- 
tions presented  by  Dr.  J.  N.  Crouse  were  unanimously  adopted : 

Whereas:  Through  the  United  States  Consul,  James  H. 
Worman  of  Munich,  Germany,  information  has  come  to  the 
Illinois  State  Dental  Society,  that  a  traffic  in  fraudulent  Amer- 
ican diplomas,  conferring  the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Dental  Sur- 
gery and  also  dental  certificates,  has  been  carried  on  between 
residents  of  Illinois  and  residents  of  Germany,  and 

Whereas:  We  are  informed  that  some  of  the  Illinois  State 

For  index  and  key  to  elassification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


48 
Dental  Board  Certificates  presented  to  the  authorities  of  Ger- 
many have  been  forgeries  pure  and  simple,  be  it 

Resolved:  That,  as  a  Society  wishing  to  uphold  the  honor 
and  dignity  of  the  profession  in  the  state,  and  to  aid  in  the  ex- 
cellent work  which  is  now  being  done  by  the  Foreign  Relations 
Committee  of  the  National  Association  of  Dental  Faculties,  in 
placing  before  the  world  correct  information  as  to  the  status  of 
dental  educational  work  and  dental  legislation  in  the  different 
countries  of  the  world,  we  unhesitatingly  condemn  the  practice 
in  the  strongest  terms  possible,  and  record  our  disapproval  of 
any  of  these  irregular  methods  which  tend  to  bring  discredit  on 
the  reputation  of  American  dentistry ;  and  particularly  upon 
those  of  our  educational  institutions  which  are  in  reality  doing 
excellent  work  in  our  midst." 

Signed,  J.  N.  Crouse. 

This  was  the  beginning  in  substantial  form,  of  the  end  of 
traffic  by  bogus  colleges  in  fraudulent  dental  diplomas.  Later  the 
war  was  carried  by  members  of  this  Society  to  the  National 
Dental  Association  meeting  at  Milwaukee  and  a  committee  was 
appointed  that  succeeded  in  reaching  the  Governor  of  this  State 
and  the  final  result  was  the  annihilation  of  fraudulent  colleges 
so  long  a  disgrace  to  our  profession.  This  triumph  of  right  and 
justice  over  the  evil  influences  that  had  so  long  darkened  our 
professional  horizon  must  be  placed  to  the  credit  of  this  Society 
and  the  central  figure  in  the  great  battle  for  properly  authenti- 
cated diplomas  was  he  who  for  many  years  was  the  only  mem- 
ber of  this  Society  who  had  been  continuously  a  member  since 
its  organization  in  1865,  the  invincible  Dr.  J.  N.  Crouse. 

During  the  year  1901  death  claimed  an  honorary  member, 
Dr.  H.  J.  McKellops,  of  Saint  Louis,  for  years  a  regular  attend- 
ant at  our  meetings.  He  was  much  admired  by  all  who  knew 
him.  Possibly  the  one  death  of  all  that  has  most  keenly  affected 
members  of  this  Society  occurred  during  the  same  year,  that  of 
Dr.  George  H.  Cushing.  A  charter  member  of  this  Society,  its 
most  persistent  supporter,  through  all  its  existence,  twice  its 
President,  the  only  member  so  honored,  by  his  ability  and  genial 
qualities  he  had  won  the  respect  and  admiration  of  all.  When  he 
found  it  imperative  to  seek  health  in  another  climate,  this  Society 
gave  him  the  strongest  indorsement  possible  to  give  to  one  with- 
drawing from  our  midst,  renewed  its  devotion  to  him  by  mes- 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


49 
sages  of  good  cheer  annually,  and  heard  with  deepest  sorrow 
of  his  death  far  away  from  the  field  of  his  life's  labors.  In  him 
were  happily  combined  a  brilliant  intellect,  superior  knowledge, 
and  a  warm  hearted,  genial  disposition.  No  historical  sketch 
of  this  Society  would  be  complete  without  a  just  record  of  the 
part  he  played  in  the  drama  of  its  existence  and  of  the  affection 
felt  for  him  by  the  full  membership  of  this  organization. 

In  the  year  1902  at  Springfield  some  notable  papers  were 
presented.  "Dental  Nomenclature,  with  Reference  to  Its  De- 
velopment, Bearing  Especially  upon  That  of  Descriptive  Den- 
tal Anatomy,  Cavities  and  Instruments,"  a  very  comprehensive 
and  much  needed  study,  ably  presented  by  G.  W.  Dittmar. 
"Good  Fellowship,"  by  C.  R.  Taylor,  was  well  received  and  is 
remembered  to  this  day  as  highly  characteristic  of  the  author. 
"Professional  Ethics  vs.  Patents,"  by  C.  E.  Bently,  was  a  clear 
presentation  of  the  subject,  urging  our  profession  to  occupy  the 
same  ground  relative  to  patenting  appliances  that  is  held  by  the 
American  Medical  Association.  "The  Present  Status  of  Den- 
tistry in  the  Philippine  Islands"  was  read  by  Louis  Ottofy,  a 
former  Secretary  of  this  Society.  "Conditions  and  Circum- 
stances Modifying  Extension  for  Prevention,"  by  J.  E.  Nyman, 
and  reports  of  "Committee  on  Dental  Science  and  Literature" 
and  "Art  and  Invention,"  by  Dr.  G.  V.  Black  and  H.  J.  Goslee 
respectively. 

At  the  1903  session  in  Bloomington  Dr.  Prothero's  paper 
on  "The  Expansion  of  Plaster  of  Paris,"  discussed  by  Dr.  J.  E. 
Hinkins  and  others,  with  Dr.  Case's  paper  on  "Velum  Ob- 
turators," were  two  mile  posts  on  the  road  to  progress.  Twelve 
hundred  dollars  was  placed  in  the  hands  of  a  committee  of  which 
Dr.  J.  N.  Crouse  was  chairman. 

The  year  1904  was  crowded  to  the  utmost  with  problems 
that  interested  the  whole  Society.  We  had  advanced  sufficiently 
in  the  use  of  both  porcelain  and  gold  inlays  to  insure  intelligent 
discussions  of  the  technique  involved  in  their  construction  and 
were  discussing  with  clearness  the  necessary  steps  to  be  taken 
in  the  preparation  of  cavities.  This  also  involved  the  use  of 
cements  and  encouraged  a  more  definite  study  of  the  physical 
characteristics  of  the  different  cements  found  in  the  market. 

"The  Color  Problem  in  Porcelain  Work,"  and  "Cervical  Out- 
line Preparation"  were  themes  that  naturally  invited  the  atten- 

Por  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


50 
tion  at  this  session.  "Lest  We  Forget"  in  our  enthusiasm  for 
the  new  inlay  methods  a  sturdy  protest  came  from  high  author- 
ity, Edmund  Noyes,  reminding  us  that  there  was  and  always 
will  be  a  place  for  good  gold  filling,  properly  made,  and  the 
percentage  of  cavities  demanding  gold  fillings  was  by  no  means 
small. 

At  this  session  we  heard  the  report  of  the  committee  ap- 
pointed to  revise  our  Constitution  and  By-Laws,  creating  Dis- 
trict and  Component  Societies  and  preparing  the  way  for  an 
increased  membership.  Under  the  Rules  the  new  Constitu- 
tion proposed  was  referred  to  the  1905  meeting  for  approval 
and  adoption.  Our  membership  at  the  close  of  the  1904  meet- 
ing was  four  hundred  and  eleven,  and  at  the  close  of  the  1905 
session  it  reached  the  splendid  total  of  twelve  hundred  and 
sixty.  This  was  due  to  the  work  of  the  reorganization  commit- 
tee, of  which  Dr.  Arthur  D.  Black  was  chairman  and  Drs.  Ditt- 
mar  and  Peck  his  associates.  Charters  had  been  granted  to 
thirty-one  new  Component  Societies,  covering  the  entire  State 
and  we  were  entering  upon  a  new  era,  a  gigantic  organization, 
well  supplied  with  funds,  with  ramifications  in  every  nook  and 
corner  of  the  State.  Better  prepared  than  ever  to  make  progress 
in  the  development  of  dental  science,  we  were  knocking  at  the 
door  of  every  reputable  practitioner  within  the  state,  urging 
him  to  share  our  enthusiasm  in  the  upbuilding  of  our  profession 
and  to  give  that  which  properly  belonged  to  his  patients,  the 
benefit  of  the  knowledge  he  might  obtain,  if  he  would  but  enlist 
in  the  greatest  forward  movement  ever  inaugurated  in  our  pro- 
fession. Our  plea  was  more  capable  service  to  our  patients,  a 
general  uplift  in  the  scientific  teachings  and  practice  of  dentistry 
and  interwoven  throughout  the  woof  and  warp  of  it  all,  a  super- 
abundance of  good  fellowship.  As  we  passed  from  the  lesser 
to  the  greater  body,  adding  in  one  year  more  than  one  thousand 
new  members,  some  feared  that  the  warmth  of  friendships  so 
much  enjoyed  in  the  earlier  years  might  be  jeopardized  by  the 
strenuous  conditions  naturally  incident  to  the  management  of  so 
many  participating  interests,  but  happily  it  has  not  been  so. 
The  increased  facilities  for  development  along  scientific  lines 
due  to  greater  numerical  strength  has  but  added  opportunity  for 
greater  social  enjoyments ;  the  heart  to  heart  contact  among  fel- 
low workers  in  one  common  field.     The  growth  of  the  Society 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


r>l 
during  the  last  twenty  years  is  clearly  indicated  in  the  subjoined 
Secretary's  Reports.    In  the  year  1904  the  total  Active,  Honorary 
and   Corresponding  Membership   was  two  hundred  and  thirty- 
one.     Annual  dues,  $5.00. 

Receipts,  including  balance   from  former  Treas- 
urer,  Dues,  etc $894.03 

Expenditures   465.08 

Leaving  balance  on  hand $428.95 

In  the  year  1913  our  total  Active,  Honorary  and  Correspond- 
ing membership  was  sixteen  hundred  and  fifty-seven,  with  dues 
as  low  as  $3.00  per  year,  including  dues  to  National  Association. 

Receipts  from  all  sources  $9,008.41 

Expenditures 4,634.90 

Balance  on  hand $4,373.51 

More  than  ten  times  as  strong  financially  and  eight  times 
stronger  numerically.  With  ample  funds  at  our  disposal  it  has 
been  possible  to  inaugurate  and  carry  to  successful  issue  any 
Society  work  desired. 

The  effect  of  the  Component  Society  and  Study  Clubs  has 
been  to  promote  social  as  well  as  educational  growth,  and  we 
come  together  annually  with  much  preliminary  work  accom- 
plished, better  prepared  to  present  papers  and  discuss  them,  to 
give  clinics  of  every  conceivable  variety  and  to  transact  the  rou- 
tine business  of  the  Society  with  commendable  skill  and  prompt- 
ness. 

Give  a  moment's  thought  to  the  history  of  our  progress  from 
1905  to  1913,  inclusive.  So  comprehensive  in  area,  for  they  cov- 
ered the  whole  field  of  dentistry,  'tis  possible  here  to  mention 
them  only  in  the  briefest  way.  During  these  nine  years  our  pro- 
grams include  one  hundred  and  fifty-two  papers  and  discussions, 
and  six  hundred  and  sixty-three  clinics.  As  we  consider  them 
collectively,  hoping  to  be  as  brief  as  possible,  permit  me  to  select 
twenty-five  subjects  presented,  as  an  illustration  of  the  wide  range 
of  topics  considered : 

Ethics,  C.  N.  Johnson. 

Penetration  of  Dentin  by  Fluids  Under  Pressure.  W.  A. 
Johnston. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


52 

The  Problem  of  the  Construction  of  Good  Dentures,  T.  W. 
Pritchett. 

A  Survey  of  Oral  Hygiene,  C.  E.  Bentley. 

Amalgam,  W.  E.  Harper. 

Conservative  Plea  in  the  Use  of  Anaesthetics,  Narcotics  and 
Sedatives  in  Dental  Practice,  C.  P.  Pruyn. 

Some  Phases  of  Prosthetic  Procedures,  J.  H.  Prothero. 

The  Dental  Protective  Association,  J.  N.  Crouse. 

Orthodontia,  C.  S.  Case. 

Microscopic  Study  of  C.ements,  Geo.  C.  Poundstone. 

Gold  Fillings  vs.  Inlays,  Don.  M.  Gallic 

The  Cast  Gold  Inlay,  G.  W.  Dittmar. 

General  Considerations  of  Syphilis,  with  Special  Reference 
to  Differential  Diagnosis  Between  Syphilitic  and  Non-syphilitic 
Lesions  Found  in  the  Mouth,  W.  H.  G.  Logan. 

Experience  in  Cast  Metal,  C.  N.  Thompson. 

Impacted  Third  Molars,  Brom  Allen. 

The  Maxillary  Sinus  and  Its  Diseases,  T.  L.  Gilmer. 

Dental  Medicine,  J.  P.  Buckley. 

Concerning  the  Porcelain  Inlay,  J.  F.  F.  Waltz. 

Reorganization,  Arthur  D.  Black. 

Some  Mistakes  in  Operative  Dentistry,  Their  Causes  and 
Correction,  F.  W.  Gethro. 

What  Dentists  Have  Contributed  to  Other  Professions,  B. 
J.  Cigrand. 

Newer  Methods  in  Crown  and  Bridge  Work,  H.  J.  Goslee. 

Some  Phases  of-  Bacteriological  Infection  of  the  Human 
Mouth,  George  W.  Cook. 

Dental  Legislation,  C.  R.  E.  Koch. 

Oral  Surgery,  T.  W.  Brophy. 

Dental  Inspection  in  the  Schools,  W.  A.  Evans. 

The  Scientific  Casting  of  Gold,  W.  H.  Taggart. 

A  Multiplicity  of  Subjects,  G.  V.  Black. 

And  this  only  one-sixth  of  the  number  of  papers  and  reports 
comprising  the  full  list  of  the  last  nine  years.  What  a  galaxy  of 
talent !  I  beseech  you  upon  returning  to  your  homes  that  you 
re-read  carefully  the  transactions  of  your  own  Society,  and  you 
will  find  a  record  of  the  progress  of  your  profession,  commen- 
surate with  the  Nineteenth  Century,  the  most  progressive  age 
since  the  dawn  of  civilization.    For  months  I  have  basked  in  the 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


53 
sunlight  of  these  pages,  drank  deep  from  the  recorded  wisdom 
generously  contributed  by  tireless  authors,  marveled  at  the  bril- 
liant ingenuity  manifested  in  scores  of  methods  and  devices  dis- 
played by  clinicians,  and  have  been  gratified  indeed  at  the  gen- 
erous manner  in  which  all  is  given  freely  to  the  world  for  the 
benefit  of  humanity.  A  contributing  factor  to  our  enjoyment  as 
we  peruse  these  transactions  from  year  to  year  will  be  found  in 
the  lucid  manner  in  which  they  have  been  edited.  The  work  of 
the  master  mind  of  Dr.  Edmund  Noyes  is  everywhere  apparent 
and  we  are  deeply  indebted  to  him  and  his  associates  for  annual 
publications  almost  faultless  in  every  particular. 

For  considerably  more  than  a  quarter  of  a  century,  I  have 
witnessed  the  Society's  growth  and  during  that  time  have  failed 
to  hear  the  first  reasonable  excuse  for  non-membership  in  this 
organization.  When  we  reflect  that  the  absentee  from  our  meet- 
ings is  denying  himself  the  privilege  so  eagerly  sought  by  our 
ablest  practitioners  in  other  states,  who  travel  frequently  across 
the  continent  to  enjoy  and  profit  by  the  educational  features  of 
our  sessions,  we  marvel  at  the  indifference  manifested  by  some 
and  regret  that  one  and  all  are  not  within  the  fold. 

What  have  been  the  contributing  forces  that  have  been  most 
potential  in  the  upbuilding  of  our  Society? 

First  of  all  Organization.  A  willingness  to  come  together 
for  free  and  unrestricted  interchange  of  thought. 

Next  the  devotion  to  the  Society's  interest  manifested  by  so 
many  stalwart  members  who  have  throughout  all  the  years  re- 
mained steadfast  to  the  Society's  welfare.  Their  name  is  legion, 
and  the  record  of  their  efforts  properly  drawn  would  form  a 
transcript  of  the  proceedings  from  year  to  year  for  half  a  cen- 
tury. 

A  collective  organization  imbued  with  the  proper  spirit,  we 
have  ever  kept  as  our  foremost  tenet  the  proper  consideration  of 
our  duty  to  the  public. 

Every  legal  enactment  that  we  have  sought  or  obtained  has 
guarded,  first  the  citizen,  and  next  made  more  stringent  the  re- 
quirement for  admission  to  practice.  Our  highest  aim  has  been 
the  preservation,  not  the  destruction  of  the  teeth,  the  maintenance 
of  sanitary  and  healthful  conditions  in  the  oral  cavity  and  sur- 
rounding tissues.  Many  of  our  members  have  become  specialists, 
adding  luster  to  our  profession  and  contributing  materially  to 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


54 
the  intellectual  and  scientific  growth  of  our  Society.     As   we 
have  acquired  knowledge  and  experience  we  have  grown  more 
tolerant,  manifesting  at  all  times  great  courtesy  in  debate. 

Pioneers  in  the  study  of  physiological  and  pathological  con- 
ditions, we  were  first  to  know  that  which  the  public  now  gener- 
ally comprehends,  that  through  the  mouth,  sometimes  termed 
the  gateway  to  the  body,  a  very  large  percentage  of  the  diseases 
that  flesh  is  heir  to,  make  their  entrance  to  the  system.  As  den- 
tists, charged  with  the  responsible  duty  of  maintaining  a  health- 
ful condition  of  the  oral  cavity,  we  are  occupying  a  more  im- 
portant position  in  the  community.  Originally  regarded  only 
as  the  special  conservators  of  comfort,  appearance  and  utility  of 
the  mouth  and  dental  organs,  there  have  now  been  added  the 
more  exacting  requirements  of  prevention  of  contagion  and  the 
spread  of  disease. 

We  have  with  a  generally  progressive  world  caught  the 
spirit  of  organization,  of  concentrated  effort.  Under  the  very 
able  leadership  of  Dr.  Arthur  D.  Black  our  reorganization  has 
been  fruitful  of  the  most  gratifying  results.  Other  states  have 
joined  in  this  same  movement,  also  the  National  Dental  Associa- 
tion which  will  doubtless  have  between  fifteen  and  twenty  thou-, 
sand  members  within  the  next  few  years.  The  Dental  Review, 
ably  edited  by  our  own  C.  N.  Johnson  and  published  within  this 
state,  has  always  been  loyal  to  the  State  Dental  Society  and  its 
interests. 

Dr.  Noyes  in  his  sketch  of  the  Society's  early  history  has 
within  your  hearing  tonight  paid  a  just  tribute  to  prominent 
members,  most  of  whom  have  ceased  their  earthly  labors. 

The  history  of  the  last  twenty  years  necessarily  deals  with 
the  living,  active  members  many  of  whom  are  within  the  sound 
of  my  voice.  Their  parts  in  the  workings  of  this  organization 
are  but  half  played  and  the  future  historian  must  sum  them  up 
and  accord  to  each  his  or  her  meed  of  praise.  Of  but  one  shall 
I  make  specific  mention.  The  first  half  century  of  our  existence 
has  been  made  conspicuous  by  the  labors  of  our  own  beloved 
G.  V.  Black,  a  devoted  and  insatiable  student,  we  have  known 
no  man  with  such  universality  of  interest.  From  his  ever  in- 
creasing fund  of  knowledge  he  has  given  freely  to  all.  Greater 
than  this,  he  has  ever  been  approachable  to  the  humblest  in- 
quirer.   Imbued  with  the  very  highest  conception  of  professional 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  sipnendix. 


55 
ethics,  the  results  of  his  investigations  have  been  contributed 
to  the  world  for  the  benefit  of  humanity.     How  insignificant  in 
comparison,  is  the  mere  acquirement  of  millions,  to  his  devotion 
to  scientific  research. 

With  pardonable  pride  we  glance  back  over  the  past  one- 
half  century  so  splendidly  celebrated  in  this  Golden  Jubilee.  We 
are  indebted  to  Dr.  W.  H.  G.  Logan,  our  worthy  President,  and 
the  committees  he  has  organized  for  this  superbly  planned  semi- 
centennial celebration.  No  asset  is  more  valuable  to  any  working 
force  than  that  of  a  good  organizer. 

One  might  continue  indefinitely  recounting  forces  that  have 
aided  in  the  upbuilding  of  this  Society,  did  time  permit.  We  sur- 
render to  the  hosts  whose  names  are  to  be  inscribed  upon  the 
roster  of  membership  in  the  next  half  century.  Our  legacy  to 
you  is  the  loyal  spirit  that  has  been  so  persistently  manifested 
by  all  in  years  gone  by,  and  we  bespeak  for  you  the  same  degree 
of  loyalty  and  devotion  to  the  Society's  welfare  that  has  char- 
acterized its  membership  in  the  past.  Keep  ever  in  mind  these 
truths,  that  our  Society  is  great  in  her  history,  great  in  the  char- 
acter of  her  pioneers,  great  in  her  achievements,  and  great  in  her 
beckoning:  future. 


For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


DIARY  OF  ADMINISTRATIVE  PROGRESS  AND  UPLIFT 

WORK  OF  THE  ILLINOIS  STATE  DENTAL 

SOCIETY,  1865-1913. 

BY  C.  R.  E.  KOCH,  D.  D.  S. 


1865. 


The  State  Dental  Society  was  born  on  July  24,  1865,  as  the 
result  of  a  call  signed  by  a  committee  of  three  from  the  Chicago 
Dental  Society,  together  with  several  dentists  of  the  State  outside 
of  the  city  of  Chicago.  The  first  meeting  was  held  in  the  Dental 
Depot  of  S.  S.  White,  then  located  on  the  site  now  occupied  by  the 
Chinese  restaurant  near  the  southwest  corner  of  Dearborn  and 
Randolph  streets  (59  West  Randolph  street). 

Dr.  A.  C.  Van  Sant,  of  Princeton,  was  temporary  chairman, 
and  Dr.  Emanuel  Honsinger,  of  Chicago,  temporary  secretary. 
About  fifty  were  present,  and  they  decided  to  organize  a  society 
to  be  known  as  the  Illinois  State  Dental  Society.  A  committee  was 
appointed  to  adapt  the  constitution  of  the  Massachusetts  Associa- 
tion to  the  wants  of  this  new  society. 

At  this  time  the  exactions  of  the  Dental  Vulcanite  Company 
were  sorely  distressing  the  dental  profession,  and  it  appears  that 
Doctor  Wetherbee,  of  Boston,  was  present  at  this  meeting,  and 
solicited  the  aid  of  the  Illinois  dentists  for  the  Boston  Dental 
Protective  Union  in  their  effort  to  have  nullified  the  patents 
granted  to  one  Doctor  Cummings,  as  the  inventor  of  vulcanized 
rubber  as  a  base  for  artificial  teeth. 

A  constitution  was  adopted  at  this  meeting,  and  officers  were 
elected  by  ballot.  A  second  session  was  held  on  the  next  morning, 
at  which  delegates  were  elected  to  the  American  Dental  Association. 

1866. 

The  next  meeting  of  the  Society  was  held  on  May  8,  1866,  in 
the  Tremont  House,  now  Northwestern  University  building.  By- 
laws were  adopted  at  this  meeting,  and  a  committee  was  appointed 
to  prepare  topics  for  discussion,  and  Dr.  M.  S.  Dean,  of  Chicago, 
was  invited  to  deliver  an  address  at  the  next  regular  meeting. 
Three  hundred  copies  of  the  constitution  and  by-laws  were  ordered 
to  be  printed.  Neither  papers  nor  discussions  became  a  printed 
record  of  the  Society  until  some  years  afterward. 

On  the  third  day  of  this  meeting  a  committee  was  appointed  to 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


57 

prepare  an  order  of  business,  and  subjects  for  discussion  for  the 
next  meeting,  and  to  send  circulars  to  the  profession  throughout 
the  State  inviting  them  to  meet  with  the  Society.  Each  dentist  was 
requested  to  bring  with  him  to  the  next  meeting  such  pieces  of 
rubber  work  as  he  might  have  on  hand  at  the  time. 

At  this  meeting,  also,  the  first  lady  dentist  of  record  here, 
Miss  Dr.  Lucy  Hobbs,  was  presented  to,  and  elected  a  member  of, 
the  Society.    A  footnote,  however,  tells  us  that  she  never  qualified. 

The  Society  at  first  met  semiannually,  and  at  the  November 
meeting  of  1866  it  was  decided  to  hold  a  clinic  in  the  office  of 
Doctor  Honsinger. 

At  this  meeting  Colonel  Fisher,  the  attorney  in  the  hard  rubber 
matter,  addressed  the  Society,  and  a  resolution  was  passed  sustain- 
ing the  Ohio  dentists  in  their  fight  against  the  Vulcanite  Company. 
A  code  of  ethics  was  adopted.  A  motion  was  made  at  this  time  to 
consider  the  advisability  of  merging  the  Chicago  Dental  Society 
with  the  Illinois  State  Dental  Society,  to  be  called  the  Illinois 
State  Dental  Society. 

1867. 

The  third  annual  meeting  was  held  in  the  Methodist  Church 
block,  Chicago,  May  14,  1867.  It  was  here  decided  to  do  away  with 
the  semiannual  meetings,  and  hold  annual  meetings  only.  A  reso- 
lution was  adopted  unqualifiedly  condemning  the  practice  by 
members  of  the  dental  profession  of  taking  students  to  be  sent  forth 
to  practice  upon  a  confiding  community  after  only  from  three 
months'  to  a  year's  study,  for  a  pecuniary  consideration;  and 
recommending  that  students  be  taken  for  not  less  than  three  years 
of  study,  in  addition  to  graduation. 

1868. 
The  fourth  annual  session,  which  was  held  in  the  Senate 
Chamber,  Springfield,  on  May  12,  1868,  showed  an  audit  of  the 
accounts  of  Doctor  Crouse,  as  treasurer,  and  found  the  books  to  be 
correct.  Careful  business  methods  were  a  characteristic  of  the 
Society  from  its  very  beginning.  A  committee  was  appointed, 
consisting  of  Drs.  Kilbourne,  Black  and  Cushing,  to  prepare  an 
address  to  the  people,  on  the  importance  of  the  proper  treatment 
of  the  sixth-year  molars.  A  resolution  was  also  adopted  condemn- 
ing as  unworthy  a  dental  college  located  in  St.  Louis.  The  Society 
pledged  itself  to  use  all  honorable  means  to  build  up  dental  col- 
leges laboring  in  the  interests  of  dental  science. 

1869. 
The  fifth  annual  meeting  was  held  at  Quincy,  on  May  11,  1869. 
An  amendment  offered  by  Doctor  Black,  changing  the  by-laws  so 
that  the  election  of  officers  would  take  place  at  the  close  instead  of 
the  beginning  of  the  session,  was  favorably  acted  upon  the  next 
year.     A  motion  was'  made  by  Doctor  Cushing,  and  carried,  to 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


58 

employ  a  reporter  to  report  the  debates  of  the  Society,  but  this  was 
not  actually  carried  out  for  many  years  thereafter.  The  secre- 
taries usually  reported  the  discussions  in  abbreviated  longhand, 
and  submitted  their  notes  for  the  correction  of  the  authors.  A  reso- 
lution was  passed  that  a  complete  report  of  the  discussions  should 
be  made  and  presented  annually  to  each  member  who  had  paid  his 
dues.  A  committee  was  appointed  to  confer  with  the  publishers  of 
the  Missouri  Dental  Journal,  with  reference  to  publishing  the  pro- 
ceedings of  the  Society,  and  it  was  decided  to  accept  the  offer  of 
the  Missouri  Dental  Journal  to  publish  the  proceedings  of  the 
Society  at  its  actual  cost,  and  the  secretary  was  instructed  to  pre- 
pare a  full  report  for  the  use  of  that  journal. 

It  was  ordered  at  this  meeting  also  that  the  treasurer  be 
instructed  to  open  an  account  with  each  member  of  the  Society 
and  to  notify  all  members  in  arrearage  and  to  request  prompt 
settlement.  The  secretary  was  requested  to  make  a  roll  of  the 
active  and  honorary  members  in  the  book  of  records,  which  was 
always  to  be  accessible.  A  resolution  was  adopted  declaring  that, 
in  the  opinion  of  the  Society,  patrons'  and  practitioners'  interests 
would  be  promoted  by  the  return  to  gold  or  other  metal  plates  as 
a  basis  for  artificial  teeth. 

1870. 

The  sixth  annual  meeting  was  held  at  Bloomington,  on  May  10, 
1870.  The  proceedings  of  this  meeting  were  the  first  to  be  pub- 
lished as  a  Society  publication  by  the  secretary,  Dr.  C.  Stoddard 
Smith.  A  number  of  advertisements  were  printed  in  the  paper- 
covered  pamphlet  of  126  pages. 

The  subject  of  dental  legislation  was  first  considered  by  the 
Society  at  this  meeting,  and  two  papers  were  read  upon  the  subject, 
one  by  Dr.  Geo.  H.  dishing,  and  the  other  by  Dr.  G.  V.  Black. 
As  a  result  a  committee  of  three  was  appointed  to  take  up  the 
matter  of  legislation  with  relation  to  dentistry.  Drs.  Cushing, 
C.  Stoddard  Smith  and  A.  D.  French  were  appointed  the  com- 
mittee. 

Three  hundred  copies  of  the  constitution,  as  amended,  and  of 
the  code  of  ethics,  were  ordered  printed,  and  a  copy  of  each  fur- 
nished to  each  active  member  of  the  Society.  The  secretary  was 
instructed  to  drop  from  the  roll  of  membership  all  persons  then  on 
the  roll  who  were  in  arrears. 

Twenty-five  dollars  was  voted  from  the  funds  of  the  Society, 
and  $120  was  secured  by  private  subscription,  toward  the  Barnum 
Testimonial  Fund,  in  recognition  of  his  unselfish  giving  to  the  pro- 
fession freely  the  boon  of  the  rubber  dam. 

1871. 

The  seventh  annual  meeting  was  held  at  Peoria  on  May  9,  1871. 
A  number  of  the  members  who  had  become  delinquent  had  paid 
up  their  dues,  amounting  then  to  $2  a  year,  and  by  special  vote 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


59 

of  the  Society  all  the  amounts  paid  exceeding  $5  were  returned  to 

such  delinquents. 

The  publication  committee's  report  showed  an  expenditure  of 
$244.10,  out  of  which  amount  only  $106  was  contributed  by  the 
Society,  the  remainder  being  derived  from  advertisements  and  sale 
of  copies  of  the  transactions.  The  sum  of  $25  was  voted,  together 
with  a  vote  of  thanks,  to  the  chairman  of  the  publication  com- 
mittee, Dr.  C.  Stoddard  Smith. 

Physicians  and  surgeons  were  by  special  vote  invited  to  attend 
the  sessions  of  this  meeting. 

A  committee  was  appointed  to  examine  -the  mechanical  instru- 
ments and  appliances  presented,  and  to  report  thereon  before  the 
adjournment  of  the  meeting. 

A  case  of  infraction  of  the  code  of  ethics  by  one  of  the  members 
was  presented  and  considered  in  connection  with  the  acceptance  of 
a  so-called  bogus  diploma,  for  which  he  paid  $25. 

Fifty  dollars  was  voted  to  the  secretary  for  services. 

A  resolution  was  adopted  appointing  the  secretary  and  treas- 
urer a  publication  committee  with  instructions  to  publish  the  pro- 
ceedings in  the  manner  least  expensive  to  the  Society. 

A  special  committee  was  appointed  to  whom  all  complaints  of 
infraction  of  the  code  of  ethics  should  be  submitted,  and  through 
whom  alone  cases  of  infraction  should  be  presented  to  the  Society. 

The  legislative  committee  presented  at  this  meeting  a  draft  for 
a  bill  to  regulate  the  practice  of  dentistry,  which  provided  among 
other  things  that  it  should  be  the  duty  of  the  Illinois  State  Dental 
Society  to  elect  three  members  as  a  Board  of  Dental  Examiners  of 
the  State  of  Illinois,  and  each  year  thereafter  to  elect  one  member 
for  the  term  of  three  years,  and  to  fill  such  vacancy  as  might  occur. 
It  also  provided  that  all  expenses  incurred  by  the  Board  should  be 
borne  by  the  Illinois  State  Dental  Society. 

1872. 

The  eighth  annual  meeting  was  held  on  May  14,  1872,  in 
Plymouth  Congregational  Church,  Chicago,  now  St.  Mary's  Cath- 
olic Church  (Wabash  avenue).  At  this  time  the  Society  numbered 
117  members,  of  which  75  were  in  attendance.  Members  in  arrears 
were  allowed  to  pay  up  their  back  dues,  and  become  thereby 
reinstated. 

•  The  publication  committee  reported  that  the  expense  of  the 
printing  and  distributing  of  the  transactions  for  1871  amounted 
to  $270.95.  The  cash  received  from  the  treasury  was  $78,  and 
the  advertisements  and  transactions  sold  brought  the  total  receipts 
up  to  $142.80.  leaving  a  deficit  due  the  committee  of  $128.15. 
A  contribution  was  taken  up  which  resulted  in  the  sum  of  $181 
being  donated  to  take  care  of  the  deficit  of  the  publication 
committee. 

The  code  of  ethics  of  the  Chicago  Dental  Society  was  adopted 
as  an  amendment  to  the  constitution,  to  which  was  added:     "It 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


60 

shall  be  regarded  as  unprofessional  to  warrant  operations,  or  work, 
as  an  inducement  of  patronage." 

Mr.  Samuel  S.  White  sent  a  letter  in  which  he  proposed  the 
organization  of  a  league  of  dentists  pledged  not  to  take  licenses 
under  the  Cummings  patent  (vulcanite  rubber)  to  include  at  least 
half  of  the  dentists  of  the  United  States,  as  the  only  way  to  defeat 
the  fraud  and  form  a  basis  of  future  resistance,  even  in  courts. 
This  was  referred  to  a  committee  for  further  correspondence  and 
to  advise  with  Mr.  White,  before  the  Society  would  pledge  itself 
to  cooperate. 

A  member  was  cited  by  the  committee  on  infractions  of  the 
code  of  ethics,  to  answer  charges  of  infraction  of  the  code  in  the 
matter  of  advertising. 

The  committee  on  legislation  reported  the  case  was  in  statu  quo, 
and  nothing  more  was  to  be  reported.  The  committee  was 
continued. 

Twenty-five  dollars  was  voted  to  be  paid  the  secretary. 

1873. 

The  ninth  annual  meeting  was  held  at  Rock  Island,  May  13, 
1873.  The  committee  on  legislation  reported  that  the  bill  regu- 
lating the  practice  of  dentistry  had  been  favorably  reported  on 
by  the  Senate  committee  and  had  been  ordered  a  second  reading, 
but  nothing  further  was  done  before  adjournment  of  the  Legis- 
lature. The  committee  had  strong  hopes  that  the  bill  would  be 
passed  at  the  next  session. 

The  cost  of  the  transactions  for  the  session  of  1872  was  $250.50, 
and  there  was  ample  money  in  the  treasury  that  year  to  bear  the 
burden.  The  secretary's  report  at  that  time  showed  that  of  the 
117  named  on  the  roll,  38  had  been  dropped  for  various  causes 
since  last  year,  mostly  from  non-payment  of  dues,  and  30  new 
members  had  been  added,  leaving  the  membership  at  that  time 
109.     The  annual  dues  were  raised  from  $2  to  $4  at  this  meeting. 

This  session  of  the  Society  was  held  conjointly  with  that  of  the 
State  Dental  Society  of  Iowa,  and  the  meetings  were  held  alter- 
nately at  Rock  Island  and  Davenport. 

An  amendment  with  reference  to  the  taking  of  students,  pro- 
posed in  the  meeting  of  1872,  was  adopted,  fixing  the  period  of 
studentship  at  three  years,  but  not  necessarily  under  the  same 
preceptor,  and  requiring  such  students  to  graduate  from  college 
before  assuming  the  responsibilities  of  practitioners. 

The  joint  executive  committees  arranged  that  the  expenses  of 
publication  of  the  transactions  of  the  Society  should  be  borne 
equally  by  the  two  societies,  and  the  title  of  the  transactions  should 
be  that  of  the  Illinois  and  Iowa  State  Dental  Societies,  etc. 

A  resolution  was  adopted  that  thenceforth  all  charges  made 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


61 

against  members  of  the  Society  should  be  made  in  writing,  with 
specifications  setting  forth  each  violation  of  the  code  of  ethics. 

Twenty-five  dollars  was  voted  the  secretary  for  reporting  the 
proceedings. 

1874. 

The  tenth  annual  meeting  was  held  at  Jacksonville,  on  May  12, 
1874.  A  committee  was  appointed  on  popular  education  with 
regard  to  the  subject  of  dentistry.  A  resolution  was  passed  thank- 
ing Doctor  Prince,  of  Jacksonville,  for  his  kindness  in  exhibiting 
his  magnificent  constant  current  batteries  and  their  various  uses  in 
surgical  operations. 

The  secretary  was  instructed  to  publish  the  transactions  as 
usual,  with  power  to  condense  and  revise  the  proceedings  and 
papers  for  publication. 

1875. 

The  eleventh  meeting  of  the  Society  was  held  in  Ottawa  on 
May  11,  1875.  The  chairman  of  the  committee  on  legislation 
reported  that  they  had  the  Hon.  John  M.  Palmer  draft  a  proper 
bill  to  be  submitted  to  Legislature,  and  that  the  bill  had  been  intro- 
duced in  both  houses,  it  having  been  favorably  reported  in  the 
House,  but  adversely  in  the  Senate,  where  it  was  laid  upon  the 
table,  and  the  opportunity  for  its  enactment  was  lost.  The  com- 
mittee suggested  the  propriety  of  authorizing  its  successor  to  amend 
the  proposed  law  by  allowing  those  holding  medical  diplomas,  who 
had  passed  satisfactory  examinations  before  the  proper  board,  to 
enter  into  dental  practice.  An  invitation  was  received  from 
Doctor  Barrett,  president  of  the  New  York  Dental  Society,  request- 
ing the  sending  of  delegates  to  their  society  for  the  purpose  of 
conferring  upon  the  matter  of  uniform  dental  legislation,  and 
delegates  were  appointed. 

At  this  meeting  a  bill  was  audited  for  the  printing  of  proper 
blanks  for  conducting  the  business  between  the  Society  and  its 
members.    Fifty  dollars  was  voted  to  the  secretary. 

Additional  members  were  added  to  the  committee  on  popular 
education  with  regard  to  dentistry.  The  publication  committee 
was  given  power  to  reject  papers  read  before  the  Society  that  had 
previously  appeared  in  public  print. 

1876. 

The  twelfth  annual  session  was  held  at  Galesburg  on  May  19, 
1876.  The  publication  committee  reported  the  publication  of 
papers  read  before  the  Society  and  published  in  its  proceedings,  as 
having  been  republished  in  certain  dental  journals  without  giving 
credit  to  this  Society  for  their  origin.  A  special  committee  was 
appointed  to  investigate  this  matter,  and  the  Society  passed  a 
resolution  declaring  it  to  be  the  sense  of  the  Illinois  State  Dental 
Society  that  while  not  objecting  to  the  republication  of  articles  or 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


62 

selections  from  its  published  proceedings,  such  articles  should  be 
credited  to  the  Transactions  of  our  Society;  and  expressed  its  dis- 
approval of  their  republication  in  any  journal  as  original  com- 
munications, and  the  secretary  was  instructed  to  furnish  a  copy 
of  this  resolution  to  the  offending  journal. 

At  this  time,  upon  the  secretary's  recommendation,  it  was 
ordered  that  the  next  publication  committee  be  instructed  to  print 
as  an  appendix  to  the  annual  transactions,  the  minutes  of  the  first 
meetings  of  the  Society  up  to  and  including  the  year  1869,  so  that 
we  might  have  the  entire  history  of  the  Society  in  printed  form  as 
a  centennial  souvenir.  This  report  was  accepted  and  the  appendix 
printed  as  heretofore  referred  to  with  the  Transactions  of  1876. 

The  issuing  of  certificates  of  membership  was  discontinued  at 
this  meeting. 

It  was  proposed  to  create  a  Board  of  Censors,  before  which 
every  member  for  admission  to  the  Society  should  appear.  Each 
of  the  three  members  of  the  Board  were  to  prepare  twenty  ques- 
tions to  be  submitted  to  candidates  for  membership,  who  were 
required  to  answer  seventy-five  per  cent  of  these  satisfactorily 
before  the  candidate  should  be  recommended  for  membership  in 
the  Society. 

1877. 

The  thirteenth  annual  meeting  was  held  at  Springfield,  May  8, 
1877.  The  committee  on  legislation  again  reported  that  the  present 
time  was  propitious  for  the  enactment  of  a  law,  and  a  special  com- 
mittee was  appointed  to  further  aid  the  legislation  committee. 

At  this  meeting  the  amendment  was  adopted  to  the  constitution 
authorizing  the  Society  to  use  a  common  seal,  and  by  vote  grant  to 
its  members  certificates  that  may  authenticate  their  membership. 

An  amendment  was  also  adopted  that  candidates  for  member- 
ship should  be  proposed  by  the  Board  of  Censors,  and  that  the 
Board  should  proceed  to  examine  such  candidates  before  recom- 
mending them  for  election  by  the  Society.  Another  amendment 
provided  that  no  person  having  once  been  a  member  of  this  Society 
and  having  forfeited  his  membership  by  non-payment  of  dues, 
should  be  eligible  to  reelection  until  the  amount  for  which  he  Avas 
in  arrears  at  the  time  he  was  dropped,  should  be  paid,  exeept  by 
unanimous  vote  of  all  the  members  present  at  any  regular  meeting. 

The  Maryland  Dental  College  presented  a  proposition  to  give 
free  tuition  to  one  student  from  each  State  who  shall  have  been 
elected  by  the  State  Dental  Society,  and  requested  the  Illinois  State 
Dental  Society  to  take  action  in  the  matter.  This  matter  was 
referred  to  a  committee,  who  reported  that  the  thanks  of  the 
Society  to  the  proper  officers  of  that  college  be  extended,  but  that 
the  members  of  the  Society  were  of  the  opinion  that  such  a  course 
would  not  be  for  the  best  interests  of  dental  education,  of  our 
Society,  or  of  the  institution  from  which  this  offer  emanated. 

The  text  for  a  pamphlet  on  popular  education  with  regard  to 

For  index  aud  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


63 

dentistry  was  submitted  and  adopted.  The  booklet  "Our  Teeth" 
was  ordered  printed  by  the  Society  and  furnished  to  its  members 
at  cost  price  for  distribution  among:  their  patients.  The  price 
fixed  was  $1.50  per  hundred  copies.  Xine  thousand  copies  were 
ordered  by  subscribers. 

At  this  meeting  charges  and  specifications  for  infraction  of  the 
code  of  ethics  were  presented  against  a  member,  an  ex-president 
of  the  Society.  These  charges  having  been  sustained,  he  was 
expelled  by  a  vote  of  34  yeas  and  1  nay.  Another  member  was 
also  expelled  for  violation  of  the  code  of  ethics  at  this  same 
meeting. 

1878. 

The  fourteenth  annual  meeting  was  held  at  Rockford,  on  May 
14,  1878.  The  legislation  committee  again  reported  no  progress 
with  the  Legislature  in  the  enactment  of  any  law. 

At  this  meeting  the  Society  resolved  not  to  approve  of  the  use 
of  chloroform  by  dental  practitioners  in  extracting  teeth  or  other 
minor  operations,  or  the  use  of  any  anesthetic  by  incompetent  men 
practicing  dentistry. 

A  resolution  was  adopted  expressing  the  Society's  appreciation 
of  the  Celluloid  Manufacturing  Company's  employment  of  a 
former  president  of  this  Society  to  superintend  their  dental  depart- 
ment, which  they  believed  would  result  in  improved  dental  plates, 
and  in  the  methods  of  their  manipulation  and  in  their  increased 
use  by  the  profession. 

Another  edition  of  "Our  Teeth,"  the  pamphlet  referred  to  in 
the  proceedings  of  1877,  was  authorized,  and  the  publication  com- 
mittee was  given  discretionary  power  to  make  any  arrangement 
that  might  be  necessary  with  the  American  Dental  Association  if 
that  association  concluded  to  approve  of  the  pamphlet. 

1879. 

The  fifteenth  annual  meeting  was  held  at  Springfield,  on  May 
13,  1879.  The  committee  on  legislation  again  reported  that  nothing 
had  been  accomplished,  but  that  there  was  a  probability  of  obtain- 
ing the  passage  of  a  suitable  law,  such  a  bill  having  passed  the 
Senate,  and  that  the  prospect  appeared  favorable  for  its  passage 
in  the  House.  The  Chicago  Dental  Society  appropriated  $50 
toward  the  expenses  of  the  special  committee  to  assist  in  this  effort. 

A  resolution  was  offered  to  appropriate  annually  $25  for  the 
formation  of  a  Society  library,  and  that  the  publication  committee 
should  be  entrusted  with  the  selection  of  the  books,  but  this  resolu- 
tion was  defeated  on  the  proposition  that  the  Society  had  no  per- 
manent abiding  place  and  was  a  moving  Society. 

1880. 
The  sixteenth  annual  meeting  was  held   at  Bloomington,   on 
May  11,  1880.    A  motion  was  made  here  that  the  publication  com- 
mittee should  be  allowed  discretion  to  employ  a  shorthand  reporter 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


64 

for  the  next  meeting'.  Up  to  this  time  the  secretaries  had  taken 
down  the  proceedings  in  abbreviated  longhand,  and  submitted 
their  notes  to  the  authors  for  correction.  The  publication  com- 
mittee was  also  given  permission  to  make  arrangements  Avith  some 
dental  journal  to  publish  the  proceedings. 

1881. 

The  seventeenth  annual  meeting  was  held  at  Rock  Island  on 
May  10,  1881.  The  publication  committee  reported  that  they  had 
made  arrangements  with  the  Missouri  Dental  Journal  for  the  pub- 
lication of  the  transactions,  and  the  privilege  of  using  the  matter 
for  publication  in  the  journal. 

The  committee  on  legislation  reported  that  a  bill  had  finally 
passed  the  Senate,  but  had  to  be  so  changed  as  to  take  the  power 
of  appointment  of  the  Board  out.  of  the  hands  of  the  Society,  and 
that  the  bill  was  then  before  the  House  and  had  been  ordered  a 
second  reading.  The  committee  also  reported  that  the  Chicago 
Dental  Society  had  appropriated  $100  to  help  with  the  work,  and 
had  appointed  a  committee  to  go  to  Springfield  to  assist  the  com- 
mittee from  the  State  Society.  The  report  closes  with  the  state- 
ment that  if  the  bill  again  comes  up,  it  may  pass,  and  that 
although  they  consider  the  amendments  made  to  the  bill  in  the 
Senate  unwise,  it  was  believed  that  any  bill  would  be  better  than 
no  bill  at  all,  and  that  it  might  be  easily  amended  thereafter. 

An  amendment  to  the  constitution  was  adopted  insisting  upon 
a  general  ballot  being  taken  in  all  elections  of  officers  of  the 
Society,  and  doing  away  with  the  casting  of  one  ballot  by  unani- 
mous consent.  A  committee  was  appointed  to  assist  a  like  com- 
mittee from  the  American  Dental  Association  in  compiling  a  direc- 
tory of  the  dentists  of  the  United  States ;  and  this  committee  was 
to  make  an  accurate  list  of  the  dentists  practicing  in  the  State  of 
Illinois. 

A  resolution  was  adopted  declaring  dentistry  to  be  a  specialty 
of  the  science  of  medicine,  and  that  a  sound  and  thorough  medical 
education  is  necessary  to  the  most  successful  practice  of  dentistry. 

1882. 
The  eighteenth  annual  meeting  was  held  at  Quincy  on  May  9, 

1882,  and  here  the  legislation  committee  reported  the  enactment  of 
a  law  to  regulate  the  practice  of  dentistry  in  the  State  of  Illinois 
had  finally  been  accomplished,  and  the  first  Board  of  Examiners 
had  been  appointed. 

1883. 
The  nineteenth  annual  meeting  was  held  at  Decatur  on  May  8, 

1883.  The  committee  appointed  to  undertake  a  systematic  exam- 
ination of  the  skulls  in  some  of  the  larger  museums  asked  for 
further  time  in  which  to  take  up  active  measures  in  pursuit  of  this 
work. 

A  motion  prevailed  authorizing  the  secretary  to  appoint  an 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


65 

assistant,  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Society,  and  to  be  known 
as  the  assistant  secretary.  The  salary  of  the  secretary  was  raised 
to  $100  and  the  assistant  secretary  was  paid  $25. 

A  special  appeal  was  adopted,  addressed  to  the  Governor  of  the 
State,  asking-  for  the  reappointment  of  Doctor  Black  as  a  member 
of  the  State  Board  of  Dental  Examiners.  The  first  report  of  the 
State  Board  of  Dental  Examiners  was  ordered  printed  with  the 
transactions  of  the  Society. 

1884. 

The  twentieth  annual  meeting  was  held  at  Springfield  on  May 
13,  1884.  Standing  committees  of  three  members  each  were  created 
on  Dental  Science  and  Literature,  and  Dental  Art  and  Invention, 
to  report  the  first  day  of  each  session  any  advances  made  during 
the  previous  year  in  these  departments.  A  committee  was  also 
appointed  to  consider  the  advisability  of  establishing  a  scientific 
dental' journal  under  the  auspices  of  the  State  Society,  in  conjunc- 
tion with  the  Chicago  Dental  Society. 

A  report  was  received  that  blanks  for  the  purpose  of  tabulating 
the  conditions  of  children's  teeth  had  been  prepared  for  the  pur- 
pose of  gathering  valuable  statistics. 

1885. 

The  twenty-first  annual  meeting  was  held  at  Peoria,  on  May  12, 
1885.  The  secretary  and  assistant  secretary  were  constituted  a 
committee  on  publication,  with  power  to  condense  and  cut  papers 
and  proceedings.  A  resolution  commending  the  efforts  of  the  State 
Board  of  Dental  Examiners  was  passed.  It  was  decided  not  to 
undertake  publication  of  the  new  dental  periodical  at  that  time. 
It  was  made  the  librarian's  duty  to  obtain  cabinet  photographs  of 
all  the  members  of  the  Society  deceased,  and  of  the  living  members, 
and  also  to  be  the  custodian  thereof.  A  motion  prevailed  to  expend 
$50  in  procuring  models,  manikins,  etc.,  for  the  purpose  of  illus- 
tration at  our  meetings. 

1886. 

The  twenty-second  annual  meeting  was  held  at  Rock  Island,  on 
May  11,  1886.  The  committee  on  constitution  and  by-laws  reported 
a  revised  edition  codifying,  and  arranging  in  proper  form  the 
various  changes  that  had  been  made  from  year  to  year  during  the 
existence  of  the  Society. 

An  effort  was  made  this  year  to  extend  the  membership  of  the 
Society,  and  a  committee  was  appointed  to  create  district  societies. 
An  appropriation  was  made  to  pay  the  salary  and  expenses  of  an 
official  stenographer,  in  addition  to  the  salaries  paid  the  secretary 
and  assistant  secretary. 

A  resolution  was  adopted  endorsing  Dr.  A.  W.  Harlan  to  suc- 
ceed himself  as  a  member  of  the  Board  of  Dental  Examiners.     The 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


66 

sum  of  $200  was  set  aside  for  the  use  of  the  State  Board  of  Dental 
Examiners  in  case  they  should  become  involved  in  litigation. 

A  resolution  was.  also  adopted  to  appoint  a  committee  of  five  to 
take  into  consideration  the  practicability  of  affording  assistance  to 
Dr.  G.  V.  Black  in  pursuing  his  investigations  and  experiments, 
and  this  committee  was  given  power  to  organize  any  practical 
method. 

1887. 

The  twenty-third  annual  meeting  was  held  at  Jacksonville  on 
May  10,  1887.  The  publication  committee  reported  that  they  had, 
through  the  courtesy  of  the  manager  of  H.  D.  Justi  &  Co.,  printed 
and  distributed  1,500  copies  of  the  transactions,  paper-bound,  to 
the  dentists  of  Illinois,  and  that  cloth-bound  copies  were  sent  to  all 
active  members  whose  dues  had  been  paid.  This  publication  was 
without  cost  to  the  Society  for  printing  and  binding. 

The  committee  on  the  formation  of  local  Societies  reported  at 
this  time  that  they  had  organized  an  Eastern  Society  at  Paris  with 
24  members;  a  Western  Society  at  Galesburg  with  34  members; 
a  Southern  Society  at  Duquoin  with  24  members ;  and  a  Northern 
Society  at  Rockford  with  41  members;  and  that  out  of  the  123 
members  thus  organized  into  Societies,  99  had  not  previously  been 
connected  with  Societies.  The  committee  stated  that  in  the  terri- 
tories thus  embraced,  it  was  estimated  that  125  practitioners  were 
available  for  membership  in  each. 

A  resolution  was  made  here  to  ask  the  Legislature  to  change 
the  law  in  regard  to  jury  service  so  that  dentists  in  active  practice 
might  be  excused  the  same  as  physicians  then  were.  A  resolution 
was  adopted  recommending  that  the  Governor  reappoint  Dr.  Geo. 
H.  Cushing  as  his  own  successor  on  the  Dental  Board. 

1888. 

The  twenty-fourth  annual  meeting  was  held  at  Cairo  on  May  8, 
1888.  The  Society  had  again  undertaken  to  publish  its  transac- 
tions purely  as  a  Society  publication. 

A  resolution  was  adopted  at  this  meeting  declaring  that  the 
State  dental  law  was  markedly  deficient  in  many  respects,  causing 
it  to  fail  to  accomplish  the  objects  desired,  especially  with  refer- 
ence to  its  enforcement,  and  a  committee  was  appointed  to  see 
about  getting  the  law  amended. 

1889. 

The  twenty-fifth  annual  meeting  was  held  at  Quincy  on  May 
14,  1889.  The  committee  on  legislation  made  an  exhaustive  report 
with  reference  to  the  effort  of  having  the  dental  law  amended,  and 
presented  bills  incurred  in  the  discharge  of  their  duty,  for  print- 
ing, postage  and  legal  services  amounting  to  $198,  which  were 
ordered  paid.  The  new  proposed  law  went  to  a  vote  and  was  lost 
by  a  vote  of  44  to  38,  and  the  bill  was  again  called  up  under 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


67 

reconsideration  and  lost  by  a  vote  of  61  to  41,  77  votes  being  neces- 
sary to  carry  it.  The  committee  asked  to  be  discharged.  A  draft 
for  a  new  law  was  endorsed  by  the  Society. 

A  report  of  the  committee  on  the  republication  of  the  pamphlet 
entitled  "Our  Teeth"  was  made  at  this  'meeting,  stating  that  the 
work  had  been  rewritten  and  that  one  thousand  copies  had  been 
printed  at  an  expense  of  $70,  and  that  the  matter  had  been  electro- 
typed. 

An  appropriation  of  $100  was  made  for  the  use  of  the  com- 
mittee on  raising  funds  for  the  work  of  examining  prehistoric 
skulls. 

1890. 

The  twenty-sixth  annual  meeting  was  held  at  Springfield,  May 
13,  1890.  A  resolution  was  adopted  to  hold  the  meetings  there- 
after biannually  in  the  city  of  Springfield. 

The  committee  on  the  examination  of  prehistoric  skulls  reported 
that  other  societies  had  contributed  toward  the  proposed  fund, 
amounting  to  $225  in  all,  and  that  the  American  Dental  Associa- 
tion in  its  sections  on  Physiology  and  Etiology  had  undertaken  to 
do  the  same  work  and  had  appropriated  $500  toward  this  end. 
The  committee  recommended  that  the  $100  appropriated  be  turned 
over  to  the  American  Dental  Association  for  the  aid  of  their  work. 

A  new  committee  on  legislation  was  appointed  at  this  session, 
and  a  new  constitution  was  adopted  in  which  an  Executive  Council 
was  created,  to  which  almost  all  the  business  of  the  Society  was 
turned  over.  This  feature  in  the  conduct  of  the  Society  continues 
in  force  to-day. 

1891. 

The  twenty-seventh  annual  meeting  was  held  at  Bloomington, 
May  12,  1891.  The  legislative  committee  again  reported  a  new 
draft  for  a  dental  law,  and  a  resolution  was  adopted,  declaring  in 
favor  of  a  specific  bill  that  was  calculated  to  remedy  the  deficien- 
cies and  inadequacies  of  the  first  law.  Three  hundred  copies  of 
the  paper  prepared  by  Doctor  Koch  on  the  right  to  regulate  the 
practice  of  dentistry  by  law  were  ordered  printed,  to  be  distributed 
among  dentists  to  be  sent  to  their  representatives  and  senators. 

A  resolution  was  also  adopted  at  this  meeting,  endorsing  the 
World's  Columbian  Exposition,  to  be  held  in  1893,  and  pledging 
the  Illinois  State  Dental  Society  to  lend  its  best  efforts  in  uphold- 
ing scientific  and  practical  work  to  make  the  occasion  an  unpar- 
alleled success. 

A  strong  resolution  was  adopted,  endorsing  the  efforts  of  the 
Dental' Protective  Association  of  the  United  States  in  contesting 
the  rights  of  the  Tooth  Crown  Company,  and  pledging  the  support 
of  the"  Society  to  the  efforts  of  the  Protective  Association. 

A  committee  on  examination  of  prehistoric  crania  reported  that 
they  had  turned  the  entire  matter  over  to  the  American  Dental 
Association,  and  that  the  section  in  charge  had  appointed  Doctor 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


Patrick,  of  Illinois,  curator  of  these  examinations,  which  were  then 
being  conducted  in  Cincinnati,  Washington,  Philadelphia,  Cam- 
bridge, Mass.,  and  St.  Louis,  and  the  committee  requested  that  the 
amount  set  aside  for  the  use  of  these  examinations  be  held  subject 
to  the  order  of  Doctor  Patrick,  which  was  approved. 

1892. 

The  twenty-eighth  annual  meeting  was  held  in  Springfield,  May 
10,  1892.  An  amendment  was  adopted,  fixing  the  morning  session 
of  the  last  day  of  the  annual  meeting  as  the  period  for  electing  the 
president  and  vice-president,  definitely  requiring  that  they  be 
elected  by  ballot. 

A  resolution  was  adopted,  declaring  that  any  questionable  con- 
duct in  the  management  of  a  dental  college  shall  subject  its  stock- 
holders and  members  of  faculties  to  the  same  discipline  "by  the 
Society  as  if  said  questionable  conduct  had  been  done  by  any 
member  of  the  dental  society  in  his  private  practice. 

A  resolution  was  adopted,  advising  and  requesting  the  dentists 
of  this  State  to  enlighten  their  representatives  and  senators  with 
reference  to  the  legislation  asked  for  by  the  Society  at  the  coming 
session.  A  resolution  of  special  confidence  in  the  Board  of  Dental 
Examiners  then  in  office  was  spread  upon  the  record.  A  new  com- 
mittee on  legislation  was  appointed. 

1893. 
The   twenty-ninth  annual  meeting  was  held   at  Rock   Island, 
May  9,  1893.    This  meeting  was  held  in  conjunction  with  the  Iowa 
State  Dental  Society,  and  the  expenses  of  the  joint  meeting  were 
borne  equally  by  the  two  societies. 

The  committees  on  dental  science  and  literature  were,  at  this 
meeting,  changed  from  a  membership  of  three  to  a  membership  of 
one  in  each. 

1894. 
The  thirtieth  annual  meeting  was  held  at  Springfield,  May  10, 

1894.  A  resolution  was  adopted  relating  to  the  care  and  preserva- 
tion of  the  Lincoln  monument  at  Springfield,  and  recommending  its 
immediate  restoration.  (May  we  record  it  as  a  fact  that  the  year 
following,  the  monument  was  taken  down  and  rebuilt.) 

The  committee  on  publication  reported  that  they  had  made  an 
arrangement  with  the  Dental  Review  for  the  publication  of  the 
transactions  for  1893,  all  the  expenses  being  borne  by  the  pub- 
lishers of  that  journal,  excepting  the  sum  of  $100,  and  the  publica- 
tion committee  was  given  power  to  make  such  arrangements  as  in 
their  judgment  might  be  proper,  looking  to  the  publication  of  the 
transactions  for  the  succeeding  year. 

1895. 
The  thirty-first  annual  meeting  was  held  at  Galesburg,  May  14, 

1895.  A  recommendation  was  concurred  in  to  appropriate  $200  to 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


60 

assist  in  defraying  the  expenses  of  Doctor  Black's  experiments. 
A  salary  of  $100  was  voted  to  the  secretary.  A  motion  prevailed 
to  look  into  the  matter  of  the  publication  of  a  suitable  pamphlet 
for  the  use  of  the  general  public,  with  reference  to  the  care  of  the 
teeth. 

1896. 

The  thirty-second  annual  meeting'  was  held  at  Springfield,  in 
lS9(j.  A  committee  was  appointed  to  prepare  suitable  amendments 
to  the  dental  law  of  this  State.  The  committee  was  further 
instructed  to  request  the  Governor  to  make  these  proposed  amend- 
ments part  of  his  recommendations  in  his  forthcoming  message. 

The  chairman  of  a  special  committee  appointed  for  the  purpose 
of  increasing  the  membership  of  the  society,  reported  that  certain 
methods  might  be  adopted  to  accomplish  this  end,  and  an  appro- 
priation of  $75  Avas  made  for  the  use  of  the  committee.  A  protest 
was  filed  with  the  executive  council  at  this  meeting  against  the 
growing  evil  of  having  the  clinics  crowded  by  dentists  who  are  not 
members  of  the  Society  "and  who  do  not  ever  intend  to  join."  The 
secretary  was  instructed  to  serve  notice  in  the  programs  to  be  pub- 
lished for  the  next  year  that  the  Society  would  exclude  from  the 
clinic  room  all  but  members  of  the  Society,  or  those  who  have  made 
application  for  membership  or  are  invited  guests.  It  was  ordered 
that  the  secretary  be  instructed  to  notify  all  delinquent  members 
that  their  names  will  be  read  off  in  open  meeting  of  the  Society. 

1897. 

The  thirty-third  annual  meeting  was  held  at  Peoria,  May  11, 
1897.  The  legislative  committee  again  reported  that  no  new  legisla- 
tion had  been  secured.  An  appropriation  of  $300  was  made  for  the 
use  of  the  Dental  Protective  Association.  An  appropriation  of 
$100  was  made  to  assist  in  defraying  the  experiments  and  research 
work  of  Doctor  Black. 

Resolutions  were  adopted  in  favor  of  the  enactment  of  a  national 
law.  creating  dental  surgeons  for  the  army  and  navy. 

A  first  prize  of  $100  and  second  prize  of  $50  were  offered  for 
the  two  best  papers  based  upon  original  work  in  some  branch  of 
dental  science,  .such  papers  to  be  prepared  by  a  member  of  this 
Society  and  read  before  it,  and  a  prize  committee  was  ordered  to 
be  appointed  by  the  executive  council. 

A  new  committee  on  dental  legislation  was  appointed.  The 
Society  passed  a  resolution  requesting  the  C4overnor  to  fill  two 
vacancies  on  the  State  Board  of  Dental  Examiners  and  to  remedy 
the  impairment  of  the  efficiency  of  the  Board. 

1898. 

The  thirty-fourth  annual  meeting  was  held  at  Springfield  on 
May  10.  1898.     An  appropriation  of  $100  was  made  to  assist  the 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


70 

State  Board  in  defraying  the  expenses  of  prosecuting  illegal  prac- 
titioners. 

1899. 

The  thirty-fifth  annual  meeting  was  held  in  Chicago  May  9, 
1899.  A  series  of  resolutions  were  adopted  at  this  meeting,  after 
a  vigorous  debate,  resulting  from  the  refusal  of  the  Wisconsin 
State  Board  of  Dental  Examiners  to  issue  a  license  upon  diplomas 
issued  by  two  of  the  Chicago  dental  colleges,  as  they  had  heretofore 
done ;  such  refusal  having  been  based  on  the  ground  that  these 
schools  had  not  been  recommended  to  their  Board  by  the  National 
Board  of  Dental  Examiners.  The  resolution  finally  adopted  reads 
as  follows: 

"Resolved,  That  we,  the  Illinois  State  Dental  Society,  in  this 
our  thirty-fifth  annual  session,  wish  to  express  our  regrets  that  the 
State  Board  of  Dental  Examiners  of  Wisconsin  has  thus  unjusti- 
fiedly  discriminated  against  the  Chicago  College  of  Dental  Surgery, 
and  the  Northwestern  University  Dental  School,  and  that  we,  as  a 
Society,  desire  to  place  on  record  our  endorsement  of  these  two 
institutions,  which  have  grown  up  in  our  State,  and  which  have 
made  a  national  and  an  international  record  as  reputable  and 
advanced  institutions  of  dental  learning." 

Besolutions  were  adopted  expressive  of  the  high  regard  in 
which  the  Society  held  Dr.  Edgar  D.  Swain  and  Dr.  Garrett 
Newldrk,  upon  their  removal  to  other  States. 

Delegates  to  the  World's  Dental  Congress,  to  be  held  in  Paris 
in  1900,  were  ordered  sent  by  the  Society.  The  secretary  was 
instructed  to  correspond  with  the  Baltimore  colleges  as  to  the 
meaning  of  "provisions  regarding  scholarships." 

Two  hundred  dollars  was  appropriated  to  the  State  Board  of 
Dental  Examiners  to  assist  in  defraying  the  expenses  incurred  in 
the  passage  of  the  new  law. 

It  was  ordered  that  the  names  of  delinquent  members  should 
not  be  read  in  the  Society,  but,  having  been  notified  of  their  delin- 
quency and  failing  to  remit  within  thirty  days,  they  were  to  be 
dropped  from  membership. 

1900. 

The  thirty-sixth  annual  meeting  was  held  at  Springfield,  May 
8,  1900.  The  Society  again  pronounced  strongly  in  favor  of 
appointing  dental  surgeons  in  the  army  and  navy.  A  resolution 
was  also  adopted  strongly  endorsing  the  Dental  Protective  Asso- 
ciation and  Dr.  J.  N.  Crouse,  its  president. 

The  Society  voted  to  appoint  a  committee  of  three  to  select  ten 
names  of  representative  practitioners,  five  each  from  the  two  prin- 
ciple political  parties,  from  which  the  Governor  was  solicited  to 
select  his  future  appointees  for  the  next  State  Board  of  Dental 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


71 

Examiners.    From  the  ten  names  thus  recommended,  only  one  has 
ever  served  on  the  Board,  Dr.  C.  P.  Pruyn. 

The  publication  of  the  proceedings  was  given  to  the  Dental 
Review. 

1901. 

The  thirty-seventh  annual  meeting  was  held  at  Rockford,  May 
14,  1901.  At  this  meeting  a  strong  resolution  was  adopted  con- 
demnatory of  the  traffic  in  fraudulent  American  diplomas,  con- 
ferring the  degree  of  doctor  of  dental  surgery,  and  also  of  dental 
certificates  entitling  the  holder  to  practice  dentistry;  between 
residents  of  Illinois  and  residents  of  Germany.  The  Society 
pledged  itself  to  uphold  the  honor  and  integrity  of  the  profession 
in  the  State,  and  to  aid  the  work  then  being  done  by  the  foreign 
relations  committee  of  the  National  Association  of  Dental  Facul- 
ties in  securing  correct  information  bearing  upon  this  subject. 

One  hundred  dollars  was  appropriated  for  the  relief  of  the 
Galveston,  Texas,  dentists. 

The  publication  of  the  proceedings  of  the  Society  was  given  to 
the  Dental  Digest  on  condition  that  the  Society  pay  only  for  the 
services  of  the  stenographer,  and  that  the  Digest  should  retain  the 
same  form  of  book  heretofore  published  by  the  Review. 

1902. 

The  thirty-eighth  annual  meeting  was  held  in  Springfield,  May 
13,  1902.  The  sum  of  $1,500,  or  so  much  thereof  as  should  be 
needed,  was  voted  to  be  paid  in  support  of  the  committee  prose- 
cuting dental  colleges  who  were  alleged  to  trade  in  diplomas  for 
the  use  of  parties  in  Germany. 

At  this  time  the  membership  of  the  Society  numbered  282,  and 
the  report  of  the  secretary  showed  $1,233  collected  from  dues,  and 
the  treasurer  showed  a  balance  of  $2,186  on  hand. 

1903. 

The  thirty-ninth  annual  meeting  was  held  at  Bloomington,  May 
12,  1903.  An  appropriation  of  $100  was  made  for  the  purpose  of 
providing  a  suitable  memorial  to  the  memory  of  Dr.  Geo.  H. 
dishing. 

A  resolution  was  also  adopted,  endorsing  the  dental  bill  before 
the  House,  which  resolution  was  sent  to  the  Governor  with  the 
request  that  he  use  his  influence  for  the  passage  of  the  law.  Reso- 
lutions in  acknowledgment  of  the  services  of  Senator  A.  C.  Clark, 
of  Chicago,  and  Mr."  J.  R.  Bouhvare,  of  Peoria,  Member  of  the 
House,  in  connection  with  their  efforts  to  pass  the  new  dental  law, 
were  unanimously  passed.  A  committee  of  three  was  appointed  to 
consult  with  the  Governor  regarding  the  selection  of  the  next 
appointments  to  fill  vacancies  on  the  State  Dental  Board. 

Twelve  hundred  dollars  was  voted  for  the  use  of  the  prosecuting 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


72 

committee   to    stop    the   traffic    in    American    dental    diplomas   in 
Germany. 

A  motion  was  adopted  to  appoint  a  committee  to  further  plans 
for  increasing  the  membership  of  the  Society. 

1904. 

The  fortieth  annual  meeting  was  held  at  Peoria,  May  10,  1904. 
An  appropriation  of  $300  was  made  for  the  Fourth  International 
Dental  Congress. 

An  editor  for  the  proceedings  was  appointed  for  this  year  and 
for  coming  years,  and  an  appropriation  of  $100  was  made  to  pay 
for  his  services. 

By  resolution,  the  Society  disclaimed  responsibility  for  a  news- 
paper report  regarding  Governor  Yates,  and  pronounced  the  pub- 
lication as  unwarranted  and  misrepresenting  the  sentiments  of  the 
Society. 

The  groundwork  for  the  reorganization  of  the  society  was  laid 
at  this  meeting  by  the  presentation  of  amendments  to  the  constitu- 
tion, offered  by  Dr.  Arthur  D.  Black.  A  resolution  instructing  the 
treasurer  to  set  aside  25  cents  from  the  amount  of  dues  received 
from  each  member  for  the  publication  of  a  monthly  bulletin,  to  be 
published  by  the  Illinois  State  Dental  Society,  was  adopted  by  the 
council. 

1905. 

The  forty-first  annual  meeting  was  held  at  Moline,  May  9,  1905. 
A  new  dental  law  had  been  passed  and  an  elaborate  resolution  of 
thanks  to  Senator  A.  C.  Clark  was  ordered  spread  upon  the  record 
for  his  efforts  in  the  accomplishment  of  the  act.  A  resolution  was 
passed  recpiesting  Governor  Deneen  to  affix  his  signature  to  the 
law  which  had  passed  both  houses  of  the  Legislature.  A  committee 
of  three  was  created  on  legislation  and  appointment  of  members 
of  the  State  Board  of  Dental  Examiners  at  this  session.  Five 
hundred  dollars  was  appropriated  for  the  use  of  the  State  Board 
of  Dental  Examiners  in  the  prosecution  of  violators  of  the  law, 
and  also  in  defense  of  their  action  in  the  courts. 

As  a  result  of  the  work  of  the  reorganization  committee  ap- 
pointed in  1904,  the  membership  of  the  Society  had  been  increased 
from  about  400  to  more  than  1,250.  The  proceedings  of  the  Society 
were  published  in  the  Dental  Review  under  an  arrangement  by 
which  all  of  the  members  of  the  Society  were  placed  on  the  regular 
subscription  list  of  the  Review,  and  bound  volumes  of,  the  transac- 
tions were  supplied  to  those  who  ordered  them.  This  plan  has  been 
followed  up  to  the  present  time. 

The  secretary  was  instructed  to  subscribe  to  a  Clipping  Bureau 
and  to  take  such  other  means  as  he  might  deem  best  to  obtain 
unethical  advertisements  by  members  of  the  Society. 

A  monthly  official  bulletin  was  published  by  the  reorganization 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


73 

committee,  beginning  with  January,  1905.     This  publication  has 
also  been  continued  to  date. 

1906. 

The  forty-second  annual  meeting  was  held  at  Springfield.  May 
8,  1906.  The  reorganization  of  the  Society  had  been  completed, 
thirty-one  component  societies  having  been  organized  with  a  total 
membership  of  1,500  among  the  legal  dental  practitioners  of  the 
State.  Congress  was  memoralized  to  change  the  status  of  dental 
surgeons  in  the  army  from  that  of  contract  surgeons  to  regularly 
commissioned  officers. 

A  commission  was  appointed  to  investigate  the  dental  needs  of 
the  children  of  the  public  schools  of  the  State.  A  complimentary 
dinner  was  given  by  the  Society  at  the  Leland  Hotel  in  honor  of 
Senator  A.  C.  Clark  for  his  efforts  in  behalf  of  the  new  dental  law. 
On  this  occasion  a  mahogany  library  table  and  large  oriental  rug 
were  presented  to  Dr.  Arthur  D.  Black  in  recognition  of  his  service 
in  the  reorganization  of  the  Society. 

1907. 

The  forty-third  annual  meeting  took  place  at  Quincy,  May  11. 
1907.  The  legislative  committee  called  attention  to  the  existence 
of  reciprocity  among  several  State  Boards  provided  under  their 
several  States,  and  also  to  the  desirability  of  having  dentists 
exempt  from  jury  duty.  The  committee  was  instructed  to  have 
the  dental  law  so  amended  as  to  embody  these  provisions  in  the 
dental  statute  of  Illinois. 

A  resolution  was  adopted  inviting  the  National  Dental  Associa- 
tion to  take  up  the  work'  of  reorganization  of  other  State  societies 
on  a  uniform  plan,  to  the  end  that  there  might  be  established  a 
similar  relationship  between  the  National  Dental  Association  and 
the  various  State  organizations  to  that  existing  between  the  Ameri- 
can Medical  Association  and  the  various  State  medical  societies. 

Doctor  Taggart,  of  Chicago,  presented  to  the  Society  "his  won- 
derful new  method  of  casting  gold  inlays,"  and  gave  a  demonstra- 
tion. 

A  resolution  of  thanks  was  passed  to  Governor  Deneen  for  per- 
mitting the  members  of  the  State  Dental  Board  to  continue  in  the 
discharge  of  their  duties. 

1908. 

The  forty-fourth  annual  meeting  was  held  in  Spring-field  on 
May  12,  1908.  The  legislative  committee  reported  that  dental 
internes  had  been  appointed  at  State  charitable  institutions  as  a 
result  of  the  labors  of  the  Society,  and  a  special  vote  of  thanks  was 
given  to  the  State  Board  of  Charities  and  to  the  Civil  Service 
Commission. 

A  resolution  was  passed  endorsing  the  effort  that  was  then 
being  made  and  which  resulted  in   the  final  enactment  of  a  law 

For  index  and  key  to  elussificatioii  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


74 

creating  dental  surgeons  in  the  army  of  the  United  States  as  com- 
missioned officers. 

A  resolution  was  adopted  commending  the  movement  of  the 
American  Medical  Association  and  the  Illinois  State  Medical 
Society  in  their  efforts  to  secure  a  higher  standard  of  medical 
education  in  Chicago  and  to  the  end  that  closer  relations  should 
be  promoted  with  the  Illinois  State  Medical  Society  and  our 
Society. 

1909. 

The  forty-fifth  annual  meeting  was  held  at  Danville,  111.,  May 
11,  1909.  A  resolution  of  thanks  was  adopted  in  acknowledgment 
of  the  excellent  reports  furnished  for  this  session  by  the  Commer- 
cial News  of  Danville. 

A  plan  was  reported  by  Dr.  Arthur  D.  Black  for  the  prepara- 
tion of  a  personal  record  of  the  members  of  the  Society,  in  the 
form  of  a  loose-leaf  ledger  giving  the  work  of  each  member  of  the 
Society,  offices  held,  committees  served,  part  taken  in  discussions, 
clinics,  etc.  The  plan  then  presented  has  been  followed  in  the 
preparation  of  the  personal  index  in  this  booklet. 

1910. 

The  forty-sixth  annual  meeting  was  held  at  Springfield,  May 
17,  1910.  The  legislative  committee  reported  that  since  the 
adjournment  of  the  last  meeting,  a  new  dental  law  had  been  passed 
which  had  been  approved  by  the  Governor,  and  that  this  bill,  pro- 
vided for  biannual  registration,  for  better  enforcement  of  the  pro- 
visions of  the  law,  for  reciprocity  among  the  several  States  and 
for  exemption  of  dentists  from  jury  duty.  The  committee  also 
reported  that  steps  should  be  taken  to  see  that  the  funds  derived 
from  fines  should  be  made  useful  in  the  hands  of  the  Board  for  the 
prosecution  of  offenders. 

One  hundred  and  fifty  dollars  was  voted  by  the  Society  to  the 
International  Memorial  fund,  and  a  like  amount  to  the  American 
fund,  for  the  perpetuation  of  the  memory  of  Dr.  W.  D.  Miller. 

An  appropriation  of  $25  was  also  made  as  a  subscription  to  the 
Dental  Index  Bureau.  This  Bureau  is  engaged  in  the  preparing 
of  a  detailed  index  of  all  the  dental  literature  published  in  the 
English  language. 

A  motion  was  made  that  the  component  societies  appoint  com- 
mittees to  examine  county  records  of  all  practitioners  in  their  dis- 
tricts and  report  information  regarding  illegal  practitioners  to  the 
State  Board  of  Dental  Examiners. 

The  committee  appointed  to  publish  a  directory  of  the  dentists 
of  the  State,  reported  the  accomplishment  of  their  work,  having 
published  a  directory  of  194  pages,  bound  in  cloth,  free  of  cost  to 
the  members  of  the  Society,  the  entire  cost  of  publishing  and  mail- 

Por  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


75 

ing  the  directory  having  been  met  by  the  advertisements  in  the 
book. 

One  hundred  dollars  was  voted  for  the  editor  of  the  transac- 
tions and  $300  to  the  secretary  as  salaries. 

A  post-graduate  course  was  instituted  at  this  meeting,  and  a 
full  report  with  reference  to  it  was  published  in  the  proceedings. 

1911. 

The  forty-seventh  annual  meeting  was  held  at  Peoria,  May  19, 
1911.  A  committee  was  appointed  to  consider  ways  and  means  of 
furthering  public  dental  education.  This  committee  was  called  the 
Public  Service  Commission. 

For  the  ensuing  year  the  secretary's  salary  was  increased  to 
five  hundred  dollars  and  that  of  the  editor  of  transactions  to  $200. 
Five  hundred  dollars  was  set  apart  for  the  use  of  the  Public 
Service  Commission. 

An  invitation  was  received  from  the  National  Dental  Associa- 
tion to  send  representatives  from  this  Society,  properly  accredited, 
to  take  part  in  a  conference  upon  the  proposed  reorganization  of 
that  body.    The  request  was  complied  with. 

A  request  from  the  Dental  Educational  Council  of  America  for 
an  appropriation  to  assist  its  work  was  laid  on  the  table. 

The  legislative  committee  reported  that  a  committee  of  the 
Chicago  Dental  Society  had,  after  arrangements  made  with  the 
Board  of  Administration  and  Civil  Service  Commission,  proceeded 
to  the  St.  Charles  Boys'  Home  and  the  Geneva  Home  for  Girls 
and  carried  on  examinations  of  the  children's  mouths  in  these  insti- 
tutions, and  that  Kankakee  had  been  served  very  acceptably  by  an 
interne  dentist  and  that  the  promise  had  been  received  from  the 
State  officials  having  the  matter  in  charge,  that  as  fast  as  possible, 
dental  internes  would  be  appointed  for  the  other  State  institu- 
tions. An  interneship  was  secured  for  the  Geneva  and  St.  Charles 
institutions  at  $100  per  month. 

1912. 

The  forty-eighth  annual  meeting  was  held  at  Springfield,  on 
May  14,  1912.  Doctor  Crouse  explained  fully  the  arrangement 
made  between  Doctor  Taggart,  with  reference  to  his  inlay  machine, 
and  the  Dental  Protective  Association,  and  a  resolution  of  confi- 
dence was  voted  by  the  Society  by  a  rising  vote. 

The  plans  for  the  reorganization  of  the  National  Dental  Asso- 
ciation were  submitted,  together  with  the  council's  recommenda- 
tion to  confer  with  representatives  from  other  reorganized  State 
societies,  in  the  hope  that  a  reorganization  of  the  National  Dental 
Association  might  be  secured  which  would  be  acceptable  to  the 
respective  societies.  The  Society  approved  the  recommendation 
of  the  Council. 

A  resolution  tendering  the  Illinois  State  Medical  Society  the 
cooperation  of  this  Society  toward  the   enactment  of  legislation 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


76 

making  possible  a  fuller  and  much  needed  supervision  of  public 
health,  was  adopted. 

Twenty-five  dollars  was  appropriated  toward  the  Chapin  A. 
Harris  Memorial  fund.  An  appropriation  was  made  for  the  annual 
care  of  Doctor  dishing- 's  grave. 

A  motion  prevailed  to  invite  the  Chicago  Dental  Society  to  join 
with  this  Society  in  commemoration  of  the  fiftieth  anniversary  of 
both  organizations,  to  be  held  in  Chicago  in  1914,  and  that  a  com- 
mittee of  five  be  appointed  to  formulate  plans  in  detail  for  the 
jubilee. 

It  was  declared  as  the  sense  of  the  Council  that  a  member  of 
the  Council  should  not  be  a  member  of  the  State  Board  of  Dental 
Examiners. 

1913. 

The  forty-ninth  annual  meeting  was  held  at  Peoria,  May  13, 
1913.  The  secretary's  report  showed  a  paid  membership  of  1,584, 
and  the  treasurer  showed  a  balance  of  cash  and  assets  on  hand  of 
$4,373. 

The  jubilee  committee  reported  progress,  and  the  ad  interim 
committee  of  the  Council  was  authorized  to  carry  out  the  plans  for 
the  celebration.  Six  hundred  dollars  was  appropriated  for  the 
preparation  of  a  historical  record  of  the  Society.  It  was  ordered 
that  no  advertising  matter  should  be  permitted  on  the  official 
program  for  the  jubilee. 


For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


PART   II. 

CLASSIFIED  SUBJECT  INDEX 

To  the  Proceedings  of  the  Illinois  State  Dental  Society, 
1865-1913. 


Beginning  with  the  year  1870  the  proceedings  of  this  Society  have  been 
published  in  full  annually.  For  the  years  1865  to  186S,  inclusive,  there  is  no 
record  other  than  the  secretary's  notes,  which  were,  however,  more  complete 
than  might  be  expected  for  that  early  day,  in  that  there  was  recorded  not 
only  the  ordinary  minutes  of  the  meeting,  with  the  titles  of  papers  and  dis- 
cussions, but  also  a  brief  statement  of  the  views  expressed  by  each  member 
participating.  '  The  record  for  these  four  years  was  published  as  an  appendix 
to  the  volume  published  by  the  Society  in  1876.  The  proceedings  for  1869 
were  published  in  full  in  the  July  issue  of  the  Missouri  Dental  Journal  of 
that  year.  From  1870  to  date  there  has  been  issued  each  year  a  bound  volume 
of  the  proceedings.  Beginning  with  1870,  and  continuing  up  to  and  including 
1879,  these  volumes  were  issued  by  the  Society,  the  cost  being  partly  met  by 
the  insertion  of  advertisements,  but  for  several  years  a  considerable  percentage 
of  the  amount  was  raised  by  contributions  from  those  men  most  interested  in 
the  future  of  the  Society  and  the  progress  of  the  profession.  For  the  year 
1880  an  arrangement  was  made  by  which  the  Missouri  Dental  Journal  pub- 
lished the  proceedings,  bearing  one-half  the  cost  for  the  privilege  of  using 
the  matter  for  publication.  In  1881  and  1882  an  arrangement  was  made  with 
the  Ohio  State  Journal  of  Dental  Science.  In  1883  and  1884  the  Society  again 
published  the  proceedings  from  its  own  funds.  In  1885  an  arrangement  was 
made  with  the  Dental  Cosmos.  In  1886  H.  D.  Justi  published  the  volume 
without  expense  to  the  Society.  In  1887  and  1888  the  Society  again  issued  the 
proceedings  at  its  own  expense.  From  1889  to  1900,  inclusive,  the  Dental 
Review  published  the  volume,  all  or  in  part,  from  the  type  used  in  the  Review. 
From  1901  to  1904,  inclusive,  a  similar  arrangement  was  made  with  the  Dental 
Digest.  Since  the  reorganization,  from  1905  to  date,  the  proceedings  have 
been  published  by  the  Dental  Review,  under  an  arrangement  by  which  all 
members  of  the  Society  were  placed  on  the  subscription  list  of  the  Review,  and 
bound  copies  of  the  proceedings  of  the  Society  have  been  published  separately 
for  those  who  subscribed  for  them. 

Note. —  In  this  index,  for  each  entry,  the  year  and  page  are  given,  indi- 
cating the  place  where  same  will  be  found  in  the  regular  volume  of  the  pro- 
ceedings of  the  Society,  except  for  the  following: 

1865-1868.  Brief  notes  published  as  appendix  to  proceedings  of  1876. 
After  each  entry  the  year  of  the  meeting  is  given,  and  the  pages  are  those  of 
the  appendix. 

1869.  July  number  Missouri  Dental  Journal.  After  each  entry  the  year 
is  given,  and  the  pages  are  those  of  Volume  1  of  that  journal. 

1903.  For  this  year  the  clinics  were  reported  in  a  paper-covered  supple- 
ment.    These  are  entered  "  1903  Supplement,"  with  page. 

For  the  following  years  the  transactions  were  published  under  an  arrange- 
ment with  the  dental  journals  mentioned,  and  part  or  all  of  the  proceedings 
for  these  years  will  be  found  in  the  journals  of  the  respective  years,  although 
the  pages  given  in  this  index,  with  the  exception  of  1869,  refer  to  the  bound 
volumes  of  the  Society's  proceedings  and  not  to  the  journals. 

1869.     Missouri  Dental  Journal. 

1880.  Missouri  Dental  Journal. 

1881.  Ohio  State  Journal  of  Dental  Science. 

1882.  Ohio  State  Journal  of  Dental  Science. 
1885.    Dental  Cosmos. 

1889-1900.  Dental  Review. 
1901-1904.  Dental  Digest. 
1905-1914.     Dental  Review. 

For  all  other  years  the  Society  financed  the  publication,  but  many  of  the 
articles  will  be  found  reprinted  in  various  journals  of  corresponding  years. 


78 

D.      DENTISTRY.      GENERAL    ARTICLES. 

D01        Philosophies. 

D02        Compends. 

D03        Dictionaries,  cyclopedias. 

D031      Nomenclature. 

Dental  Nomenclature;  With  Reference  to  Its  Development,  Bearing 
Especially  on  That  of  Descriptive  Dental  Anatomy,  Cavities  and 
Instruments.     Dittmar,  G.  W.,  1902,  p.  14;  Disc,  p.  23. 

D04        Essays  and  Addresses. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Dentalogia  (1833).     A  Poem  by  Solyman  Brown,  1870,  p.  96. 
Address  to  Joint  Session,  Illinois  and  Iowa  State  Dental  Societies.     In- 

gersoll,  L.  C,  1873,  p.  26. 
A  Few  Random  Thoughts.     Roland,  C.  B.,  1911,  p.  70;  Disc,  p.  80. 

President's  Annual  Address. 

Dean,  M.  S.,  1869,  Mo.  Den.  Jnl.,  Vol.  1,  p.  257. 
Dean,  M.  S.  (on  retiring),  1870,  p.  100. 
Black,  G.  V.  (on  retiring),  1871,  p.  105. 
Wilson,  O.,  1872,  p.  6. 
Crouse,  J.  N.,  1873,  p.  12. 
Smith,  C.  S.,  1874,  p.  19. 
Miles,  G.  S.,  1875,  p.  21. 
Swain,  E.  D.,  1876,  p.  23. 
Davis,  K.  B.,  1877,  p.  26. 
'Koch,  C.  R.  E.,   1871,  p.   24. 
Sturgiss,  S.  M.,  1879,  p.  16. 
Kitchen,  C.  A.,  1880,  p.  19. 
Marriner,  J.  F.,  1881,  p.  131. 
Harlan,  A.  W.,  1882,  p.  30. 
Stone,  C.  E.,  1883,  p.  28. 
Noyes,  Edmund,  1884,  p.  27. 
Townsend,  H.  H.,  1885,  p.  27. 
Gilmer,  T.  L.,  1886,  p.  63. 
Magill,  W.  T.,  1887,  p.  24. 
Rohland,  C.  B.,  1888,  p.  47. 
Cushing,  G.  H.,  1889,  p.  57. 
Pritchett,  T.  W.,  1890,  p.  53. 
Taggart,  W.  H.,  1892,  p.  11. 
Blair,  E.  K.,  1893,  p.  208. 
Newkirk,  Garrett,  1894,  p.  9. 
Cormany,  J.  W.,  1895,  p.  20. 
Stevens,  W.  A.,  1896,  p.  14. 
Taylor,  C.  R.,  1897,  p.  16. 
Davis,  J.  A.  W.,  1898,  p.  13. 
Pruyn,  C.  P.,  1899,  p.  13. 
Laurance,  R.  N.,  1900,  p.  14. 
Reid,  J.  G.,  1901,  p.  9;  Disc,  p.  15. 
Hanaford,  M.  L.,  1902,  p.  9;  Disc,  p.  11. 
Peck,  A.  H.,  1903,  p.  9;  Disc,  p.  17. 
Mcintosh,  F.  H.,  1904,  p.  9;  Disc,  p.  14. 
Johnson,  C.  N.,  1905,  p.  13;  Disc,  p.  19. 
Duncan,  S.  Finley,  1906,  p.  13;  Disc,  p.  18. 
MaWhinney,  Elgin,  1907,  p.  9;  Disc,  p.  19. 
Johnson,  W.  A.,  190S,  p.  9;  Disc,  p.  13. 
Black,  Arthur  D.,  1909,  p.  10;  Disc,  p.  18. 
Allen,  E.  H.,  1910,  p.  9;  Disc,  p.  16. 
Gallie,  D.  M.,  1911,  p.  9;  Disc,  p.  30. 
Corbett,  C.  C,  1912,  p.  9;  Disc,  p.  17. 
Waltz,  J.  F.  F.,  1913,  p.  9;  Disc,  p.  25. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


70 
Address  of  Welcome. 

Murphy,  Hon.  Mayor,  1873,  p.  25. 

Pettit,  J.  W.,  1875,  p.  17. 

Williston,  Rev.  M.  L.,  1876,  p.  19. 

Rood,  Hon.  E.  H.,  1880,  p.  5. 

Parkes,  1881,  p.  7. 

Fullerton,  Pres.  la.  State  Den.  Soc,  1893,  p.  205. 

Mayor  Vollmer,  1893,  p.  207. 

Rogers,  Rev.  E.  B.,  1900,  p.  179. 

Dunn,  E.  C,  1901,  p.  141. 

Woodruff,  E.  N.,  1904,  p.  173. 

Olson,  Mayor  Andrew,  1905,  p.  9. 

Seeley,  City  Att'y  Robt.  M.,  1906,  p.  9. 

Response  to  Address  of  Welcome. 

Willson,  O.,  1873,  p.  28. 
Smith,  C.  S.,  1875,  p.  19. 
Black,  G.  V.,  1881,  p.  8. 
Johnson,  C.  N.,  1900,  p.  182. 
Pruyn,  C.  P.,  1901,  p.  142. 
Blair,  E.  K.,  1904,  p.  173. 
Gallie,  D.  M.,  1905,  p.  11. 
Bentley,  C.E.,  1906,  p.  11. 

D041      Correspondence. 

Present  Status  of  Dentistry  in  the  Philippine  Islands.     Ottofy,  Louis, 

1902,  p.  131. 
Letter  from  Manila.     Skidmore,  W.  G.,  1904,  p.  170. 

D05        Periodicals. 

Dental  Journalism.     Toast.     Eames,  W.  H.,  1889,  p.  159. 

D06        Societies.      Organization,  Etc. 

Illinois  State  Dental  Society.     Organization,  1865,  p.  3. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Dental  Societies.     Davis,  K.  B.,  1872,  p.  73;  Disc,  p.  84. 
Illinois    State   Dental    Society.      What   Has    It    Accomplished?      Koch, 

C.  R.  E.,  1884,  p.  156;  Disc,  p.  168. 
Report  of  the  Committee  on  the  History  of  the  Society.     Koch,  C.  R.  E., 

1889,  p.  77. 
Banquet  and  Toasts.     1889,  p.  159. 
The  Twenty-fifth  Anniversary  of  the  Society.     Toast.     Stevens,  W.  A., 

1889,  p.  159. 
Unity    and    Fraternity    in    the    Illinois    State    Dental    Society.      Toast. 

Kitchen,  C.  A.,  1889,  p.   160. 
Our  Semi-Centennial;  The  Next  Twenty-five  Years  of  the  Illinois  State 

Society;   The  Experience  of  the   Past,  A  Prophecy  of  the  Future. 

Toast.     Swain,  E.  D.,  1889,  p.  162. 
The  International  Dental  Congress.   Toast.   Harlan,  A.  W.,  1889,  p.  163. 
The  Beneficent  Influence  of  the  Illinois  State  Dental  Society.     Toast. 

Black,  G.  V.,  1889,  p.  163. 
In  Union  Is  Strength.     Toast.     Crouse,  J.  N.,  1889,  p.  164. 
A  Review  of  the  Illinois  State  Dental  Society  for  a  Quarter  of  a  Cen- 
tury.    Ottofy,  Louis,  1895,  p.  25;  Disc,  p.  27. 
The  Illinois  State  Dental  Society  and  the  Relation  It  Sustains  to  the 

Dentists  of  Illinois.     Allen,  E.  H.,  1895,  p.  Ill;  Disc,  p.  117. 
Opinions  of  Illinois  Dentists  Regarding  Dental  Societies.     Allen,  E.  H., 

1897,  p.  50;  Disc,  p.  63. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


so 

Good  Fellowship.     Taylor,  C.  R.,  1902,  p.  27;  Disc,  p.  32. 
Reorganization  of  the  Illinois  State  Dental  Society.     Black,  Arthur  D., 

1904,  p.  35;  Disc,  p.  55. 
The  Advantage  of  Organization.      Koch,  C.   R.  E.,   1904,  p.   50;    Disc, 

p.   55. 
Report  of  the  Organization  Committee.     Black,  Arthur  D.,  1905,  p.  103; 

Disc,  p.  113. 
Report   of   the    Reorganization    Committee    to    the    Executive    Council. 

Black,  Arthur  D.,  1905,  p.  114. 
History  of  the  Illinois   State  Dental   Society.      Noyes,   Edmund,    1905, 

p.  230. 
Membership  Versus  Non-Membership  of  the  Local  Society.     Blair,  E.  K., 

1900,  p.  Ill ;  Disc,  p.  US. 
Report   of   the   Reorganization    Committee.      Black,    Arthur    D.,    1906, 

p.  298. 
A  Comparative  Review  of  the  Last  Twenty-five  Years  of  Dentistry  as 

Gathered  from  a  Study  of  the  Proceedings  of  this  Society.     Allen, 

E.  H.,  1907,  p.  203;  Disc,  p.  209. 
Importance  of  the  Local  as  a  Component  of  the  State  Society.     Hood, 

R.  J.,  190S,  p.  67;  Disc,  p.  72. 
Remarks   on    Reorganization   of   National   Dental    Association.      Black, 

Arthur  D.,  1913,  p.  247. 
Report  of  Committee  on  Reorganization  of  National  Dental  Association 

and  Resolution.     Black,  Arthur  D.,  1913,  p.  272. 

1)07        Education,  professional.     Relations  of  Dentistry  to 
Medicine. 

Papers  axd  Discussions. 

Elevating  the  Profession,  Etc.     Ellis,  J.  Ward,  1866,  p.  11. 

Resolution  Regarding  Students.     18  67,  p.  32. 

St.  Louis  Dental  College.     1868,  p.  41. 

Our  Failures.     Edwards,  S.  L.,  1872,  p.  63;  Disc,  p.  70. 

The  Elevation  of  the  Dental  Profession.      Smith,  C.  S.,   1873,  p.   160; 

Disc,  p.  169. 
Dental  Students.     Kitchen,  C.  A.,  1874,  p.  27;  Disc,  p.  31. 
Why  So  Many  Failures  in  Dental   Operations?      Dwight,   C.   R.,   1874, 

p.  36;   Disc,  p.  46. 
Dental  Education.     Gushing,  G.  H.,  1875,  p.  68;   Disc,  p.  73. 
Electicism  in  Dental  Practice.     Koch,  C.  R.  E.,  1876,  p.  39;  Disc,  p.  43. 
In  What  Does  the  Improvement  in  Dentistry  During  the  Last  Fifteen 

Years  Consist?     Black,  G.  V.,  1876,  p.  58;  Disc,  p.  63. 
Dental  College  Education.     Talbot,  E.  S.,  1876,  p.  83;  Disc,  p.  89. 
Are  We  Progressing?     Marriner,  J.  F.,  1878,  p.  43;  Disc,  p.  55. 
Is  Dentistry  a  Specialty  of  Medicine?     Smith,  C.  S.,  1878,  p.  88;  Disc, 

p.  97. 
What  Is  Progression  in  Dentistry?     Patten,  M.  H.,  1879,  p.  40;   Disc, 

p.   45. 
Dental  Education.     Davis,  K.  B.,  1879,  p.  78;  Disc,  p.  84. 
Surgery  in  Dental  Practice.     Creswell,  J.  J.,  1880,  p.  52. 
What  Must  Be  the  Preparation  for  the  Successful  Practice  of  Dentistry 

in  the  Future?     Kitchen,  C.  A.,  1881,  p.  127;  Disc,  p.  131. 
Dental  Education.     Swain,  E.  D.,  1882,  p.  120;  Disc,  p.  128. 
Operative  Dentistry.      (Education.)      Hurtt,  J.  M.,   1883,  p.   78;    Disc, 

p.  96. 
Dental  Education.     Brophy,  T.  W.,  1883,  p.  88;  Disc,  p.  94. 
Specialists  and  Specialties.     Black,  G.  V.,  1884,  p.  90;  Disc,  p.  100. 
Post-Graduate  Study.     Moody,  J.  D.,  1886,  p.  121;  Disc,  p.  131. 
The  Relation  of  Practitioners  of  Medicine  to  Practitioners  of  Dentistry. 

Toast.     Robbins,  Joseph,  1889,  p.  160. 
Women  in  Dentistry.     Toast.     Moody,  Kate  C,  1889,  p.  161. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


si •'?%.',?  \  J 

Dentists.     Duncan,  S.  F.,  1890,  p.  85;  Disc,  p.  8S. 

The  Relation  of  the  Dental  Profession  to  Our  Dental  College.     Brophy, 

T.  W.,  1894,  p.  42;  Disc,  p.  48. 
New  Outlooks  in  Dentistry.     Bentley,  C.  E.,  1896,  p.  38;  Disc,  p.  43. 
Preliminary  Dental  Education.    Harned,  M.  R.,  1902,  p.  81;  Disc,  p.  88. 
Limitations  of  Dental  Education.     Black,  G.  V.,  1907,  p.  25;  Disc,  p.  38. 
Dental  Research  Work.     Lawrence,  C.  R.,  1907,  p.  163;  Disc,  p.  170. 
Report  of  Committee  on  Post-Graduate  Courses.     MaWhinney,  Elgin, 

1909,  p.  66. 

A  Sermon  on  the  Lack  of  Ambition  Along  Intellectual  Lines  in  the  Pro- 
fession.    Rohland,  C.  B.,  1909,  p.  70;  Disc,  p.  79. 

The  Possibilities  of  Closer  Co-operation  between  the  Dental  and  Medi- 
cal Professions.     Pettit,  J.  W.,  1909,  p.  102;  Disc,  p.  107. 

Some  Problems  in  Dentistry  Which  Should  Have  Further  Development, 
or  a  Wider  Diffusion  of  Practical  Information.  Black,  G.  V.,  1909, 
p.  140. 

What  Dentists  Have  Contributed  to  Other  Professions.     Cigrand,  B.  J., 

1910,  p.  70;  14  Illus. 

Report  of  the  Committee  on  Closer  Relations  and  Co-operation  with  the 

Illinois  State  Medical  Society.     Moorehead,  F.  B.,  1912,  p.  70. 
The  Evolution  of  Dentistry.     Baker,  E.  H.,  1912,  p.  169;  Disc,  p.  189. 

D071      Methods  of  Teaching.      Technics. 

D072     Popular   Education.      Dentistry    in   Public   Schools. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Popular  Education  with  Regard  to  the  Subject  of  Dentistry.     Marriner, 

J.  F.,  1874,  p.  102;   Disc,  p.  105. 
Guardianship  of  the  Teeth:     Parental,  Personal,  Professional.     Munroe, 

Grafton,  1893,  p:  138;  Disc,  p.  144. 
Dental  Education  in  the  Public  Schools.     Byington,  C.  E.,  1906,  p.  218; 

Disc,  p.  221. 

The  Press  as  an  Aid  in  Extending  the  Dental  Field.     Warner,  C.  B., 

1910,  p.  201;  Disc,  p.  205. 

President's  Address.     Gallie,  D.  M.,  1911,  p.  9;  Disc,  p.  30. 

Report   of  the   Public   Dental   Education   Committee.      Bentley,   C.   E., 

1911,  p.  65. 

Report  of  the  Public  Press  Committee.     Warner,  C.  B.,  1911,  p.  68. 
Dental  Inspection  in  the  Public  Schools.     Evans,  W.  A.,  1911.  p.  170; 

Disc,  p.  181. 
Care  of  the  Teeth  in  the  State  Institutions.     Green,  J.  L.,  1911,  p.  191; 

Disc,  p.  194. 
Report  of  the  Committee  on  the  Public  Press.     Warner,  C.  B.,  1912, 

p.  67. 
Report  of  the   Public   Service   Commission.      Logan,   W.    H.   G.,    1912, 

p.  72;  Disc,  p.  79. 
Working  Out  the  Problem  of  the  School  Dental  Inspection.     Molt,  F.  F., 

1912,  p.  255;  Disc,  p.  271. 

Report  of  the  Public  Service  Commission.  Logan,  W.  H.  G.,  1913, 
p.  81. 

Clinics. 
How  I  Teach  My  Patients  Dentistry.     Lawrence,  C.  R.,  1908,  p.  271. 
Free  Dental  School  Inspection.     Lotz,  H.  F.,  1912,  p.  296. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


D073     Literature. 

Report  of  the  Committee  on  Dental  Science  and  Literature. 
Koch,  C.  R.  E.,  1885,  p.  131;  Disc,  p.  140. 
Koch,  C.  R.  E.,  1886,  p.  161;  Disc,  p.  165. 
Koch,  C.  R.  E.,  1887,  p.  154. 
Hanaford,  M.  L.,  1887,  p.  158. 
Hanaford,  M.  L.,  1888,  p.  58;  Disc,  p.  68. 
Ottofy,  Louis,  1889,  p.  58;  Disc,  p.  72. 
Gilmer,  T.  L.,  1890,  p.  58;  Disc,  p.  66. 
Moody,  J.  D.,  1891,  p.  70;  Disc,  p.  75. 
Noyes,  Edmund,  1892,  p.  126;  Disc,  p.  130. 
Gilmer,  T.  L.,  1893,  p.  149;  Disc,  p.  158. 
Harlan,  A.  W.,  1894,  p.  138;  Disc,  p.  143. 
Harlan,  A.  W.,  1895,  p.  173;  Disc,  p.  175. 
Harlan,  A.  W.,  1896,  p.  112. 
Harlan,  A.  W.,  1897,  p.  191;  Disc,  p.  193. 
Harlan,  A.  W.,  1898,  p.  177;  Disc,  p.  180. 
Harlan,  A.  W.,  1899,  p.  90;  Disc,  p.  94. 
Harlan,  A.  W.,  1900,  p.  149. 
Harlan,  A.  W.,  1901,  p.  109. 
Black,  G.  V.,  1902,  p.  136;  Disc,  p.  150. 
Black,  G.  V.,  1903,  p.  36;  Disc,  p.  43. 
Black,  G.  V.,  1904,  p.  21. 
Allen,  E.  H.,  1905,  p.  29;  Disc,  p.  32. 
Brophy,  T.  W.,  1905;  Disc,  p.  33. 
Allen,  E.  H.,  1906,  p.  25;  Disc,  p.  27. 
Cook,  G.  W.,  1907,  p.  54;  Disc,  p.  62. 
Bentley,  C.  E.,  1908,  p.  19;  Disc,  p.  34. 
Harned,  M.  R.,  1909,  p.  26;  Disc,  p.  38. 
Johnson,  C.  N.,  1910,  p.  30;  Disc,  p.  39. 
Smith,  A.  G.,  1911,  p.  43. 
Harrison,  A.  M.,  1912,  p.  37. 
Cruise,  R.  J.,  1913,  p.  42. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
A  System  of  Classifying  Dental  Literature  and  Its  Application  in  Society 
Work  and  Daily  Practice.     Black,  Arthur  D.,   1910,  p.  228;   Disc, 
p.  243. 

Clinic 
A  Classified  Index  of  About  40,000  Cards  for  Articles  on  All  Subjects 
in  Selected  Dental  Journals  from  18  39  to  Date.     Black,  Arthur  D., 
1910,  p.  271. 

D08        Libraries,  collections,  museums,  exhibits. 

D09        Histories. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Report  of  the  Committee  on  the  History  of  the  Society.     Koch,  C.  R.  E., 

1889,  p.  77. 
A  Quarter  Century  of  Operative  Dentistry.     Kitchen,  C.  A.,  1889,  p.  95; 

Disc,  p.  101. 
The  First  Period  in  the  History  of  Dentistry.     Patrick,  J.  J.  R.,  1889, 

p.  130. 
The  Second  Period  in  the  History  of  Dentistry.     Patrick,  J.  J.  R.,  1890, 

p.  99. 
History  of  the   Progress   of   Dentistry  in   the   West.      Taft,   J.,    1893, 

p.  112;  Disc,  p.  119. 
Iowa's  Share  in  the  History  and  Progress  of  Dentistry.     Hunt,  A.  C, 

1893,  p.  128. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


83 
Remarks  on  the  Report  of  the  Committee  on  Necrology.     1897,  p.  275. 
Some  of  Our  Predecessors.     Fuller,  A.  H.,  1902,  p.  58;  Disc,  p.  77. 
Reminiscences  of  Forty  Odd  Years  of  Practice.     Crouse,  J.  N.,   1906, 

p.  65;  Disc,  p.  71. 
A  Comparative  Review  of  the  Last  Twenty-five  Years  of  Dentistry  as 

Gathered  from  a  Study  of  the  Proceedings  of  this  Society.     Allen, 

E.  H.,  1907,  p.  203;  Disc,  p.  209. 
What  Dentists  Have  Contributed  to  Other  Professions.     Cigrand,  B.  J., 

1910,  p.  70. 

Report  of  Committee  on  Necrology. 
Rohland,  C.  B.,  1907,  p.  239. 
Harned,  M.  R.,  1908,  p.  49;  Disc,  p.  59. 
Rohland,  C.  B.,  1908,  p.  249. 
Hanaford,  M.  L.,  1909,  p.  63. 
Goebel,  Robert,  1910,  p.  48. 
Cormany,  J.  W.,  1911,  p.  328. 
Meade,  C.  M.,  1912,  p.  328. 
Blair,  E.  K.,  1913,  p.  300. 


For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


84 

Dl      DENTAL  ANATOMY,  HISTOLOGY  AND  PHYSIOLOGY. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Anatomy  and   Histology   of   the   Teeth,   and   the   Influence   of   Certain 

Agents  Upon  the  Dental  Tissues.     Wilson,  I.  P.,  1873,  p.  89;  Disc, 

p.  93. 
Some  Late  Observations  in  Histology  of  the   Dental  Tissues.      Chase, 

Henry  S.,  1875,  p.  100;  5  Illus. 

Dla  Force  of  Mastication.  (Articulation  and  Occlusion 
of  the  Teeth,  Occluding  Frames,  Etc.     See  D3a.) 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Superiority  of   Natural   Teeth   Over   Artificial    Substitutes.      McMillan, 
H.  W.,  1908,  p.  231;  Disc,  p.  241. 

Clinics. 
Demonstrating  the  Superiority  of  Natural  Over  Artificial  Teeth,  Using 
the  Gnathodynamometer.     McMillan,  H.  W.,  1908,  p.  273. 

D101      Comparative  Dental  Anatomy. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Masticatory  Changes   Induced   by  Food   Environment.      Powell,   T.    E., 
1904,  p.  132;  Disc,  p.  138. 

D102     Dental  Paleontology.     Ancient  Races  of  Man. 

Dll  Deciduous  Teeth.  Absorption  of  Roots  of  Deciduous 
Teeth. 

D12  Permanent  Teeth.  Temperaments  in  Relation  to  the 
Teeth. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
The  Architecture  of  the  Upper  First  Molar.     Thompson,  A.  H.,  1891, 
p.  160. 

Clinics. 
Temperaments.     North,  G.,  1905,  p.  227. 

D13  Anomalies,  of  both  Dentition  and  Form.  Super- 
numerary Teeth.  Temporary  Teeth  Retained. 
Missing  Teeth.     Enamel  Drops. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Unusual   Cases   in    Practice:      Upper   Cuspids   Only   Permanent   Teeth 

Erupted.     Waide,  A.  J.,  1873,  p.  193. 
Description  of  a  Case  Having  Roots  of  a  Full  Denture,  but  No  Crowns. 

Barrett,  W.  C,  1882,  p.  35;  Disc,  p.  39. 
Anomalous  Cases  of  Malformed  Teeth  with  Suggestions  as  to  Possible 

Cause.     Wilson,  I.  P.,  1901,  p.  40;  Disc,  p.  43. 

Clinics, 
Dentition    Showing    Perfectly   Erupted    and    Developed    Fourth    Molar. 

Bressler,  A.  M.,  1912,  p.  306. 
Supernumerary  in  Upper  Incisor.     Sawyer,  C.  B.,  1913,  p.  264. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


85 
D14        Tooth  Tissues.     Preparation  of  Specimens. 

Tapers  and  Discussions. 

Conservation  of  the  Teeth.     Eames,  W.  H.,  1880,  p.  93;  Disc,  p.  100. 

Chart  Showing  Lines  of  Contemporaneous  Calcification  of  the  Teeth. 
Black,  G.  V.,  1883.     Frontispiece. 

Is  the  Defective  Structure  of  Teeth  with  Pitted,  Furrowed  or  Cribiform 
Enamel  the  Result  of  an  Arrest  of  Development?  Eames,  W.  H., 
1883,  p.  141. 

The  Development  of  the  Roots  of  the  Teeth.  (Paper  read,  but  not  pub- 
lished in  Society's  Proceedings.)     Eames,  W.  H.,  1889,  p.  126. 

On  the  Composition  of  the  Dentine  and  Enamel  of  the  Human  Teeth. 
Hinkins,  J.  E.,  1906,  p.  259;  Disc,  p.  264. 

Clinics. 
Specimens  Showing  the  Calcification  of  Teeth  at  Birth.     Silliman,  H.  H., 

1891,  p.  180. 

D141      Enamel. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Alteration  a  LaAv  of  Vital  Action.     Ingersoll,  L.  C,  1875,  p.  55. 
Development  of  the  Enamel.     Dean,  M.  S.,  1881,  p.  107;  Disc,  p.  110. 
The  Origin  of  Defective  Enamel.     Eames,  W.  H.,   1884,  p.   60;   Disc, 

p.  69. 
The  Enamel  at  the  Gingival  Line,  With  Lantern  Exhibit.     Weeks,  T.  E., 

1892,  p.  116;  10  Illus.;  Disc,  p.  121. 

The  Structure  of  the  Enamel  with  Reference  to  Cleavage  and  the  Lines 
and  Angles  of  Cavity  Margins.     Noyes,  F.  B.,  1899,  p.  29;  30  Illus.; 
•  Disc,  p.  60. 

D142      Dentin. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Sensation  and  Nourishment  in  Dentin.     Allport,  W.  W.,   1872,  p.   95; 

Disc,  p.  96. 
The  Diffusibility  of  Coagulants  in  Dentin.     York,  E.  Lawley,   1897,  p. 

94;    Disc,  p.   99. 
Why  Coagulants  Diffuse  Through  Dentin.     York,  E.  Lawley,  1898,  p. 

57;  Disc,  p.  61. 

D143     Cementum. 

D144     Pulp. 

D15  Supporting  Tissues.  Peridental  Membrane,  Perios- 
teum, Gingivae  and  Gum  Tissue.  Bone  of  Jaw. 
Jaw  Bones  as  a  Whole. 

DIG        Dental  Embryology. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
The  Epithelia  and   Some  of  Their  Derivatives,   Especially  the  Dental 

Germ.     Dean,  M.  S.,  1878,  p.  67;  Disc,  p.  75. 
Dento-Embryonal  Histology.     Sudduth,  W.  X.,  1883,  p.  70;  Disc,  p.  77. 
Dento-Embryonal    Histology.      Sudduth,    W.    X.,    1884,    p.    110;    Disc, 

p.  127. 
The  Index  of  Personality.     Noyes,  F.  B.,  1910,  p.  133;  Disc,  p.  149. 

D17  Dentition.  Diseases  in  Connection  with  Dentition 
and  Treatment. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Eruption  of  Deciduous  Teeth.     Disc,  1866,  p.  6.     May  the  Calcific  Ele- 
ments of  the  Deciduous  Teeth  be  Appropriated  in  the  Formation  of 
Any  Portion  of  the  Permanent  Ones?      Dean,  M.   S.,   1873,  p.   79; 
Disc,  p.  86. 


For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


86 
D2.      OPERATIVE  DENTISTRY. 

General   Articles    Covering   Both    Operative   and   Prosthetic   Dentistry. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Sound  Practice,   Sound  Philosophy.     Dean,  M.  S...   1872,   p.   42;    Disc, 

p.  57. 
Probabilities.      (In  Operative  Procedures.)      Black,  G.  V.,   1875,  p.  92. 
Operative  Dentistry.     Special  Points  to  be  Observed  to  Insure  Success. 

Crouse,  J.  N.,  1877,  p.  99;  Disc,  p.  105. 
Operative  Dentistry.      Disc,  1879,  p.  105. 
Operative  Dentistry.     Miles,  G.  S.,  1881,  p.  137. 
Operative  Dentistry.     Essential    Elements   of   Success.      Davis,   K.    B., 

1882,  p.  63;  Disc,  p.  79. 
Operative  Dentistry,      dishing,  G.  H.,  1886,  p.  96. 
Operative  Dentistry..     Disc,  1887,  p.  113. 

Operative  Dentistry.      Attofy,  Louis,   1888,  p.   102;    Disc,  p.   110. 
A  Quarter  Century  of  Operative  Dentistry.     Kitchen,  C.  A.,  1889,  p.  95; 

Disc,  p.  101. 
Desperate  Cases  and  What  to  Do  to  be  Saved.     Dennis,  G.  W.,   18  90, 

p.  134;  Disc,  p.  142. 
Operative  Dentistry.      Disc,  1890,  p.  156. 
Some  Needed  Reforms  in  the  Practice  of  Dentistry.     Cormany,  J.  W., 

1892,  p.  15;  Disc,  p.  19. 
Operative  Dentistry.      Jennelle,  J.  J.,  1894,  p.  125;  Disc,  p.  129. 
Practical  Things  in  Dental  Practice.     Templeton,  J.  G.,  1897,  p.  154; 

Disc,  p.  162. 
Habits  Incident  to  the  Dental  Profession.     Entsminger,  G.  W.,   1900, 

p.  18;  Disc,  p.  22. 
Emphasizing    Some   Things   in    Operative    Procedure.      Cattell,    D.    M., 

1900,  p.  66;  Disc,  p.  78. 
Improvements   in    Operative   Dentistry   During   Recent   Years   and   the 

Betterments  to  Be  Expected  in  the  Future.     Noyes,  Edmund,  1900, 

p.  72;  Disc,  p.  78. 
Operative   Dentistry:      Incidents   of   Office   Practice.      Johnson,    C.   N., 

1902,  p.  170;  Disc,  p.  173. 
Some  Mistakes  in  Operative  Dentistry;    Their  Causes  and   Correction. 

Gethro,  F.  W.,  1909,  p.  212;  Disc,  p.  220. 

Clinics,  Annual  Report  of  Committee. 
Gardiner,  F.  H.,  1886,  p.  175.' 
Matteson,  C.  F.,  1887,  p.  112. 
Richards,  W.  P.,  1888,  p.  131. 
Pritchett,  T.  W.,  1889,  p.  141;  Disc,  p.  145. 
Reid,  J.  G.,  1890,  p.  160;  Disc,  p.  166. 
Ottofy,  Louis,  1891,  p.  178;  Disc,  p.  183. 
Cattell,  D.  M.,  1892,  p.  147. 
Royce,  E.  A.,  1893,  p.  165;  Disc,  p.  168. 
Peck,  A.  H.,  1894,  p.  154;  Disc,  p.  157. 
Taylor,  C.  R.,  1895,  p.  182;  Disc,  p.  186. 
Cormany,  J.  W.,  1896,  p.  123;  Disc,  p.  128. 
Pritchett,  T.  W.,  1897,  p.  201. 
Blair,  E.  K.,  1898,  p.  186. 
Skidmore,  L.  W.,  1899,  p.  104. 
Hinkins,  J.  E.,  1900,  p.  170. 
Hinkins,  J.  E.,  1901,  p.  134. 
Gallie,  D.  M.,  1902,  p.  162. 
Pruyn,  C.  P.,  Supplement  1903,  p.  1. 
Bentley,  C.  E.,  1904,  p.  26. 
Duncan,  S.  F.,  1905,  p.  217. 
Whalen,  W.  F.,  1906,  p.  274. 
Gallie,  D.  M.,  1906,  p.  274. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


87 

Thompson,  C.  N.,  1907,  p.  225. 
Frazee,  O.  L.,  1907,  p.  225. 
Evans,  E.  T.,  1908,  p.  259. 
Gethro,  P.  W.,  1908,  p.  259. 
Grisamore,  T.  L.,  1909,  p.  230. 
McCann,  G.  C,  1910,  p.  259. 
Bake,  L.  G.,  1910,  p.  259. 
Cruise,  R.  J.,  1911,  p.  286. 
Goodson,  L.  J.,  1911,  p.  286. 
Hoover,  J.  L.,  1912,  p.  287. 
Smith,  J.  P.,  1912,  p.  287. 
Dittmar,  G.  W.,    1913,  p.   252. 
Tym,  W.  B.,  1913,  p.  252. 


D121  Instruments  and  Appliances.  (Instruments  Appli- 
cable to  a  Particular  Procedure,  Classified  with 
Subject.) 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Operative  Instruments.     Miles,  G.  S.,  1878,  p.  77;  Disc,  p.  SI. 
Tempering  Instruments.     Cushing,  G.  H.,  1883,  p.  149. 
Making   and   Tempering   Dental   Instruments.      Marriner,   J.    P.,    1888, 

p.  186;  Disc,  p.  191. 
Things  Old,  New  and  Useful  in  the  Operating  Room.      (Chloroform  as 

an  Obtundent.)     Hewett,  A.  C,  1893,  p.  82;  Disc,  p.  93. 
Cervical  Fillings  and  Clamps.     Dunn,  J.  A.,  189  6,  p.  92;  3  Illus.;  Disc, 

p.  95. 

Dental  Art  and  Invention,  Report  of  Committee. 
Report  for  1883    (Anon.),  1883,  p.   150. 
Swasey,   J.  A.,   1885,  p.    143. 
Marriner,  J.  Frank,  1886,  p.  172. 
Swasey,  J.  A.,  1887,  p.  152. 
Magill,  W.  T.,  1888,  p.  78. 
Marriner,  J.  F.,  1889,  p.  74. 
Ames,  W.  B.,  1890,  p.  82. 
Ames,  W.  B.,  1891,  p.  51;  Disc,  p.  54. 
Marriner,  J.  F.,  1892,  p.  133;  Disc,  p.  137. 
Allen,  E.  H.,  1893,  p.  162. 
Ames,  W.  V-B.,  1894,  p.  148;  Disc,  p.  152. 
Marriner,  J.  F.,  1895,  p.  176;  Disc,  p.  181. 
Dennis,  G.  J.,  1895,  p.  181;  Disc,  p.  181. 
Dennis,  G.  J.,  1896,  p.  116. 
Keefe,  J.  E.,  1897,  p.  194. 
Keefe,  J.  E.,  1898,  p.  181. 
Keefe,  J.  E.,  1899,  p.  100. 
Goslee,  H.  J.,  1900,  p.  155;  Disc,  p.  164. 
Goslee,  H.  J.,  1901,  p.  116;  Disc,  p.  132. 
Goslee,  H.  J.,  1902,  p.  154;  Disc,  p.  161. 
Prothero,  J.  H.,  1904,  p.  22. 
Prothero,  J.  H.,  1905,  p.  36. 
Jones,  C.  E.,  1906,  p.  28. 
Gethro,  F.  W.,  1907,  p.  97. 
Hood,  R.  J.,  1908,  p.  49. 
Luthringer,  J.  P.,  1909,  p.  42. 
Waddell,  J.  C,  1910,  p.  41. 
Poundstone,  G.  C,  1911,  p.  52. 
Conroy,  J.  K.,  1912,  p.  58. 
Bowyer,  S.  P.,  1913,  p.  62. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


88 

Clinics. 
Exhibition  of  a  Storage  Battery  and  Mouth-Lamp.     Gilmer,  T.  L.,  1890, 

p.  163. 
Polishing  Strips.     Kulp,  W.  O.,  1S90,  p.  164. 

Exhibition  of  Instruments,  Appliances,  Etc.     Keith,  H.  H.,  1891,  p.  180. 
Apparatus  for  Compressed  Air  at  the  Operating  Chair.     Wassail,  J.  W., 

1896,  p.  128;   Disc,  p.  128. 
Forming    and    Tempering    of    Instruments.       (Broken    and    Discarded 

Points.)      Newkirk,  Garrett,  1896,  p.  126;  Disc,  p.  135. 
Tempering  Instruments.     Lawrence,  R.  N.,  1898,  p.  187. 
Engine  Exhibit.     McDonald,  A.  J.,  1898,  p.  187. 
Hatch  Clamp  and  Ivory  Matrix.     Mcintosh,  F.  H.,  1899,  p.  105. 
Some   Convenient   Things   About   an    Office.      McMillan,    H.   W.,    1902, 

p.  162. 
Simple  Compressed  Air  Attachment  for  the  Engine  Hand  Piece.     Hodg- 
son, E.  S.,  1910,  p.  269. 
Just  Hints,  That's  All.     Anderson,  D.  S.,  1911,  p.  297. 
A  Convenient  Emergency  Outfit.     West,  G.  N.,  1911,  p.  308. 
Little  Things.     Hunfreville,  G.  B.,  1912,  p.  295. 
Some  New  Original  Instruments.     Dalbey,  W.  C,  1912,  p.  301. 
A  Time-Saving  Polishing  Disk.     Lauderback,  A.  V.,  1912,  p.  305. 
A  Simple  and  Definite  Method  of  Marking  Dental  Instruments  for  the 

Proper  Arrangement  and  Placing.     Fernandez,  E.  M.  S.,   1912,  p. 

306. 
A  Few  Conveniences.     Willman,  A.  C,  1913,  p.  259. 
Hand  Piece  Preservation.     Knapp,  L.  A.,  1913,  p.  263. 

D21a      Sterilization  of  Instruments.     Asepsis. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Antiseptic  Dentistry.     Newkirk,  G.,  1892,  p.  98;  Disc,  p.  106. 

Clinic 
Sterilizer.     Newkirk,  G.,  1893,  p.  167. 

D21b      Control   of  Flow  of   Saliva.      Rubber  Dam,   Clasps, 
Etc. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Keeping  Cavities  Dry.     Davis,  K.  B.,  1871,  p.  32;  Disc,  p.  38. 

Clinics. 
Application  of  Rubber  Dam.     Taggart,  W.  PL,  1897,  p.  202. 
Rubber  Dam.     Pruyn,  C.  P.,  1898,  p.  186. 

D22        Filling  Teeth.     Filling  Materials.     Filing.     Separa- 
tion. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Filling  Teeth.      Disc,    1866,  p.    15. 
Filling  Teeth.      Disc,    1867,   p.    25. 
Filling  Teeth.      Cushing,  G.  H.,  1869,  Mo.  Dent.  Jnl.,  p.  297;   Disc,  p. 

302. 
Complicate  Fillings.     Dean,  M.  S.,  1870,  p.  38;  Disc,  p.  43. 
Separating  Teeth:     When  and  How.     Crouse,  J.  N.,  1870,  p.  50;  Disc, 

p.  54. 
Essential  Principles  in  Filling  Teeth.     Mobray,  R.  C,  1871,  p.  45;  Disc, 

p.  49. 
Contour  Fillings.     Davis,  K.  B.,  1873,  p.  98;  Disc,  p.  101. 
The  Changes  in  the  Shapes  of  Teeth  that  Are  Necessary  or  Proper  for 

the  Treatment  of  Decay.     Noyes,  Edmund,  1874,  p.  80;  Disc,  p.  85. 
How  Far  Are  We  Justified  in  Anticipating  Proximate  Decay?      Swain, 

E.  D.,  1875,  p.  31;  Disc,  p.  37. 

For  index  aiid  key  to  elassilieation  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


89 

Methods   and    Materials   Most   Conducive   to    Success   in    Filling   Teeth. 

Matteson,  A.  E.,  1875,  p.  41;  Disc,  p.  46. 
Treatment   of   the    Mouth    Preparatory   to    Filling.      Richards,    W.    P., 

1875,  p.  84. 

The   Duty  of   Practitioner  to   Patient   in   Filling   Teeth.      Miles,   G.   S., 

1876,  p.  51;   Disc,  p.  63. 

Oral  Electricity.     (Filling  Materials.)     Chase,  H.  S.,  1876,  p.  71;  Disc, 

p.  72. 
Relative  Merits  of  Certain  Materials  for  Filling  Teeth.     Marriner,  J.  F., 

1877,  p.  44;  Disc,  p.  49. 

Why  Do  Operations  Fail?     Noyes,  Edmund,  1878,  p.  49;  Disc,  p.  55. 
Filling  Proximal  Cavities  in  Bicuspids  and  Molars.      Davis,  J.  A.  W., 

1878,  p.  62;  Disc,  p.  66. 

Filling  Teeth:      Some  Points  to  Be  Observed.     Noyes,  Edmund,  1880, 

p.  64;  Disc,  p.  74. 
Conservation  of  Teeth.     Eames,  W.  H.,  1880,  p.  93;  Disc,  p.  100. 
Fillings.     Hurtt,  J.  M.,  1881,  p.  144;  Disc,  p.  150. 
Methods  and  Materials  for  Saving  Teeth.     Crouse,  J.  N.,   1882,  p.   72; 

Disc,  p.  79. 
Filling  Proximal  Cavities  in  Bicuspids  and  Molars.     Disc,  1889,  p.  104. 
The  Interproximate  Spaces.     Black,  G.  V.,  1892,  p.  30;  Disc,  p.  42. 
Contour  Fillings:      What  They  Should   Be.      Cushing,  G.   H.,    1892,  p. 

76;  Disc,  p.  80. 
Why  Fillings  Fail.      Henry,   T.   F.,   1901,   p.    100;    Disc,  p.    101. 

Clinic's. 
Filling.   Chittenden,  C.  C,  1883,  p.  152. 
Aluminum  Foil  Filling.     Robbins,  E.  M.,  1893,  p.  165. 
Keeping  Clean  the  Interproximate  Spaces  in  the  Several  Positions  of  the 

Mouth.     Black,  G.  V.,  1894,  p.  154. 
Teeth  Separation.     Schwartz,  G.  W.,  1904,  p.  27. 
A  Method  of  Separating  Teeth  and   Retracting  Gums.      Eldred,  J.   E., 

1906,  p.  289. 

D22a       Preparation  of  Cavities. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Preparation  of  Pulp  Canals  and  of  Cavities  for  Filling.     Taylor,  C.  R., 

1886,  p.  90;  Disc,  p.  97. 
The  Preparation  of  Teeth  for  Filling.     Noyes,  Edmund,  1891,  p.   102; 

Disc,  p.  108. 
Anchorage  of  Proximate  Fillings  in  the  Bicuspids  and  Molars.     Black, 

G.  V.,  1893,  p.  9;  6  Illus.;  Disc,  p.  19. 
Classification  of  Cavities  and  Rules  Governing  Their  Preparation.    Har- 
per, W.  E.,  1897,  p.  71;  Disc,  p.  79. 
Anchoring  Large  Contour  Fillings  in  Incisors.     Skidmore,  L.  W.,  1897, 

p.  134;   6  Illus.;   Disc,  p.  137. 
The  Preparation  of  Cavities.     Hanaford,  M.  L.,  1898,  p.  99;  Disc,  p.  106. 
The  Structure  of  the  Enamel  with  Reference  to  Cleavage  and  the  Lines 

and  Angles  of  Cavity  Margins.     Noyes,  F.  B.,    1899,   p.   29;    Disc, 

p.  60. 
Conditions    and    Circumstances    Modifying    Extension    for    Prevention. 

Nyman,  J.  E.,  1902,  p.  89;  Disc,  p.  111. 

Climcs. 
Cavity  Preparation.     Pritchett,  T.  W.,  1S95,  p.  183. 
Preparation  of  Cavities  in  Natural  Tooth  Forms.     Johnson,  C.  N.,  1898, 

p.  192. 
Preparation   of   Mesio-Occlusal   Cavity.      Dittmar,    G.   W.,    Supplement 

1903,  p.  3. 
Cavity  Preparation.     Gethro,  F.  W.,  1904,  p.  29. 
Cavity  Preparation.     Parker,  R.  W.,  1904,  p.  31. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


90 

"Tooth  Carving  and  Cavity  Preparation."     Volland,  R.  H.,  1905,  p.  218. 
Small  Approximal  Cavity  in  an  Incisor.     Whipple,  H.  L.,  1906,  p.  276. 
Extension  for  Prevention.     Conroy,  J.  K.,  1907,  p.  228. 
Cavity  Formations  for  Gold  Fillings.     Gethro,  F.  W.,  1907,  p.  236. 
Cavity  Preparation,  Using  Hypnosis  as  a  Means  for  Entire  Relief  from 

Pain.     Cowan,  W.  H.,  1909,  p.  237. 
Method  of  Cavity  Preparation  for  Abraded  or  Fractured  Anterior  Teeth. 

Tym,  W.  B.,  1910,  p  271. 

D22b     Matrices.      (For  fillings  only.) 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Matrix    in    Compound    Approximal    Gold    Fillings.      Carpenter,    E.    R., 

1902,  p.  116;  Disc,  p.  120. 
A  Simple  Matrix.     Clark,  W.  G.,  1902,  p.  129;  Disc,  p.  130. 
Matrix  for  Contour  Amalgam  Fillings.     Conroy,  J.  K.,  1906,  p.  278. 

Clinics. 
Exhibition   of  Hand  Matrix  for   Plastic   Fillings.      Dunn,   J.   A.,    1892, 

p.  148. 
Threaded  Matrix  for  the  Insertion  of  Amalgam  Fillings.      Parker,   R. 

W.,  Supplement  1903,  p.  3. 
Celluloid  Matrices.     Browning,  H.  O.,  Supplement  1903,  p.  4. 
Matrix.     Parker,  F.  W.,  1904,  p.  27. 
A  Simple  Method  of  Making  a  Band  Matrix  Without  Soldering.     Lese- 

mann,  P.  B.,  1909,  p.  242. 
A  Special  Matrix  for  Large  Amalgam  Restoration.     Evans,  E.  T.,  1912, 

p.  292. 

D22c      Combination  Fillings.     Cavity  Lining. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Cement  Anchorage  for  Fillings.     Reed,  J.  J.,  1901,  p.  51;  Disc,  p.  55. 
The  Advantage  of  Cement  as  a  Cavity  Lining.     Corbett,   C.  C,   1907, 
p.  185;  Disc,  p.  191. 

Clinics. 
Demonstration  of  the  Use  of  Robinson's  Metallic  Filling,  Finishing  with 

Gold.     Crouse,  J.  N.,  1883,  p.  152. 
Tin  and  Gold  Filling.     Kitchen,  C.  A.,  1888,  p.  131. 
Tin  and  Gold  Filling.     Brophy,  T.'W.,  1888,  p.  132. 
Tin  and  Gold  Filling.     Reid,  J.  G.,  1888,  p.  132. 
Tin  and  Gold  Filling.     Johnson,  C.  N.,  1892,  p.  147. 
Gold   and  Amalgam   Lingual   Cusp   for   a   Bicuspid.      Cormany,   J.   W., 

1894,  p.  155. 
Gold  and  Tin  Filling.     Skidmore,  L.  W.,  1895,  p.  184. 
Cements  in  Retaining  Gold  and  Amalgam  Fillings.     Staley,  H.  R.,  1895, 

p.  186. 
Tin  and  Gold  Filling.     Robbins,  E.  M.,  1896,  p.  124. 
Tin  and  Gold  Filling.     Waltz,  A.  S.,  1896,  p.  126. 
Combination  of  Oxyphosphate  and  Non-cohesive  Gold  as  a  Temporary 

Filling.     Woolley,  J.  H.,  1899,  p.  124. 
Compound  Proximal  Gold  Filling  with  Tin  and  Gold.     Johnson,  C.  N., 

1900,  p.  174. 
Gold  and  Tin  in  Definite  Proportions  for  Filling.     Callahan,  J.  R.,  1901, 

p.  134. 
Amalgam  Filling  with  Cement  Anchorage,  Using  "Fellowship"  Alloy. 

Corbett,  C.  C,  1901,  p.  135. 
Cement  Anchorage  for  Gold  Filling.     Reed,  J.  J.,  1902,  p.  163. 
Oxyphosphate  Cement.     Pritchett,  T.  W.,  1906,  p.  28.2. 
Combination  of  Gold  and  Tin  Foils.     Robbins,  E.  M.,  1906,  p.  285. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


91 

Use  of  Cement  in  Starting  Gold  Foil  Fillings.     Pritchett,  T.  W.,  1907, 

p.  230. 
Cavities  for  Gold  Inlays.     Noyes,  F.  B.,  1907,  p.  236. 
A  Cemented  Amalgam  Filling.     Corbett,  C.  C,  1908,  p.  260. 
Preparing  Gold  Foil,  and  a  Combination  Gold  and  Amalgam  Filling. 

Butler,  S.  T.,  1908,  p.  272. 
An  Adjunct  to  the  Rapid  Filling  of  Large  Molar  Cavities.     Munroe, 

G.,  1909,  p.  239. 
Cavity  Lining  and  Intermediates.     Brunson,  G.  M.,  1911,  p.  299. 
Duplex  Gold  and  Tin  as  a  Base  for  Filling.     Childs,  T.  S.,  1912,  p.  304. 

D221      Gold.      Platinum  Gold. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
What  Preparation  of  Gold  is  Best  for  Filling  Teeth?     Disc,  1866,  p.  8. 
Gold  Foil.     Black,  G.  B.,  1869,  Mo.  Dent.  Jnl.,  p.  283. 
Heavy  Foils  and  Heavy  Mallets.      Cushing,  G.   H:,   1870,  p.   61;    Disc, 

p.  73. 
Gold  Screws  for  Retaining  Fillings.     Davis,  K.  B.,  1875,  p.  79;   Disc, 

p.  83. 
Do  Gold  Fillings  of  the  Present  Day  Preserve  the  Teeth  Better  Than 

Those  Made  Forty  Years  Ago?     Disc,  111.  &  la.  State  Den.  Soc  Joint 

Meeting,  1893,  p.  174. 
How  Shall  We  Insert  a  Gold  Filling?     Smith,  Arthur  G.,  1897,  p.  121; 

9  Illus.;  Disc,  p.  137. 
Matrix  in  Compound  Approximal  Gold  Fillings.     Carpenter,  E.  R.,  1902, 

p.  116;  Disc,  p.  120. 
Gold  Fillings  Versus  Inlays.     Gallie,  D.  M.,  1907,  p.  76;  Disc,  p.  85. 
The  Use  of  Non-cohesive  Gold  in  Filling  Teeth.     Bellchamber,  C.  E., 

1908,  p.  141;  Disc,  p.  160. 
Cohesive  Gold.      Tenney,   L.    S.,   1908,  p.    155;    Disc,  p.   160. 
The    Compressed    Air    Test    for    Adaptation.      Condensing    Gold.      The 

Power  Methods.     Southwell,  Chas.,  1910,  p.  248. 

Clinics. 

Platinum  and  Gold  Filling.     Fuller,  A.  H.,  1883,  p.  152. 

Platinum  and  Gold  Filling.     Davis,  J.  A.  W.,  1S83,  p.  152. 

Gold   Filling.  Richards,  W.  P.,  1887,  p.  113. 

Gold   Filling.  Wilson,  I.  P.,  1887,  p.  112. 

Gold  Filling.  Cormany,  J.  W.,  1888,  p.  131. 

Gold   Filling.  Davis,  K.  B.,  1888,  p.  131. 

Gold   Filling.  Freeman,  D.  B.,  1888,  p.  131. 

Gold   Filling.  Swain,  E.  D.,  1888,  p.  132. 

Gold   Filling.  Brophy,  T.  W.,  1889,  p.  142. 

Gold   Filling.  Hanaford,  M.  L.,  18S9,  p.  143. 

Gold   Filling.  Royce,  E.  A.,  1889,  p.  144. 

Gold  Filling.  Waltz,  A.  S.,  1889,  p.  144. 
Gold  and  Platinum  Filling.     Morrison,  W.  N.,  1889,  p.  144. 

Gold   Filling.  Morrison,  J.  B.,  1890,  p.  160. 

Gold   Filling.  Noyes,  Edmund,  1890,  p.  161. 

Gold   Filling.  Barcus,  J.  M.,  1890,  p.  162. 

Gold   Filling.  Dickson,  J.  G.,  1890,  p.  163. 

Gold   Filling.  Clayton,  J.  R.,  1890,  p.  164. 

Gold   Filling.  Dennis,  G.  W.,  1891,  p.  178. 

Gold  Filling.  Slyfield,  G.  H.,  1891,  p.  179. 

Gold   Filling.  Crouse,  J.  N.,  1892,  p.  157. 

Gold  Filling.  Collins,  J.  W.,  1892,  p.  147. 

Gold   Filling.  Monfort,  J.  B.,  1893,  p.  165. 

Gold   Filling.  Stevens,  W.  A.,  1893,  p.   167. 

Gold   Filling.  Leake,  C.  W.,  1894,  p.  154. 

Gold   Filling.  McMillen,  G.  A.,  1894,  p.  155. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


92 
Gold   Filling.      Allen,  E.  H.,  1894,  p.  155. 
Gold   Pilling.      Morrison,  P.  N.,  1894,  p.  155. 
Gold  and  Platinum  Filling.      Warren,  G.  E.,   18  95,  p.   185. 
Two   Gold  Fillings.      Tobey,  W.  W.,  1895,  p.  185. 
Gold  Filling.      Damron,  G.  H.,  1895,  p.  185. 
Demonstrating  Use  of  No.    60    Fellowship   Foil.      McCandless,    A.   W., 

1896,  p.  123. 
Preparation  and  Filling  of  a  Proximal  Incisor  Step  Cavity.     Prothero,  J. 

H.,  1896,  p.  124. 
Gold   Filling.      Blair,  E.  K.,  1897,  p.  201. 
Gold   Filling.      Gilmer,  T.  L.,  1897,  p.  201. 
Gold   Filling.      Corbett,  C.  C.,  1897,  p.  201. 
Gold   Filling.      Collins,  J.  W.,  1897,  p.  202. 
Platinum  and  Gold  Filling.      Hinkins,  J.  E.,  1897,  p.  203. 
Restoration  of  the  Incisal  Third  of  the  Crown  of  a  Left  Upper  Central 

Incisor.      Lakin,  S.  W.,  1897,  p.  203. 
Gold   Filling.      Pruyn,  C.  P.,  1897,  p.  204. 
Gold   Filling.      Dillon,  G.  B.,  1897,  p.  204. 
Gold   Filling.      Cormany,  J.  W.,  1898,  p.  186. 
Gold   Filling.      Powell,  C.  B.,  1898,  p.  187. 
Gold   Filling.      Windhorst,  M.  R.,  1898,  p.  187. 
Gold  Filling.      Potts,  H.  A.,  1S98,  p.  192. 
Gold   Filling.      Cormany,   J.   W.,    1899,   p.    104. 
Gold   Filling.      Kremer,  F.  B.,  1S99;  p.  105. 
Gold   Filling.      Monson,  G.  S.,  1899,  p.  105. 
Gold   Filling.      Shedd,  J.  W.,  1899,  p.  107. 
Gold   Filling.      Wedelstaedt,  E.  K.,  1899,  p.  107. 
Gold  Filling.      Cummins,  J.  T.,  1899,  p.  116. 
Gold   Filling.      Chittenden,  C.  C,  1899,  p.  116. 
Gold   Filling.      Lakin,  S.  W.,  1899,  p.  117. 
Gold   Filling.      Noyes,  Edmund,  1899,  p.  117. 
Gold   Filling.      St.  John,  I.  C,  1899,  p.  119. 
Gold   Filling.      Gallie,  D.  M.,  1899,  p.  120. 
Crystalloid  Gold.     Gunther,  A.  H.,  1899,  p.  121. 
Gold   Filling.      Royce,  E.  A.,  1899,  p.  122. 
Gold   Filling..     Kimball,  R.  H.,  1899,  p.  123. 

Contour  Filling,  Platinum  and  Gold.      Pyper,  P.  A.,  1900,  p.  170. 
Gold.   Filling.      Rayburn,  J.  R.,  1900,  p.  171. 
Gold   Filling.      Hanaford,  M.  L.,  1900,  p.  172. 
Gold   Fillings  Without  Use  of  Rubber  Dam.      Fletcher,  F.  F.,  1900,  p. 

172. 
Manudynamometer.      Black,  G.  V.,  1900,  p.  173. 
Two   Compound   Proximal   Gold   Fillings.      Johnson,    C.    N.,    1900,    p. 

174. 
Two    Compound    Proximal    Gold    Fillings.      Kimball,    R.    H.,    1900,    p. 

174. 
Gold   Filling.      Cormany,  J.  W.,  1901,  p.  134. 
Gold   Filling.      Allen,  E.  H.,  1901,  p.  136. 
Dead  Soft  Gold.      Chappell,  O.  A.,  1901,  p.  137. 
Ladmore-Brunton  Matrix.      James,  A.  F.,   1901,  p.   137. 
Gold   Filling.      Cattell,  D.  M.,  1901,  p.  137. 
Gold   Filling.      Johnson,  C.  N.,  1901,  p.  138. 
Gold   Filling.      Duncan,  S.  F.,  1901,  p.  138. 
Gold   Filling.      Brown,  J.  O.,    1901,  p.   139. 
Gold   Filling.      Dittmar,  G.  W.,  1901,  p.  139. 
Gold.      Vernon,  Jas.  B.,  1901,  p.  140. 
Gold   Filling.      Pruyn,  C.  P.,  1901,  p.  140. 
Gold   Filling,  Using  Matrix  and  Separating  Rubber.      Sowle,  C.  J.,  1902, 

p.  162. 
Gold   and  Platinum  Restoration,  Using  Engine  Mallet.       Tenney,  L.  S., 

1902,  p.  164. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


93 

Gold   Filling   in   Labio-Cervical   Cavity,    Using   Clamp    of   Own    Design. 

Sawyer,  C.  B.,  1902,  p.  164. 
Gold   Filling,  Using  Matrix.     Hazell,  E.  F.t  1902,  p.  164. 
The  Preparation  of  Sensitive  Cavities,  Using  Nitrous  Oxid  with  Hurd's 

Inhaler,  and  Gold  Filling.      Skinner,  F.  H.,  1902,  p.  168. 
Gold  Filling  Restoration.      Elmer,  J.  E.,  1902,  p.  169. 
Preparation  and  Filling  with  Gold  a  Compound  Cavity  on  the  Disto- 

Incisal  of  a  Left  Upper  Central  Incisor.     Fischer,  H.  G.,  Supplement 

1903,  p.  2. 
The  Uses  of  Black's   Knives  and   Files.      Parker,   F.   W.,   Supplement 

1903,  p.  2. 
Gold  Filling  with   Screw   Post  Retention.      Mabee,  W.  E.,   Supplement 

1903,  p.  5. 
Gild   Filling.      Gethro,  F.  W.      Supplement  1903,  p.  11. 
Gold   Filling.      Piper,  P.  A.      Supplement  1903,  p.  12. 
Gold   Filling.      Keel,  F.  W.      Supplement  1903,  p.-  12. 
Gold   Filling.      Noyes,  Edmund,  1904,  d.  27. 
Gold   Filling.      Allen,  E.  H.,   1904,  p.   29. 
Gold   Filling.      Haskins,  G.  W.,  1904,  p.   30. 
Gold   Fillings.      Noyes,  Edmund,  1904,  p.  143;  Disc,  p.  149. 
Gold   Filling.      Fischer,  H.,  1905,  p.  224. 
Non-cohesive  Foil  in  Filling  the  Upper  Three  Quarters  of  Approximal 

Cavities  in  Molars  and  Bicuspids.      Haskins,  G.  W.,  1905,  p.  228. 
Gold   Filling.      Sowle,  C.  J.,  1905,  p.  229. 
Gold   Filling.      Ireland,  Elizabeth  L.,  1906,  p.  275. 
Screw  Anchorage  for  Large  Incisal  Gold  Foil  Restorations.     Dittmar, 

G.  W.,  1906,  p.  275. 
Gold   Filling.      Wallace,  J.  F.,  1906,  p.  275. 
Method  of  Placing  Moss  Fiber  Gold  in  the  Body  of  Filling.     West,  C. 

H.,  1906,  p.  277. 
Manipulation  of  Keeton  Gold.      Johnson,  A.  G.,  1906,  p.  294. 
Gold   Filling.      Hazell,   E.  F.,   1907,  p.    226. 
Gold   Foil  Filling.      Noyes,  Edmund,  1907,  p.  232. 
Gold   Filling.      Gallie,  D.  M.,  1907,  p.  234. 
Gold   Inlay.      Skinner,  F.   H.,    1907,  p.   236. 
Gold   Filling.      Conroy,  J.  K.,  1908,  p.  261. 

Crystal  Gold  for  Cervical  Fillings.      Foster,  W.  E.,  190S,  p.  265. 
Keeton-Williams  Dental  Gold.      Johnson,  A.  G.,  1908,  p.  268. 
Abbey's  Non-cohesive  Gold  Foil.     Freeman,  H.  W.,  1908,  p.  269. 
Gold   Filling.      Hanaford,   M.  L.,   1908,   p.    269. 
Platinum  and  Gold  Foil  Filling.      Peck,  A.  H.,  1908,  p.  270. 
Table  Clinic  with  Keeton-Williams  Crystal  Gold.      Johnson,  A.  G.,  1909, 

p.  232. 
Platinum  and  Gold  Filling.      Peck,  A.  H.,  1909,  p.  238. 
Gold   Filling.      Boyce,   A.   E.,    1909,  p.    238. 
Competitive   Gold    Filling   Clinic   in   Bovine   Teeth.      Southwell,    Chas., 

1910,  p.  261. 

Gold  Filling.  Hoover,  J.  L.,  1910,  p.  261. 

Gold  Filling.  Dittmar,  G.  W.,  1910,  p.  261. 

Gold  Filling.  Reece,  J.  S.,  1910,  p.  261. 

Gold  Filling.  Southwell,  Chas.,  1910,  p.  261. 

Gold  Filling.  Johnson,  C.  N.,  1910,  p.  261. 

Gold  Filling.  Royce,  A.  E.,  1910,  p.  261. 

Gold  Filling.  Corbett,  C.  C,   1910,  p.   262. 

Gold  Filling.  Sawyer,  C.  B.,  1910,  p.  262. 

Gold  Filling.  Ludwig,  R.  F.,  1910,  p.  262. 

Gold  Filling.  Conroy,  J.  K.,  1910,  p.  262. 

Gold  Filling.  Gethro,  F.  W.,  1910,  p.  262. 

Gold  Filling.  Swartz,  F.  H.,  1910,  p.  264. 

Gold  Filling.  Brooking,  F.  V.,  1910,  p.  264. 

Gold  Filling.  Sitherwood,  G.  D.,   1911,  p.   287. 

For  index  and  key  to  elassifiention  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


94 

Gold   Filling.      Hewes,  C.  T.,  1911,  p.  296. 

Gold   Filling.      Olson,  W.  M.,  1912,  p.  288. 

Solila  Gold  Filling  with  Cement  Lining  in  Place  of  Inlay.     Abbott,  S. 

G.,  1912,  p.  288. 
Restoration   of  Lower  First  Molar  with   Amalgam.      Snowden,   L.   R., 

1912,  p.  289. 
Rapid  Method  of  Filling  Simple  Occlusal  Cavity  with  Long-roll  Gold. 

Kindt,  H.,  1912,  p.  298. 
Method  of  Using  Crystal  Gold.     Foster,  W.  E.,  1912,  p.  303. 
Small  Gold  Fillings  Along  the  Gingival  Border  of  Labial  and  Buccal 

Surfaces.      Olmsted,  A.  T.,  1913,  p.  256. 
Gold  Foil  Filling.      Allen,  E.  H.,  1913,  p.  261. 

D221a     Mallets,  Pluggers,  Etc. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 

Smooth-faced  Pluggers  and  Gutta-percha-faced  Mallets.  Howard,  G. 
O.,  1871,  p.  58;  Disc,  p.  64. 

Clinic. 
Exhibition  of  a  Rapid  Pneumatic  Mallet.     Palmer,  B.  S.,  1891,  p.  179. 

D222      Amalgam. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 

The  Chemistry  and  Physiological  Action  of  Mercury  as  Used  in  Amal- 
gam Fillings.      Talbot,  E.  S.,  1881,  p.  112;  Disc,  p.  123. 

Amalgams.      Ames,  W.  B.,  1888,  p.  123;  Disc,  p.  134. 

Amalgam  Fillings.      Pritchett,  T.  W.,  1S94,  p.  77;  Disc,  p.  82. 

Combination  of  Metals  in  Amalgams.  Ames,  W.  V-B.,  1895,  p.  73; 
Disc,  p.  76. 

To  What  Extent  is  the  Washing  of  Amalgam  Masses  an  Important  Fea- 
ture in  the  Production  of  a  Good  Filling?  Pritchett,  T.  W.,  1896, 
p.  96. 

Amalgam.      Pruyn,  C.  P.,  1898,  p.  29;  Disc,  p.  31. 

Amalgam.      Pruyn,  C.  P.,  1908,  p.  138;  Disc,  p.  160. 

The  Character  of  the  Adaptation  of  Amalgam  to  the  Walls  of  Cavities 
Attained  by  Present  Methods  of  Instrumentation  and  the  Use  of  the 
Best  Known  Alloys,  as  Indicated  by  the  Air  Pressure  Test.  Harper, 
W.  E.,  1912,  p.  224;  Disc,  p.  243. 

Clinic. 
Amalgam  Filling.      Cormany,  J.  W.,  1889,  p.  142. 
Prepared  Copper  Amalgam  for  Filling.     Ames,  W.  B.,  1889,  p.  144. 
Amalgam  Filling.      Pritchett,  T.  W.,  18  92,  p.  148. 
Copper  Amalgam.      Dennis,  J.  W.,  1897,  p.  203. 

Filling  with  Dr.  G.  V.  Black's  Alloy.      Sawyer,  C.  B.,  1897,  p.  205. 
Amalgam.      Noyes,  F.  B.,  1898,  p.  194. 
Amalgam  Filling.      West,  0.  H.,  1899,  p.  107. 
Amalgam  Filling.      Dunn,  J.  Austin,  1899,  p.  120. 
Two  Large  Amalgam  Fillings.      Pruyn,  C.  P.,  1900,  p.  174. 
Test  of  Amalgams  for  Shrinkage  or  Expansion.     Noyes,  F.  B.,  1902,  p. 

167. 
Amalgam   Filling.      Aigley,   J.    E.,    1907,   p.    226. 
Study  of  Amalgam.      Pruyn,  C.  P.,  1907,  p.  230. 

Contour  Amalgam  Filling,  Using  Matrix.      Hickman,  E.  H.,  1907,  p.  232. 
Demonstration  of  Method  of  Polishing  Amalgam  Fillings.     Barnfield, 

W.  H.,   1908,  p.   263. 
Adjustment  of  Matrices  and  Separator  for  Amalgam  Fillings.     Macfar- 

lane,  G.  B.,  1909,  p.  237. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


95 

Amalgam  Filling  with  Cement  Lining.     Corbett,  C.  C,  1909,  p.  239. 

Amalgam   Filling.      Phelps,  W.  S.,  1910,  p.  269. 

Large  Amalgam  Filling.      Bachman,  H.  P.,  1910,  p.  269. 

Contour  Amalgam  Filling.      Neece,  W.  A.,  1911,  p.  287. 

Method    of   Making   Amalgam    Fillings    Adjoining    Gold    with    No    Bad 

Results.     Crigler,  J.  W.,  1912,  p.  297. 
Contour  Amalgam  Filling.      Neece,  W.  A.,  1912,  p.  298. 
Amalgam  Filling.      Ryan,  F.  J.,  1912,  p.  303. 
Various  Steps  for  Proper  Amalgam  Filling.      Conroy,  J.   K.,   1913,  p. 

258. 

D223     Cement.      Silicate  Cements. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 

Is  Not  Operative  Dentistry  Liable  to  the  Same  Injury  From  the  Too 
Prevalent  Use  of  Plastic  Stoppings,  as  Occurred  to  Prosthetic  Prac- 
tice from  the  Introduction  of  Vulcanite?     Disc,  1895,  p.  170. 

Miscroscopic  Study  of  Cements.  Poundstone,  G.  C,  1904,  p.  82;  Disc, 
p.  93. 

Cements.     Poundstone,  G.  C,  1905,  p.  136;   Disc,  p.  147. 

The  Cements  and  Gutta-perchas  as  Filling  Materials.  Rohland,  C.  B., 
1908,  p.  132;  Disc,  p.  160. 

The  Silicate  Cements.      Poundstone,  G.  C,  1910,  p.  58;  Disc,  p.  62. 

Clinics. 
Phosphate  Cement  Filling.     Greene,  E.  J.,  1889,  p.  143. 
Oxyphosphate  of  Copper  Cement  Filling.     Ames,  W.  V-B.,  1892,  p.  147. 
Demonstration  of  Mixing  of  Oxyphosphate  on  a  Chilled  Surface.     Ames, 

W.  V-B.,  1894,  p.  156. 
Some  Cements  Under  the  Miscroscope.     Ames,  W.  V-B.,  1900,  p.  171. 
Celluloid  Cement  Filling.      Davis,  L.  L.,  1901,  p.  140. 
Cement  Filling.     Crouse,  J.  N.,  1902,  p.  169. 
Cements.     Ames,  W.  V-B.,  Supplement,  1903,  p.  5. 
Astral  Cement.      Reader,  J.  C,  1906,  p.  282. 
Ascher's  Enamel.      Kelley,  E.  J.,  1906,  p.  292. 
Ascher's  Enamel  Cements.      Baldwin,  C.  M.,   1907,  p.   235. 
Amberoid  Cement.      Hewett,  A.  C,  1907,  p.  238. 
Ascher's  Artificial  Enamel.     Kopperl,  G.  H.,   1908,  p.   259. 
Artificial  Enamel.      Snyder,  C.  L.,  1908,  p.  260. 
Saving  Children's  Teeth  by  the  Use  of  Oxyphosphate  of  Copper  Cement. 

Parker,  R.  W.,  1908,  p.  261. 
Oxyphosphate    of    Copper    as    Filling    Material    for    Temporary   Teeth. 

Young,  W.  B.,  1908,  p.  269. 
Demonstrating   Manipulation  in   Cavity;    Filling   of  Artificial   Enamel. 

Turner,  J.  G.,  1908,  p.  269. 
Artificial  Enamel.      Baldwin,  C.*M.,  1908,  p.  272. 
Filling  of  Ascher's  Artificial  Enamel.      Goebel,  R.,   1909,  p.  231. 
Ascher's  Artificial  Enamel.      Bellchamber,  C.  E.,  1909,  p.  239. 
Ascher's  Artificial  Enamel  Filling.      Watters,  J.  T.,   1912,  p.  291. 
Restoration  with  Synthetic  Cement,  Giving  a  Practical  Demonstration 

on  the  Automaton.     Wollenberger,  S.,   1912,  p.   298. 
Synthetic  Cement  Filling.      Cruise,  R.  J.,  1913,  p.  254. 
Demonstrating  Technique  in  Use  of  De  Trey's  Enamel.     Kopperl,  G.  H., 

1913,   p.    258. 
The  Use  of  Water  as  Chilled  in  a  Porous  Jar  for  Controlling  the  Tem- 
perature of  Cement  Mixing  Slabs.     Ames,  W.  V-B.,   1913,  p.   260. 

D224        Gutta-percha. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
The  Cements  and  Gutta-perchas  as  Filling  Materials.     Rohland,  C.  B., 
1908,  p.  132;  Disc,  p.  160. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


96 
D225        Tin. 

Clinics. 
Tin  Pilling.      McMillen,  G.  A.,  1*892,  p.  148. 

D23       General  Articles  on  Porcelain. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Advantages,   Disadvantages  and   Peculiarities  of  Inlays.     Taggart,  W. 

H.,  1904,  p.  60;  Disc,  p.  78. 
Cavity  Preparation  for  Inlays.      Thompson,   C.  N.,   1904,  p.    64;    Disc, 

p.  78. 

Clinics. 
Something  About  Inlays.     Taggart,  W.  H.,  1901,  p.  135. 
Matrix  Burnishing.      Banzet,  G.  T.,  1904,  p.  26. 
Matrix  Burnishing.      Taggart,  W.  H.,  1904,  p.  28. 
A.  Method  of  Obtaining  an  Accurate  Model  in  Melotte's  Metal.     Orr,  H. 

N.,  1907,  p.  230. 
Models  Showing  Cavity  Preparation  for  Bridges  and  Inlays.     Johnson, 

C.  N.,  1908,  p.  270. 
Vulcanite  Rubber  Inlays.     Bandy,  O.  L.,  1908,  p.  274. 
Inlay  Metal,  Casting  Without  Machine,  Using  Jarring  Method.     Bohr, 

John,  1909,  p.  232. 
Combination  Porcelain  and  Gold  Inlay.     Pontious,  W.  H.,  1909,  p.  232. 
Casting  for  Split  Root.     Barber,  H.  E.,  1911,  p.  297. 
Casting  Copper  and   Tin   for  Large   Restoration   Instead   of  Amalgam. 

Smith,  B.  M.,  1912,  p.  296. 
Making  Amalgam  Dies,  Reproduction  of  Cavity  for  Gold  or  Porcelain 

Inlays.     Sitherwood,  G.  D.,  1912,  p.  296. 

D231        Gold  Inlay. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Gold  Inlays.      Allen,  E.  H.,  1904,  p.  75;  Disc,  p.  78. 
Gold   Filling  Versus  Inlays.     Gallie,  D.  M.,  1907,  p.  76;  Disc,  p.  85. 
The  Cast  Gold  Inlay.      Dittmar,  G.  W.,  190S,  p.  143;  Disc,  p.  160. 
Experiences  with  Cast  Metal.     Thompson,  C.  N.,   1910,  p.   213;    Disc, 

p.  221. 
The  Scientific  Casting  of  Gold.     Taggart,  W.  H.,   1911,  p.  151;   Disc, 

p.  163. 
The  Present  Status  of  the  Gold  Inlay.     Knowles,  S.  J.,  1911,  p.  241; 

Disc,  p.  244. 
Some  Considerations  of  Gold  Inlay  Work.     Coolidge,  E.  D.,  1913,  p.  92. 

Clinics. 
Gold      Inlay.      Brown,  G.  V.  I.,  1891,  p.  180. 
Gold   Inlay.      Gilmer,   T.    L.,    1892,    p.    147. 
Exhibition  of  an  Electric  Fan.      Harper,  J.  G.,  1892,  p.  148. 
Gold   Inlay.      Ames,  W.  V-B,  1895,  p.  182. 
Gold   Inlay.      Thompson,  C.  N.,  Supplement  1903,  p.  1. 
Gold  Inlay.      Bryant,  L.  F.,   1904,  p.   26. 
Gold   Inlay.      Skinner,  F.  H.,   1904,  p.  27. 
Gold   Inlay.      Powell,  T.  E.,  1904,  p.  31. 
Gold   Inlays.      Sawyer,   C.   B.,    1904,   p.    31. 
Gold  Inlays.      Thompson,  C.  N.,  1904,  p.  32. 
Gold  Inlay  for  Restoration  of  Devitalized  Anterior  Teeth.     Jones,  C.  E., 

1905,  p.  222. 
Hollow  Gold  Inlay.      Clark,  W.  G.,  1905,  p.  223. 
Gold   Inlay.      Helm,  C.  B.,    1905,  p.    224. 
Gold   Inlay.      Hare,  D.  A..  1905,  p.  224. 
Gold   Inlays.      Pyper,  P.  A.,  1905,  p.  225. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


97 

Construction  of  a  Hollow  Gold  Inlay.     Nyman,  J.  E.,  1905,  p.  229. 
Solid  Gold  Inlay  Without  the  Use  of  Solder.     Cheeseman,  P.  E.,  1906, 

p.  280. 
Gold  Inlay.      Marsh,  J.  W.,  1906,  p.   284. 

Gold   Inlay  for  Fractured  Incisor.      Wallace,  W.  S.,  1907,  p.  229. 
Solid    Gold    Inlay    Without    Investment,    Showing    Patient    and    Model. 

Parker,  P.  W.,  1907,  p.  233. 
Cast  Gold  Inlay.     Taggart,  W.  H.,  1907,  p.  234. 
Wax  Model 'for  Inlay.     Mcintosh,  F.  H.,  1908,  p.  264. 
Some  Things  to   Be  Done  with  a  Casting  Machine.      Snowden,   L.   R., 

1908,  p.  267. 
Gold  Inlay  from  Cement  Model.      Stewart,  L.  K.,  1908,  p.  267. 
Cavity  Preparation  for  Gold  Inlay.     Parker,  F.  W.,  1908,  p.  270. 
Models  for  Inlay  Work.      Reid,  J.  G.,  1908,  p.  271. 
Showing  Steps  in  Construction  of  Cast  Gold  Inlays.      Whipple,  H.  L., 

1908,  p.  271. 
Veneer  Gold  Inlays.      Lovitt,  C.  O.,  1908,  p.  272. 
Gold  Inlays.      Mullin,  W.,  1908,  p.  273. 
Casting  Models  of  Gold  Inlays,  Cast  Gold  Shell  Crown  and  Cast  Partial 

Lower   Plate.      Demonstrating   the   Use   in   Casting   of   Paris   Hard 

Wax  Flux.     Dittmar,  G.  W.,  1909,  p.  236. 
Gold   Inlay.      Allen,  E.  H.,  1909,  p.  239. 
Gold   Inlay.      Swartz,  P.  H.,  1909,  p.  240. 

Raising  the  Bite  with  a  Cast  Gold  Inlay.      Hugo,  C.  J.,  1910,  p.  265. 
Gold   Inlay.      Stott,  H.  W.,   1910,  p.   269. 
Gold   Inlay.      Stott,  H.  W.,  1911,  p.  287. 
Gold   Inlay  Using  Alexander's  Wax  Gold.      Bellchamber,  C.  E.,  1911,  p. 

289. 
Method  of  Handling  the  Wax  Model  in  Inlay  Work.     Mullin,  W.,  1911, 

p.  293. 
Gold  Inlay  Showing  Advantage  of  Amalgam  Base  Under  It.     Mount,  J. 

V.,  1911,  p.  296. 
A  Method  of  Constructing  Gold  Inlays.     Bullard,  J.  A.,  1911,  p.  299. 
Division  of  Cast  Inlays  in  Compound  Cavities.     Cheeseman,  P.  H.,  1911, 

p.  301. 
Gold   Inlay.      Moore,  W.  D.  N.,  1911,  p.  304. 
Extension  for  Prevention  in  Cast  Gold  Inlay.     Mount,  J.  J.,   1912,  p. 

289. 
Cast  Inlay.      Whipple,  H.  L.,   1912,  p.   289. 
How  to  Check  the  Wear  on  Badly  Worn  Teeth  by  Using  the  Gold  Inlay. 

Harper,  A.  J.,  1912,  p.  293. 
Gold  Inlays  with  Model.     Tym,  W.  B.,   1912,  p.   293. 
An  Ideal  Form  of  Cavity  Preparation  Applicable  to  Certain  Cases  of 

Cast  Incisal  Angle  Restoration.      Jacobs,  J.  E.,  1912,  p.  295. 
Inlay,  Using  Alexander's  Plastic  Gold.     Baker,  T.  T.,  1912,  p.  303. 
The  Cast  Gold  Inlay;  Some  Defects  and  How  to  Overcome  Them.    Evey, 

J.  M.,  1912,  p.  304. 
Some  Practical  Points  in  Casting  M.-O.-D.  Inlays.      Stott,  H.  W.,  1912, 

p.  306. 
Method  of  Applying  Gold  Inlay  to   Porcelain  Crown  or  Plate   Tooth. 

Bellchamber,  C.  E.,  1913,  p.   257. 
Method  of  Inserting  Sprue  with  Minimum  Amount  of  Danger  of  Dis- 
torting Wax  Form.     McMillan,  J.  D.,  1913,  p.  258. 
Pyrometric  Cones.    Matteson,  A.  E.,  1913,  p.  262. 

D232       Porcelain  Inlay.     Fusible  Cement. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
The  Ceramic  Art  in  Dentistry.      Nyman,  J.  E.,  1898,  p.  117;    2  Illus.; 

Disc,  p.  139. 
Porcelain  Inlays.     Reeves,  W.  T.,  1902,  p.  163. 

For  index  and  key  to  elassification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


98 

Porcelain  Work;  Incidents  of  Office  Practice.     McCandless,  A.  W.,  1902, 

p.  181;  Disc,  p.  182. 
Porcelain  Inlays   as   Viewed   by   the   Country   Dentist.      Allen,    E.    H., 

1903,  p.  79;  Disc,  p.  SO. 
The  Color  Problem  in  Porcelain  Work,  and  Its  Solution  by  Means  of 

the  New  Pyrometer  Furnace.      Price,  W.  A.,   1904,   p.    101;    Disc, 

p.  106. 
Roach's  Mouldable  Porcelain.     Perry,  E.  J.,  1906,  p.  156;  Disc,  p.  167. 
Concerning  the  Porcelain  Inlay.      Waltz,  J.  F.  F.,  1906,  p.  234;   Disc, 

p.  246. 
Porcelain  Inlay.     Evey,  J.  M.,  1907,  p.  226. 
On  the  Abuse  and  Indications  of  Porcelain  as  a  Filling  Material.     Waltz, 

J.  F.  F.,  1908,  p.  151;  Disc,  d.  160. 
Porcelain  Inlays.     Bryant,  L.  F.,  1909,  p.  192;  Disc,  p.  199. 

Clinics. 
Porcelain   Filling.      Black,  G.  V.,   1889,  p.   141. 
Enameled  Inlay.      Matteson,  A.  E.,  1890,  p.  163. 
Exhibition   with  Models   of  Porcelain   Inlay  Work.       Reeves,    W.    T., 

1895,  p.  186. 
Porcelain  Inlay.      Thompson,  C.  N.,  1900,  p.  172. 
Porcelain   Inlays.      Reeves,   W.   T.,    1901,   p.    136. 
Porcelain  Inlay.      Bridges,  J.  S.,  1901,  p.  139. 

Porcelain  Inlay   (Wassail's  Method).     Knowles,  S.  J.,  1902,  p.   167. 
Construction  and  Shading  of  Porcelain  Inlays.      Bryant,  Lester,   1902, 

p.  168. 
Porcelain    Restoration   on    Mesial    Surface   of   Superior    Right   Lateral 

Involving  the  Angle.     Bryant,  L.  F.,  Supplement  1903,  p.  1. 
Porcelain  Inlays.      Reeves,  W.  T.,  Supplement  1903,  p.  2. 
Porcelain  Inlay.      Knowles,  S.,  Supplement  1903,  p.  13. 
Porcelain  Inlay.      Cheeseman,  F.  E.,  1904,  p.  30. 
A  New  Fusible  Cement.      Roach,  F.  E.,  1905,  p.  219. 
The  Fusion  of  Porcelain.      Le  Cron,  D.  O.  M.,  1905,  p.   219. 
Models   Showing   Cavity  Preparation   for   Porcelain   Inlays.      Bake,   L. 

E.,  1906,  p.  279. 
Mouldable  Porcelain.      Roach,  F.  E.,  1906,  p.  280. 
Porcelain   Restoration.      Baldwin,   D.  H.,   1906,  p.   2S5. 
Porcelain   Restoration.      Kopperl,  G.  H.,  1906,  p.  285. 
Porcelain   Inlay.      Starbuck,  A.  W.,  1907,  p.  227. 
Porcelain  Inlay.      Kopperl,   G.   H.,    1907,   p.    232. 
Porcelain   Inlay.      Bake,  L.  E.,  1907,  p.   234. 
Oxide  of  Zinc  Lining  for  Attachment  of  Porcelain  Inlays.     Harrison, 

A.   M.,    1908,   p.    264. 
Porcelain  Inlay.      Trent,  H.  G.,  1913,  p.  256. 
Demonstrating  the  Making  of  Porcelain  Inlays.     Hayes,  H.  H.,  1913,  p. 

256. 


D24  Pulp  Treatment.  (Diseases  of  Pulp,  See  D63. 
Electricity  in  Pulp  Treatment,  Cataphoresis, 
see  615.84.      Deciduous  Teeth,   See  B602.) 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Treatment  of  Exposed  Pulps  and  Filling  Pulp  Cavities.     Disc,   1S66, 

p.    9. 
Treatment  of  Exposed  Pulps.     Disc,  1866,  p.  17. 
Treatment  of  Exposed   Nerves.      Disc,    1867,   p.    27. 
Exposed  Pulps.     Black,  G.  V.,  1870,  p.  6;  Disc,  p.  18. 
The    Removal    of    Pulps,    Preparations    and    Filling     of     Pulp     Canals. 

Howard,  G.  O.,  1873,  p.  65;  Disc,  p.  69. 
Treatment  of  Exposed  Pulps.     Disc,  1874,  p.  76. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


99 

The  Treatment  of  Teeth  Containing  Dead  Pulps.     Smith,  Joshua,  1876, 

p.  98;  Disc,  p.  106. 
The  Tooth  Pulp  and  Its  Treatment.     Swain,  E.  D.,  1877,  p.  66;   Disc, 

p.  86. 
The  Treatment  of  Exposed  Pulps.     Brophy,  T.  W.,  1877,  p.  76;  Disc, 

p.  86. 
Extirpation  of  the  Dental  Pulp  and  Root  Filling.  Ingersoll,  L.  C,  1879, 

p.  49;  Disc,  p.  59. 
Treatment  of  Teeth  with  Dead  Pulps  and  Alveolar  Abscess.  Koch,   G.  R. 

E.,  1880,  p.  40;  Disc,  p.  44. 
Treatment  of  Teeth  with  Dead  or  Dying  Pulps:  also  Treatment  of  Al- 
veolar Abscess.     Townsend,  H.  H.,  1881,  p.  28;  Disc,  p.  41. 
Exposed  Dental  Pulps  and  Their  Treatment.     Duncan,  S.  P.,  1884,  p. 

33;  Disc,  p.  41. 
Errors  in   Dentistry  not  Always  Disadvantageous.      Patrick,   J.   J.    R., 

1885,  p.  64;  Disc,  p.  69. 
The  Retention  of  Pulpless  Teeth  in  the  Jaws.     Noyes,  Edmund,  1886, 

p.  150;  Disc,  p.  157. 
The   Retention   of   Pulpless   Teeth   in  the   Jaws.      Judd,   Homer,    1887, 

p.  45;  Disc,  p.  59. 
What   Shall  We  Do  with  Inflamed   Pulps?      Johnson,  W.  A.,    1888,  p. 

158;  Disc,  p.  163. 
Some  Main  Points  Touching  the  Conservative  Treatment  of  Teeth  Pulps 

of  Which  Are  Nearly  or   Quite  Exposed.      Moody,   J.    D.,    1888,   p. 

152;  Disc,  p.  165. 
What  Shall  Be  Done  with  the  Condemned  Pulp?      Pruyn,  C.  P.,  1891, 

p.  79;  Disc,  p.  85. 
Experimental  Studies  on  the  Action  of  Diffusible  Medicinal  Agents  in 

Living  and  in  Pulpless  Teeth.     Harlan,  A.  W.,  1891,  p.  126;   Disc, 

p.  135. 
The  Diffusibility  of  Coagulants  in   Dentine.      York,   E.  Lawley,    1897, 

p.  94;  Disc,  p.  99. 
Why  Coagulants   Diffuse   Through   Dentine.      York,   E.   Lawley,    1898, 

p.  57;  Disc,  p.  61. 
Penetration  of  Dentine  by  Fluids  Under   Pressure.     Johnson,   W.   A., 

1905,  p.  122;  to  Illus.;  Disc  p.  132. 

A  Brief  Review  of  the  Chemistry  of  Pulp  Decomposition  with  a  Rational 
Treatment  for  this  Condition  and  Its  Sequelae.  Buckley,  J.  P., 
.  1907,  p.  136;  Disc,  p.  148. 

Report  of  the  Post-Graduate  Committee  Upon  Gold  and  Porcelain  In- 
lays.    Waltz,  J.  F.  F.,  1909,  p.  87;  Disc,  p.  98. 

Clinics. 
Lining  Cavities  and  Using  an  Intermediate  Before  Filling.      Brunson, 

G.   M.,   1905,   p.   228. 
Pressure  Anesthesia  in  Connection  with  Pulp  Preserver.     Colby,  O.  C, 

1906,  p.  276. 

The  Asbestos  Disk  as  Pulp  Protection.     Warner,  C.  B.,  1908,  p.  270. 
Technique  in  the  Treatment  of  Both  Vital  and  Putrescent  Pulps  that 

Will  Prevent  Pain  After  the  Patient  Leaves  the  Office.     Perisho,  V. 

P.,  1911,  p.  294. 

D241       Capping  Pulps.      (See  Articles  under  D24.) 
D242       Destruction  and  Removal  of  Pulps. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Arsenious  Acid:     When  and  How  to  Use  It.     Smith,  C.  S.,  1870,  p.  23; 

Disc,  p.  35. 
Pulp  Mummification,  Its  Desirability,  Experience  and  Sequelae.     Kyner, 

A.  D.,  1909,  p.  167;  Disc,  p.  181. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


100 
Clinics. 
Removal  of  Pulp.     Ross,  F.  R.,  1893,  p.  165. 
Pressure  Anesthesia.     Warner,  E.  R.,  1899,  p.  107. 
Broach  Holder.     Powell,  C.  B.,  1901,  p.  140. 

Removal  of  Pulp  by  Pressure  Anesthesia.     Pruyn,  C.  P.,  1902,  p.  164. 
Removal  of  Pulp  with  Pressure  Anesthesia.     Carpenter,  E.  R.,  1902, 

p.  164. 
Instrument  for  Compression  of  Cocain.      Tuller,  R.  B.,  1902,  p.  169. 
Pressure  Anesthesia.     Warner,  C.  B.,  Supplement  1903,  p.  10. 
Pulp  Mummifier.      Dodez,  E.  W.,  1904,  p.  29. 
Removal   of    Pulp,    Using    Pressure   Anesthesia.      Aigley,    J.    E.,    1905, 

p.  217. 
Arsenical  Paste  Sealed  into  the  Cavity  for  the  Destruction  of  a  Pulp, 

with  Pellets  of  Cotton  Saturated  with  Chloro-percha.     Mcintosh,  F. 

H.,  1911,  p.  304. 
Root  Filling;   Gold  and  Tin  Foil  Points  with    Eucapercha    Lubricant. 

Waltz,  A.  S.,  1911,  p.  307. 
Apex  Treating  Broach.      Funk,  L.  L.,  1912,  p.  293. 
Method  of  Removing  Broken  Broach.      Bowman,  F.  H.,  1912,  p.  296. 
The  New  Use  for  the  Old  Broach.      Conkey,  F.  M.,  1912,  p.  297. 

D243       Root  Filling.     Root  Canals. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Plugging  Pulp  Cavities  and  Canals.     Dean,  M.  S.,  1868,  p.   36;   Disc./ 

p.  37. 
Preparation  of  Pulp  Canals,  and  of  Cavities  for  Filling.     Taylor,  C.  R., 

1886,  p.   90;    Disc,   p.   97. 
A  Lantern  View  of  Pulp  Chambers  and  Canals,  Showing  Typical  Forms 

and  Some  of  the  Variations.     Cattell,  D.  M.,  1891,  p.  142;  12  Illus.; 

Disc,  p.  144. 
Immediate  Root  Filling.     Cravens,  J.  E.,  1893,  p.  45;  Disc,  p.  50. 
Results  of  Experimental  Root  Canal  Fillings.     Cattell,  D.  M.,  1895,  p. 

43;  Disc,  p.  45. 
Root  Canal  Sterilization.     Disc,  1895,  p.  169. 
Paraffine:      An  Ideal  Material  for  the  Filling  of  Root  Canals.     Beck, 

Rudolph,  1902,  p.  52;   Disc,  p.  54. 
The   Filling  of  Root  Canals.      Hanaford,   M.   L.,   1910,   p.   109;    Disc, 

p.  116. 

Clinics. 

Prepared  Roots  for  Filling.     Johnson,  C.  N.,  1889,  p.  141. 

Root  Filling.     Fitch,  H.  H.,  1889,  p.  142. 

Prepared  Roots  for  Filling.     Fitch,  H.  H.,  1889,  p.  144. 

Root  Filling.      Stevens,  B.  O.,  1890,  p.  160. 

A  Method  of  Preparing  and  Filling  Root  Canals  with  Tin  or  Gold 
Points.     Costner,  H.  A.,  1892,  p.  147. 

Root  Canal  Filling.      Noyes,  E.,  1894,  p.  154. 

Root  Canal  Filling.      Duncan,  S.  F.,  1894,  p.  156. 

Demonstration  of  the  Use  of  Sodium  and  Potassium  in  the  Treatment 
of  Putrid  Pulp  Canals.      Munroe,  G.,   1895,  p.   185. 

Root  Canal  Filling.      Blair,  E.  K.,  1895,  p.  186. 

A  Method  of  Filling  Root  Canals  with  Sandarac  Varnish  and  Gutta- 
percha Points.     Cigrand,  P.  J.,  1899,  p.  108. 

A.  Process  for  Drying  Root  Canals.      Taggart,  W.  H.,  1899,  p.  115. 

Table  Clinic,  Canal  Filling,  Eucalypto-percha.  Green,  W.  F.,  1900, 
p.  170. 

Filling  Root  Canal.     Pfeiffer,  Josephine  D.,  1901,  p.  137. 

Root  Canal  Filling.     Noyes,  Edmund,  1902,  p.  165. 

Gold  Points  for  Root  Canals.     Gramm,  C.  T.,  Supplement  1903,  p.  5. 

Root  Filling.      Pruyn,  C.  P.,  1905,  p.  229. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


101 

Correct  Root  Filling.      Waltz,  A.  S.,  1908,  p.  264. 

Treatment  of   Putrescent   Pulp   Canal   with     Sodium    and     Potassium. 

Tichy,  J.,  1909,  p.  242. 
Root   Canal   Filling   with   Sandarac  Varnish   and   Gutta-percha    Points. 

Aigley,  G.  A.,  1910,  p.  268. 
Treatment  of  Putrescent    Pulp    Canal    with    Sodium    and    Potassium. 

Tichy,  Joseph,    1911,  p.    288. 
Gum  Sandarac  Root  Canal  Filling.     Kyner,  A.  D.,  1911,  p.  293. 
Filling  Root  Canals  with  the  Improved  Paraffine  Compound  Formula 

of  Dr.  Herman  Prinz,  1913,  p.  259. 
Enlarging  Root  Canals.      Luthringer,  J.   P.,    1913,  p.   262. 

D25         Prophylactic    Treatment    of    Caries.       Cleaning 
Teeth. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
A  Few  Observations  on  Oral  Prophylaxis.     Rohland,  C.  B.,  1905,  p.  41; 

Disc,  p.  56. 
Oral   Prophylaxis.     Its   Place  and  Its  Importance  in   Dental   Practice. 

Smith,  D.  D.,  1913,  p.  165;   Disc,  p.  183. 

Clinics. 
Prophylaxis.      Bryant,  L.  P.,  1907,  p.  226. 
Instrumentation  in  Prophylaxis  and  the  Treatment  of  Pyorrhea.   James, 

A.  F.,  1908,  p.  260. 
Prophylaxis  as  a  Necessary  Factor  in  General  Practice.     Schmuck,  E. 

A.,  1912,  p.  290. 

D26        Bleaching    Teeth.      Discolorations.       (Electricity 
for  Bleaching.     See  615.84.) 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Bleaching  Teeth.     Cushing,  G.  H.,  1878,  p.  82;  Disc,  p.  87. 

Clinics. 
Bleaching.      Harlan,  A.  W.,  1893,  p.  166. 
Bleaching.      McMillan,   Geo.,    1898,   p.    190. 
Bleaching.      Brown,  J.  B.,  1899,  p.  104. 


For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


102 

»3        PROSTHETIC   DENTISTRY. 

General   Articles   Covering   Both   Operative   and   Prosthetic    Dentistry. 
Annual  Report  of  Clinic  Committee,  See  D2. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Mechanical  Dentistry.      Disc,   1866,  p.   10%,   20. 
Mechanical  Dentistry.      French,  A.  W.,  1870,  p.  89;  Disc,  p.  97. 
Mechanical   Dentistry.      Disc,  1871,  p.  66. 

Mechanical  Dentistry.      Swain,  E.  D.,  1872,  p.  18;  Disc,  p.  27. 
Mechanical  Dentistry.      Kulp,  W.  O.,  1873,  p.  154;  Disc,  p.  156. 
Mechanical  Dentistry.      Willson,  O.,  1875,  p.   108;   Disc,  p.   117.' 
Mechanical  Dentistry.      Rohland,  C.  B.,  1877,  p.  31;  Disc,  p.  38. 
Mechanical   Dentistry.      Swain,  E.  D.,  1879,  p.  70;  Disc,  p.  74. 
The  Past,  Present  and  Future  of  Mechanical  Dentistry.     Haskell,  L.  P., 

1881,  p.  48. 
The  Mechanics  of  Dentistry.     Stevens,  W.  A.,  1882,  p.  41;  Disc,  p.  49. 
Random  Thoughts  From  the  Laboratory.     Haskell,  L.  P.,  1882,  p.  45; 

Disc,  p.  49. 
Prosthetic  Dentistry.      Davis,  K.  B.,  1885,  p.  34;  Disc,  p.  40. 
Prosthetic  Dentistry.      (Paper  Read  but  not  published  in  Society's  Pro- 
ceedings.)     Haskell,  L.  P.,  1888,  p.  180. 
Prosthetic  Dentistry.      Magill,  W.  T.,  1891,  p.  118;  Disc,  p.  123. 
Some  Thoughts  on  Prosthetic  Dentistry.      Moorehead,  W.  W.,  1900,  p. 

102;  Disc,  p.  105. 
Prosthetic  Dentistry:  Incidents  of  Office  Practice.     Pruyn,  C.  P.,  1902, 

p.  177;   Disc,  p.  178. 
Some  Phases  of  Prosthetic  Procedure.     Prothero,  J.  H.,  1908,  p.  95; 

Disc,,  p.  112. 
Superiority  of  Natural   Teeth   Over  Artificial   Substitutes.      McMillan, 

H.  W.,  1908,  p.  231;  Disc,  p.  241. 
The  Esthetics  of  Prosthetic  Dentistry.     Graber,  R.  L.,   1913,  p.   198; 

16  Illus.;  Disc,  p.  217. 

D3a  Articulation  and  Occlusion  of  the  Teeth,  Occlud- 
ing Frames,  Etc.  (Force  of  Mastication,  See 
Dla.) 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
The  Philosophy  of  Mastication  Relative  to  Dental  Prosthesis.     Cigrand, 
B.  J.,  1900,  p.  19;  13  Illus.;  Disc,  p.  31. 

Clinics. 

Arrangement  and  Occlusion  of  Teeth.     Prothero,  J.  H.,  1901,  p.  139. 

A  Gnathomonic  Mimic  Showing  the  Philosophy  of  Mastication.  Cig- 
rand, B.  J.,  1902,  p.  163. 

Mandibular  Movements,  Their  Relation  to  Artificial  Dentures.  Cigrand, 
B.  J.,  Supplement,  1903,  p.  5. 

The  Practical  Value  of  Bonwill's  Method  of  Occlusion  of  Artificial 
Dentures.      Pritchett,   T.  W.,   Supplement   1903,   p.    12. 

Occlusion  of  Artificial  Teeth.       Prothero,  J.  H.,  1908,  p.  263. 

Demonstrating  the  Superiority  of  Natural  Over  Artificial  Teeth,  Using 
the  Gnathodynamometer.      McMillan,  H.  W.,  1908,  p.  273. 

Anatomical  Occulsion.      Prothero,  J.  H.,  1912,  p.  293. 

Anatomical  Occlusion.      Dittmar,  G.  W.,  1912,  p.  303. 

A  New  Application  of  the  Bonwill  Theory  with  Original  Anatomical 
Articulator.     Dalbey,  W.  C,  1913,  p.  264. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


103 

D31  Tools,  Appliances,  Materials,  Electric  and  Other 
Ovens  (Tools,  Etc.,  applicable  to  a  particular 
procedure  classified  with  subject.  Annual  Re- 
port of  Committee  on  Dental  Art  and  inven- 
tion, See  D21.) 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Compressed  Air  in   Dentistry.      Southwell,   C.   C,   1895,  p.    81;    Disc, 

p.  85. 
A  New   Process  of  Fusing   Platinum.     Custer,   L.   E.,    1898,  p.   76;    1 

Illus.;  Disc,  p.  79. 
Fusing  Platinum  Solder  with  Gasoline  Blowpipe,  and  Baking  Porcelain. 

Brophy,  R.  C,  Supplement  1903,  p.  11. 
The  Color  Problem  in  Porcelain  Work,  and  Its  Solution  by  Means  of  the 

New  Pyrometer  Furnace.     Price,  W.  A.,  1904,  p.  101;  Disc,  p.  106. 

Clinics. 

Exhibition  of  a  Gasoline  Blowpipe.      Reed,  J.  J.,  1890,  p.  165. 

Demonstration  of  a  Method  of  Facing  Emery  Paper  on  Wheels  and 
Files.     Taggart,  W.  H.,   1891,  p.   180. 

Gasoline  Blast  Furnace.      Matteson,  A.  E.,  1894,  p.  156. 

Electric  Oven.      Custer,  L.  E.,   1895,  p.   182. 

Electric  Furnace.      Custer,  L.  E.,  1897,  p.  205. 

Fusing  Platinum.     Custer,  L.  E.,   1898,  p.  186. 

Clamp  and  Press.      Bandy,  O.  L.,  1898,  p.  195. 

Separating  Varnish.      Kester,  P.  J.,   1898,  p.  195. 

Some  Convenient  Things  About  an  Office.  McMillan,  H.  W.,  1902, 
p.    162. 

Porcelain  Work.  Baking  with  Gas  and  Gasoline,  Using  Own  Furnace. 
Brophy,  R.  C,  1902,  p.  166. 

Electric  Furnaces  and  Other  Dental  Appliances.  Hewett,  Ashley  M., 
Supplement  1903,  p.  8. 

Electric  Furnace  and  Other  Dental  Appliances.  Smith,  J.  C,  Supple- 
ment 1903,  p.  8. 

Pyrometer  Furnace.      Price,  W.  A.,   1904,  p.   27. 

Electric  Furnaces.      Custer,  L.  E.,  1904,  p.  33. 

Home-Made  Electric  Ovens  for  Baking  Inlays.  Harned,  M.  R.,  1905, 
p.  218. 

Mullett's  Gas  Furnace.      Mullett,  E.  R.,  1905,  p.  222. 

Electric  Furnace.      Matteson,  A.  E.,  1905,  p.  229. 

Grinding  Teeth,  Using  Dr.  Wilson's  Combination  Guard  and  Sponge 
Holder.      Wilson,  J.  D.,  1906,  p.  276. 

Methods  of  Adjusting  the  Parts  of  a  Broken  Vulcanite  Plate,  of  Plaster 
Models  and  Dislodged  Abutments  in  Bridge  Work  to  Their  Proper 
Places  and  Retaining  Them  There.     Newsome,  B.,  1907,  p.  231. 

Some  New  Original  Instruments.     Dalbey,  W.  O,  1912,  p.  301. 

D32  Artificial  Dentures.  (Temperaments  in  Relation 
to  the  Teeth,  See  D12.) 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Resolution  Favoring  Return  to  Gold  and  Other  Metals,   for  Artificial 

Plates.      Disc,  1869;  Mo.  Dent.  Jnl.,  p.  340. 
Atmospheric    Pressure   in   Its    Relation   to   Artificial   Dentures.      Tees, 

Ambler,  1883,  p.  136;  Disc,  p.  140. 
Use  and   Abuse  of  Air  Chambers.     Hunt,   A.   O.,    1901,   p.   58;    Disc, 

p.  61. 
A  Simple  Method   of  Changing  the  Colors  and  Modifying  the   Shades 

of  Artificial  Teeth.     Roach,  F.  E.,  1909,  p.  115;  Disc,  p.  120. 
The  Problem  of  the  Construction  of  Good  Dentures.     Pritchett,  T.  W., 

1911,  p.  210;  Disc,  p.  230. 
The  Problem  of  the  Construction  of  Good  Dentures.     Prothero,  J.  H., 

1911,  p.  220;  Disc,  p.  230. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


104 

Clinics. 
Retention  of  Full  Upper  Dentures  by  Means  of  Atmospheric  Pressure. 

Ames,  W.  V.,  1890,  p.  162.  a 

Arrangement    of    Teeth    of    Artificial    Denture.      Swain,    E.    D.,    1890, 

p.    162. 
Natural  Teeth  as  Guide  in  Setting  up  Artificial  Teeth.     Skidmore,  L. 

W.,  1898,  p.  189. 
Frosting  Aluminum  Plates.     Pfeifer,  Josephine  D.,   1898,  p.   194. 
A  Detachable  Spring  for  Retaining  Artificial  Dentures  in  Place.     Cor- 

bett,  C.  C,    189S,  p.   195. 
Utilization  of  Atmospheric  Pressure.      Ames,  W.  V-B.,  1901,  p.  137. 
Tooth  Shades.      Royce,  E.  A.,  1901,  p.  137. 

Uses  and  Abuses  of  Air  Chamber.      Hunt,  A.  O.,   1901,  p.  139. 
Preparation    of    Cavities    in    Artificial    Teeth.      Harned,    M.    R.,    1902, 

p.  162. 
1-1000    Platinum    Instead    of    Clasp    Metal.      Munroe,    Grafton,    1905, 

p.  228. 
Removable    Dentures,    Using   Tube    and    Split    Pins.      Haskins,    G.    W., 

1907,  p.  236. 

Use  of  Pinless  Crowns  in  Place  of  Ordinary  Plate  Teeth.     Waltz,  A.  S., 

1908,  p.  264. 

Anatomical  Arrangement  of  Artificial   Teeth.     Schaefer,   J.   E.,    1909, 

p.  235. 
Casting.     Models  of  Gold  Inlays,  Cast  Bridge  Work,  Cast  Gold  Shell 

Crown  and  Cast  Partial  Lower  Plate.      Demonstrating  the  Use  in 

Casting  of  Paris  Hard  Wax  Flux.      Dittmar,  G.  W.,  1909,  p.  236. 
The  Articulation  of  Teeth.      Castle,  C.  L.,  1910,  p.  267. 
Attachments  for  Removable  Dentures.      Schwartz,  G.  W.,  1911,  p.  305. 
Anatomical  Occlusion  of  Artificial  Teeth.     Dittmar,  G.  W.,  1911,  p.  301. 
A  Combination  Gold  and  Continuous  Gum  Partial  Denture.     McClure, 

T.  H.,   1911,  p.   304. 
Combination  of  Compressed  Air  and  Water  System.      Torrence,  L.  B., 

1911,  p.  306. 

Cast   Reinforcements  Applied  to  Denture  Made   for  a   Protruding   Su- 
perior Maxillary  Ridge,  Hoffman,  E.  C,  1912,  p.  295. 
The  Use  of  the  Gilmore  Clasp  as  Applied  to  Plate  and  Crown  Work. 

1912,  p.  296. 

Many    Uses    for    the    Gilmore    Attachment.      Patterson,    A.    B.,    1913, 

p.  262. 
Models  of  Abnormal  and  Difficult  Cases,  Some  Thirty  Years  Old,  Upon 

Which  Successful  Dentures  Had  Been  Made.     Haskell,  L.  P.,  1913, 

p.  265. 

D32a       Plaster  of  Paris.     Impressions.       Bites. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 

Expansion  of  Plaster  of  Paris  and  Its  Bearings  on  the  Use  of  This  Ma- 
terial for  Impression  and  Models.  Prothero,  J.  H.,  1903,  p.  55; 
Disc,  p.  58. 

Compressibility  of  Plaster  of  Paris.  Prothero,  J.  H.,  1905,  p.  170; 
Disc,  p.  173. 

Plaster  of  Paris  Tests.      Prothero,  J.  H.,  Supplement  1903,  p.  3. 

Clinics. 
Expansion  of  Investments.      Prothero,  J.  H.,  1904,  p.  29. 
Physical  Properties  of  Plaster.      Prothero,  J.  H.,  1905,  p.  229. 
Demonstrating  Use  of  Ideal  Base  Plate  and  a  Correct  Method  of  Taking 
the  Bite.     Strange,  E.  B.,  1908,  p.  271. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


105 
D321        Vulcanized. 

Clinics. 

Vulcanized  Plates  with  Flexible  Rubber  Edges  for  Securing  Better 
Atmospheric    Retention.      Ames,    W.   V-B.,    1896,    p.    127. 

Aluminoid  For  Lining  Plates.     Harper,  J.  G.,  1896,  p.  127. 

Partial  Lower  Vulcanite  Dentures.     North,  Gustavus,  1897,  p.  202. 

The  Use  of  Flexible  Rubber  as  a  Lining  for  Lower  Dentures.  Law- 
rence, R.  N.,   1902,  p.   169. 

Flexible  Rubber  Lining  for  Lower  Dentures.  Lawrence,  R.  N.,  Supple- 
ment 1903,  p.  3. 

Vulcanizable  Gutta-percha.      Wright,  J.  S.,  Supplement  1903,  p.  4. 

The  Advantages  of  Vulcanite  Gutta-percha  as  a  Base  Plate  upon  Which 
the  Wax  Articulation  is  Taken  in  the  Making  of  Rubber  Dentures. 
Rohland,    C.    B.,    Supplement    1903,   p.    11. 

The  Use  of  Vulcanizable  Gutta-percha  for  Dentures.  Boyce,  A.  E., 
Supplement   1903,   p.    12. 

Vulcanizable  Gutta-percha.      Van  Scoyoc,  W.  M.,  1905,  p.  227. 

Plastic  Impression  Rubber.      Warner,  C.  B.,  1906,  p.  292. 

Extraordinary  Things  in  Vulcanite  Work.  Kartack,  E.  A.,  1908, 
p.  262. 

Vulcanizable  Gutta-percha  in  Plate  Work.      West,  C.  H.,  1908,  p.  266. 

Vulcanized  Base  Plates  for  Full  Upper  and  Lower  Dentures.  Hickman, 
E.  H.,   1909,  p.   240. 

Correcting  the  Fit  of  Loose  or  Misfitting  Plates.  Bridgford,  J.  L., 
1909,  p.  241. 

Replacing  Broken  Tooth  in  Gum  Section,  Rubber.  Bull,  H.  B.,  1911, 
p.  290. 

Sure  Stick  Fit  for  Plates.      Cormany,  J.  W.,  1913,  p.  262. 

D322       Swaged.     Dies. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Swaged  Aluminum  Plates.      Sitherwood,   G.  D.,  1894,  p.   61;    6  Illus.; 
Disc,  p.  73. 

Clinics 
Dies.      Brigham,  E.  T.,  1893,  p.  166. 

Steel  and  Brass  Die  Plates.      Stott,  Joseph,  1S9  3,  p.  166. 
Palmer   Plastic    Swager   and    Moulding    Flask.     Palmer,    C.    A.,    1900, 

p.  173. 
Swedger.      Otteson,  I.,  1901,  p.  140. 
Spence  Metal.      Sawyer,  C.  B.,  1907,  p.  230. 
Swaging  a  Plate,  Using  the  Olivian  Plate  Swage.      Henderson,  G.  H., 

1907,  p.  237. 
A  Demonstration  of  the  Olivian  Plate  Swager  in  Making  Metal  Plates. 

Everett,  W.  M.,  1911,  p.  291. 

D323       Fusible  Metal. 

Clinics. 
Casting  Aluminum  Plates.      Harper,  W.  E.,  1893,  p.  167. 
Aluminum  Plate.      Logan,  H.  G.,  1895,  p.  184. 
Fusing  Porcelain  Gum  Section.      Dennis,  G.  J.,  1896,  p.  126. 
Casting  Aluminum.      Brophy,  R.  C,  1898,  p.  188. 
Denture  Metal.      Brophy,   R.   C,   1901,  p.    140. 

Cast  Plate,  Using  Aardentalloy.      Fitzwater,   G.  B.,   1908,  p.   263. 
Casting  Aluminum  Plates.      Bohr,  John,  1909,  p.  232. 
Cast  Aluminium  Plate  by  Joining  Method.      Bohr,  J.,  1910,  p.  271. 
New  Inlay  Metal  and  Cast  Aluminum  Plates.      Bohr,  J.,  1911,  p.  297. 
Cast  Aluminum  Plates.      Bohr,  J.,  1912,  p.  308. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


106 

D324       Porcelain.      (General  Articles  on  Porcelain,  see 
D23.) 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
On  the  Relative  Advantages  of  a  Low  Fusing  Continuous  Gum.     Cun- 
ningham, Geo.,  1891,  p.  170. 

Clinics. 
Continuous  Gum  Denture.      Thomas,  G.  A.,  1897,  p.  205. 
A  Continuous  Gum  Plate.     Edmonds,  N.  D.,   1898,  p.  195. 
Continuous  Gum.      Thomas,  G.  A.,  1899,  p.  123. 
Continuous  Gum  Case.      Stewart,  L.  K.,  1900,  p.  171. 
Long  Bites  in  Continuous  Gum  Work.      Stewart,  L.  K.,  1901,  p.  138. 
Continuous  Gum  Denture.      Bryant,  C.  F.,  1902,  p.  166. 
Continuous  Gum  Plate.      Dunn,  J.  E.,  1906,  p.  281. 
Three  Stages  in  Continuous  Gum  for  Full  Dentures.     Dayan,  L.,  112, 
•  p.  294. 

D325       Celluloid. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Celluloid.     Eames,  W.  H.,  1874,  p.  107;  Disc,  p.  108. 
Celluloid.      Kitchen,  C.  A.,  1876,  p.  90;  Disc,  p.  96. 
Celluloid.      Smith,  C.  S.,  1878,  p.  99. 

D33       Crowns  and  Bridges. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Improvements  in   Porcelain  Crown  and   Bridge  Work.      Brown,   E.   P., 

1892,  p.  58;  Disc,  p.  61. 
Conservatism  in  Crown  and  Bridge  Work.     Rohland,  Cv.  B.,   1893,  p. 

72;  Disc,  p.  78. 
Crown  and  Bridge  Work.      (Not  published  in  transactions.)     Peterson, 

C.  J.,  Disc,   1S95,  p.   165. 

The   Ceramic   Art   in   Dentistry.     Nyman,  J.   E.,    1898,   p.    117;    Disc, 

p.  139. 
Modern   Manipulative   Methods   in   Crown   and   Bridge   Work.      Goslee, 

H.  J.,   1899,  p.  65;   Disc,  p.   80. 
New   Methods   in   Crown   and   Bridge   Work.      Goslee,    H.   J.,    1912,   p. 

87;   Disc,  p.  120. 
Esthetics  in   Crown  and   Bridge  Work.      Pyper,    P.   A.,    1912,   p.    110; 

Disc,  p.  120. 

Clinics. 
Demonstration  of  a  Method  of  Attaching  Porcelain  Facings.     Le  Cron, 

D.  O.  M.,  1892,  p.  148. 

Preparation  of  Cavities  in  Porcelain  Contours  for  Crown  and  Bridge 

Work.      Webber,  F.  P.,  1893,  p.  166. 
Crown  and  Bridge  Work.      Taggart,  W.  H.,  1894,  p.  154. 
Crown  and  Bridge  Work.      Herbert,  A.  W.,  1894,  p.  156. 
Dies  for  Swaging  Cusps  for  Crown  and  Bridge  Work.      Lowry,  H.  S., 

1897,  p.  202. 
Crowns  and  Bridges.      Goslee,  H.  J.,  1898,  p.  191. 
Gutta-percha  Cusp.     Stafford,  F.  H.,  1898,  p.  193. 
Backing  Facings.      Bull,  H.  B.,  1899,  p.  104. 
Removable    Facing    for    Crown    and    Bridge    Work,    and    Applying    the 

Countersunk  Nut  in  Orthodontia.      Shryock,  W.  W.,  1899,  p.  105. 
Carving   Cusps   for    Crown   and    Bridge   Work.     Goslee,    H.   J.,    1899, 

p.  121. 
Removable  Facing  of  Own  Design.     Roach,  F.  E.,   1900,  p.   170. 
Carving  Gold  Cusps.     Nyman,  J.  E.,  1900,  p.  171. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


107 

Mason  Detachable  Tooth  Crown.     Hulick,  W.  O.,  1900,  p.  173. 
Practical  Application  of  the  Fellowship   Replaceable  Facing.     Roach, 

F.  E.,  1901,  p.  135. 
Setting  Crowns  and  Bridges  with  Gutta-percha.     McCandless,  A.  W., 

1901,  p.  136. 
Construction  of  Saddles  for  Porcelain  Bridges  and  Carving  Cusps  for 

Crown  and  Bridge  Work.     Goslee,  H.  J.,  1902,  p.  163. 
Taking  Impressions  for  Crown  and  Bridge  Work.     Munroe,  G.,  19  02, 

p.  168. 
Repairing  Crown  and  Bridge  Work.      Crigler,  J.  W.,  1904,  p.  26. 
Crowns,    Bridges,    Retention    of   Gingival   Harmony.     Phillips,    D.    R., 

1905,  p.  221. 
Enamel  Cleavers.     Harper,  W.  E.,  1905,  p.  227. 
Practical  Methods  in  the  Use  of  Gutta-percha  for  the  Cementing  of 

Crowns  and  Bridges.     Cruise,  R.  J.,  1906,  p.  288. 
Replacing    Porcelain    Facings    Without    Removing    Bridge    or    Crown. 

North,   G.,    1907,   p.    227. 
Swaging  Gold  Backing  to  Facings  of  Crowns  and  Bridge  Teeth.     Boone, 

H.  W.,  1908,  p.  271. 
Uses  and  Abuses  of  Gutta-percha  in  the  Cementation  of  Crowns  and 

Bridges.     Cruise,  R.  J.,  1909,  p.  234. 
Obtaining   Wax  Model   for   Casting   Gold   Cope   Where   Root  is   Badly 

Broken  Down.      Tym,  W.  B.,  1909,  p.  234. 
Casting.     Models  of  Gold  Inlays,  Cast  Bridge  Work,  Cast  Gold  Shell 

Crown  and  Cast  Partial  Lower  Plate.     Demonstrating  the  Use  in 

Casting  of  Paris  Hard  Wax  Flux.      Dittmar,  G.  W.,  1909,  p.  236. 
Instantaneous  Investment  for  the  Tacking  of  Backings  and   Posts  to 

Facings.     Sale,  H.  O.,  1910,  p.  267. 
Hollow  Dowel  for  Crown  and  Bridge.      Daniels,  R.  H.,  1911,  p.  290. 
Cast  Gold  Crowns  and  Bridges,  Using  in  Their  Construction  Porcelain 

Facings,  Detachable  Post  Crowns  and  Diatoric  Teeth.     Condit,  C. 

H.,  1911,  p.  300. 
Esthetics  in  Crown  and  Bridge  Work.     Pyper,  P.  A.,  1912,  p.  300. 
Models  Illustrating  Newer  Methods  in  Crown  and  Bridge  Work.     Bram- 

well,  C.  H.,  1912,  p.  305. 
Bridge  and  Crown  Anchorage.      Olmsted,  A.,  1912,  p.  305. 
Removable  Bridges;   Attachment  for  Porcelain  Crowns.     Grant,  J.  C, 

1912,  p.  305. 
Some    Practical   Hints   in    Crown   and    Bridge   Work.     Pearce,   J.    H., 

1912,  p.  307. 
A  System*  of  Making  Gold  Crowns  and  Bridges.    (Cast  Cusps.)      Las- 
bury,  V.,  1912,  p.  308. 

D331        Crowns. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Pivot  Teeth.      Swain,  E.  D.,  1873,  p.  118;   Disc,  p.  127. 
Metallic  Crowns.     Morrison,  W.  N.,  1882,  p.  55;   8  Illus.;  Disc,  p.  60. 
Porcelain-faced    Metallic    Crowns.      Matteson,    A.    E.,    1883,    p.    133; 

1  Illus. 

A  Lecture  on  the  Rationale  of  Constructing  and  Attaching  Artificial 
Crowns  to  Natural  Roots  of  Teeth.      Patrick,  J.  J.  R.,  1888,  p.  202; 

2  Illus. 

New  Methods  for  Producing  Bicuspid  Band  Crowns  with  Porcelain  Fac- 
ings and  Cusps.     Cigrand,  B.  J.,  1896,  p.  29;  13  Illus.;  Disc,  p.  33. 

A  Gold  Crown  with  Carved  Solid  Cusps.     Nyman,  J.  E.,  1900,  p.  59; 
Disc,  p.  62. 

Cervical  Outline  Preservation  and  Crowns.     Phillips,  D.  R.,   1904,  p. 
117;  Disc,  p.  126. 

The  Bandless  Porcelain  Crown.     Pritchett,  R.  A.,  1904,  p.  161;  5  Illus.; 
Disc,  p.  165. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


108 

Clinics. 
Porcelain  Faced  Crown.      Mattescn,  A.  E.,  1883,  p.  152. 
Gold   Crown.      Patrick,  J.  J.   R.,    1888,   p.   132. 
Gold  and   Platinum  Crown.      Gilmer,  T.  L.,    1888,   p.    133. 
Gold  Crown.      Calle,  E.  B.,  1889,  p.  141. 
Porcelain  Crown.      Wikoff,  B.  D.,  1889,  p.   141. 
Porcelain  Faced  Crown.     Davis,  K.  B.,  1891,  p.  179. 
An    Ingenious    Method    of   Attaching    Crowns.      Harlan,    A.    W.,    1891, 

p.  ISO. 
Demonstration  of  a  Method  of  Articulating  Crowns  with  Models,  Etc. 

Perry,  E.  J.,  1892,  p.  148. 
Demonstration  of  a  Method  of'Producing  Porcelain  Faced  Bicuspids  and 

Extracted    Roots   with    Gutta-percha,    Drawings,    Etc.      McCandless, 

A.  W.,  1892,  p.  148. 
Gold   Crown.      Eshelman,    B.    F.,    1893,   p.    165. 
Porcelain  Faced  Crown.     Hollingsworth,  J.  G.,  1893,  p.  165. 
Bands  for  Logan  Crowns.     Fullerton,  K.  M.,  1893,  p.  167. 
Porcelain  Crown.      Thompson,  C.  N.,  1894,  p.  156. 
Exhibition  of  Gold  Crowns.      Shryock,  W.  W.,  1894,  p.  156. 
Gold  Crown.      Pfeifer,  Josephine  D.,  1895,  p.  184. 
Porcelain  Crown.      Matteson,  A.  E.,  1895,  p.  183. 
Porcelain  Crowns.     Le  Cron,  D.  O.  M.,  1895,  p.  185. 
Porcelain  Crown.      Mcintosh,  F.  H.,  1895,  p.  186. 
An  Accurate  Process  for  Fitting  Bands  to  Badly  Decayed  Roots.     Tag- 

gart,  W.   H.,   1896,   p.   123. 
A  Porcelain  Faced  Bicuspid  Crown.      Peck,  A.  H.,  1896,  p.  124. 
Upper  Central  Incisor  Crown.     Newsome,  B.,  1896,  p.  126. 
Porcelain  Faced  Crown  Without  Heating  Facing.     Wikoff,  B.  D.,  189  7, 

p.  205. 
Porcelain  Crown.      Schwartz,  G.  W.,  1898,  p.  186. 
Preparation  of  Roots  for  Porcelain  Crowns.      McCandless,  A.  W.,  1898, 

p.  188. 
Platinum  Band  Fitted  for  Porcelain  Crown,  Using  Pure  Gold   Solder. 

Thomas,  G.  A.,  1898,  p.  188. 
Porcelain  Crown.      Nyman,  J.  E.,  1898,  p.  190. 
Gold  Crown.      Sawyer,  C.  B.,   1898,  p.   190. 
Intra-dental  Band.     Cigrand,  B.  J.,   1898,  p.   195. 
Gold  Crown.      Roe,  F.  A.,  1899,  p.  106. 
Gold  Crowns.     Stewart,  L.  K.,  1899,  p.  115. 
Porcelain  Crown.      Cigrand.  B.  J.,  1899,  p.  115. 
Porcelain   Crown.      Custer,  L.  E.,  1899,  p.  116. 
Setting  Logan  Crown  with  Gold  Band.      Dorn,  C.  P.,  1899,  p.  116. 
Cleavage  of  Enamel  Preparatory  to  Crowning.     Johnson,  A.  G.,   1900, 

p.    172. 
Porcelain  Crown.     Hancock,  J.  E.,  1901,  p.  134. 

Building  Up  Broken   Down   Bicuspids  and  Molars   Preparatory  to   Re- 
ceiving a  Gold  Crown.     Mcintosh,  F.  H.,  1901,  p.  136. 
Seamless  Gold  Crown.     Shryock,  W.  W.,  1901,  p.  138. 
Porcelain  Crown.      Nyman,  J.  E.,  1901,  p.  140. 
A  Porcelain  Crown  Built  Solidly  from  the  Platinum  Cap  to  the  Proper 

Occlusion  Without  the  Use  of  the  Ordinary  Facing  Soldered  to  the 

Cap.     Girling,  W.,  1902,  p.  165. 
A  Method  of  Anchoring  Screw  Posts  in  Frail  Roots  and  Badly  Broken 

Down  Bicuspids  and  Molars.     Brunson,  G.  M.,  1902,  p.  166. 
Porcelain  Crown.      Nyman,  J.  E.,  1902,  p.  169. 
Davis  Banded  Porcelain  Crown.      Schwartz,   G.  W.,   Supplement   1903, 

p.  5. 
Crown  and  Bridge  Work.     Miller,  O.  H.,  Supplement  1903,  p.   12. 
Davis  Crown.      Combs,  H.  J.,  1904,  p.  30. 
Open  Faced  Crown.     Jones,  C.  E.,  1904,  p.  30. 
Porcelain  Crown.     Weatherwax,  W.  J.,  1904,  p.  33. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


109 

An  Improved  Method  of  Adapting  Porcelain  Crowns  Without  a  Band. 

Pritchett,   R.  A.,    1905,   p.    220. 
An  Attachment  for  Davis  Crown  to  First  Bicuspid.     Browning,  H.  O., 

1905,  p.   220. 

A  New  Method  of  Adapting  a  Metal  Pitting  to  the  Prepared  End  of  an 
Anterior  Root.      Haas,  Alfred,  1905,  p.  222. 

Gold  Cuspids  and  Incisors  and  Articulating  Molars  and  Bicuspids  With- 
out Facings.      Crigler,  J.  W.,   1905,  p.   226. 

Porcelain  Crown.      Cheeseman,  F.  B.,  1905,  p.  229. 

Baked  Porcelain  Crown.      Gethro,  F.  W.,  1905,  p.   229. 

Porcelain  Crown  with  Gold  Coping.     Combs,  H.  J.,  1905,  p.  229. 

Swaging  Cope  for  Davis  Crown.     Starbuck,  A.  W.,  1905,  p.  229. 

All  Porcelain  Shell  Crown.     Ladewich,  Louis,  p.  279. 

Seamless  Shell  Crowns  with  Individually  Carved  Cusps.      Boone,  H.  W., 

1906,  p.  281. 

Banded  Logan  Crown  Demonstrated  with  Giant  Models.     Brosman,  W. 

H.,  1906,  p.  281. 
Seamless  Gold  Crown.     Brown,  G.  E.,  1906,  p.  287. 

The  Removal  and  Repair  of  Shell  Crowns.     Parker,  F.  W.,  1906,  p.  288. 
Baked    Porcelain    Brown   Without    Soldering   Pins   to    Facing.      Morey, 

C.  L.,  1906,  p.  293. 
Porcelain  Jacket  Crown.     Powell,  C.  B.,  1906,  p.  293. 
Contour  That  a  Properly  Shaped  Artificial  Crown  Should  Have.     Ditt- 

mar,  G.  W.,  1907,  p.  228. 
Porcelain  Jacket  Crown.     Young,  W.  B.,  1907,  p.  228. 
Porcelain  Jacket  Crown.     Ladewich,  L.,  1907,  p.  228. 
Accurate  Fit  of  Cope  for  Porcelain  Shell  Crown.     Harned,  M.  R.,  1907, 

p.  234. 
Porcelain  Jacket  Crown.      Powell,  C.  B.,  1907,  p.  235. 
Porcelain  Jacket  Crown.      Frank,  H.  J.,  1908,  p.  261. 
Demonstrating    Root    Preparation    for    Bandless    Detachable    Pin,    Por- 
celain Crown.     Hughes,  B.  N.,  1908,  p.  262. 
Casting  Gold  Cope  for  Detached-Post  Crowns.     Smith,  A.  G.,   1908,  p. 

263. 
Gold  Crown  with  Porcelain  Cusp.     Van  Dervoort,  B.  M.,  1908,  p.  263. 
Richmond  Bicuspid  Crown.     Luthringer,  J.  P.,  1908,  p.  265. 
Cast  Base  Porcelain  Crown.      Roach,  F.  E.,  1908,  p.  270. 
Carved  Cusps  in  Mettaline  Compound.     Davis,  L.  P.,  1908,  p.  273. 
Porcelain  Jacket  Crown.     Schneider,  A.  E.,  1909,  p.  232. 
Method  of  Making  a  Cast  Gold  Crown.     Sims,  S.  C,  1909,  p.  40. 
Porcelain    Bicuspid   Crown   with    Reenforced    Root   and    Lingual   Cusp. 

Whalem,  W.  F.,  1910,  p.  265. 
Porcelain  Crown.     Sitherwood,  G.  D.,  1910,  p.  266. 
Cement    Model   from   Which    a    Cast   Base    for    Replaceable    Porcelain 

Crown  is  Obtained.     Tilden,  M.  C,  1910,  p.  269. 
Diatoric  Teeth  with  Cast  Bases  as  Crowns  for  Molars.     Bachman,  H.  P., 

1911,   p.    289. 
Moldine    Models    of   Bell-shaped    Teeth    in    Making    Seamless    Crowns. 

Broman,  A.  A.,  1911,  p.  289. 
Double   Dowel   for    Bicuspids   and    Molars.      Burkhardt,    W.    G.,    1911, 

p.  290. 
Cast  Gold  Crown  for  Close  Bite  Posterior  Teeth.     Hoskins,  T.  S.,  1911, 

p.  293. 
Porcelain  Crown,  Using  Detached  Post.      Weart,  E.  R.,  1911,  p.  295. 
Acolite  Casting  for  Porcelain  Crowns.      Foster,  W.  E.,  1911,  p.  301. 
Removable  Band  for  Porcelain  Work.     Heaton,  J.  A.,  1911,  p.  302. 
The  Tompkin's  All  Porcelain  Crown  Recommended  for  Anterior  Teeth. 

Leonard,  J.  P.,  1911.,  p.  303. 
Jacket  Crowns.     Schneider,  A.  E.,  1911,  p.  305. 
Short  Method  of  Getting  Perfect  Occlusion  for  Gold  Crown.     Winters, 

M.  E.,  1911,  p.  306. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


110 

Bicuspid  Jacket  Crown,  Porcelain  or  Platinum  Jacket.     Schwartz,  G. 

W.,  1912,  p.  290. 
A  Crown,  Using  Ludwig's  Anchor  with  Porcelain  Cast  on  Same.     Mc- 
intosh, F.  H.,  1912,  p.  291. 
Seamless  Gold  Crown.     Lundy,  L.  T.,  1912,  p.  291. 
A  Quick  Method  of  Carving  Cusp  for  Shell  Crown.     Bowyer,  S.  P.,  1912, 

p.  291. 
The  Only  Two  Prophylactic  Crowns  in  Dentistry  To-day.      Schneider, 

A.  E.,  1912,  p.  294. 
Root    Preparation    and    Construction    of    Base    for    Cast    Base    Crown. 

Jacobs,  J.  E.,  1912,  p.  295. 
Post  for  Lateral  Incisor  Porcelain  Crown.     Tharp,  H.,  1912,  p.  295. 
A  Coping  with  Countersunk  Band  Either  Swaged  or  Cast.     Kern,  E.  L., 

1912,  p.  295. 
The  Uses  of  the  Gilmore  Clasp  as  Applied  to  Plate  and  Crown  Work. 

Hazell,  E.  F.,  1912,  p.  296. 
Bandless  Molar  Crowns.     Hine,  C.  L.,  1912,  p.  299. 
Metal  Base  for  Davis  Crown.     Head,  L.  D.,  1912,  p.  300. 
Helpful  Hints  on  Porcelain  Davis  Crown.     Shaw,  W.  M.,  1912,  p.  306. 
Cast  Base  Crown.     Gould,  E.  E.,  1913,  p.  255. 
Building  up  of  Broken  Down  Roots  Using  Weston's  New  Metal.     Hillier, 

C.  W.,  1913,  p.  257. 
A   Short  Accurate  Method   of  Adapting  a   Porcelain   Crown.     Wilkes, 

A.  M.,  1913,  p.  264. 


D332     Bridges. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Bridge  Work.     Disc,  1890,  p.  145. 
Porcelain  Bridge  Work.     Goslee,  H.  J.,  1905,  p.  198;  Disc,  p.  205. 

Clinics. 

Exhibition  of  Two  Cases  of  Bridge  Work.     Taggart,  W.  H.,  1891,  p. 
178. 

Exhibition  of  Samples  of  Teeth  as  Prepared  for  Mounting  on  a  Bridge. 
Hunt,  A.  O.,  1891,  p.  180. 

Exhibition  of  Two  Bridges.     Fisher,  J.  W.,  1892,  p.  148. 
Bridge  Work.     Lakin,  S.  W.,  1895,  p.  183. 

Porcelain  Bridge  Work  and  Exhibition  of  an  Electric  Furnace.     Tag- 
gart, W.  H.,  1895,  p.  185. 

Replacing  a  Missing  Second  Bicuspid.    Smith,  A.  G.,  1896,  p.  125;  Disc, 
p.  134. 

Vulcanite  Teeth  for  Bridge  Work.     Brigham,  E.  T.,  1897,  p.  205. 

Bridge  Attachments  to  Teeth  with  Living  Pulps.     Wassail,  J.  W.,  1898, 
p.  189. 

Attachment  for  Bridge  to  Anterior  Teeth  Without  Amputation  of  Nat- 
ural Crown.     Duncan,  S.  F.,  1899,  p.  104. 

Porcelain  Bridge.     Nyman,  J.  E.,  1899,  p.  112. 

Bridge  Work.     Sitherwood,  G.  D.,  1899,  p.  117. 

Bridge  with  Open  Face  Crown  Attachment.    Bridges,  J.  S.,  1899,  p.  123. 

Bridge  Work.     Wikoff,  B.  D.,  1901,  p.  136. 

Gold  Dummy.     Wilson,  J.  D.,  1904,  p.  28. 

Post  Inlay  Attachment  for  Anterior  Bridge.     Stewart,  E.  H.,  1905,  p. 
217. 

Invisible  Bridge  Attachment.     Browning,  H.  O.,  1905,  p.  220. 

Gold  Bridge.     Wendell,  P.  J.,  1905,  p.  226. 

Removable  Bridge.     Schwartz,  G.  W.,  1905,  p.  226. 

Bridge  Work.     Breene,  F.  T.,  1905,  p.  229. 

Method   of  Anchoring   Bridge  for   Restoration   of  Lower  Incisor  Lost 
Through  Absorption.     Snyder,  C.  L.,  1906,  p.  281. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  nnmbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


Ill 

A  Method  of  Making  Zinc  or  Babbit  Metal  Die  Direct  from  Impression 
of  the  Mouth.     Bullard,  J.  A.,  1906,  p.  286. 

A  System  of  Bridge  Work  that  Has  Never  Been  Patented.  Smith,  B. 
M.,  1906,  p.  290. 

The  Anchoring  of  Porcelain  Bridges  with  Gold  and  Platinum  Inlays. 
Willett,  R.  C,  1906,  p.  290. 

Brewster's  Replaceable  Bridge  Teeth.     Baker,  T.  T.,  1906,  p.  292. 

Brewster's  Replaceable  Teeth.     Keel,  F.  W.,  1906,  p.  292. 

Bridge  Work.     Evans,  E.  T.,  1907,  p.  228. 

Lingual  Concealed  Abutment  Attachments  for  Anterior  Bridges.  Fell- 
man,  W.  O.,  1907,  p.  231. 

Anterior  Bridge,  Concealed  Attachments,  Two-Tooth  Effect  in  Three- 
quarter  Space.      Philips,  D.  R.,  1907,  p.  235. 

Pontoon  Bridge  Work.     Roach,  F.  E.,  1907,  p.  236. 

Practice  Case  of  Removable  Bridge  Work.     Keel,  F.  W.,  1908,  p.  259. 

Bridge  Abutment  on  a  Cuspid.     Kennedy,  G.  L.,  1908,  p.  263. 

Exhibit  of  Sanitary  Bridge  for  Lower  Jaw.     Wendell,  P.  J.,  1908,  p.  265. 

A  Simple  Method  of  Removing  Bridges  Without  Mutilating  the  Abut- 
ments.    Baker,  T.  T.,  1908,,  p.  266. 

Vulcanite  Teeth  in  Bridge  Work.     Griffin,  T.  A.,  1908,  p.  266. 

Method  of  Replacing  Bicuspid  with  a  Bridge,  Without  Devitalizing  or 
Using  an  Inlay  in  the  Cuspids.     Smith,  B.  M.,  1908,  p.  267. 

Showing  Construction  in  Detail  of  Cast  Bridge,  Using  Diatoric  Teeth. 
Orr,  H.  Nelson,  1908,  p.  267. 

Ordinary  Facings  as  Replaceable  Teeth  in  Cast  Bridge  Work.  Bryant, 
L.  F.,  1908,  p.  269. 

Models  Showing  Cavity  Preparation  for  Bridges  and  Inlays.  Johnson, 
C.  N.,  1908,  p.  270. 

Strengthening  Inlay  Abutment  for  Bridge  Work.  Willett,  R.  C,  1909, 
p.  240. 

Replacing  an  Incisor  Immediately  after  Extraction.  McClure,  T.  H., 
1909,  p.  243. 

Steel  Removable  Facing.      Rowdybush,  R.  F.,  1910,  p.  266. 

Gold  Cast  Dummy,  Using  Steel  Facings.     Bowyer,  S.  P.,   1910,  p.  270. 

Method  of  Paralleling  Abutments.     Bryant,  L.  F.,  1911,  p.  290. 

Technic  in  Use  of  Diatoric  Teeth  in  Bridge  Work.  Lind,  C.  L.,  1911, 
p.  293. 

Inlay  Abutment  for  Bridge  Work.     Coolidge,  E.  D.,  1911,  p.  300. 

Uses  of  Diatoric  Teeth  in  Bridge  Work.     Davis,  L.  L.,  1911,  p.  301. 

Models  Showing  Method  of  Preparation  of  Teeth  with  Vital  Pulps,  and 
Gold  Attachments  to  Same  for  Bridges.  Fellman,  W,  O.,  1911, 
p.  301. 

Removable  Bridges.     Kelly,  J.  L.,  1911,  p.  302. 

Some  Reliable  Abutments.     Haskins,  G.  W.,  1911,  p.  308. 

Inlav  Swing  Bridge,  Replacing  Upper  First  Bicuspid;  Inlay  Abutments 
on  Vital  Teeth.     Hodgson,  E.  S.,  1912,  p.  294. 

Accurate  Method  of  Taking  Impression  and  Bite  for  Bridge  Work. 
Jordan,  L.  E.,  1912,  p.  304. 

Bridge  Abutment.     Stordock,  P.  G.,  1913,  p.  259. 

Anchorage  for  Fillings  Intended  as  Abutments  for  Bridge  Work. 
Hoover,  W.  A.,  1913,  p.  262. 

D34        Obturators  and  Similar  Appliances. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Soft  Rubber  Palates  for  Congenital  Clefts.     Case,  C.  S.,  1889,  p.  154; 

1  Illus. 
The  Velum  Obturato.     Case,  C.  S.,  1903,  p.  46;  Disc,  p.  52. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


112 

Clinics. 
Exhibited  Models,  Dies,  Impression  Cusps,  Etc.     Used  in  the  Making 

of  Artificial  Vela  and  Obturators  for  Cleft  Palate.     Case,  C.  S.,  1889, 

p.  142. 
Fractures,  Orthodontia  and  Artificial  Palates.     Case,  C.  S.,  1899,  p.  108. 
New  Form  of  Artificial  Palate.     Case,  C.  S.,  1902,  p.  165. 
Velum  Obturator.     Case,  C.  S.,  Supplement,  1903,  p.  10. 


D38        Dental  Chemistry. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Chemistry.     Taggart,  W.  H.,  1884,  p.  146;  Disc,  p.  153. 

D39        Dental  Metallurgy. 


For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


113 
D4        ORTHOPEDIC   DENTISTRY. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Irregularities  of  the  Teeth.     Disc,  1866,  p.  21. 
Irregularities.     Cushing,  G.  H.,  1877,  p.  114;  4  Illus. 
Regulating  Teeth.     Patrick,  J.  J.  R.,  1882,  p.  163;  1  Illus.;  Disc,  p.  167. 
Best   Methods   of    Correcting    Irregularities.      Morrison,    W.    N.,    1883, 

p.  128;  Disc,  p.  131. 
Irregularities  in  Human  Teeth;   Or,  Dental  Teratology.     Patrick,  J.  J. 

R.,  1884,  p.  127;  17  Illus. 
A  Case  in  Practice.     Irregularities.     Pritchett,  T.  W.,  1885,  p.  130. 
Regulating  Appliances.      Roberts,   N.  J.,    1887,   p.    29;    3    Illus.;    Disc, 

p.  34. 
Dental  Morphyology  and  the  Etiology  of  Irregularities.      Patrick,  J.  J., 

R.,  1S88,  p.  83;  5  Illus.;  Disc,  p.  91. 
Efficiency  and  Simplicity  in  Regulating  Appliances.     Angle,  E.  H.,  1891, 

p.  144;  Disc,  p.  146. 
Orthodontia:      A  Practical  Case.      Case,  C.  S.,  1892,     p.  84;    16  Illus.; 

Disc,  p.  89. 
Reciprocation  of  Force  in  Orthodontia.     Case,  C.  S.,  1894,  p.  108;    10 

Illus.;  Disc,  p.  118. 
Abnormal  Lateral  Bite.     Case,  C.  S.,  1895,  p.  159;   4  Illus. 
The  Relation  of  the  Teeth  to  the  Lips  and  Face.     Hunt,  A.  O.,  1897, 

p.  146;  Disc,  p.  150. 
Principles  of  Force  and  Anchorage  in  the  Movement  of  Teeth.     Case, 

C.  S.,  1897,  p.  171;  Disc,  p.  182. 
New  Methods  and  Appliances  in  Orthodontia.     Case,  C.  S.,  1898,  p.  81; 

20  Illus.;  Disc,  p.  97. 
Orthodontia.     MacDowell,  J.  N.,  1901,  p.  47;  Disc,  p.  49. 
Relation  of  the  General  Practitioner  to  Orthodontia.     Barrett,  T.   H., 

1903,  p.  22;  Disc,  p.  29. 
Some  Common  Mistakes  in  Orthodontia.     Lourie,  L.  S.,  19  07,  p.   121; 

Disc,  p.  126. 
The  Index  of  Personality.     Noyes,  F.  B.,  1910,  p.  133;  Disc,  p.  149. 
Some   Psychological   Phenomena   Attending   Orthodontia.      Harned,   M. 

R.,  1911,  p.  114;  Disc,  p.  135. 
Orthodontia  in  the  Smaller  Cities.     Conroy,  J.  K.,  1911,  p.  117;  Disc, 

p.  135. 
Regulating  Teeth.     Munroe,  G.,  1911,  p.  121;  Disc,  p.  135. 
Retention  in  Orthodontia.     Burrill,  J.  A.,  1911,  p.  125;  Disc,  p.  135. 

Clinics. 

Exhibition  of  Models  Representing  Irregularities  and  Method  of  Recti- 
fying.     Campbell,  J.,  1892,  p.  148. 

Orthodontia.     Exhibition  of  a  Torch.  Matteson,  A.  E.,  1892,  p.  148. 

Regulating  Appliance.      Corbett,  C.  C,  1895,  p.  184. 

Appliances  for  Regulating  and  Retaining  the  Teeth.  Case,  C.  O,  1897, 
p.  187. 

Orthodontia.     Sitherwood,  G.  D.,  1898,  p.  190. 

Fractures,  Orthodontia  and  Artificial  Palates.     Case,  C.  S.,  1899,  p.  108. 

Set  of  Models  for  Diagnosing  Orthodontia  Cases.  Angle,  E.  H.,  1899, 
p.  116. 

Immediate  Regulation.     James,  A.  F.,  1899,  p.  117. 

Orthodontia.     MacDowell,  J.  N.,  1900,  p.  170. 

Casts  Showing  the  Mai-Formation  and  Occlusion  in  Consequence  of 
Premature  Extraction  of  the  Deciduous  Molars.  Taylor,  C.  R., 
1900,  p.  174. 

Orthodontia.      Case,  C.  S..  1901,  p.  140. 

Mai-Occlusion  Resulting  from  Illtimed  Extraction.'  McMillan,  H.  W., 
Supplement  1903,  p.  4. 

Orthodontia.      Case,  C.  S.,  1904,  p.  30. 

Regulating  Bands.      Sitherwood,  G.  D.,  1904,  p.  32. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


114 

Orthodontia  Models.      Lourie,  L.  S.,   1906,  p.   280. 

Orthodontia;    On    Impacted    Teeth,    Their    Diagnosis    and    Treatment. 

Lischer,  B.  E.,  1906,  p.  282. 
A  Simple  Method  of  Jumping  the  Bite  of  One  or  More  Teeth.     Tor- 

rence,  L.  B.,  1906,  p.  293. 
Two  Orthodontia  Cases.     Munroe,  G.,  1908,  p.  259. 
Orthodontia  Wrench,  Direct  and  Reverse  Acting.     Brown,  G.  E.,  1908, 

p.  272. 
Means  of  Getting  an  In-locked  Incisor  into  Position.     Bates,  C.  D.,  1909, 

p.  236. 
Raising  the  Bite  with  a  Cast  Gold  Inlay.     Hugo,  C.  J.,  1910,  p.  265. 
Orthodontia.     Grisamore,  T.  L.,  1910,  p.  268. 
Model  Making  for  Orthodontia.     Burrill,  J.  A.,  1910,  p.  268. 
Orthodontia  Models.     Fahrney,  S.  W.,  1911,  p.  291. 
Orthodontia.     Grisamore,  T.  L.,  1911,  p.  302. 
Simple  Regulating  Appliances  for  Common  Irregularity.    Hoover,  W.  S., 

1911,  p.  302. 
Apparatus  Used  in  Extracting  Teeth.     Hall,  Alfred,  1911,  p.  302. 
Orthodontia,   Pertaining  to  Early  Diagnosis  and  Treatment.     Willett, 

R.  C,  1911,  p.  307. 
Exhibit  of  Mai-Occlusion.     Baldwin,  J.  O.,  1912,  p.  296. 
Orthodontia,   Pertaining  to  Early  Diagnosis  and  Treatment.     Willett, 

R.  C.,  1912,  p.  302. 
Bilateral  Resection  of  the  Mandible.     Models  and   Charts  of  a  Case. 
Eisenstaedt,  J.,  1912,  p.  307. 

Dental  Radiograph.     Ream,  F.  K.,  1909,  p.  238. 
Diagnostic  and  Therapeutic  Value  of  the  X-ray  in  Dentistry.     Lewis, 

R.  I.,  1912,  p.  299. 


For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


115 
D5      ORAL.  HYGIENE. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Dental  Hygiene.     Richards,  W.  P.,  1881,  p.  51;  Disc,  p.  56. 
A  Survey  of  Oral  Hygiene.     Bentley,  C.  E.,  1912,  p.  208;  Disc,  p.  213. 

Clinics. 
Effect   on   Tooth   Enamel   of   Mechanical   Brushing    with   Pumice   and 
Water,   Equal  to   About   Eighty  or  Ninety   Years   of   Brushing   by 
Hand.     Arnold,  L.  H.,  1911,  p.  297. 


For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


116 
D6      DENTAL  PATHOLOGY  AND  TREATMENT.     DIAGNOSIS. 

Papers  axd  Discussions. 
Some  Enquiries  Relative  to  the  Need  of  the  Profession  for  a  Text-book 
on  Dental  Pathology.     Cushing,  G.  H.,  1871,  p.  93;  Disc,  p.  102. 

D6a  Dental  Bacteriology.  Articles  Applying  to  Bacteri- 
ology of  a  Particular  Subject,  Classified  with 
Subject. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Micro-organisms  of  the  Oral  Cavity.      Demonstrations  with  Incubator, 

Etc.,  and  Lectures  Each  Day  of  the  Meeting.     Black,  G.  V.,   1886, 

p.  180;   5  Illus. 
Micro-organisms.     Demonstrations  with  Incubator,  Etc.,  and  Lectures 

Each  Day  of  the  Meeting.     Black,  G.  V.,  1887,  p.  162. 
Dental  Histology  and  Micro-organisms.     Disc,  p.  150. 
Results  of  Experiments  in  Bacteriology.      (Antiseptics.)      Peck,  A.  H., 

1897,  p.  189. 
Microbiology  and  Office  Clinic.     Sitherwood,  G.  D.,  1901,  p.  90. 
Some  Phases  of  Bacteriological  Infection  of  the  Human  Mouth.     Cook, 

G.  W.,  1912,  p.  154;  Disc,  p.  164. 

Clinics. 
Micro-organisms  of  the  Oral  Cavity.     Black,  G.  V.,  1S86,  p.  180;  5  Illus. 
Micro-organisms.     Black,  G.  V.,  1887,  p.  162. 
Bacteriology.     Cook,  G.  W.,  Supplement  1903,  p.  9. 

D601  Systemic  Condition  and  the  Teeth.  Pregnancy. 
Effects  of  Drugs  on  the  Teeth.  Tobacco,  See  Also 
613.84.  (Diseases  in  Connection  with  Dentition, 
See  D17.  Foods  and  Diet  in  Relation  to  the 
Teeth,  See  013.8.  Conditions  of  Saliva  in  Rela- 
tion to  the  Teeth,  See  612.311.  Gouty  and  Uric 
Acid  Diathesis,  Etc.,  See  D64.) 

Papers  and  Discussions. 

Diseased  Conditions;  Their  Effects  Upon  the  Teeth.  Black,  G.  V.,  1873, 
p.  129;  Disc,  p.  143. 

Pathological  Conditions  of  the  Teeth,  and  Their  Effect  Upon  the  Gen- 
eral System.     Davis,  J.  A.  W.,  1876,  p.  31;  Disc,  p.  34. 

The  Effect  of  Eruptive  Diseases  on  the  Teeth.  Patrick,  J.  J.  R.,  1893, 
p.  25;  Disc,  p.  31. 

A  Good  Set  of  Teeth  One  of  the  Most  Important  Attributes  of  Man. 
Peck,  A.  H.,  1910,  p.  156;  Disc,  p.  163. 

D602  Deciduous  Teeth.  (Absorption  of  Roots  of  Decid- 
uous Teeth,  See  Dll.  Diseases  in  Connection 
with  Dentition,  See  D17.) 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Proper  Method  of  Treatment  of  Decay  in  Deciduous  Teeth.     Disc,  1866, 

p.  6. 
Under  What  Circumstances  Should  Deciduous  Teeth   Be   Extracted   to 

Avoid  an  Improper  Arrangement  of  the  Permanent  Teeth?      1866, 

p.  7. 
Treatment  of  Deciduous  Teeth.     Disc,  1866,  p.  12. 
Observed  Effects  of  the  Premature  Extraction  of  the  Temporary  Teeth. 

Freeman,  A.  W.,  1868,  p.  38;  Disc,  p.  39.  , 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


117 

Care  of  Children's  Teeth  Between  the  Ages  of  Six  and  Fifteen.     White, 

P.  E.,  1873,  p.  145;  Disc,  p.  153. 
Operative  Dentistry  as  Applied  to  Deciduous  Teeth.     Morrison,  W.  N., 

1887,  p.  130;  Disc,  p.  133. 
The  Care  of    the  Deciduous  Teeth.     Entsminger,  G.  W.,  1890,  p.  120; 

Disc,  p.  121. 
Calcification  a  Controlling  Factor  in  the  Treatment  of  the  Teeth.     Mun- 

roe,  G.,  1900,  p.  94;  Disc,  p.  97. 
Preservation  of  the  Deciduous  Teeth.     Harrison,  A.  M.,   1903,  p.   61; 

Disc,  p.  68. 
Our  Younger  Patients.     Munroe,  G.,  1906,  p.  40;  Disc,  p.  47. 

Clinics. 

Saving  Children's  Teeth  by  the  Use  of  Oxyphosphate  of  Copper  Cement. 
Parker,  R.  W.,  1908,  p.  261. 


D61  Diseases  of  Enamel  and  Dentin.  Caries.  (Filling 
Teeth,  Filing  Teeth,  Separation  of  Teeth,  Inlays 
and  Mechanical  Procedures  in  Treatment  of 
Caries,  See  D22  and  D23.  Effects  of  Foods,  In- 
cluding Sugars,  on  the  Teeth,  See  613.2.  Condi- 
tions of  Saliva  in  Relation  to  Caries,  See  612.31.) 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Causes  and  Prevention  of  Diseases  of  the  Teeth.     Cushing,  G.  H.,  1S66, 

p.  12;  Disc,  p.  12. 
Dental   Caries.      Crouse,  J.  N.,  1869;  Mo.  Dent.  Jnl.,  p.  272;  Disc,  Mo. 

Dent.  Jnl.,  p.  276. 
Dental  Caries.     Koch,  C.  R.  E.,  1871,  p.  14;  Disc,  p.  27. 
Prevention  and  Treatment  of  Decay  on  Proximal  Surfaces  of  the  Teeth. 

Cushing,  G.  H.,  1873,  p.  170;  Disc,  p.  188. 
The  Part  Which  Vital  Action  Plays  in  the  History  of  Dental  Caries. 

Chase,  H.  S.,  1873,  p.  106;  Disc,  p.  110. 
Diseased  Conditions:    Their  Effect  Upon  the  Teeth.     Black,  G.  V.,  1873, 

p.  129;  Disc,  p.  143. 
Unusual  Cases  in  Practice.     Caries.     Waide,  A.  J.,  1S73,  p.  193. 
Etiology  of  Dental  Caries.     Harlan,  A.  W.,  1874,  p.  59;  Disc,  p.  67. 
Some  Points  in  the  Natural  History  of  Caries  of  the  Teeth,   and  the 

Value  of  Filling  for  Its  Arrest.      Black,  G.  V.,   1880,  p.   77;   Disc, 

p.  100. 
Suggestions  Relative  to  the  Cause  of  Rapid  Dental  Decay.     Spalding, 

C.  W.,  1881,  p.  155;  Disc,  p.  167. 
High  Civilization  Not  the  Cause  of  Tooth  Decay.     Patrick,  J.  J.  R.,  1882, 

p.  133;  1  Illus.;  Disc,  p.  160. 
The  Incipiency  of  Dental   Caries.      Ottofy,   Louis,    1883,   p.    57;    Disc, 

p.  64. 
Oral  Chemistry.      (Dental  Caries.)      Reid,  J.  G.,   1886,  p.   139;   Disc, 

p.  143. 
Dental  Histology  and  Micro-organisms.     Disc,  p.  150. 
Experimental  Studies  on  the  Action  of  Diffusible  Medicinal  Agents  in 

Living  Teeth  and   Pulpless  Teeth.      Harlan,  A.   W.,   1891,  p.    126; 

Disc,  p.  13^5. 
Etiology  of  Dental  Caries.     Peck,  A.  H.,  1894,  p.  25;  Disc,  p.  33. 
Calcification  a  Controlling  Factor  in  the  Treatment  of  the  Teeth.     Mun- 
roe, G.,  1900,  p.  94;  Disc,  p.  97. 
Preventive  Dentistry.     Newkirk,  G.,  1901,  p.  92;  Disc,  p.  98. 
A  Presentation  of  Some  Conditions  of  Caries  of  the  Enamel.     Noyes, 

F.  B.,  1908,  p.  198;  Disc,  p.  226. 
Some  Conclusions  Growing  Out  of  a  Study  of  the  Cause  of  Dental  Caries. 

Jones,  C.  E.,  1911,  p.  252;  Disc,  p.  280. 


For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


118 

Clinics. 
Diagnosis  of  Obscure  Caries.     McMillan,  H.  W.,  1907,  p.  225. 

D61a     First  Permanent  Molars. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Proper  Treatment  of  the  First  Permanent  Molars.     Disc,  1866,  p.  7. 
Treatment  of  Six-Year  Molars.     Disc,  1866,  p.  15. 
Treatment  of  Six-Year  Molars.     Kilbourne,  E.  H.,  1868,  p.  35;  Disc, 

p.  36. 
Treatment  of  Sixth  Year  Molars.      Swain,   E.   D.,   1868,   p.   35;    Disc, 

p.  36. 
Treatment  of  Sixth  Year  Molars.      Smith,   C.    S.,    1868,   p.    35;    Disc, 

p.  36. 
Sixth  Year  Molars.     Report  of  Special  Committee.     Kilbourne,  E.  H., 

1869,  Mo.  Dent.  Jnl.,  p.  268. 
Extraction  of  First  Molars.     Harlan,  A.  W.,  1879,  p.  109;  Disc,  p.  111. 
The  First  Molar.     Allen,  E.  H.,  1890,  p.  127;  Disc,  p.  130. 
First  Permanent  Molar.     Crouse,  J.  N.,  1902,  p.  122;  Disc,  p.  125. 

D611      Sensitive   Dentin.       (Electricity   in   Treatment,    See 
615.84.) 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Sensitive  Dentine.     1867;  Disc,  p.  31. 
Penetration  of  Dentine  by  Fluids  Under  Pressure.     Johnston,  W.  A,, 

1905,  p.  122;  Disc,  p.  132. 
Painless  Dentistry.     Harned,  M.  R.,  1913,  p.  231;  Disc,  p.  236. 

Clinics. 
A  Hot  Vapor  Pain  Obtunder.     Milton,  S.  A.,  1890,  p.  165. 
Painless  Preparation  of  Sensitive  Cavities  Using  Novocaine  and  Adre- 
nalin.    Kennedy,  G.  L.,  1913,  p.  255. 

D613     Abrasion. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Odontotripsis.       (Abrasion.)      Mowbray,    R.    C,    1869,   Mo.    Dent.   Jnl., 

p.  279. 
Abrasion  and  Erosion.     Koch,  C.  R.  E.,  1873,  p.  37;  Disc,  p.  62. 

Clinics. 
Method  of  Cavity  Preparation  for  Abraded  or  Fractured  Anterior  Teeth. 

Tym,  W.  B.,  1910,  p.  271. 
The  Excessive  Abrasion  and  Destruction  of  Tooth  Substance  by  Strong 

Bite   was   Restored   by   Extensive   Restoration    by   Means   of   Inlay 

Work.     Munroe,  G.,  1912,  p.  297. 

D614     Erosion.      (Conditions  of  Saliva  in  Relation  to  Ero- 
sion, See  612.311.) 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Abrasion  and  Erosion.     Koch,  C.  R.  E.,  1873,  p.  37;  Disc,  p.  62. 
Effect   on    Tooth    Enamel    of    Mechanical    Brushing    with    Pumice    and 

Water,   Equal   to   About   Eighty  or   Ninety  Years   of   Brushing   by 

Hand.     Arnold,  L.  H.,  1911,  p.  297. 

D615     Atrophy.     Hypoplasia. 
For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


119 

D62  Diseases  of  Cementum.  Excementosis.  Absorp- 
tions of  Roots  of  Deciduous  Teeth,  See  Dll.) 

D621      Excementosis. 

D622     Absorptions. 

D63  Diseases  of  Dental  Pulp.  (Treatment,  See  D24. 
Pulp  Nodules,  See  D612.)      ■ 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Bacteriological  Investigation  of  Pulp  Gangrene.     Cook,  G.  W.,   1899, 

p.  19;'  Disc,  p.  23. 
A  Brief  Review  of  the  Chemistry  of  Pulp  Decomposition  with  a  Rational 

Treatment  for  this   Condition   and   Its   Sequelae.      Buckley,   J.    P., 

1907,  p.  36;  Disc,  p.  148. 
Putrefaction  and  Pathological  Changes  in  Tissue.     Cook,  G.  W.,  1908, 

p.  116;  Disc,  p.  125. 

D64  Diseases  of  Peridental  Membrane.  Gouty  and  Uric 
Acid  Diathesis,  Etc.  (Replantation  for  Cure  of 
Diseases  of  Peridental  Membrane,  See  D73.  Sali- 
vation, See  615.927.) 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Treatment   of   Diseased   Gums   and   Alveolar   Processes.      Disc,    1866, 

p.  10%. 

Receding  of  the  Gums  in  Persons  of  Middle  Age;  Cause  and  Treat- 
ment.    Willson,  O.,  1868,  p.  38;  Disc,  p.  38. 

Phagedena  Pericementi.     Black,  G.  V.,  1882,  p.  93;  Disc,  p.  110. 

Recent  Additions  to  the  Therapeutics  of  Pyorrhea  Alveolaris.  Harlan, 
A.  W.,  1893,  p.  61;  Disc,  p.  64. 

Pyorrhea  Alveolaris.     Wassail,  J.  W.,  1897,  p.  31;  Disc,  p.  36. 

Pyorrhea  Alveolaris.      Peck,  A.  H.,  1900,  p.  36;  Disc,  p.  45. 

Practical  Treatment  of  Pyorrhea  Alveolaris.  James,  Austin  F.,  1905, 
p.  52;  Disc,  p.  56. 

Bismuth  Paste  as  a  Dental  Therapeutic  Agent.  Beck,  Rudolph,  1910, 
p.  171;  Disc.  p.  190. 

Chronic  Oral  Infections  Associated  with  Teeth;  and  Their  Treatment. 
Logan,  W.  H.  G.,  1913,  p.  106;  Disc,  p.  128. 

Clinics. 
Method   of  Treating  Pyorrhea  Alveolaris  by   Electrolysis.      Ames,   W. 

V-B.,  1887,  p.  112. 
Operation  for  the  Renewal  of  Receded  Gums.     Harlan,  A.  W.,   1890, 

p.  162. 
Antiseptic  Paste  of  inc  Sulphate.     Ames,  W.  V-B.,  1890,  p.  164. 
Pyorrhea  Alveolaris.      Harlan,  A.  W.,  1896,  p.  124;  Disc,  p.  130. 
Pyorrhea  Alveolaris.      Lawrance,  R.  N.,  1897,  p.  201. 
Pyorrhea  Alveolaris.     Good,  Robert,  1899,  p.  111. 
Pyorrhea  Alveolaris.     Harlan,  A.  W.,  1899,  p.  111. 
Method  of  Reproducing  Gum  Tissue.     Carpenter,  G.  T.,  1899,  p.  120. 
Pyorrhea  Alveolaris.     Wassail,  J.  W.,  1899,  p.  123. 

Surgical  Treatment  of  Pyorrhea  Alveolaris.     Cook,  G.  W.,  1900,  p.  171. 
Treatment  of  Pyorrhea  Alveolaris.     Good,  Robert,  1900,  p.  172. 
Pyorrhea  Alveolaris.      Harlan,  A.  W.,  1901,  p.  134. 
Pyorrhea  Alveolaris.      Good,  Robert,  1901,  p.  137. 
Pyorrhea  at  Root  Bifurcations  and  Its  Treatment  with  Oxyphosphate 

of  Copper.     Carpenter,  E.  R.,  1901,  p.  137. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


120 

Individual  Treatment  of  Pyorrhea  Alveolaris.  Cook,  G.  W.,  1902, 
p.  162. 

The  Use  of  Kowarska's  Cement  as  a  Splint  for  Loose  Teeth.  Hinkins, 
J.  E.,  1902,  p.  164. 

Treating  and  Wiring  Loose  Teeth.     Sitherwood,  G.  D.,  1902,  p.  168. 

Pyorrhea  Treatment.      Good,  Robert,  1904,  p.  27. 

Treating  Sensitive  Teeth.     Taylor,  C.  R.,  1904,  p.  32. 

Hints  in  the  Prevention  and  Treatment  of  So-Called  Pyorrhea.  White- 
field,  G.  W.,  1905,  p.  216. 

Radium  in  the  Treatment  of  Receded  Gums,  or  Partial  Atrophy  of  the 
Gums  About  the  Necks  of  the  Teeth.     Beck,  R.,  1905,  p.  216. 

Pyorrhea.     Logan,  W.  H.  G.,  1905,  p.  229. 

A  Permanent  Mechanical  Fixture  for  Holding  Loose  Teeth.  Sitherwood, 
G.  D.,  1906,  p.  285. 

Treatment  of  Pyorrhea  Alveolaris  and  Prophylaxis.  James,  Austin  F., 
1907,  p.  232. 

Case  of  Pyorrhea.     Logan,  W.  H.  G.,  1908,  p.  259. 

Instrumentation  in  Prophylaxis  and  the  Treatment  of  Pyorrhea.  James, 
A.  F.,  1908,  p.  260. 

Treatment  of  Pyorrhea  Alveolaris.     McCallin,  S.,  1909.  p.  231. 

Pyorrhea  and  Prophylaxis.     Skinner,  F.  H.,  1909,  p.  238. 

Cast  Splint  for  Loose  Teeth.     Hine,  C.  L.,  1909,  p.  241. 

Case  with  Pyorrhea  Pocket.     Harned,  M.  R.,  1910,  p.  268. 

Tooth  Replantation  or  Root  Amputation  as  Indicated  in  Pyorrhea  Alve- 
olaris.    Logan,  W.  H.  G.,  1911,  p.  286. 

Oral  Prophylaxis  and  Pyorrhea  Alveolaris.     James,  A.  F.,  1911,  p.  287. 

Retaining  Appliance  for  Loose  Teeth.     Stewart,  L.  K.,  1911,  p. '295. 

Treatment  of  Pyorrhea  Demonstrating  Use  of  Logan-Buckley  Instru- 
ments.    Buscho,  W.  A.,  1911,  p.  296. 

A  Cast  Splint  for  Lower  Loosened  Anterior  Teeth.  Tym,  W.  B.,  1911, 
p.  305. 

Pyorrhea  and  Prophylaxis.     Miller,  G.  A.,  1912,  p.  289. 

Pyorrhea  Toothbrush.     Funk,  L.  L.,  1912,  p.  293. 

Pyorrhea.     James,  A.  F.,  1912,  p.  302. 

D641  Calculus,  Deposits,  Stains,  Removal  of  Same.  (Cal- 
culi and  Diseases  of  Salivary  Glands  and  Ducts, 
See  616.31.) 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Salivary  Calculus  and  Its  Removal.     Marriner,  J.  F.,  1883,  p.  31;  Disc, 
p.  36. 

Clinics. 
Removal  of  Deposits.     Cattell,  D.  M.,  1889,  p.  143. 
Exhibition  of  a  Set  of  Scalers.     Newkirk,  G.,  1892,  p.  148. 
Instruments  for  Removal  of  Deposits.     Hinkins,  J.  E.,  1899,  p.  112. 
Pyorrhea  Instruments.     Lawrance,  R.  N.,  1908,  p.  263. 
Method  of  Using  Tartar  Solvent.     Bowman,  F.  H.,  1909,  p.  237. 

D65  Alveolar  Abscess.  (Replantation  for  Cure  of  Ab- 
scess, See  D73.) 

Papers  and  Discussions. 

Alveolar  Abscess.     Disc,  1867,  p.  28, 

Alveolo-Dental  Periostitis:  Its  Causes,  Pathology,  Diagnosis  and  Ther- 
apeutics.     Smith,  C.  S.,  1869,  Mo.  Den.  Jnl.,  p.  308;  Disc,  p.  319. 

Alveolar  Abscess:  Its  History,  Pathology  and  Treatment.  Judd,  H., 
1869,  p.  321;  Disc,  p.  328. 

Alveolar  Abscess.     Smith,  C.  S.,  1871,  p.  109;  Disc,  p.  123. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


121 

Treatment  of  Teeth  with  Dead  Pulps  and  Alveolar  Abscess.  Koch,  C. 
R.  E.(  1880,  p.  40;  Disc,  p.  44. 

Treatment  of  Teeth  with  Dead  or  Dying  Pulps;  Also  Treatment  of  Alve- 
olar Abscess.     Townsend,  H.  H.,  1881,  p.  28;  Disc,  p.  41. 

Peridontitis:  Cause  and  Treatment.  Campbell,  J.,  1882,  p.  176;  Disc, 
p.  181. 

Bismuth  Paste  as  a  Dental  Therapeutic  Agent.  Beck,  Rudolph,  1910, 
p.  171;  Disc,  p.  190. 

Clinics. 

Treatment    of    Chronic    Alveolar    Abscess.      Sitherwood,    G.    D.,    1883, 

p.  152. 
Treatment  of  Abscess.     Dunn,  J.  Austin,  1888,  p.  131. 
Two  Cases  of  Chronic  Alveolar  Abscess.     Harlan,  A.  W.,  1S88,  p.  132. 
A  New  Method  for  Root  Amputation.      Buckley,  J.  P.,  1911,  p.  286. 
Treatment  of  Apical  Pericementitis  by  Opening  into  the  Apical  Space 

Through    the    Outer    Wall    of    the    Alveolus.      Welch,    J.    R.,    1912, 

p.  296. 
Chronic  Oral  Infections  Associated  with  Teeth;   and  Their  Treatment. 

Logan,  W.  H.  G.,  1913,  p.  106;  Disc,  p.  128. 
Surgery   of   Chronic    Dento-Alveolar   Abscess.      Buckley,    J.    P.,    1913, 

p.  254. 

D66  Diseases  of  Soft  Tissues  of  the  Mouth.  (Hemor- 
rhage, See  D721.) 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Stomatitis  Materna.     Wilson,  I.  P.,  1871,  p.  40;  Disc,  p.  44. 

D661  Systemic  Diseases  Manifested  in  the  Mouth.  Syphi- 
lis. (Systemic  Conditions  and  the  Teeth,  See 
D601.     Gouty  and  Uric  Acid  Diathesis,  See  D64.) 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
General  Consideration  of  Syphilis  with  Special  Reference  to  Differential 
Diagnosis  Between   Syphilitic  and  Non-Syphilitic  Lesions  as  Mani- 
fested in  the  Mouth.     Logan,  W.  H.  G.,  1908,  p.  177;  Disc,  p.  191. 

D67  Dental  and  Facial  Neuralgia  and  Reflected  Pain. 
(Facial  Paralysis,  See  61G.842.)  (Surgical  Treat- 
ment of  Same,  See  D77.) 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Neuralgia.     Disc,  1867,  p.  30. 
Facial  Neuralgia.     Cushing,  G.  H.,  1868,  p.  39. 
Dental  Neuralgia.     Black,  G.  V.,  1878,  p.  26;  Disc,  p.  40. 


For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


122 
D7      ORAL  SURGERY. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Oral  Surgery.     Brophy,  T.  W.,  1886,  p.  177;  Disc,  p.  178. 
Conservatism  in  Oral  Surgery.     Brophy,  T.  W.,   1898,  p.   147;    Disc, 
p.  151. 

Clinics. 
Surgical   Clinic.      Gilmer,  T.  L.,  1901,  p.  138. 
Surgical   Clinic.      Brophy,  T.  W.,  1905,  p.  229. 

D71        The  Maxillae.     Reports  of  Accident  Cases  Involving 
Injuries  of  the  Face  and  Jaws. 

•Papers  and  Discussions. 
Caries  and  Necrosis  of  the  Maxillary  Bones.      Brophy,   T.   W.,    1882, 
p.  85;  Disc,  p.  110. 

D711      Necrosis. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Necrosis  of  Lower  Jaw.     A  Case.     Disc,  1871,  p.  54,  57,  105. 

Clinics. 
Operation.     Removal  of  Necrosed   Bone  and  Necrosed   Germ.      Black, 

G.  V.,  1883,  p.  152. 
Surgical  Operation.     Necrosis.     Brophy,  T.  W.,  1904,  p.  30. 


D712  Caries.  (Articles  on  Both  Necrosis  and  Caries,  See 
D711.) 

D713     Fractures. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Fractures  of  the  Inferior  Maxilla.     Gilmer,  T.  L.,  1881,  p.  67;  40  Illus.; 

Disc,  p.  104. 
Forty  Illustrations  for  Paper  by  Dr.  T.  L.  Gilmer  on  Fractures  of  the 

Inferior  Maxilla.     Black,  G.  V.,  1881,  p.  67. 
Compound  Fracture  of  the  Inferior  Maxillary.     Tibbets,  C.  J.,   1883, 

p.  125;  Disc,  p.  127. 
A  Simple  Manner  of  Treating  Fracture  of  the  Lower  Jaw.     Johnston, 

W.  A.,  1900,  p.  115;  Disc,  p.  118.  • 

Clinics. 
Fractures,  Orthodontia  and  Artificial  Palates.     Case,  C.  S.,  1899,  p.  108. 
Compound  Comminuted  Multiple  Fracture  of  Lower  Jaw.     Van  Tuyl, 
H.  I.,  1912,  p.  290. 

D714     Dislocations. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Closure  of  the  Jaws.     Patrick,  J.  J.  R.,  1883,  p.  100;  4  Illus. 

D715  Fixations.  Trisms.,  Ankylosis,  Arthritis,  Etc.  (Fix- 
ations on  Account  of  Impacted  Third  Molars,  See 
D74.) 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


123 

D72     Extraction.    (Electricity  in  Extraction,  See  615.84. 
Local  Anaesthetic,  See  615.7816.) 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Extracting  Teeth:     Indications  for  It  and  Best  Methods.    Murphy,  J.  D., 

1S82,  p.  114. 
Extraction  of  Teeth.     Olson,  M.  W.,  1907,  p.  217;  Disc,  p.  221. 

Clinics. 
Extraction  of  Teeth.     Dorn,  C.  P.,  1891,  p.  179. 
Extractions.     Hewett,  A.  C,  1893,  p.  165. 
The  Use  of  Nitrous  Oxid  in  Extracting  Teeth.     Nevius,  L.  W.,   1900, 

p.  172: 
An  Extracting  Instrument  That  Was  Used  Before  the  Turnkey.     Cruise, 

R.  J.,  1902,  p.  169. 
A  Few  Pointers  on  Instrumentation  and  the  Necessity  of  the  Radiograph 

in  Diagnosis  Before  Extraction.     Allen,  A.  B.,  1909,  p.  235. 
Table  Talk  on  Extraction.    Allen,  A.  B.,  1911,  p.  289. 
Extraction  of  Teeth.     Ream,  F.  K.,  1911,  p.  297. 
Extracting  Under  Somnoform.     Collins,  O.  G.,  1912,  p.  299. 

D721  Hemorrhages  Following  Extraction.  Hemorrhage 
From  Soft  Tissues  of  Mouth.  (See  also  617.41, 
Arrest  of  Hemorrhage.) 

D73        Replantation,  Transplantation,  Implantation. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Transplanting  Teeth.     Morrison,  W.  N.,  1876,  p.  81. 
Is  Implantation  a  Successful  Operation?     Disc,  1893,  p.  171. 

Clinics. 
Implantation.     Ottofy,  Louis,  1887,  p.  112. 
Replantation.     Morrison,  W.  N.,  1888,  p.  133. 
Exhibition  of  Patient  with  Tooth  Implanted  in   1887.      Ottofy,  Louis, 

1S89,  p.  145. 
Implantation.     Morrison,  W.  M.,  1893,  p.  166. 
Case  of  Implantation  in  1887.      Ottofy,  Louis,  1896,  p.  128. 
Replanting  for  Cure  of  Pyorrhea.     Keefe,  J.  E.,  1899,  p.  122. 
The   Technique   of   Implanting    a    Silver    Root,    Showing    Case    in    the 

Mouth,  Orr,  H.  N.,  1906,  p.  278. 

D74  Unerupted  and  Malposed  Teeth.  Third  Molars. 
(Orthopedic  Treatment,  See  D4.) 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Impacted    Lower    Third    Molars.      Allen,    A.    B.,    1910,    p.    127;    Disc, 
p.  131. 

Clinics. 
Models  of  Impacted  Third  Molars.     Allen,  A.  B.,  1905,  p.  218. 
Use  of  Dental  Engine  in  Removal  of  Impacted  Lower  Third  Molars. 

Ream,  F.  K.,  1906,  p.  287. 
Demonstration  of  Instruments  and  Methods  in  Removal  of  Impacted 

Lower  Third  Molars.     Allen,  A.  B.,  1908,  p.  262. 

D75        Plastic  Operations. 

Clinics. 
Elimination  of  Scar  Following  Lip  Injury.     Gilmer,  T.  L.,  1911,  p.  295. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


124 

D751      Cleft  Palate  and  Hare  Lip.      (Obturators,  Artificial 
Vela,  Etc.,  See  D34.) 

Clinics. 
Cleft  Palate.     Brophy,  T.  W.,  1901,  p.  136. 
Operation  for  Cleft  Palate.     Brophy,  T.  W.,  1906,  p.  287. 
Operation  for  Cleft  Palate.     Brophy,  T.  W.,  1906,  p.  287. 
Cleft  Palate.     Moorehead,  P.  B.,  1910,  p.  259. 
Operation   for  Cleft  Palate  and   Bilateral   Hare  Lip.      Brophy,   T.   W., 

1911,  p.  286. 
Cleft  Palate.     Moorehead,  F.  B.,  1912,  p.  287. 
A  Case  of  Double  Cleft  Palate.     Gilmer,  T.  L.,  1912,  p.  288. 


D76        Sinuses  of  Face,  Diseases  and  Treatment.     (Tumors 
of  Antrum,  Etc.,  See  D78.) 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Diseases  of  the  Antrum.     Kilbourne,  E.  H.,  1871,  p.  126. 
The  Maxillary  Sinus  and  Its  Diseases.     Gilmer,  T.  L.,  19Q5,  p.  75;  Disc, 

p.  86. 
Bismuth  Paste  as  a  Dental  Therapeutic  Agent.     Beck,  R.,  1910,  p.  171; 

Disc,  p.  190. 

Clinics. 
Empyema  of  the  Antrum.     Brophy,  T.  W.,  1897,  p.  206. 
Engorgement   of  the   Antrum   of   Highmore   as   a    Result   of    Sinusitis. 

Gilmer,  T.  L.,  1905,  p.  218. 
Bismuth  Paste  in  a  Case  of  Empyema  of  the  Antrum.     Beck,  R.,  1909, 

p.  241. 

D77        Surgical  Treatment  of  Dental  and  Facial  Neuralgia. 
(Pathology  and  Medical  Treatment,  See  D67.) 

Clinics. 

Hypertrophy  of  the  Third  Division  of  Nerves.      Brophy,  T.  W.,    18  98, 

p.  192. 
Facial  Neuralgia.      Gilmer,  T.  L.,  1899. 
Facial  Neuralgia.      Brophy,  T.  W.,  1899,  p.  119. 
Case  Operated  Upon   for  Tri-Facial  Neuralgia.      Gilmer,   T.   L.,    1900, 

p.  175. 
Surgical  Operation — Neuralgia.     Brophy,  T.  W.,  1904,  p.  29. 
Deep  Injection  of  Alcohol  for  Relief  of  Tri-Facial  Neuralgia.      Potts, 

H.  A.,  1908,  p.  268. 
Deep  Injection  of  Alcohol  for  Relief  of  Tri-Facial  Neuralgia.     Potts, 

H.  A.,  1909,  p.  230. 


D78        Tumors  of  Mouth  and  Face.     Ranula,  Cysts,  Epulis. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Unusual   Cases  in   Practice.      Two  Cases  of  Tumor  of  Lower  Maxilla. 

Waide,  A.  J.,  1873,  p.  193. 
Removal  of  a  Tumor  from  the  Antrum  Highmorianum.     Patrick,  J.  J. 

R.,  1883,  p.  115;  3  Illus. 
Diagnosis  of  Oral  Tumors.     Brophy,  T.  W.,  1887,  p.  96;   3  Illus.;  Disc, 

p.  102. 
Early   Diagnosis  and  in   Brief  the  Treatment  of  Tumors   of  the  Jaw. 

Schuhmann,  H.  H.,  1896,  p.  72;  Disc,  p.  82. 
Removal  of  an   Osteo-Sarcoma.      Eames,   W.   H.,    1883,   p.    124;    Disc, 

p.  125. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


125 
D782     Malignant. 

Clinics. 
Removal  of  Fibrous  Tumor.     Moorehead,  F.  B.,  1913,  p.  253. 

D783     Benign. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
An  Odontome.     Black,  G.  V.,  1879,  p.  65;  Disc,  p.  69. 
Cyst.      Brophy,  T.  W.,  1898,  p.  193. 
Cyst.     Moorehead,  F.  B.,  1912,  p.  287. 


Pop  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


126 

D8      DENTAL  JURISPRUDENCE,  ETHICS  AND  ECONOMICS. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 

Dental  Ethics.     Dean,  M.  S.,  1871,  p.  79;  Disc,  p.  87. 

Dental  Quacks.     Howard,  G.  O.,  1872,  p.  D34;  Disc,  p.  42. 

The  Just  Demands  of  the  Public  Upon  Professional  Men.     dishing,  G. 

H.,  1872,  p.  85;  Disc,  p.  90. 
Thoroughness  and  Honesty  in  Dental  Operations.      Townsend,   H.   H., 

1874,  p.  40;  Disc,  p.  46. 
Duties  of  Dentist  to  Patient;  Duties  of  Patient  to  Dentist.     McCandless, 

A.  W.,  1895,  p.  87;  Disc,  p.  100. 
Professional  Ethics  Versus  Patents.     Bentley,  C.  P.,  1902,  p.  34;  Disc, 

p.  44. 
Ethics.     Johnson,  C.  N.,  1907,  p.  104;  Disc,  p.  109. 
Report   of   the   Committee   Appointed   to   Revise   the   Code   of   Ethics. 

Johnson,  C.  N.,  1909,  p.  58. 
A  Few  Random  Thoughts.     Rohland,  C.  B.,  1911,  p.  70;  Disc,  p.  80. 
Thorough  and  Honest  Dentistry.      Evans,   E.   T.,    1911,  p.    199;    Disc, 

p.  203. 
Some  Thoughts  Relative  to  the  Present  Status  of  Dentistry  in  the  Rural 

Districts  and  the  Outlook  for  the  Future.      Blair,  E.  K.,   1912,  p. 

135;  Disc,  p.  144. 


D81 


State  Laws,  Laws  of  Foreign  Countries. 


Papers  and  Discussions. 

Goodyear  Dental  Vulcanite  Co.     Cushing,  G.  H.,  1867,  p.  32. 

Propriety  of  Legislation  for  the  Protection  of  the  People  Against  Dental 
Imposition,  and  for  the  Encouragement  of  Scientific  Attainments  by 
the  Dental  Profession.     Cushing,  G.  H.,  1870,  p.  77;  Disc,  p.  87. 

Dental  Legislation  and  Plate  Work.  Black,  G.  V.,  1870,  p.  82;  Disc, 
p.  87,  102. 

Dental  Legislation.  Report  of  the  Committee.  Cushing,  G.  H.,  1871, 
p.  7. 

Dental  Legislation.     Report  of  the  Committee,  1874,  p.  6. 

Miles,  G.  S.,  1874,  p.  93. 

Dental  Legislation.  Report  of  the  Committee,  1875,  p.  6.  Blair,  E.  K., 
1892,  p.  66;  Disc,  p.  71. 

A  Commentary  on  the  Illinois  Statutes  of  1881,  Regulating  the  Prac- 
tice of  Dentistry.     Koch,  C.  R.  E.,  1895,  p.  121;  Disc,  p.  135. 

Dental  Legislation.     Report  of  Committee. 


Koch, 

C. 

R. 

E., 

1907, 

P- 

243 

Koch, 

c. 

R. 

E., 

1908, 

P- 

254 

Koch, 

c. 

R. 

E., 

1909, 

p. 

48. 

Koch, 

c. 

R. 

E., 

1910, 

P- 

53. 

Koch, 

c. 

R. 

E., 

1911, 

P- 

59. 

Koch, 

c. 

R. 

E., 

1912, 

P- 

65. 

Koch, 

c. 

R. 

E., 

1913, 

p. 

76. 

D82  State  Examining  Boards.  (Proceedings  as  a  Whole 
of  National  Association  of  Dental  Examiners, 
Etc.) 


Papers  and  Discussions. 
The  State  Board  of  Dental  Examiners.     Toast,  Laurance,  R.  N.,  1889, 
p.  162. 

The  Duties  and  Obligations  of  the  Members  of  State  Boards  of  Dental 
Examiners.     Taylor,  C  R.,  1906,  p.  127;  p.  132. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


127 
D83        Litigations. 

DS4     Army  antl  Navy  Dentists. 

D85        Dental  Protective  Associations. 

D89        Dental  Economics. 

Papers  asd  Discussions. 
Dental  Fees.     Hurtt,  J.  M.,  1872,  p.  98. 
Some    Thoughts    Respecting    the    Theory    and    Ethics    of    Professional 

Fees.     Noyes,  Edmund,  1876,  p.  75. 
A  Simple  Method  of  Keeping  Daily  Records.     Rohland,  C.  L.  B.,  1895, 

p.  31;  2  Illus.;  Disc,  p.  38. 
Where  Shall  I  Locate,  or  the  Beauties  of  a  Country  Practice.    Cormany, 

J.  W.,  1898,  p.  69;  Disc,  p.  73. 
The  Business  Side  of  the  Profession.     Pearce,  R.  M.,  1904,  p.  155;  Disc, 

p.  158. 
Advertising  in   Dentistry;    or   Commercialism  Versus   Professionalism. 

Henderson,  G.  H.,  1905,  p.  178;  Disc,  p.  184. 
Our  Strongest  Weakness.     Luthringer,  J.  P.,  1906,  p.  175;  Disc,  p.  184. 
The  Dentist  of  To-morrow.     Cormany,  J.  W.,  1907,  p.  63;  Disc,  p.  65. 
The  Prophylactic  Treatment  for  Poverty  in  Old  Age.     McMillan,  J.  D., 

1909,  p.  154;  Disc,  p.  161. 
Some    Observations    Bearing    Upon    the    Business    Side    of    Dentistry. 

Whalen,  W.  F.,  1913,  p.  138;  Disc,  p.  145. 

Clinics. 
Practical  Office  Records  and  Accounts.     Arnold,  L.  H.,  1906,  p.  283. 


For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


128 
THE  FOLLOWING  ARE  WITHOUT  THE  STRICTLY  DENTAL  CLAS- 
SIFICATION    (EXCEPT    MATERIA    MEDIC  A    AND    THERAPEU- 
TICS) AND  THE  NUMBERS  ARE  THOSE  OF  DEWEY'S  DECIMAL 
CLASSIFICATION. 

578  Microscopy. 

Papers  axd  Discussions. 
The  Use  of  the  Microscope  in  Progressive  Dentistry.     Davis,  L.  L.,  1887, 
p.  145;  Disc,  p.  148. 

612  Physiology. 

612.3  Digestion. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Cold-Ground  Attrition  Flour.     Smith,  C.  S.,  1876,  p.  81. 

612.31        Mouth,  Tongue,  Saliva,  Mastication. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Abnormal  Secretion.     Willson,  O.,  1871,  p.  72;  Disc,  p.  79. 
Chemistry  of  the  Oral  Secretions  and  Their  Action  on  the  Teeth.   Chase, 

E.  C,  1873,  p.  56. 
Record  of  Tests  of  Saliva.     Cushing,  G.  H.,  1874,  p.  51;  Disc,  p.  56. 
Record  Tests  of  Saliva.     Cushing,  G.  H.,  1875,  p.  125. 
Mastication.     Ingersoll,  L.  C,  1877,  p.  55;  Disc,  p.  64. 
Saliva:      Its   Characteristics   in   Health    and   Disease.      Harlan,   A.   W., 

1880,  p.  104;  Disc,  p.  110. 
Characteristics  of  Saliva  in  Syphilitics.     Harlan,  A.  W.,  1881,  p.  162; 

Disc,  p.  167. 
The  Human  Tongue.     Taylor,  C.  R.,  1895,  p.  63;  Disc,  p.  68. 
Physiological  Function  of  the  Saliva.     Dicus,  J.  B.,  1901,  p.  74;  Disc, 

p.  80. 

612.8  Nervous  System. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Nervous  Reflex  Action.     Newkirk,  G.,  1880,  p.  25;  Disc,  p.  32. 
Reflex  Pain.     Moody,  Kate  C,  1884,  p.  49;  Disc,  p.  54. 
Nervous  Matter  and  Principles  of  Nervous  Action.     Newkirk,  G.,  1885, 
p.  52;  3  Illus.;  Disc,  p.  60. 

612.3  Personal  Hygiene. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Office  Hygiene.     Rohland,  C.  B.,  1883,  p.  41;  Disc,  p.  56. 

615  Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Notes  on   Remedies.   Harlan,  A.  W.,  1883,  p.  147. 

Notes  on  New  Remedies.     Harlan,  A.  W.,  1885,  p.  119;  Disc,  p.  126. 
Practical  Therapeutics,  with  Notes  on  the  Application  of  Special  Drugs. 

Harlan,  A.  W.,  1887,  p.  74;  Disc,  p.  78. 
Dental  Medicine.     Buckley,  J.  P.,  1905,  p.  157;  Disc,  p.  168. 

Clinics. 
Materia  Medica.     MaWhinney,  Elgin.     Supplement  1903,  p.  6. 
Dental  Drugs.     Buckley,  J.  P.,  1904,  p.  26. 
Dental  Medicines.     Elliot,  E.,  1913,  p.  257. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


129 
615.711      Stimulants. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Medical  Stimulants.     Ingersoll,  L.  C,  1887,  p.  86;  Disc,  p.  92. 

615.716 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Amyl-Nitrite.     Gibbs,  A.  E.,  1879,  p.  22;  Disc,  p.  39. 

615.75        Antipyretics. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Quinine.     Its  Uses  in  Dentistry.     Taylor,   C.   R.,   1882,  p.   169;    Disc. 


p.  181. 


615.775      Escharotics. 


Papers  and  Discussions. 

Escharotics  and  Coagulants.     Harlan,  A.  W.,  1889,  p.  113;  Disc,  p.  120. 

Carbolic  Acid  and  Creosote — Their  Chemistry  and  Therapeutical  Appli- 
cation to  the  Practice  of  Dentistry.  Brophy,  T.  W.,  1880,  p.  57; 
Disc,  p.  62. 

615.778     Antiseptics. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Antiseptics  and  Disinfectants.     Harlan,  A.  W.,  1886,  p.  67;  Disc,  p.  75. 
Results  of  Experiments  in  Bacteriology.      (Antiseptics.)      Peck,  A.  H., 

1897,  p.  189. 
The  Essential  Oils  and  Some  Other  Agents,  Their  Antiseptic  Value,  Also 

Their  Irritating  and  Non-irritating  Properties.     Peck,  A.  H.,  1898, 

p.  154;  Disc,  p.  169. 
Antiseptics  and   Disinfectants.      MaWhinney,   E.,   1900,   p.   125;    Disc, 

p.  142. 
Antiseptic,  Germicide  and  Disinfectant.     Peck,  A.  H.,  1901,  p.  65;  Disc, 

p.  70. 
The  Use  of  Antiseptics.     Black,  G.  V.,  1911,  p.  88;  Disc,  p.  100. 

615.781      Anaesthetics. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Anaesthesia.     Willson,  O.,  1867,  p.  23;  Disc,  p.  24. 
Anaesthesia.     Cushing,  G.  H.,  1868,  p.  39. 
Anaesthetics  in  Dentistry.     Willson,  O.,  1869;  Mo.  Dent.  Jnl.,  p.  331; 

Disc,  p.  340. 
Anaesthetics.     Freeman,  A.  W.,  1879,  p.  90;  Disc,  p.  102. 
Introduction  of  Bromide  of  Ethyl  as  an  Anaesthetic  for  Dental  Pur- 
poses or  Any  Very  Short  Operation.     Black,   G.  V.,   1883,  p.   67; 

Disc,  p.  68. 
Things  Old,  New  and  Useful  in  the  Operating  Room.     (Chloroform  as 

an  Obtundent.)     Hewett,  A.  C,  1893,  p.  82;  Disc,  p.  93. 
Local  Anaesthetics.     Hewett,  A.  C,  1893,  p. .170. 
Narcotile  as  a  General  Anaesthetic.     Weld,  F.  A.,  1903,  p.   71;   Disc, 

p.  73. 
A  Plea  for  the  More  Conservative  Use  of  Anaesthetics,  Narcotics  and 

Sedatives  in  Dental  Practice.     Pruyn,  C.  P.,  1906,  p.  89;  Disc,  p.  94. 
Somnoform:     Its  Use  and  Few  Personal  Experiences  with  It.     Ritter, 

J.  W.,  1906,  p.  200;  Disc,  p.  207. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


130 

Clinics, 

Use  of  Cocaine.     Pruyn,  C.  P.,  1888,  p.  131. 

Administration  of  Sulphuric  Ether.     Palmer,  E.,  1891,  p.  179. 

Exhibition  of  an  Excellent  Method  of  Generating  Gas.  Antes,  R.  H., 
1893,  p.  166. 

Nitrous  Oxid  Gas.     Slonaker,  J.  W.,  1901,  p.  139. 

The  Preparation  of  Sensitive  Cavities,  Using  Nitrous  Oxid  with  Hurd's 
Inhaler  and  Gold  Filling.     Skinner,  F.  H.,  1902,  p.  168. 

Narcotile.      Weld,  F.  A.,  Supplement  1903,  p.  14. 

Nitrous  Oxid  Gas.      Skinner,  F.  H.,  Supplement  1903,  p.  12. 

Nitrous  Oxid  Gas.     Harrison,  H.  E.,  1905,  p.  217. 

Extractions  with  Nitrous  Oxid  Gas  Anaesthesia.  Richardson,  F.  W., 
1905,  p.  224. 

A  Lesson  in  Administering  Somnoform.     De  Ford,  W.  H.,  1907,  p.  232. 

Local  Injection  for  Extraction.     West,  H.  C,  1910,  p.  268. 

Somnoform  Anaesthesia.     McRae,  C.  A.,  1910,  p.  268. 

Apical  Injection  to  Desensitize  Pulp  for  Its  Removal  or  for  Painless 
Cavity  Preparation.     Bennecke,  E.  R.,  1911,  p.  287. 

Apical  Injection  to  Desensitize  Pulp  for  Its  Removal  or  for  Cavity  Prep- 
aration.    Bennecke,  E.  R.,  1911,  p.  295. 

Extracting  Under  Somnoform.     Collins,  O.  G.,  1912,  p.  299. 

Nitrous  Oxid  and  Oxygen  Anaesthesia.      Bernard,  F.  J.,  1912,  p.  299. 

Analgesia  Under  N20  and  Air.      Luxmore,  W.,  1913,  p.  261. 

G15.84     Electricity,  Electro-therapeutics.      (Cataphoresis.) 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Some  Applications  of  Electrolysis  in   Dentistry.      Ames,  W.   B.,    1884, 

p.  102. 
Cataphoresis.      Moorehead,  W.  W.,  1896,  p.  99;  Disc,  p.  104. 
To  What  Extent  Are  We  Justified  in  Using  Cataphoresis  and  Is  There 

Danger  of  Injuring  the  Dental  Pulp  and  Other  Tissues  by  Its  Use? 

Disc,  1897,  p.  208. 

Clinics. 

Illustrating  the  Use  of  a  Galvanic  Current  to  Produce  Local  Anaes- 
thesia.    Davis,  J.  A.  W.,  1887,  p.  112. 

Cataphoresis.     Keefe,  J.  E.,  1896,  p.  124. 

Electro-Cocain  Anaesthesia  for  Inflamed  Pulps.  Ames,  W.  V-B.,  1897, 
p.  203. 

Cataphoresis.     Kennerly,  J.  H.,  1898,  p.  187. 

615.851      Mind  Cure.     (Hypnotism.) 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Dental  Spiritualism.     Ottofy,  L.,  1885,  p.  74;  Disc,  p.  83. 

Clinics. 
Cavity  Preparation,  Using  Hypnosis  as  a  Means  for  Entire  Relief  from 
Pain.     Cowen,  W.  H.,  1909,  p.  237. 

617.21  Shock. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Shock.     Newkirk,  G.,  1896,  p.  55;  Disc,  p.  61. 

617.22  Inflammation. 

Papers  and  Discussions. 
Inflammation.     Judd,  H.,  1884,  p.  79;  Disc,  p.  89. 
Inflammation.      Spalding,  C.  W.,  1885,  p.  108;  Disc,  p.  115. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


PART  III. 


PERSONAL  INDEX 


To  the  Proceedings  of  the  Illinois  State  Dental  Society, 
1865-1913. 


In  the  preparation  of  this  personal  index,  an  effort  has  been 
made  to  list  the  names  of  every  person  who  has  been  a  member  of 
the  Society,  and  also  the  names  of  others  who  have  participated  in 
its  activities,  from  the  time  of  its  organization  in  1865  to  date.  In 
the  following  pages  there  is  published  for  each  individual : 

1.  Name,  with  the  date  of  joining  the  Society  (where  two  or 
more  dates  are  given  the  person  so  indicated  has  joined  two  or  more 
times,  having  allowed  his  membership  to  lapse  between  the  dates 
given ) . 

2.  Administration.  List  of  official  positions  and  committee 
appointments,  in  chronological  order. 

3.  Papers.  List  of  papers  read  before  the  Society,  with  clas- 
sification number,  year  and  page  for  each,  in  chronological  order. 

4.  Discussions.  Classification  numbers,  with  year  and  page 
for  each  paper  discussed,  in  chronological  order. 

5.  Clinics.  Titles  of  clinics,  with  classification  number,  year 
and  page,  in  chronological  order. 


132 

Abbott,  L.  F„  IS 6 6. 

Administration. 

1865.  Executive  Com. 
Abbott,  S.  G.,  1909. 

Clinic. 

1912.     Solila  Gold  Filling  with  Cement  Lining,  in  Place  of  Inlay.     D221, 
p.  288. 
Abell,  T.  C,  1S65,  Charter  Member. 
Abernathy,  T.  D.,  1906. 
Abstein,  Chas.  E.,  1905,  1912. 
Ackerman,  C,  1905. 
Adams,  David  W.,  1906. 
Adams,  H.  W.,  1913. 
Adams,  J.  E.,  1905. 

Administration. 

1908.  "  Com.  on  Necrology. 
1910.     Com.  on  Public  Press. 

Adams,  J.  Q.,  1908. 
Adams,  W.  J.,  1S97,  1905. 

1909.  Obituary,  p.  239,  299. 
Adams,  W.  R„  1905. 

Adkins,  R.  A.,  1905. 
Aigley,  J.  E.,  1897. 

Clinics. 

1905.     Removal  of  Pulp,  Using  Pressure  Anesthesia.     D242,  p.  217. 
1907.     Amalgam  Filling.     D222,  p.  226. 

1910.  Root    Canal     Filling    with    Sandarac    Varnish    and    Gutta-percha 

Points.     D243,  p.  268. 
Aiston,  E.,  1906. 
Albaugh,  \¥m„  1865,  Charter  Member. 

Discussions. 

1866.  D24,  p.  9. 
1871.      D22,  p.  55. 

Albrecht,  C.  H.,  1905. 
Albright,  H.  A.,  1913. 
Albright,  L,.  G.,  1905,  1908. 
Alcombarck,  A.  W.,  1912. 
Alderson,  T.  E.,  1905. 
Alexander,  E.  V.  H.,  1S73. 
Alexander,  H.,  1909. 
Alexander,  W.  A.,  1905. 
Alkire,  L,.  E.,  1905. 
Allen,  A.  Brom,  1904. 

Papers. 

1910.  Impacted  Lower  Third  Molars.     D74,  p.  127;    Disc,  p.  131. 

Discussions. 

1907.  D72,  p.  221. 

Clinics. 
1905.     Models  of  Impacted  Third  Molars.     D74,  p.  218. 

1908.  Demonstration    of   Instruments   and   Methods   in    Removal    of   Im- 

pacted Lower  Third  Molars.     D74,  1908. 

1909.  A  Few  Pointers  on  Instrumentation  and  the  Necessity  of  Radio- 

graph in  Diagnosis  Before  Extraction.     D72,  p.  235. 

1911.  Table  Talk  on  Extraction.     D72,  p.  289. 
Allen,  A.  C,  1866. 

Allen,  C.  D.,  1906. 
Allen,  C.  E.,  1907. 
Allen,  E.  H.,  1883. 

Administration. 

1893.  Com.  on  Dental  Art  and  Invention. 

1894.  Com.  on  Dental  Art  and  Invention. 

1895.  Executive  Council. 
1898.  Executive  Council. 
1898.  Executive  Com. 
1900.  Executive  Com. 

1905.  Com.  on  Dental  Science  and  Literature. 

1906.  Com.  on  Dental  Science  and  Literature. 

1909.  Com.  on  Post-graduate  Study  Course. 

1910.  President. 

Papers. 

1890.     The  First  Molar.     D61a,  p.  127;    Disc,  p.  130. 

1893.     Report  of  Com.  on  Dental  Art  and  Invention.     D21,  p.  162. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


133 
Allen,  E.  H. —  Continued.  v 

1S95.  The  Illinois  State  Dental  Society  and  the  Relation  It  Sustains  to 
the  Dentists  of  Illinois.     D06,  p.  Ill;    Disc,  p.  117. 

1897.  Opinions  of  Illinois  Dentists  Regarding  Dental  Societies.  D06, 
p.  50;    Disc,  p.  63. 

1903.  Porcelain  Inlays  as  Viewed  by  the  Country  Dentist.     D232,  p.  79; 

Disc,  p.  80. 

1904.  Gold  Inlays.     D231,  p.  75;    Disc,  p.  78. 

1905.  Report   of   Com.    on    Dental    Science   and   Literature.      D073,   p.    29; 

Disc,  p.  32. 

1906.  Report   of   Com.    on    Dental    Science   and   Literature.      D073,   p.    25; 

Disc,  p.  27. 

1907.  A  Comparative  Review  of  the  Last  Twenty-five  Years  of  Dentistry 

as   Gathered   from  a  Study   of   the   Proceedings   of  this   Society. 
D09,  p.  203;    Disc,  p.  209. 

1910.  President's  Address.     D04,  p.  9;    Disc,  p.  16. 

Discussions. 

1894.  D2,  p.  133. 

1895.  D243,  p.  52. 

1896.  D04,  p.  26;    D21,  p.  135. 

1897.  D04,  p.  27;    D22a,  p.  86;    D09,  p.  277. 

1898.  D04,  p.  19;    D222,  p.  35;    D89,  p.  74,  75. 

1899.  D141,  D22a,  p.  60. 

1900.  D21,  p.  168. 

1901.  D32,  p.  63. 

1902.  D22a,  p.  Ill;    D21,  p.  161. 

1904.  D06,  p.  57;    D221,  p.  152. 

1905.  D25,  p.  56;    D64,  p.  56. 

1907.  D07,  p.  45;    D89,  p.  69;    D221,  p.  91;    D231,  p.  91;    DS,  p.  119. 

1908.  D06,  p.  89. 

1909.  D32,  p.  130. 

1911.  D04,  p.  33;    D32,  p.  237. 
1913.  D231,  p.  96,  97. 

Clinics. 

1S94.     Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  155. 

1901.     Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  136. 

1904.      Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  29. 

1909.      Gold  Inlay.     D231,  p.  239. 

1913.     Gold  Foil  Filling.     D221,  p.  261. 
Allen,  H.  W.,  1909. 
Alloway,  M.  C,  1912. 
A  I!  port,  W.  W.,  1866,  1882. 

1893.     Obituary,  p.  234. 

Administration.. 

1866.     Program  Com. 
1868.     Librarian. 
Paper. 

1872.     Sensation  and  Nourishment  in  Dentine.     D142,  p.  95;    Disc,  p.  96. 

Discussions. 

1866.     D221,  p.  8;    D24,  p.  9;    D3,  p.  11;    D602,  p.  13;    D22,  p.  16,  17;    D24, 

p.  18,  19;    D3,  p.  21. 
1S72.     D2,  p.  60. 
1882.     D2,  D22,  p.  79,  SI,  82,  84;    D64,  p.  110,  113;    D07,  p.  129. 

1885.  D3,  p.  50;    D24,  p.  71,  73,  74;    D2,  p.  104 

1887.  D2,  p.  126,  127. 
Ailshouse,  C.  E.,  1905. 
Aim,  G.  T.,  1911. 

Alsip,  H.  S.,  1906. 

Alward,  R.  W.,  1909. 

Ames,  A.,  1865,  Charter  Member. 

Administration. 

1865.     Com.  on  By-Laws. 
Ames,  W.  B.,  1886. 
Ames,  E.  R.,  1905,  1910. 
Ames,  W.  V-B.,  1884. 

Administration. 

1886.  Librarian. 

1887.  Librarian. 

1888.  Librarian. 

1889.  Librarian. 

Com.  on  Dental  Art  and  Inventions. 
1S92.     Com.  on  Dental  Art  and  Inventions. 

Papers. 

1884.     Some  Applications  of  Electrolysis  in  Dentistry.     615.84,  p.  102. 

1888.  Amalgams.     D222,  p.  123;    Disc,  p.  134. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


134 


Ames,  YV.  V-B. —  Continued. 


1890.     Report  of  the  Com.  on  Dental  Art  and  Invention.     D21,  p.  82. 
1891       Report  of  the  Com.  on  Dental  Art  and  Invention.     D21,  p.  51;    Disc, 
p.  54. 

1894.  Report   of   the   Com.    on    Dental   Art   and    Invention.      D21,    p.    148; 

Disc,  p.  152. 

1895.  Combinations  of  Metals  in  Amalgams.     D222,  p.  73;    Disc,  p.  76. 

Discussions. 

1885.  D2,  p.  105. 

1886.  D7,  p.  178,  179. 

1888.  D073,  p.  74;    D3,  p.  184;    D21,  p.  195,  201. 

1890.  D2,  p.  170. 

1891.  D24,  p.  98. 

1892.  D21,  p.  141. 

1  CQA  T1999     r\     Q7 


144. 


Clinics. 

1887.     Method    of    Treating    Pyorrhea    Alveolaris    by    Electrolysis.      D64, 
p.  112. 

1889.  Prepared  Copper  Amalgam  for  Filling.     D222,  p.  144. 

1890.  Retention  of  Full  Upper  Dentures  by  Means  of  Atmospheric  Pres- 

sure.    D32,  p.  162. 
Antiseptic  Paste  of  Zinc  Sulphate.     1S90,  p.  164. 
1892.     Oxyphosphate  of  Copper  Cement  Filling.     D223,  p.  147. 

1894.  Demonstration  on  Mixing  of  Oxyphosphates  on  a  Chilled  Surface. 

D223,  p.  156. 

1895.  Gold  Inlay.     D231,  p.  1S2. 

1896.  Vulcanite  Plates  with  Flexible  Rubber  Edges  for  Securing  Better 

Atmospheric  Retention.     D321,  p.  127. 

1897.  Electro-cocaine  Anesthesia  for  Inflamed  Pulps.     615.84,  p.  203. 

1900.  Some  Cements  Under  the  Microscope.     D223,  p.  171. 

1901.  Utilization  of  Atmospheric  Pressure.     D32,  p.  137. 
1903.     Cements.     D223,  p.  5,  supplement. 

1913.     The  Use  of  Water  as  Chilled  in  a  Porous  Jar  for  Controlling  the 
Temperature  of  Cement  Mixing  Slabs.     D223,  p.  260. 
Amrine,  Roscoe  C,  1902,  1906. 
Anderson,  A.  It..  1906. 
Anderson,  D.  S.,  1905. 

Clinic. 

1911.     Just  Hints,  That's  All.     D21,  p.  297. 
Anderson,  J.   M.,  1905. 
Anderson,  E.  A.,  1910. 
Anderson,  R.  E.,  1903. 
Andrew,  L,.  J.,  1905,  1909. 
Andrews,  Chas.  F.,  1905. 
Andrews,  YV.  H.,  1912. 
Angle,  E.  H. 

Papers. 

1S91.     Efficiency   and    Simplicity   in    Regulating   Appliances.      D4,    p.    144; 
Disc,  p.  146. 

Clinic. 

1899.     Set  of  Models  for  Diagnosing  Orthodontia  Cases.     D4,  p.  116. 
Angle,  F.  C,  1905. 
Ankeny,  R.  L..,  1905. 
Antes,  R.  H.,  1886. 

1911.     Obituary,  p.  32S. 

Clinic. 

1S93.     Exhibition   of  an   Excellent   Method   of  Generating  Gas.      615.7S11, 
p.  166. 
App,  YV.  H.,  1908. 
Appel,  George,  1905. 
Appel,  YV.  C,  1911. 
Ardner,  A.  J.,  1909. 
Arment,  G.  D.,  1913. 
Armstrong,  A.  J.,  1906,  1910. 
Armstrong,  Hugh  F.,  1905. 
Arnold,  E.  M.,  1905. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


135 
Arnold,  L.  H.,  1905. 

Discussion. 

1909.      D2,  p.  229. 
Clinics. 

1906.     Practical  Office  Records  and  Accounts.     D89,  p.  283. 

1911.     Effect  on  Tooth  Enamel  of  Mechanical  Brushing-  with  Pumice  and 
Water,  Equal  to  About  Eighty  or  Ninety  Years  of  Brushing  by 
Hand.     D5,  D614,  p.  297. 
Ashley,  Edward  H.,  1907. 
Ash  worth,  Thos.  A.,  1909. 
Atchison,  J.  A.,  1905. 
Atchison,  George  B.,  1906. 
Atkinson,  Florence,  1911. 
Atkinson,  M.  G.  G.,  1911. 
Atkinson,  \V.  91. 

1891.     Obituary,  p.  185. 
Aughinbaugh,  A.  J.,  1906. 
Austin,  A.  I*.,  1911. 
Austin,  C.  E.,  1905. 
Austin,  J.  F.,  1886. 


For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


136 

Babeock,  A.  M.,  1910. 
Babeock,  Sf.  E.,  1872. 
Babeock,  S.,  1865,  Charter  Member. 

Administration. 

1865.  Com.  on  By-Laws. 

1866.  Treasurer. 
186S.     Executive  Com. 

Discussions. 

1870.     D221,  p.  74,  76;    D3,  p.  98. 
Bachman,  A.  J.,  1905. 
Bachman,  H.  P.,  1907. 

Clinic. 

1911.  Diatoric    Teeth    with    Cast   Bases   as    Crowns    for   Molars.      D331. 

d    2  8  9 
Backus,  Claude,  1905. 
Bacon,  C.  G.,  1905. 
Bacon,  D.  C,  1905. 
Bacon,  L,.  A.,  1909. 
Bad&ley,  Louis  E.,  1905. 
Bagfley,  W.  S.,  1907. 
Baier,  J.  G.,  1909. 
Bailey,  E.  B.,  1912. 
Bailey,  F.  C,  1905. 
Bailey,  O.  C,  1910. 
Bailey,  R.  \V.,  1885. 
Baird,  H.  G.,  1908. 
Baird,  J.  F. 

1904.     Obituary,  p.  237. 
Baird,  T.  W.,  1905. 
Baird,  W.  M.,  1909. 
Bake,  L.  E.,  1905. 

Administration. 

1910.     Clinic  Com. 
Clinics. 

1906.  Models  Showing  Cavity  Preparation   for  Porcelain   Inlays.     D232. 

p.  279. 

1907.  Porcelain  Inlay.     D232,  p.  234. 
Baker,  A.  E.,  1912. 

Baker,  B.  M.,  1865,  Charter  Member. 

Discussions. 

1S66.      D602,  p.  7;    D221,  p.  8. 
Baker,  C.  R.,  1905. 

Administration. 

1914.     Com.  on  Necrology. 
Baker,  D.  B.,  1879. 

1885.     Obituary,  p.  26. 
Baker,  E.  II . 

Paper. 

1912.  The  Evolution  of  Dentistry.     D07,  p.  169;    Disc,  p.  189. 
Baker,  Harry  C,  1909. 

Baker,  Hester  J.,  1S94,  1905. 
Baker,  J.  H.,  1909. 
Baker,  L.  I,.,  1909. 
Baker,  T.  T.,  1905. 
Clinics. 

1906.  Brewster's  Replaceable  Bridge  Teeth.     D332,  p.  292. 

1908.  A   Simple   Method    of   Removing   Bridges   without   Mutilating    the 

Abutments.     D332,  p.  266. 
1912.     Inlay,  Using  Alexander's  Plastic  Gold.     D231,  p.  303. 
Balance,  M.  W.,  1910. 
Baldwin,  A.  E.,  1887. 
Baldwin,  C.  M.,  1905. 

Clinics. 

1907.  Ascher's  Enamel  Cements.     D223,  p.  235. 

1908.  Artificial  Enamel.     D223,  p.  272. 
Baldwin,  C.  V.,  1879. 

Baldwin,  D.  H. 

Clinic. 
1906.     Porcelain  Restoration.     D232,  p.  285. 
Baldwin,  J.  O.,  1905. 
Clinic. 
1912.     Exhibit  of  Malocclusion.     D4,  p.  296. 

For  iuilex  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


137 

Ball,  G.  H.  W.,  1910. 
Bandy,  C.  W.,  1908. 
Bandy,  O.  Ii.,  1898,  1905. 

Clinics. 

1898.     Clamp  and  Press.     D31,  p.  195. 

1908.     Vulcanite  Rubber  Inlays.     D23,  p.  274. 
Bane,  B.  W.,  1907. 
Banes,  J.  I)..  1891. 
Banks,  M.  A.,  1908. 
Banzet,  G.  T.,  1902,  1905. 

Clinic. 

1904.     Matrix  Burnishing.     D23,  p.  26. 
Barackman,  H.  E.,  1912. 
Barackman,  \V.,  1905. 
Barackman,  W.  G.,  1908. 
Barber,  B.  D.,  1907. 
Barber,  Edward  S.,  1906. 
Barber,  H.  B.,  1899. 

1902.  Obituary,  p.  231. 
Barber,  H.  E.,  1909. 

Clinic. 

1911.  Casting  for  Split  Root.     D23,  p.  297. 
Barber,  Laivson,  1905. 

Barber,  R.,  1908. 
Barber,  W.  S.,  1907. 
Barclay,  J.  A.,  1909. 
Barcus,  J.  M.,  1889. 

Administration. 

1894.  Executive  Com. 

1894.  Com.  on  Necrology. 

1895.  Executive  Com. 

1908.  Com.  to  Cooperate  with  State  Medical  Society. 

1909.  Program  Com. 
1914.  Executive  Council. 

Discussions. 

1900.      D602,  D61,  p.  100. 

1907.  D22c,  p.  197. 

1908.  D09,  p.  65. 

1912.  D04,  p.  27;    D222,  p.  252. 

Clinic. 

1890.     Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  162. 
Barker,  O.  M.,  1905. 
Barker,  W.  H. 

Discussion. 

1881.  D5,  p.   64. 
Barnes,  A.  D.  C,  1906. 
Barnes,  A.  H.,  1905. 
Barnes,  Chas.  T.,  1905. 
Barnfield,  J.  E.,  1907. 
Barnfleld,  W.  H.,  1907. 

Clinic. 

1908.     Demonstrating    Method    of    Polishing    Amalgam    Filling.       D222. 
p.  263. 
Barnett,  J.  R.,  1906. 
Barnum,  I,.  D.,  1906. 
Barnhart,  P.  B.,  1909. 
Barnsback,  C.  T.,  1910. 
Barnum,  L..  D.,  1908,  1912. 
Baron,  W.  F.,  1908. 
Barr,  A.  C,  1905. 
Barr,  James  A.,  1906. 
Barrett,  T.  H.,  1903. 
Paper. 

1903.  Relation   of  the  General  Practitioner  to  Orthodontia.     D4,   p.   22: 

Disc,  p.  29. 
Barrett,  W.  C. 

Paper. 

1882.  Description   of  a   Case  Having  Roots   of  a   Full   Denture  But  No 

Crowns.     D13,  p.  35;    Disc,  p.  39. 
Discussions. 
1886.      615.778,   p.    77,   82,   85,    86:     D22a,   D243,   p.    110,   111,   112,   113;     D07, 
p.  133;    D61,  p.  148;    D24,  p.  158,  160;    D6a,  p.  192. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


138 

Barrieklow,  W.  H.,  1909. 
Barter,  J.  S.,  1905. 
Bartholomew,  A.  E.,  1911. 
Bartsch,  F.  G„  1905. 
Bascombe,  C.  H.,  1905. 
Batcheler,  J.  S.,  1911. 
Bates,  C.  D.,  1905. 

Clinic. 

1909.     Means  of  Getting-  an  In-locked  Incisor  Into  Position.     D4,   p.   236. 
Bates,  O.  L,.,  1907. 

Administration. 

1913.  Com.  to  Cooperate  with  State  Medical  Society. 
Bateson,  B.  F.,  1907. 

Bauer,  J.  G.  V.,  1908. 
Baumjiarten,  W.  C,  1907. 
Baumsarth,  H.,  1905. 
Baumrueker,  Otto,  1909. 
Baur,  A.  P.,  1911. 
Bawden,  A.  C,  1905. 
Bayless,  D.  D.,  1905. 
Bayne,  R.  S.,  1905. 
Beach,  Max,  1905. 
Beadles,  R.  O.,  1905. 
Beau,  A.  M.,  1911. 
Bear,  G.  K.,  1909. 
Beatie,  E.  L,.,  1905. 
Beatty,  H.  G.,  1909. 

Administration. 

1914.  Board  of  Censors. 
Beck,  Clara  E.,  1905. 
Beek,  R.,  1901,  1905. 

1913.     Obituary,  p.  300. 

Administration. 
1911.     Board  of  Censors. 

Papers. 
1902.     Paraffin  —  An  Ideal  Material  for  the  Filling-  of  Root  Canals.    D243, 

p.  52;    Disc,  p.  54. 
1910.     Bismuth  Paste  as  a  Dental  Therapeutic  Agent.     D64,  D65,  D76,  p. 

171;    Disc,  p.  190. 

Discussion. 

1904.  D101,  p.  13S. 

Clinics. 

1905.  Radium  in  the  Treatment  of  Receded  Gums,  or  Partial  Atrophy  of 

the  Gums  About  the  Necks  of  the  Teeth.     D64,  p.  216. 
1909.     Bismuth  Paste  in  a  Case  of  Empyema  of  the  Antrum.     D76,  p.  241. 
Becker,  G.  H„  1905. 
Becker,  R.  YV.,  1911. 
Beckett,  John  M.,  1905. 
Beckwith,  T.  W.,  1881. 
Beecher,  S.  E.,  1903. 
Beers,  T.  L..,  1871. 
Beesley,  J.  G.,  1902. 
Behm,  J.  Wm.,  1909. 
Behm,  L.  J.,  1909. 
Behrens,  F.  C,  1910. 
Beidler,  G.  H.,  1908. 
Beidler,  Wm.  A.,  1906. 
Bell,  F.  T.,  1903,  1909. 
Bell,  F.  W.,  1909. 
Bell,  J.  A.,  1911. 
Bell,  J.  B.,  1S72. 

Discussion. 

1873.     D24,  p.  73. 
Bell,  R.  C,  1913. 
Bell,  W.  T.,  1909. 
Bellchamber,  C.  E.,  1905,  1912. 

Administration. 

1908.     Board  of  Censors. 

1911.  Com.  to  Cooperate  with  State  Medical  Society. 

1912.  Com.  to  Cooperate  with  State  Medical  Society. 

Paper. 

190S.     The    Use    of   Non-Cohesive    Gold    in    Filling   Teeth.      D221,    p.    141; 
Disc,  p.  160. 
For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


139 
Bellchamber,  C.  E. —  Continued. 
Clinics. 

1909.     Ascher's  Artificial  Enamel.     D223,  p.  239. 

1911.     Gold  Inlay,  Using-  Alexander's  Wax  Gold.     D231,  p.  289. 

1913.     Method  of  Applying-  Gold  Inlay  to  Porcelain  Crown  or  Plate  Tooth. 
D231,  p.  257. 
Benham,  Emma  L.,  1905. 
Bennecke,  E.  R.,  1905. 

Clinic. 

1911.     Apical  Injection  to  Desensitize  Pulp  for  Its  Removal  or  for  Pain- 
less Cavity  Preparation.     D22a,  617.7S16,  p.  287. 
Bennett,  Geo.  L,.,  1901,  1905. 
Bennington,  E.  K.,  1899,  1905. 
Bentley,  C.  E.,  1895. 

Administration. 

1904.  Clinic  Com. 

1905.  Executive  Council. 

1908.  Com.  on  Dental  Science  and  Literature. 

1908.  Com.  on  Public  Dental  Education. 

1909.  Com.  on  Public  Dental  Education. 

1910.  Com.  on  Public  Dental  Education. 

1911.  Com.  on  Public  Dental  Education. 

1912.  Public  Service  Commission. 

1912.     Com.  on  Public  Dental  Education. 

Papers. 

1896.  New  Outlooks  in  Dentistry.     D07,  p.  38;    Disc,  p.  43. 

1902.  Professional  Ethics  Versus  Patents.     DS,  p.  34;    Disc,  p.  44. 

1904.  Report  of  the  Supervisor  of  Clinics.     D2,  p.  26. 

1906.  Response  to  Address  of  Welcome.     D04,  p.  11. 

1908.  Report  of  the  Com.  on  Dental  Science  and  Literature.     D073,  p.  19; 

Disc,  p.  34. 

1911.  Report  of  the  Public  Dental  Education  Com.     D072,  p.  65. 

1912.  A  Survey  of  Oral  Hygiene.     D5,  p.  208;    Disc,  p.  213. 

Discussions.  - 

1895.  D243,  p.  52. 

1899.  D04,  p.  13. 

1902.  D073,  p.  152. 

1903.  D073,  p.  43;    D232,  p.  84. 

1904.  D04,  p.  16;    D221,  p.  153. 
iqak  D04,  p.  24;    D332,  p.  213. 

D602,  p.  57,  62;    615. 7S1,  p.  102,  109;    D072,  p.  224,  231. 

D04,  p.  19;    D07,  p.  48;    DS9,  p.  70,  71;    DS,  p.  114;    D24,  D63,  p 

D06,  D09,  p.  216. 
D661,  p.  191,  192. 

1909.  D04,  p.  23;    D07,  p.  79. 

1910.  D04,  p.  23;    D072,  p.  208 

1911.  D04,  p.  20. 

1912.  D072,  p.  2™ 
Bentley,  G.  H.,  1905 
Berlau,  L,.,  1905. 
Bernard,  F.  J.,  1909 

Clinic. 

1912.     Nitrous  Oxide  and  Oxygen.     Anesthesia.     615.7813,  p.  299. 
Bernhardt,  John,  1909. 
Berry,  E.  B.,  1913. 
Berry,  H.  T.,  1907. 
Berry,  W.  H.,  1910. 
Berryman,  W.  L..,  1905. 
Bertram,  C.  L,.,  1910. 
Besley,  Walter  Cone,  1911. 
Best,  W.  I.,  1905. 
Betty,  P.  A.,  1909. 
Bevan,  J.  A.,  1905. 
Bevan,  W.  F„  1905. 
Bevier,  G.  1.,  1908. 
Bickel,  F.  X.,  1905. 
Bigelow,  B.  H.,  1905. 
Bigelow,  C.  S.,  19-05. 
Biggs,  G.  C,  1908. 
Bigler,  J.  A.,  1912. 
Bilek,  J.  B.,  1905. 
Bills,  Geo.  H.,  1872. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


140 


Bingham,  S.  R. 

1896.     Portrait.     Frontispiece. 
Obituary,  p.  184. 

Discussion. 

1869.      615.781,  Mo.  Dental  Jnl.,  Vol.  1,  p.  340,  341. 
Birkland,  J.  W.,  1903. 
Bisant,  M.,  1913. 
Bisewski,  F.  E.,  1905. 
Bischof,  J.  L,.,  1907. 
Bishof,  J.  L,.,  1912. 
Bishopp,  Harry  B.,  1909. 
Bishopp,  J.  A.,  1909. 
Bissett,  F.  A.,  1909. 
Black,  Arthur  D.,  1902. 


1904. 

1906. 

1906. 
1907. 
1908. 
1909. 
1910. 
1913. 


1905. 
1906. 
1909. 
1910. 

1913. 


1902. 
1904. 
1905. 
1906. 
1907. 
1908. 
1910. 


1910. 


1911. 
1912. 
1913. 
Black,  G, 

1883. 


1869. 
1870. 
1871. 

1873. 

1874. 
1877. 
1878. 

1879. 

1880. 
1881. 
1902. 
1903. 
1904. 


D06,   p.    35; 


Administration. 

Reorganization    of   the   Illinois   State   Dental   Society. 

Disc,  p.  55. 
Executive  Council. 
Com.  on  Organization. 

Presentation  for  Work  of  Reorganization,  p.  295. 
Secretary. 
Secretary. 
President. 

Com.  on  Post-graduate  Study  Course. 
Executive  Council. 

Papers. 

Report  of  Reorganization  Com.     D06,  p.  103;    Disc,  p.  113. 

Report  of  Reorganization  Com.     D06,  p.  29S. 

President's  Address.     D04,  p.  10;    Disc,  p.  18. 

A  System  of  Classifying  Dental  Literature  and  Its  Application  in 

Society   Work   and   Daily   Practice.  •  D073,   p.   228;     Disc,   p.   243. 
Remarks  on  Reorganization  of  National  Dental  Association.     D06, 

p.  247. 
Report  of  Com.  on  Reorganization  of  National  Dental  Assoication 

and  Resolutions.     D06,  p.  272. 

Discussions. 

D031,  p.  24. 

D101,  p.  139. 

D04,  p.  28;    D76,  p.  97;    D89,  p.  184. 

615.781:    D06,  p.  119;    D89,  p.  195. 

D24,  D63,  p.  148. 

D06,  p.  84;    D661,  p.  196. 

D04,  p.  25;    D64,  D65,  D76,  p.  197. 

Clinic. 

A  Classified  Index  of  About  40,000  Cards  for  Articles  on  All  Sub- 
jects in  Dental  Journals  from  1839  to  Date.     D073,  p.  271. 

Discussions. 

D04,  p.  36;    D04,  D8,  p.  S6;    D072,  p.  186;    D072,  p.  196;    D32,  p.  235. 
D04,  p.  25;    D072,  p.  81;    D07,  p.  189;    D222,  p.  253. 
D04,  p.  37;    D25,  p.  186,  187,  194,  195;    D611,  p.  242. 
V.,  1868,  Voted  Life  Membership,  1887. 

Presentation    of    Cane    by    Members    of    The    Illinois    State    Dental 
Society,  p.  21. 

Administration. 

Executive  Com. 

Vice-President. 

President. 

Executive  Com. 

Executive  Com. 

Executive   Com. 

Board  of  Censors. 

Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics.    '. 

Board  of  Censors. 

Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

Board  of  Censors. 

Board  of  Censors. 

Com.  on  Dental  Science  and  Literature. 

Com.  on  Dental  Science  and  Literature. 

Com.  on  Dental  Science  and  Literature. 


Papers. 

1869.     Gold  Foil.     D221,  p.  283,  Mo.  Dent.  Jnl. 
1S70.     Exposed  Pulps.     D24,  p.  6;    Disc,  p.  18. 

Dental  Legislation  and  Platework.     D81,  p.  82;    Disc,  p.  87,  102. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


141 
Black,  G.  V. —  Continued. 

1871.     Remarks  of  Retiring-  President.     D04,  p.  105. 

1S73.  Diseased  Conditions  —  Their  Effects  Upon  the  Teeth.  D61,  D601, 
p.  129;    Disc,  p.  143. 

1875.     Probabilities.     (In  Operative  Procedures.)     D2,  p.  92. 

1S76.  In  What  Does  the  Improvement  in  Dentistry  During  the  Last  Fif- 
teen Years  Consist?     D07,  p.  58;    Disc,  p.  63.. 

1875.  Dental  Neuralgia.     D67,  p.  26;    Disc,  p.  40. 

1879.  An  Odontome.     D7S3,  p.  65;    Disc,  p.  69. 

1880.  Some  Points  in  the  Natural  History  of  Caries  of  the  Teeth  and  the 

Value  of  Filling  for  Its  Arrest.     D61,  p.  77;    Disc,  p.  100. 

1881.  Response  to  Address  of  Welcome.     D04,  p.  8. 

Forty  Illustrations  for  Paper  by  Dr.  T.  L.  Gilmer  on  Fractures  of 
the  Inferior  Maxilla.     D713,  p.  67. 
18S2.     Phagedena  Pericementi.     D64,  p.  93;    Disc,  p.  110. 

1553.  Chart    Showing    Lines    of    Contemporaneous    Calcification    of    the 

Teeth.     D14,  Frontispiece. 
Introduction    of    Bromide    of    Ethyl    as    an    Anesthetic    for    Dental 
Purposes  or  Any  Very  Short  Operation.      615.7815,  p.   67;    Disc, 
p.  68. 

1554.  Specialists  and  Specialties.     D07,  p.  90;    Disc,  p.  100. 

1886.  Micro-organisms  of  the  Oral  Cavity.     (Demonstrations  with  Incu- 

bator, etc.,  and  Lectures  Each  Day  of  the  Meeting.)     D6a,  p.  180, 
5  illus. 

1887.  Micro-organisms.       (Demonstrations    with    Incubator,    etc.,    Each 

Day  of  the  Meeting.)     1887,  p.  162. 
1889.     The    Beneficent    Influence    of    the    Illinois    State    Dental    Society. 
Toast.     D06,  p.  163. 

1892.  The  Interproximate  Spaces.     D22,  p.  30;    Disc,  p.  42. 

1893.  Anchorage    of    Proximate    Fillings    in    the    Bicuspids    and    Molars. 

D22a,  p.  9,  6  illus.;    Disc,  p.  19. 

1902.  Report  of  Com.   on   Dental   Science  and  Literature.      D073,   p.    136; 

Disc,  p.  150. 

1903.  Report   of   Com.    on   Dental    Science   and   Literature.      D073,    p.    36; 

Disc,  p.  43. 

1904.  Report    of   Com.    on    Dental    Science   and   Literature.      D073,    p.    21. 

1907.  Limitations  of  Dental  Education.     D07,  p.  25;    Disc,  p.  38. 

1908.  Account  of  Dr.  Miller's  Work.     D09,  p.  251. 

1909.  Some  Problems   in   Dentistry  Which   Should   Have   Further   Devel- 

opment,  or  A  Wider   Diffusion   of   Practical    Information.      D07, 
p.  134;    Disc,  p.  140. 
1911.      The  Use  of  Antiseptics.     615.778,  p.  8S;    Disc,  p.  100. 

Discussions. 

1868.  D61a,  p.  36;    D243,  p.  37. 

1869.  D22,  Mo.   Dental  Jnl.,  Vol.   1,  p.   305;    D65,  Mo.   Dental   Jnl.,  Vol.   1, 

p.  329. 

1870.  D22,  p.  46,  48,  49;    D22,  p.  54,  58,  59,  60. 

1871.  D65,  p.  124,  125,  126. 
1872       D2    d    59'    D142    p    97 

1873!     D17,    p.    86;     D613,'  D614,    p.    63;     D24,    p.    69,    70;     D22,    p.    102,    103; 

D3,  p.  158;    D61,  p.  191;    D07,  p.  32. 
1874.     D22,  p.  49,  50;    612.31,  p.  57;    D61,  p.  70,  71,  72;    D22,  p.  87,  89;    D072, 

p.  107;    D325,  p.  108. 

1876.  D601,  p.  34,  3S;    D07,  p.  46,  47;    D22,  p.  72;    D325,  p.  97;    D24,  p.  106. 

1877.  D04,  p.  29;    D22,  p.  51,  52;    D24,  p.  93,  95,  96;    D2,  p.  107,  112. 

1878.  D04,   p.   25;    D07,  p.   57,   59,   61,   62;    D22,   p.   59,   61,   62;    D22,   p.   67; 

D16,  p.  75,  76;    D21,  p.  SI;    D26,  p.  88;    D07,  p.  97. 

1879.  615.716,  p.  39,  40;    D24,  p.  61,  63,  64,  65;    D3,  p.  75;    D2,  p.  78;    D07, 

p.  86;    615. 7S1,  p.  104;    D2,  p.  108;    D61a,  p.  112. 

1880.  612.8,  p.  32,  34,  37:     D64,  D65,  p.  46;    615.775,  p.  63,  64  ;    612.31,  p.  113. 

1881.  D24,  D65,  p.  41;    D5,  p.  56,  65;    D713,  p.  104,  106;    D141,  p.   110,  112; 

D07,   p.   133;    D22,   p.   152,   153,   154;     D222,   p.    123,    124;     612.31,   p. 
168,  169. 

1882.  D13,  p.  39;    D2,  p.  83;    D22,  p.  83;    D61,  p.  160,  163;    D4,  p.  168;    D65, 

p.  183. 

1883.  D16,  p.   77;    D2,  p.   96,  97,  99,  100;    D7S1,  p.   124;    D713,  p.   127;    D4, 

p.  132;    D32,  p.  141. 

1884.  D24,  p.  44,  48;    612.8,  p.  57;    612.8.  p.   57;    D141,  p.  77,  78;    617.22,  p. 

89,  90;    D16,  p.  127. 

1885.  612.8,  p.  63;    D3,  p.  47,  48,  49,  50;    D24,  p.  71,  73,  74;    D2,  p.  100,  101, 

102,    103,    108;     617.22,    p.    115,    117,    US,    119;     615.5,    p.    127,    128; 
D073,  p.  141. 
1S86.     615.778,  p.  77,  78,  81,  83,  S4;    D22a,  D243,  p.  119;    D07,  p.  134;    D61, 
p.  143,  144,  145,  147,  14S,  149;    D073,  p.  165,  166,  167,  168,  169,  170. 

1887.  D4,  p.  36,  38,  39;    D24,  p.  64,  66,  68,  69,  70;    615.711,  p.  94,  95;    D78, 

p.  102,  104,  107;    D2,  p.  125,  126;    D602,  p.  142. 

1888.  D073,  p.  73;    D4,  p.  91,  97,  98,  99;    D2,  p.  143. 
1889..     615.775,  p.  121;    D14,  p.  127. 

1S90.     D073,  p.  71;    D61a,  p.  132;    D6a,  D61,  p.  150,  153,  154,  155. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


142 
Black,  G.  V 

1891. 

1892. 
1893. 

1894. 
1895. 


1896. 
1898. 


D142,   D24;    D22a,  p. 

p.  4  z,  D61,  p.   97,   99,  100; 

D21,  p.  165,  166. 

3a,  p.  36;    D13,  p.  43;    615.778,  p.  71;    D22,  p.  105. 

34,  p.  12;    D031,  p.  25;    D8,  p.  47;    D09,  p.  77;    D07,  p.  87;    D22a,  p. 
112,  114;    D61a,  p.  125,  127. 
±yus.     jl>04,  p.  17;    D232,  p.  85,  86. 

1904.  D04,  p.  20:    D223,  p.  93. 

1905.  D04,  p.  21;    D25,  D64,  p.  60. 

1906.  D04,   p.    23;     D602,   p.    56,    58,    61;     D09,   p.    71:     615.7S1,   p.    106;     DS2, 

p.  150. 

1907.  D89,  p.  72;    D4,  p.  131;    D24,  D63,  p.  160;    D07,  p.  178. 
190S.     D04,  p.  16;    D073,  p.  38;    D63,  p.  129;    D22,  p.  172;    Dla,  D3. 
1909.     D073,  p.  39;    D07,  p.  112. 

Clinics. 

1883.     Operation.     Removal  of  Necrosed  Bone  and  Necrosed  Germ.    D711, 
p.  152. 

1S86.     Micro-organisms  of  the  Oral  Cavity.     D6a,  p.  180. 

1887.     Micro-organisms.     D6a,  p.  162. 

1889.     Porcelain  Filling.     D232,  p.  141. 

1894.     Keeping  Clean  the  Interproximate  Spaces  in  the  Several  Positions 
of  the  Mouth.     D22,  p.  154. 

1900.     Manudynamometer.     D221,  p.  173. 
Black,  J.  C,  1910. 
Black,  B.  E.,  1905. 
Blackburn,  C.  H.,  1900. 
Blackwell,  J.  D.,  1911. 
Blackwell,  W.  A.,  1905. 
Blaine,  L,.  E.,  1909. 
Blair,  E.  K.,  1887. 

Administration. 

1891.  Vice-President. 

1892.  Executive  Council. 

1893.  President. 

1894.  Executive  Council. 

1898.  Clinic  Com. 

1899.  Executive  Council. 

1903.  Executive  Council. 

1905.  Com.  to  Cooperate  with  State  Medical  Society. 

1906.  Com.  to  Cooperate  with  State  Medical  Society. 

1907.  Com.  to  Cooperate  with  State  Medical  Society. 

1908.  Executive  Council. 

1911.  Com.  on  Public  Press. 
1913.     Com.  on  Necrology. 

Papers. 

1892.  Dental  Legislation.     D81,  p.  68;    Disc,  p.  71. 
1898.     Report  of  the  Supervisor  of  Clinics.     D2,  p.  1S6. 

1904.  Response  to  Address  of  Welcome.     D04,  p.  173. 

1906.     Membership   Versus   Non-membership   of   the   Local   Society.      D06, 
p.  Ill;    Disc,  p.  118. 

1912.  Some  Thoughts  Relative  to  the  Present  Status  of  Dentistry  in  the 

Rural    Districts   and    the   Outlook    for    the   Future.      D8,   p.    135; 
Disc,  p.  144. 

1913.  Report  of  the  Com.  on  Necrology. 

Discussions. 

1891.  D78,  p.  107;    D2,  p.  126;    D22a,  p.  114;    D4,  p.  153. 

1893.  D601,  p.  33;    D21,  615.7812. 

1895.  D243,  p.  45. 

1896.  D04,  p.  17,  18,  25. 

1897.  D22a,  p.  91,  92. 

1898.  D04,  p.  18. 

1900.  D2,  p.  33;    D331,  p.  64. 

1903.  D4,  p.  29. 

1904.  D04,  p.  19. 

1905.  D24,  D611,  p.  133. 

1906.  D09,  p.  85;    D89,  p.  188;    D072,  p.  232. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


143 
Blair,  E.  K. —  Continued. 

1907.  DS,  p.  109. 

1908.  D09,  p.  66;    D06,  p.  79,  92;    D24,  p.  99;    D22,  p.  160. 

1909.  D07,  p.  Ill;    D89,  p.  161. 

1910.  D072,  p.  211. 

1911.  D04,  D8,  p.  84;    D231,  p.  249. 

Clinics. 

1895.     Root  Canal  Filling-.     D243,  p.  186. 

1897.      Gold  Filling-.     D221,  p.  201. 
Blair,  G.  M.,  1910. 
Blair,  W.  E.,  1909. 

1912.  Obituary,  p.  332. 
Blake. 

Discussion. 
1S93.      D09,  p.  124,  125. 
Blakeslee,  P.  E.,  1905. 
Blanchard,  Frank  E.,  1906. 
Blanck,  W.  H.,  1911. 
Blaylock,  G.  F.,  1911. 
Bliss,  J.  L,.,  1909. 
Block,  Hans. 

Discussions. 

1S93.     D22a,  p.  22;    D21,  615.7812,  p.  98,  103;    D073,  p.  15S. 
Blocker,  E.  T.,  1910. 
Blome,  A.  H.  A.,  1910. 

Blomley,  F.  W.,  1899,  Corresponding  Member. 
Bloom,  A.  B.,  1908. 
Blount,  Anna   IS..  1905. 
Blumenschein,  F.,  1913. 
Blunt,  H.  E.,  1901. 
Blythe,  J.  M.,  1883. 

Administration. 

1893.  Com.  on  Infraction  of  the  Code  of  Ethics. 
Boecker,  J.  C,  1910. 
Boer  ins,  H.  A.,  1905. 
Boewe,  Ernest,  1906. 
Bohman,  O.  F„  1905. 
Bohr,  J.,  1905. 

Clinics. 

1909.  Inlay    Metal,    Casting    without    Machine,    Using    Jarring    Method. 

Casting  Aluminum  Plate.     D23,  D323,  p.  232. 

1910.  Cast  Aluminum  Plate  by  Joining  Method.     D323,  p.  271. 

1911.  New  Inlay  Metal  and  Cast  Aluminum  Plate.     D323,  p.  297. 

1912.  Cast  Aluminum  Plates.     D323,  p.  308. 
Bolton,  R.  M.,  1910. 

Bonier,  F.  F.,  1909. 
Bonier,  Geo.  H.,  1907. 
Boubrake,  Melchi,  1905. 
Bond,  H.  T.,  1905. 
Bondreau,  G.  C,  1912. 
Bondy,  R.  M.,  1910. 
Book,  O.  S.  W.,  1905,  1910. 
Boone,  H.  W.,  1903,  1905. 

Clinics. 

1906.     Seamless    Shell    Crowns    with    Individually    Carved    Cusps.      D331, 

p.  281. 
1908.     Swaging    Gold    Backing    to    Facings,    Crowns    and    Bridge    Teeth. 
D33,  p.  271. 
Booth,  F.  W.,  1905. 
Booth,  R.  P.,  1906. 

Administration. 

1910.     Local  Com. 

1912.     Local  Com. 
Borah,  J.  L..,  1906. 
Borah,  O.  C,  1912. 
Born,  W.  T.,  1912. 
Borovik,  B.  31.,  1909. 
Bostelmann,  C.  A.,  1906. 
Bostelmann,  Rudolph  I).,  1906. 
Boston,  E.  R.,  1905. 
Bosworth,  R.  R.,  1909. 
Boughton,  C.  H.,  1905. 
Bowe,  J.  H.,  1905. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


144 

Bowers,  F.  H.,  1905. 

Discussion. 

1907.  D07,  p.  173. 
Bowman,  F.  H.,  1906. 

Clinics. 

1909.  Method  of  Using  Tartar  Solvent.     D641,  p.  237. 

1912.  Method  of  Removing  Broken  Broach.     D242,  p.  296. 
Bowyer,  Rev.  S.  H. 

Discussion. 

1910.  D04,  p.  27. 
Bowyer,  S.  P.,  1906. 

Administration. 

1913.  Com.  on  Dental  Art  and  Invention. 

Paper. 
1913.     Report  of  the  Com.  on  Dental  Art  and  Invention.     D21,  p.  62. 

Clinics. 
1910.     Gold  Cast  Dummy,  Using  Steele  Facings.     D332,  p.  270. 
1912.     A  Quick  Method  of  Carving  Cusp  for  Shell  Crown.     D331,  p.  291. 
Boyad,  G.  T.,  1912. 
Boyce,  A.  E.,  1903,  1905. 
Clinics. 
1903.     The  Use  of  Vulcanizable  Gutta-percha  for  Dentures.     D321,  p.  12. 

1909.  Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  238. 

1910.  Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  261. 
Boyce,  Thos.  J.,  1906. 

Boyd,  E.  L,.,  1905. 
Boyer,  I.  E.,  1906. 
Boys,  X.  D.,  1909. 
Bradbury,  John,  1905. 
Braden,  Thos.  B.,  1906. 
Bradley,  H.  A.,  1905. 

1908.  Obituary,  p.  249,  327. 
Bradley,  James  E.,  1905,  1911. 
Brady,  C.  T.,  1913. 

Brady,  B.  J.,  1905,  1912. 
It  ram  in.  B.,  1907. 
Bramwell,  Chas.  H.,  1911. 

Clinic. 

1912.     Models    Illustrating    Newer    Methods    in    Crown    and    Bridgework. 
D33,  p.  305. 
Branch,  Corydon  A.,  1905. 
Brand,  A.  A.,  1913. 
Brand,  L..  W.,  1905. 
Bray,  W.  J.,  1913. 
Breaks,  E.-E.,  1910. 
Breckenbridge,  C.  J.,  1913. 
Breene,  F.  T. 

Clinic. 

1905.     Bridgework.     D332,  p.  229. 
Brentlinger,  J.  T.,  1905. 
Bressler,  A.  M.,  1909. 
Clinic. 

1912.  Dentition,     Showing    Perfectly    Erupted     and     Developed     Fourth 

Molar.     D13,  p.  306. 
Brevig,  H.  R.  H.,  1911. 

Brewer,  T.  H.  A.,  1869,  Honorary  Member. 
Breyer,  P.  M.,  1910. 
Bridges,  J.  S.,  1898. 

Clinics. 
1899.     Bridge  with  Open-faced  Crown  Attachment.     D332,  p.  123. 
1901.     Porcelain  Inlay.     D232,  p.  139. 
Bridgford,  J.  L,. 

Clinic. 

1909.  Correcting  the  Fit  of  Loose  or  Misfitting  Plates.     D321,  p.  241. 
Bridwell,  W.  L„  1906. 

1913.  Obituary,  p.  302. 

Brigham,  E.  T.,  1889,  Non-resident  Member,  1900. 

Discussion. 

1897.     D2,  p.  167;  615.84,  p.  212. 

Clinics. 
1893.      Dies.     D322,  p.  166. 
1897.     Vulcanite  Teeth  for  Bridgework.     D332,  p.  205. 

For  index  and  key  to  Classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


145 

Brigbtfield,  O.  T.,  1905. 
Brightfield,  O.  F. 

1912.     Obituary,  p.  328. 
Brittain,  H.  D.,  190S. 
Britzius,  W.  A.,  1909. 
Broadbent,  T.  A.,  1895,  1905. 

Administration. 

1912.  Com.  on  Necrology. 

1913.  Com.  on  Public  Press. 

Discussion. 

1913.      D611,  p.  246. 
Broering,  H.  A.,  1911. 
Broman,  A.  A. 

Clinic. 

1911.     Moldine  Models  of  Bell-shaped  Teeth  in  Making  Seamless  Crowns. 
D331,  p.  289. 

1913.     Obituary,  p.  300. 
Bronstein,  B.  J.,  1908. 
Brooking,  P.  V.,  1903. 

Discussions. 

190S.      D06,  p.  81. 
1910.      D072,  p.  205. 

Clinic. 

1910.      Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  26-1. 
Brophy,  B.  C,  1901,  1905. 

Clinics. 

1898.     Casting  Aluminum.     D323,  p.  188. 

1901.  Denture  Metal.     D323,  p.  140. 

1902.  Porcelain  Work.     Baking  with  Gas  and  Gasoline,  Using  His  Own 

Furnace.     D31,  p.  166. 

1903.  Fusing  Platinum  Solder  with  Gasoline  Blowpipe,  and  Baking  Por- 

celain.    D31,  p.  11. 
Brophy,  T.  W.,  1872,  1S76. 

Administration. 

1881.  Executive  Com. 

1882.  Com.  on  Legislation. 
1891.     President. 

1910.  Com.   on  Legislation. 

1911.  Com.   on  Legislation. 

1912.  Com.   on  Legislation. 

1913.  Com.  on  Legislation. 

1914.  Com.   on  Legislation. 

Papers. 

1877.     The  Treatment  of  Exposed  Pulps.     D24,  p.  76;    Disc,  p.  86. 

1880.     Carbolic  Acid  and  Creosote  —  Their  Chemistry  and   Therapeutical 

Application  to  the  Practice  of  Dentistry.     615.775,  p.   57;    Disc, 

p.  62. 

1882.  Caries   and   Necrosis   of   the   Maxillary   Bones.      D71,   p.    85;     Disc, 

p.  110. 

1883.  Dental  Education.     D07,  p.  88;    Disc,  p.  94. 

1886.  Oral  Surgery.     D7,  p.  177;    Disc,  p.  178. 

1887.  Diagnosis  of  Oral  Tumors.     D78,  p.  96,  3  illus.;    Disc,  p.  102. 
1894.     The    Relation    of    the    Dental    Profession    to   Our    Dental    Colleges. 

D07,  p.  42;    Disc,  p.  48. 
1898.     Conservatism  in  Oral  Surgery.     D7,  p.  147;    Disc,  p.  151. 

Discussions. 

1876. 

1877. 
1878. 
1879. 


1884 
1S85 
1886 
1887. 
1888. 


U11,      JJ.      O  i  , 

D4,  p.  132 


JJ4,   p.    L6Z. 

D24,  p.  46. 

D2,  p.  102;    617.22,  p.  118;    D073,  p.  141. 
D22a,  D243,  p.  114;    D07,  p.  138;    D073,  p.  169. 
D2,  p.  123,  127;    D602,  p.  135. 
.      D073,  p.  68,  69. 

Por  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


146 

Brophy,  T.  XV. —  Continued. 

18S9.   D22,  p.  110;  615.775,  p.  123;  D2,  p.  152. 
1890.   D07,  p.  93,  94:  D6a,  D61,  p.  153;  D2,  p.  16S. 

1892.   D04,  p.  12;  D22,  p.  51;  D4,  p.  91;  D21a,  p.  107,  109;  D21,  p.  138, 
141,  142. 
D073,  p.  145. 

D04,  p.   20,  23:    DS,  p.  107;    D81,  p.   135,  139,  154;    D33,  p.   165;    I 
p.  87. 


1894. 

1895.     D04,  p.   20,  23:    DS,  p.   107;    DS1,  p.   135,  139,  154;    D33,  p.   165;    D2, 
p.  87. 
17.21,  p.  66:    D7S,  p.  S4,  90;    D64,  p.  130. 
_)141,  D24,  p.  109,  110,  112,  114;    D09,  p.  275. 
1898.      D04,  p.  17;    D222,  p.  40,  52. 
1900.      D64,  p.  56;    D331,  p.  62;    D713,  p.  120,  122. 
"15.778,  p.  71;    612.31,  p.  82. 


1896.  61 

1897.  Dl 


1900.  1)64,  p.   fc>b;     D6A1,  p.    bZ; 

1901.  615.778,  p.  71;    612.31,  p. 

1902.  D243,  p.  56. 


1904.  D04,  p.  17. 

1905.  D04,  p.  25:    D25,  p.  72;    D64,  p.  72;    D76,  p.  94,  99. 

1906.  D89,  p.  196:    615.7S15,  p.  211,  216;    D072,  p.  223. 

1909.  D07,  p.  112;    D07,  p.  150. 

1910.  D601,  p.  168:    D64,  D65,  D76,  p.  190,  200. 

1911.  D04,  DS,  p.  86;    615. 77S,  p.  100,  111. 

1913.  D611,  p.  244;    D89,  p.  160. 

1914.  D25,  p.  191. 

Clinics. 

1SS8.     Tin  and  Gold  Filling.     D22c,  p.  132. 

18S9.      Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  142. 

1897.     Empyema  of  the  Antrum.     D76,  p.  206. 

1598.  Hypertrophy  of  the  Third  Division  of  Nerves.     D77,  p.  192. 
Cyst.     D783,  p.  193. 

1599.  Facial  Neuralgia.     D77,  p.  119. 
1901.     Cleft  Palate.     D751,  p.  136. 

1904.  Surgical  Operation.     Neuralgia.     D77,  p.  29. 
Surgical  Operation,  Necrosis.     D711,  p.  30. 

1905.  Surgical.     D7,  p.  229. 

1906.  Operation  for  Cleft  Palate.     D751,  p.  287. 
1908.     Cleft  Palate  Operation.     D751,  p.  259. 

1911.     Operation  for  Cleft  Palate  and  Bilateral  Harelip.     D751,  p.  2S6. 
Brosman,  XV.  H.,  1905. 

Administration. 

1907.  Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

Clinic. 
1906.     Banded    Logan    Crown    Demonstrated    with    Giant    Models.      D331, 

p.  281. 
Browman,  A.  A.,  1908. 
Brown,  A.  E.,  1865,  Charter  Member,  1S82. 

Discussions. 

1883.     D2,  p.  96. 

1SS6.      D22a,  D243,  p.  118. 
Brown,  B.  L..,  1911. 
Brown,  C.  F.,  1905. 
Brown,  E.  G.,  1907. 
Brown,  E.  Family. 

Paper. 

1S92.     Improvements   in   Porcelain   Crown   and   Bridgework.      D33,    p.    58; 
Disc,  p.  61. 
Brown,  Frank  N.,  1S99. 
Brown,  Fred,  1911. 
Brown,  Fred  E.,  1905. 
Brown,  F.  F.,  1905. 
Brown,  G.  E.,  1901,  1905. 

Clinics. 

1906.     Seamless  Gold  Crown.     D331,  p.  287. 

1908.  Orthodontia  Wrench,  Direct  and  Reverse  Acting.     D4,  p.  272. 
Brown,  G.  J.,  1910. 

Brown,  G.  V.  I. 

Discussions. 

1S90.      D07,  p.  91;    D332,  p.  148. 

1891.     D21,  p.  58,  65,  66,  6  illus.;    D231,  p.  180. 
Brown,  G.  W.,  1870. 
Brown,  H.,  1905. 
Brown,  H.  T.,  1905. 
Brown,  J.  A.,  1905,  1912. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


147 
Brown,  J.  B.,  IS 92. 

Administration. 

1903.     Local  Com. 
Clinic. 

1S99.     Bleaching-.     D26,  p.  104. 
Brown,  J.  O.,  1S99,  1905. 

Clinic. 

1901.      Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  139. 
Brown,  J.  Boy,  1S95. 
Brown,  J.  V.,  1905. 
Brown,  Li.  B.,  1909. 
Brown,  O.  H.,  1901. 
Browning,  E.  L..,  1905. 
Browning,  H.  O.,  1903. 

Clinics. 

1903.     Celluloid  Matrices.     D22b,  p.  4,  Supplement. 

1905.  Invisible  Bridge  Attachment.     D332,  p.  220. 

An  Attachment  for  Davis  Crown  to  First  Bicuspid.     D331,  p.  220. 
Bruce,  O.  C,  1907. 
Brunson,  G.  31.,  1S97. 

Discussions. 

1897.  D4,  p.  185;    615. S4,  p.  214. 

1898.  D222,  p.  53,  54. 

1899.  D04,  p.  17. 

1901.  D32,  p.  61;    D22,  p.  102. 

1902.  D3,  p.  178. 

1906.  615.781,  p.  105. 

1910.  D601,  p.  167. 
1912.  D5,  p.  218. 

Clinics. 

1902.  A  Method  of  Anchoring  Screw  Posts  in  Frail  Roots  and  Badly 
Broken  Down  Bicuspids  and  Molars.     D331,  p.  166. 

1905.  Lining  Cavities  and  Using  an  Intermediate  Before  Filling.  D24, 
p.  228. 

1911.  Cavity  Lining  and  Intermediates.     D22c,  p.  299. 
Bryant,  C.  F.,  1902. 

Clinic. 

1902.     Continuous  Gum  Denture.     D324,  p.  166. 
Bryant,  Lester  F.,  1902. 

Administration. 

1911.     Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

Paper. 
1909.     Porcelain  Inlays.     D232,  p.  192;    Disc,  p.  199. 

Clinics. 

1902.  Construction  and  Shading  of  Porcelain  Inlays.     D232,  p.  16S. 

1903.  Porcelain  Restoration  of  Mesial  Surface  of  Superior  Right  Lateral 

Involving  the  Angle.     D232,  p.  1. 

1904.  Gold  Inlay.     D231,  p.  26. 

1907.  Prophylaxis.     D25,  p.  226. 

1908.  Ordinary  Facings  as  Replaceable  Teeth  in  Cast  Bridgework.     D332, 

p.  269. 
1911.     Method  of  Paralleling  Abutments  in  Bridgework.     D332,  p.  290. 
Buck,  L.  F.,  1905. 
Buckheit,  A.  J.,  1910. 
Buckingham,  J.  T.,  1908. 
Buckley,  Frank  S.,  1907. 
Buckley,  J.  P.,  1902. 

Administration. 

1905.  Com.  to  Cooperate  with  State  Medical  Society. 

1906.  Program  Com. 

Com.  to  Cooperate  with  Chicago  Medical  Society. 

1907.  Com.  to  Cooperate  with  State  Medical  Society. 

1909.  Com.  on  Post-graduate  Study  Course. 

1910.  Com.  on  Post-graduate  Study  Course. 

1911.  Com.  on  Post-graduate  Study  Course. 
Com.  on  Public  Dental  Education. 

1912.  Com.  on  Public  Dental  Education. 

1913.  Executive  Council. 

Papers. 

1905.     Dental  Medicine.     615,  p.  157;    Disc,  168. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


148 
Buckley,  J.  P. —  Continued. 

1907.  A  Brief  Review  of  the  Chemistry  of  Pulp   Decomposition,   with   a 

Rational  Treatment   for  this  Condition   and   Its   Sequelae.     D24, 
D63,  p.  136;    Disc,  p.  148. 

Discussions. 

1903.  615.781,  p.  75,  76. 

1904.  D06,  p.  57;    D223,  p.  98. 
1906.  615.781,  p.  214;    D14,  p.  268. 

1908.  D073,  p.  34;    D06,  p.  77,  SO;    D63,  p.  130. 

1909.  D89,  p.  188;    D232,  p.  209. 

1910.  D04,  p.  23;    D243,  p.  123;    D16,  D4,  p.  156;    D64,  D65,  D76,  p.  198. 

1911.  615.778,  p.  104,  106. 

1912.  D04,  p.  25;    D072,  p.  83;    D5,  p.  217;    D072,  p.  275. 

1913.  D64,  D65,  p.  136;    D611,  p.  242. 

Clinics. 

1904.     Dental  Drugs.     615,  p.  26. 

1911.      A  New  Method  for  Root  Amputation.     D65,  p.  286. 

1913.     Surgery  of  Chronic  Dento-alveolar  Abscess.     D65,  p.  254. 
Buckthorpe,  B.  B.,  1905. 
Buehner,  John  B.,  1905. 
Buff,  G.  O.,  1909. 
Bull,  H.  B.,  1S92,  1906. 

Clinics. 

1899.     Backing  Facings.     D33,  p.  104. 

1911.     Replacing  Broken  Tooth  in  Gum  Section,  Rubber.     D321,  p.  290. 
Bull,  H.  D.,  1905. 
Bullard,  J.  A.,  1905. 

Discussion. 

1906.     615.7815,  p.  207. 

Clinics. 

1906.     A  Method  of  Making  Zinc  or  Babbitt  Metal  Die  Direct  from   Im- 
pression of  the  Mouth.     D322,  p.  286. 

1911.     A  Method  of  Constructing  Gold  Inlays.     D231,  p.  299. 
Burkhardt,  W.  G. 
Clinic. 

1911.     Double  Dowel  for  Bicuspids  and  Molars.     D331,  p.  290. 
Burrell,  David,  1872. 
Burress,  A.  E.,  1905. 
Burrews,  A.  E.,  18S4. 
Burrill,  J.  A.,  1907. 

Paper. 

1911.  Retention  in  Orthodontia.     D4,  p.  126,  8  illus.;    Disc,  p.  135. 

Discussions. 
1910.      D4,  D16,  p.  150. 

Clinic. 
1910.     Modelmaking  for  Orthodontia.     D4,  p.  26S. 
Burroughs,  E.  L..,  1903. 

Administration. 

1909.  Board  of  Censors. 

1910.  Executive  Council. 

Discussions. 

1906.  D06,  p.  118. 

1907.  D4,  p.  130. 

1912.  D072,  p.  273. 
Burroughs,  L,.  L..,  1907. 
Burt,  C.  P.,  1905,  1907. 
Burgess,  G.  F.,  1912. 
Burgson,  C.  E.,  1909. 
Burke,  E.,  1905. 
Burkhardt,  F.  H„  1905. 
Burkhardt,  \V.  G.,  1905. 
Burne,  A.  D.,  1910. 
Burnett,  F.  E.,  1908. 
Burnett,  I.  A.,  1911. 

Burnett,  J.  M.,  1865,  Charter  Member. 

Burnham,  F.  A.,  1871. 

Bush,  E.  M.,  1906. 

Bush,  L,.,  1865,  Charter  Member. 

Bushe,  B.  W.,  1912. 

Bushnell,  A.  D.,  1912. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


149 

Bushnell,  C.  W.,  1905. 
Busho,  \V.  A.,  1905. 

1912.     Obituary,  p.  330. 

Clinic. 

1911.     Treatment    of    Pyorrhea,    Demonstrating    Use    of    Logan-Buckley 
Instruments.     D64,  p.  296. 
Bushong,  E.  W.,  1895. 

1896.     Obituary,  p.  187. 
Bushpies,  F.  P.,  1905. 
Butler,  C.  B.,  1S74,  Honorary  Member. 
Butler,  H.  M.,  1912. 
Bntler,  L,.,  1905. 
Butler,  S.  T.,  1900. 

Clinic. 

1905.  Preparing  Gold  Foil,  and  a  Combination  Gold  and  Amalgam  Fill- 

ing.    D22c,  p.  272. 
Butler,  W.  O.,  1S77,  1905. 

Discussions. 

1874.     D22,  p.  47,  50,  51;    D24,  p.  79;    D22,  p.  90. 
Button,  George  P.,  1903. 
Byers,  J.  W.,  1905. 
Byfield,  J.  H.,  1905. 
Byington,  C.  E.,  1905. 

Administration. 

190.S.     Com.   on   Public  Dental  Education. 

1909.  Com.   on  Public  Dental  Education. 

1910.  Com.   on  Public  Dental  Education. 

1911.  Com.   on   Public  Dental  Education. 

Paper. 

1906.  Dental  Education  in  the  Public  Schools.     D072,  p.  218;    Disc,  p.  221. 
Byrne,  Elmer,  1910. 


For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


150 

Cabeen,  J.  D.,  1905. 
Cadmus,  J.  H.,  1909. 
Cady,  E.  E.,  1887. 

Discussions. 

1887.      D78,  p.  108;    D2,  p.  119. 
Cahill,  C.  IV.,  1909. 
Call,  E.  B.,  1S70. 

1896.'    Obituary.     Portrait.     P.  1S6. 

Discussions. 

1885.      D3,  p.  50. 
1890.      D332,  p.  146. 

Clinic. 

1SS9.     Gold  Crown.     D331,  p.  141. 
Callahan,  J.  R. 

Discussion. 

1901.      D22,  p.  107. 
Clinic. 

1901.     Gold  and  Tin  in  Definite  Proportions  for  Filling.     D22c,  p.  134. 
Calvert,  C.  W.,  1909. 
Cameron,  Geo.  M.,  1882. 
Cameron,  M.  D.,  1908. 
Campbell,  A.  W.,  1912. 
Campbell,  C.  O.,  1905,  1909. 
Campbell,  E.  J.,  1905. 
Campbell,  J.,  1875. 

Administration. 

1SS0.  Executive  Com. 

1884.  Treasurer. 

1899.  Executive  Council. 

1900.  Vice-President. 

Paper. 

1882.     Peridontitis  —  Cause  and  Treatment.     D65,  p.  176;    Disc,  p.  181. 

Clinic. 

1S92.     Exhibition    of  Models   Representing   Irregularities   and   Method   of 
Rectifying.     D4,  p.  148. 
Campbell,  P.  A.,  1905. 

1909.  Obituary,  p.  64. 
Campbell,  R.  F.,  1905. 
Campbell,  S.  A.,  1S86,  1905. 

Administration. 

1892.     Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1895.     Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1S99.     Executive  Council. 

1908.     Com.  on  Necrology. 
Canek,  David  H.,  1906. 
Cann,  W.  A.,  1905. 
Canode,  J.  P.,  1905. 
Carey,  A.  B.,  1S98,  1905. 
Carey,  B.  W.,  1905. 
Carey,  Geo.  B.,  1897,  1905. 
Carl,  P.  M.,  1905. 
Carl,  W.  H.,  1905. 
Carlene,  H.  O.,  1909. 
Carlstein,  Aaron,  1909. 
Carney,  W.  G.,  1905. 
Carolns,  I.  B.,  1905. 
Carpenter,  E.  R.,  1895. 

Administration. 

1910.  Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

Paper. 
1902.     Matrix  in  Compound  Approximal  Gold  Fillings.     D22b,  D221,  p.  116; 
Disc,  p.  120. 
Discussions. 

1900.  615.778,  p.  143. 
1908.      D22,  p.  175,  176. 
1910.      D231,  p.  224. 

Clinics. 

1901.  Pyorrhea  at  Root  Bifurcations  and  Its  Treatment  with  Oxyphos- 

phate  of  Copper.     D64,  p.  137. 

1902.  Removal  of  Pulp  with  Pressure  Anesthesia.     D242,  p.  164. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


151 

Carpenter,  E.  R.  E.,  1S65,  Charter  Member. 
Carpenter,  G.  T.,  1S78,  1897,  1905. 

Clinic. 

1S99.     Method  of  Reproducing  Gum  Tissue.     D64,  p.  120. 
Carpenter,  O.,  1875. 
Carr,  Hon.  Clark  E. 

Discussion. 

1895.      D04,  p.  23. 
Carr,  S.  L..,  1905. 
Carroll. 

Discussion. 

1S88.      D4,  p.  97. 
Carroll,  W.  P.,  1908. 
Carruthers,  G.  C,  1905,  1908. 
Carson,  C.  W.,  1892. 
Cary,  M.  G.,  1910. 
Case,  C.  B.,  1905. 
Case,  C.  S.,  1892,  Corresponding  Member,  1894. 

Papers. 

1889.     Soft  Rubber  Palates  for  Congenital  Clefts.     D34,  p.  154,  1  illus. 
1892.     Orthodontia  —  A  Practical  Case.     D4,  p.  84,  16  illus;    Disc,  p.  S9. 

1894.  Reciprocation  of  Force  in  Orthodontia.     D4,  p.  10S,  10  illus.;    Disc, 

p.  118. 

1895.  Abnormal  Lateral  Bite.     D4,  p.  159,  4  illus. 

1897.  Principles    of    Force    and    Anchorage    in    the    Movement    of   Teeth. 

D4,  p.  171,  13  illus.;    Disc,  p.  1S2. 

1898.  New  Methods  and  Appliances  in  Orthodontia.     D4,  p.   SI,  20  illus.; 

Disc,  p.  97. 
1903.     The  Velum  Obturator.     D34,  p.  46;    Disc,  p.  52. 

Discussions. 

1889.  D22,  p.  106,  112. 

1891.  D22a,  p.  113;    D4,  p.  146. 

1892.  D141,  p.  122,  124. 

1897.  D4,  p.  151;    D2,  p.  165;    615.S4,  p.  210;    D09,  p.  275. 

1901.  D4,  p.  50. 

1903.  D4,  p.  31,  33. 

1906.  D602,  p.  49. 

1908.  D073,  p.  37. 

1911.  D4,  p.  138. 

Clinics. 

1889.  Exhibited  Models,  Dies,  Impression  Cups,  etc.,  Used  in  the  Making 

of  Artificial  Vela  and  Obturators  for  Cleft  Palate.     D34,  p.  142. 
1S98.     Appliances  for  Regulating  and  Retaining  the  Teeth.     D4,  p.  187. 

1899.  Fractures,  Orthodontia  and  Artificial  Palates.     D4,  D713,  p.  108. 

1901.  Orthodontia.     D4,  p.  140. 

1902.  New  Form  of  Artificial  Palate.     D34,  p.  165. 

1903.  Velum  Obturator.     D34,  p.  10,  Supplement. 

1904.  Orthodontia.     D4,  p.  30. 
Case,  Elizabeth,  1913. 

Case,  F.  D.,  1913. 
Cassell,  C.  Leonard,  1906. 

Clinic. 

1910.     The  Articulation  of  Teeth.     D32,  p.  267. 
Cassell,  Owen  E.,  1907. 
Cassidy,  T.  J.,  1913. 
Cathcart,  J.  A.,  1913. 
Cattell,  D.  M.,  1889. 

Administration. 

1890.  Librarian. 

1892.  Clinic  Com. 

1893.  Clinic  Com. 

1899.  Executive  Council. 

Papers. 

1891.  A  Lantern  View   of  Pulp   Chambers  and  Canals    Showing  Typical 
Forms  and  Some  of  the  Variations.     D243,  p.  142,  12  illus.;    Dis., 

p    144. 

1892.  Report  of  Supervisor  of  Clinics.     D2    p.  147. 
1895.     Results  of  Experimental  Root  Canal  Fillings.     D243,  p.   43,    Disc, 

1900.  Emphasizing    Some    Things    in    Operative    Procedure.      D2,    p.    66; 
Disc,  p.  78. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


152 
Cattell,  D.  M. —  Continued. 
Discussions. 

1895.     D2,  p.  187. 
1902.      D031,  p.  25. 

Clinics. 

1889.  Removal  of  Deposits.     D641,  p.  143. 
1901.     Gold  Filling-.     D221,  p.  137. 

Caulk,  L.  I). 

Paper. 

1871.     Electromagnetic  Plugger.     D221a,  p.  55. 
Chad  wick,  C.  C,  1912. 
Chamberlin,  C.  W.,  1886. 
Chamberlain,  F.  W.,  1905. 
Chambers,  P.  H.,  1888. 
Chandler,  V.  K.,  1905. 
Changnon,  1909. 
Chapman,  A.  S.,  IS 73. 

Administration. 

1878.     Executive  Com. 
Chapman,  E.  M.,  1909. 
Chapman,  W.  C,  1S95. 
1  happell,  O.  A.,  1887,  1899,  1905,  1907. 

Administration. 

1890.  Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

Discussions. 

1887.      D78,  p.  108. 
1905.      D332,  p.  210. 

Clinic. 

1901.     Dead  Soft  Gold.     D221,  p.  137. 
Chase,  E.  C. 

Paper. 

1S73.     Chemistry  of  the  Oral  Secretions  and  Their  Action   on   the  Teeth. 
612.31,  p.  56. 
Chase,  H.  S.,  Honorary  Member. 
1898.     Obituary,  p.  246. 

Papers. 

1S73.     The    Part    Which    Vital    Action    Plays    in    the    History    of    Dental 
Caries.     D61,  p.  106;    Disc,  p.  110. 

1875.  Some  Late  Observations  in  Histology  of  the  Dental  Tissues.     Dl, 

p.  100,  5  illus. 

1876.  Oral  Electricity.     D22,  p.  72. 

Discussions. 

1869.     D22,  Mo.  Dental  Jnl.,  Vol.  1,  p.  303,  306;    D65,  Mo.  Dental  Jnl.,  Vol. 
1,  p.  320;    D65,  Mo.  Dental  Jnl.,  Vol.  1,  p.  329,  330. 

1873.     D61,  p.  190;    D613,  D614,  p.  62;    D24,  p.  76;    D17,  p.  87;    D22,  p.  103. 
Cheadle,  E.  M.,  1888. 
Cheeseman,  A.  S.,  1891,  1904. 
Cheesenian,  Frank  E.,  1902. 

Administration. 

1907.     Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

Discussions. 

1904.      D232,  D31,  p.  114. 
1909.      D232,  p.  199. 

Clinics. 

1904.  Porcelain   Inlay. 

1905.  Porcelain  Crown. 

1906.  Solid  Gold  Inlay  without  the  Use  of  Solder.     D231,  p.  280. 

1911.  Division  of  Cast  Inlays  in  Compound  Cavities.     D231,  p.  301. 
Cheuoweth,  Alfred  W.,  1897,  1906. 

ChenoTveth,  J.  D.,  1910. 
Cherington,  E.  E.,  1905. 
Childs,  R.  S.,  1909. 
Childs,  Timothy  S.,  1894,  1905. 

Clinic. 

1912.  Duplex  Gold  and  Tin  as  a  Base  for  Filling.     D22c,  p.  304. 
Chinberg,  H.  S.,  1906. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


153 
Chittenden,  1872,  Honorary  Member. 
Clinics. 
1S83.     Filling-.     D22,  p.  152. 
1899.      Gold  Filling-.     D221,  p.  116. 
Christianer,  F.,  1883. 
Christnian,  G.  A.,  1SS1,  1905. 

Administration. 

1885.     Com.  on  Dental  Science  and  Literature. 
Christopher,  C.  J.,  1905. 
Churchill,  G.  IE..  1909. 
Cigrand,  b.  J.,  1893. 

Papers. 

1S96.  New  Methods  for  Producing  Bicuspid  Band  Crowns  with  Porcelain 
Facings  and  Cusps.     D331,  p.  29,  13  illus. ;    Disc,  p.  33. 

1901.  The  Philosophy  of  Mastication  Relative  to  Dental  Prosthesis 
D3a,  p.  19;    Disc,  p.  31. 

1910.  What  Dentists  Have.  Contributed  to  Other  Professions.  D07.  D09 
p.  70. 

Discussions. 

1895.  D8,  p.  103;  D81,  p.  144,  154. 

1S96.  D04,  p.  16. 

1899.  D33,  p.  86. 

1901.  D21,  p.  132. 

1902.  D07,  p.  88. 

1903.  D04,  p.  21;    D34,  p.  52. 

1904.  D231,  p.  78;    D101,  p.  141. 

1905.  D32a,  p.  173. 

1906.  D89,  p.  186. 
1913.  D3,  p.  222. 

Clinics. 

1898.  Intradental  Band.     D331,  p.  195. 

1899.  Porcelain  Crown.     D331,  p.  115. 

1902.  A    Gnathomonic    Mimic,    Showing    the    Philosophy    of    Mastication. 

D3a,  p.  163. 

1903.  Mandibular    Movements,    Their    Relation    to    Artificial    Dentures. 

D3a,  p.  5,  Supplement. 
Cigrand,  P.  J.,  1896. 

Clinic. 

1899.     A    Method    of    Filling    Root    Canals    with    Sandarac    Varnish    and 
Gutta-percha  Points.     D243,  p.  108. 
Clapp,  J.  L,.,  1865,  Charter  Member,  1875. 
Clark,  A.  B.,  1876. 

Administration. 

1890.     Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 
Discussions. 

1878.  D26,  p.  8S. 

1879.  D07,  p.  47;  D07,  p.  88. 

1880.  612.8,  p.  38,  39. 
Clark,  Senator  A.  C. 

1906.  Banquet  Tendered  in  Honor  of.  P.  295. 
Clark,  G.  E.,  1905. 
Clark,  H.  R.,  1909. 
Clark,  J.  E.,  1905. 
Clark,  J.  T.,  1906. 
Clark,  R.  L..,  1911. 
Clark,  S.  J.,  1909. 
Clark,  Thos.,  1905,  190S. 
Clark,  W.  G.,  1899. 

Paper. 

1902.     A  Simple  Matrix.     D22b,  p.  129;    Disc,  p.  130. 
Clinic. 

1905.     Hollow  Gold  Inlay.     D231,  p.  223. 
Clarke. 

Discussion. 

1867.  D611,  p.  32. 
Clary,  John  R.,  1906. 
Clayton,  J.  R. 

Clinic. 

1890.     Gold  Filling. 
Clemens,  O.  C,  1906. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


154 
Clemmer,  P.  B.,  1911. 

Discussion. 
1913.      D611,  p.   241. 
Clendenen,  I.  B.,  1909. 
Cleveland,  C,  1909. 
Cleveland,  C.  L.,  1906. 
Clevidence,  E.  A.,  1910. 
Clickner,  W.  R.  R.,  1906,  1910. 
Cloes,  C.  L,:,  1909. 
Close,  I.  E.,  1908. 
Clotfelter,  E.  M.,  19.05. 
CInsmann,  L,.,  1892. 
Clyne,  W.  C,  1913. 
Cochran,  R.  L. 

Discussions. 

1905.  D24,  D611,  p.  134. 
Cockrell.  B.  E.,  1902,  1910. 
Voe;  L.  C,  19 OS. 

Coe,  Thos.  C,  1907. 
Coen,  E.  B.,  1905. 
Coffey,  W.  G.,  1909. 
Coffin,  R.  E.,  1908. 
Coffman,  A.  B.,  1909. 
Colin,  I.,  1905. 
Colby,  O.  C,  1905. 

Clinic. 

1906.  Pressure    Anesthesia    in    Connection    with    Pulp    Preserver.      D24, 

p.   276. 
Coleman,  G.  T.,  1909. 
Coleman,  Thos.,  1909. 
Colhamer,  Chas.  E.,  1S97. 
Collins,  J.  W.,  1S83,  1905. 

Clinics. 

1892.      Gold  Filling-.     D221,  p.  147. 
1897.     Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  202. 
Collins,  O.  G.,  1905. 

Clinic. 

1912.     Extracting  Under  Somnoform.     615.781,  D72,  p.  299. 
Coltrin,  C.  W.,  1905. 
Combe,  J.  E.,  1909. 
Combs,  H.  J.,  1903. 

Clinics. 

1904.  Davis  Crown.     D331,  p.  30. 

1905.  Porcelain  Crown  with  Gold  Coping.     D331,  p.  229. 
Comer,  C.  F.,  1907. 

Concklin,  L.  K„  1908. 
Condit,  C.  H.,  1906. 
Clinic. 

1911.  Cast  Gold  Crowns  and  Bridges,  Using  in  Their  Construction  Porce- 

lain    Facings,     Detachable-post     Crowns     and     Diatoric     Teeth. 

D33,  p.  300. 
Condon,  A.  P.,  1898. 
Condon,  C.  C,  1905. 
Condon,  J.  J.,  1905. 

1910.     Obituary,  p.  49. 
Congrfsky,  J.  P.,  1912. 
Conkey,  F.  31.,  1895,  1905. 

Clinic. 

1912.  The  New  Use  for  the  Old  Broach.     D242,  p.  297. 
Conklin,  B.  A.,  1905. 

Conley,  Winifred,  1906. 
Conklin,  P.  G.,  1909. 
Conklin,  \V.  R.,  1907. 
Connors,  J.  T.,  1909. 
Conrad,  Wm.,  1911. 

Discussion. 
1892.      D2,  p.  19,  28,  29;    D141,  p.  124,  125. 
Conroy,  G.  E.,  1905. 
Conroy,  J.  K.,  1905. 

Administration. 

1909.     Clinic  Com. 

1912.  Com.  on  Dental  Art  and  Invention. 

1913.  Vice-President. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


155 
Conroy,  J.  K. —  Continued. 
Papers. 

1911.  Orthodontia  in  the  Smaller  Cities.     D4,  p.  117;    Disc,  p.  135. 

1912.  Report  of  Com.  on  Dental  Art  and  Invention.     D21,  p.  58. 

Discussions. 

1907.  D221,  D231,  p.  88;    D4,  p.  133. 

1908.  D06,  p.  90. 

1910.      D16,  D4,  p.  149;    D072,  p.  244. 

Clinics. 

1906.  Matrix  for  Contour  Amalgam  Fillings.     D22b,  p.  27S. 

1907.  Extension  for  Prevention.     D22a,  p.  228. 

1908.  Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  261. 
1910.      Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  262. 

1913.  Various  Steps  for  Proper  Amalgam  Filling.     D222,  p.  258. 
Constant,  C.  K.,  1910. 

Converse,  A.  E.,  1905. 

Administration. 

1910.  Local  Com. 
1912.     Local  Com. 

Converse,  C.  H.,  1905. 
Cook,  Geo.  W.,  1S94. 
Cook,  George  W.,  1S94. 

Administration. 

1907.     Com.  on  Dental  Science  and  Literature. 
190S.     Com.  on  Public  Dental  Education. 

1909.  Com.  on  Public  Dental  Education. 

1910.  Com.  on  Public  Dental  Education. 

1911.  Com.  on  Public  Dental  Education. 

Papers. 

1899.     Bacteriological  Investigation  of  Pulp  Gangrene.     D63,  p.  19;    Disc, 

p.  23. 
1907.     Report    of   Com.    on    Dental    Science   and   Literature.      D073,   p.    54; 

Disc,  p.  62. 

1905.  Putrefaction    and    Pathological    Changes    in    Tissue.      D63,    p.    116; 

Disc,  p.  125. 

1912.  Some    Phases    of   Bacteriological    Infection    of   the   Human    Mouth. 

D6a,  p.  154;    Disc,  p.  164. 

Discussions. 

1899.  D22a,  p.  62. 

1900.  615.778,  p.  144. 

1901.  615.778,  p.  72. 

1902.  D073,  p.  153. 

1906.  D04,  p.  24;    615.781,  p.  101,  102,  106;    D06,  p.  125;    D072,  p.  226;    D14, 

p.  264,  269. 

1907.  DS9,  p.  74;    D24,  D63,  p.  157;    D07,  p.  175. 

1908.  D22,  p.  174;    D61,  p.  228;    D601,  p.  165. 

1911.  D61,  p.  280. 

Clinics. 

1900.     Surgical  Treatment  of  Pyorrhea  Alveolaris.     D64,  p.  171. 

1902.  Individual  Treatment  of  Pyorrhea  Alveolaris.     D64,  p.  162. 

1903.  Bacteriology.     D6a,  p.  9,  Supplement. 
Coolidge,  E.  D.,  1909. 

Administration. 

1912.  Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

Paper. 

1913.  Some  Considerations  of  Gold  Inlay  Work.     D231,  p.  85;    Disc,  p.  92. 

Clinic. 

1911.  Inlay  Abutment  for  Bridgework.     D332,  p.  300. 
Coolet,  F.  D.,  1909. 

Cooley,  V.  P.,  1910,  1912. 
Coonradt,  Lewis  E.,  1905. 

Administration. 

1914.  Executive  Council. 
Cooper,  A.  W.,  1905. 
Copley,  Harry,  1905. 

Administration. 

1912.  Board  of  Censors. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


156 
Corbett,  C.  C,  1892. 

Administration. 

1900.  Board  of  Examiners. 

1904.  Vice-President. 

1906.  Executive  Council. 

Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1910.  Vice-President. 

1911.  Program  Com. 

1912.  President. 

Papers. 

1907.  The    Advantages    of    Cement    as    a    Cavity    Lining.      D22c,    p.    185; 

Disc,  p.  191. 
1912.     President's  Address. 

Discussions. 

1901.  D22c,  p.  56. 
1912.      D222,  p.  246. 

Clinics. 

1895.     Regulating  Appliance.     D4,  p.  184. 

1897.  Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  201. 

1898.  A   Detachable   Spring   for   Retaining   Artificial   Dentures   in   Place. 

D32,  p.  195. 

1901.  Amalgam  Filling  with-Cement  Anchorage,  Using  Fellowship  Alloy. 

D22c,  p.  135. 

1905.  A  Cemented  Amalgam  Filling.     D22c,  p.  260. 

1909.  Amalgam  Filling  with  Cement  Dining.     D222,  p.  239. 

1910.  Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  261. 
Cordick,  C.  H.,  1908. 

Corley,  Guy  F.,  1905. 

Administration. 

1914.     Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 
Corley,  Morris,  E.,  1906. 
Cormany,  J.  W.,  1878. 

Administration. 

1884.  Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1885.  Librarian. 
1888.  Executive  Com. 

1891.  Executive  Council. 

1894.  Vice-President. 

1895.  President. 

1896.  Supervisor  Clinics. 

1902.  Executive  Com. 

1911.  Com.  on  Necrology. 

Papers. 

1892.  Some   Needed    Reforms   in    the   Practice    of    Dentistry.      D2,    p.    15; 

Disc,  p.  19. 
1895.     President's  Address  —  The  Saving  of  the  First  Tooth.     P.  9;    Disc, 

p.  20. 
1S96.     Report  of  the  Supervisor  of  Clinics.     D2,  p.  128. 
1898.     Where  Shall  I  Locate,  or  the  Beauties  of  a  Country  Practice.     DS9, 

p.  69;    Disc,  p.  73. 
1907.     The  Dentist  of  To-morrow.     D89,  p.  63;    Disc,  p.  65. 
1911.     Report  of  Com.  on  Necrology.     D09,  p.  328. 

Discussions. 


1881. 
1885. 
1886. 

1887. 


D24,  D65,  p.  45. 
D3,  p.  49;    615.5,  p.  128. 
D22a,  D243,  p.  117. 
615.5,  p.  80;    D602,  p.  143. 


1888.      D21,  p.  198. 
1890.     D61a,  p.  134 
1892.      D22,  p.  50. 


1893.'     D601,  p.  33. 

1894.      D222,  p.  87,  98;    D21,  p.  157. 


1895.  D2 

1896.  DO., 
1898.  D04, 

1900.  D2,  , 

1901.  D22, 

1902.  D8,  p~ 


1902.  D8,  p.  49;    D61a,  p.  125, 

1903.  D602,  p.  68;    D232,  p.  85. 
1905.      D89,  p.  191. 
1907.      D89,  p.  71,  75. 

D04,  p.  16. 

D32,  p.  236. 

D04,  p.  27;    D8,  p.  150. 


1910.      D04,  p.  16 

1911 

1912 


For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


157 
C'ormany,  J.  W. —  Continued. 
Clinics. 

1888.  Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  131. 

1889.  Amalgam  Filling.     D222,  p.  142. 

1894.  Gold  and  Amalgam  Lingual  Cusp  for  a  Bicuspid.     D22c,  p.  155. 

1898.  Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  186. 

1899.  Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  104. 
1901.      Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  134. 

1913.     Sure-stick  Fit  for  Plates.     D321,  p.  262. 
Cornelius,  J.  J.,  1905,  1907,  1910. 
Cornelius,  J.  YV.,  1870. 

Discussion. 

1872.      D3,  p.  28. 
Corwin,  John,  1895,  1905. 
Costner,  H.  A.,  1892. 

Discussions. 

1892.     D22,  p.  53;    D4,  p.  92,  93;    D21,  p.  145. 

1895.  D243,  p.  46;    D222,  p.  80. 

Clinic. 

1892.  A  Method  of  Preparing  and  Filling  Root  Canals  with  Tin  or  Gold 

Points.     D243,  p.  147. 
Covell,  G.  M.,  1907. 
Cowen,  W.  H.,  1904. 

Clinic. 

1909.     Cavity  Preparation,  Using  Hypnosis  as  a  Means  for  Entire  Relief 
from  Pain.     D22a,  615.851,  p.  237. 
Coulson,  D.  E.,  1890. 

Administration. 

1895.  Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 
Local  Com. 

1896.  Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1897.  Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1898.  Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

Discussions. 

1896.  D07,  p.  51. 

1897.  D04,  p.  18. 
Cowles,  G.  S.,  1905. 
Cox,  C.  W.,  1905,  1910. 

1909.     Obituary,  p.  65. 
Cox,  N.  W.,  1912. 
Craig,  Grant,  1905. 
Craig,  G.  A.,  1905. 
Craig,  H.  M.,  1906. 
Craig,  T.  D.,  1909. 
Craig,  W.  P.,  1905. 
Cramdal,  L.  E.,  1905. 
Crane,  E.  A.,  1908. 
Craver,  A.  S.,  1909. 
Craver,  J.  A.,  1905. 
Cravens,  Junius  E. 

Paper. 

1893.  Immediate  Root  Filling.     D243,  p.  45;    Disc,  p.  50. 
Crawford,  J.  H.,  1910. 

Crawford,  S.  W.,  1897. 
Cress,  G.  H.,  1905. 
Creswell,  J.  J.,  1878,  1905. 

Paper. 

1880.  Surgery  in  Dental  Practice.     D07,  p.  52. 

Discussion. 

1881.  D5,  p.  60. 
Cretors,  E.  D.,  1905. 
Crigler,  J.  W.,  1903,  1910. 

Clinics. 

1904.  Repairing  Crown  and  Bridgework.     D33,  p.  26. 

1905.  Gold  Cuspids  and  Incisors  and  Articulating  Molars  and  Bicuspids 

without  Facings.     D331,  p.  226. 
1912.     Method    of    Making    Amalgam    Fillings    Adjoining    with    No    Bad 
Results.     D222,  p.  297. 
Crigler,  John,  1905. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


158 
Crissman,  Ira  B.,  1S90. 

Administration. 

1896.  Assistant  Clinic. 

Discussions. 

1892.  D21a,  p.  112. 

1894.  D222,  p.  92. 

1895.  D243,  p.  55;    DS,  p.  109;    D81,  p.  150. 

1897.  D22a,  p.  91;    D2,  p.  167. 

1899.  D04,  p.  17. 

1900.  D2,  p.  34. 
Crist,  I.  W.,  1870. 
Cross,  H.  A.,  1905. 
Crossan,  «.  A.,  1909.      ' 
Crouch,  R.  O.,  1905. 

Crouse,  J.  IV.,  1865,  Charter  Member. 

Administration. 

1865.  Treasurer. 
1S69.     Executive  Com. 

1872.  Vice-President. 
Executive  Com. 

1873.  President. 

1877.  Com.  on  Popular  Education. 

1878.  Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 
1S79.     Executive  Com. 

Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 
1SS0.     Executive  Com. 

1881.  Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

Papers. 

1S69.  Dental  Caries.  D61,  Mo.  Dental  Jnl.,  1,  p.  272;  Disc,  p.  276. 
1870.  Separating-  Teeth:  When  and  How.  D22,  p.  50;  Disc,  p.  54. 
1873.     President's  Address.     D04,  p.  12. 

1877.     Operative    Dentistry — Special    Points    to    Be    Observed    to    Insure 
Success.     D2,  p.  99;    Disc,  p.  105. 

1882.  Methods  and  Materials  for  Saving-  Teeth.     D22,  p.  72;    Disc,  p.   79. 
1889.      In  Union  Is  Strength.     Toast.     D06,  p.  164. 

1902.      First  Permanent  Molar.     D61a,  p.  122;    Disc,  p.  125. 
1906.     Reminiscences  of  Forty-odd  Years  of  Practice.     D09,  p.  65;    Disc, 
p.  71. 

Discussions. 

1866.  D24,  p.  9;    D3,  p.  11. 

1867.  D22,  p.  25;    D24,  p.  27;    D611,  p.  31. 

1868.  D61a,  p.  36. 

1869.  D22,  Mo.  Dental  Jnl.,  Vol.  1,  p.  303,  307;    D65,  Mo.  Dental  Jnl.,  Vol. 

1,  p.  320. 

1870.  D24,  p.  18,  21,  22,  23;    D242,  p.  36,  37;    D22,  p.  43,  45,  46,  48;    D22l, 

p.  73,  75;    D81,  p.  87,  88,  89. 
1S71.     D61,    p.    27,    28,    29,   30;     D21b,    p.    38;     D22,    p.    50,    53;     D712,    p.    57; 
D221a,  p.  64;    D3,  p.  71;    D8,  p.  87;    D6,  p.  102;    D65,  p.  125. 

1872.  D3,  p.  27;    D2,  p.  58,  59;    D07,  p.  71,  72;    D8,  p.  90. 

1873.  D3,  p.  156;    D61,  p.  18S,  192;    D24,  p.  74;    D22,  p.  104;    D61,  p.  115. 

1875.  D22,   p.   39,   41;    D22,  p.   50,  51,   54;     D07,  p.    73;     D221,   p.    S3;    D3,   p. 

119,  120. 

1876.  D601,  p.  35;    D07,  p.  43,  44,  48;     D07,  D22,  p.  68,  71;    D22,  p.  74. 

1877.  612.31,  p.  64;    D24,  p.  91;    D2,  p.  113. 

1878.  D67,  p.  40,  42;    D07,  p.  55,  60,  61;    D22,  p.  60,  61;    D22,  p.   66;  D21,  p. 

SI;  D26,  p.  88;    D07,  p.  98. 
1S79.     D07,  p.  46;    D2,  p.  77;    D07,  p.  85,  89;    615.781,  p.  104;    D2,  p.  105,  107, 

108;    D61a,  p.  111. 
1880.      612. S,  p.  35,  36;    D24,  D65,  p.  44,  45,  48,  49;    615,775,  p.  63;    D22,  p.  75; 

D14,  D22,  p.  103. 
1882.      D65,  p.  181. 
18S3.     D641,   p.   39,   40;    613,   p.   56;    D61,   p.    64,   65;    D07,  p.   96;    D2,   p.   97; 

D713,  p.  127;    D4,  p.  132. 

1884.  D24,  p.  41,  48;    617.22,  p.  S9. 

1885.  D24,  p.  73;    D2,  p.  102,  108;    D073,  p.  140. 

1888.  D2,  p.  116,  120;    D2,  p.  135,  136,  137,  142,  143,  149,  150;    D24,  p.  167, 

169,  175,  179;    D21,  p.  201. 

1889.  D22,  p.  108,  109;    D2,  p.  150. 

1890.  D07,  p.  92;    D332,  p.  145,  146;    D2,  p.  159. 
1892.      D22,  p.  46,  54. 

1894.  D4,  p.  122. 

1895.  D04,  p.   22;    D243,  p.   54;    D31,  p.   86;    D8,  p.   105;    D06,  p.   119;    D33, 

p.  166. 

1898.  D04,  p.  26;    D222,  p.  43,  52,  55. 

1899.  D141,  D22a,  p.  63. 

1900.  D2,  p.  31;    D64,  p.  50;    D2,  p.  88,  89,  90;    D21,  p.  166. 

1901.  D04,  p.  16;    D22,  p.  106;    D21,  p.  132. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


159 
Grouse,  J.  N. —  Continued. 

1902.  D04,   p.    12;     D031,   p.    25;     D8,   p.    45,    4S;     D09,   p.    79;     D22a,   p.    114; 

D22b,  D221,  p.  120. 

1903.  D073,  p.  45;    D232,  p.  86. 

1904.  D04,  p.  16;    D221,  p.  149. 

1905.  D04,  p.  23;    D25,  p.  69;    D64,  p.  69;    D223,  p.  147,  154;    DS9,  p.  195. 

1906.  D06,  p.  122;    DS9,  p.  189. 

1907.  D07,  p.  43;    D221,  D231,  p.  92. 

190S.      D09,  p.  64;    D3,  p.  114;    D22,  p.  167,  169. 

1909.  D04,  p.  21;    D073,  p.  39;    D24,  p.  100;    D07,  p.  149;    D89,  p.  187. 

1910.  D04,  p.   19;    D223,  p.   66;    D243,  p.   124;    D601,  p.   167;    D231,  p.   225; 

D073,  p.  247. 

1911.  D32,  p.  236;    D231,  p.  247,  249. 

1912.  D04,  p.  32;    D6a,  p.  166;    D072,  p.  2S2. 

1913.  D231,  p.  98;    DS9,  p.  159;    D25,  p.  183. 

Clinics. 

1883.     Demonstration  of  the  Use   of  Robinson's  Metallic  Filling-,   Finish- 
ing with  Gold.     D22c,  p.  152. 
1892.      Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  147. 

1902.  Cement  Filling.     D223,  p.  169. 
Crouse,  R.  M.,  1912. 

Crowe,  J.  P.,  1911. 

1912.  Obituary,  p.  331. 
Crowley,  E.  T.,  1904,  1909. 
Crowley,  J.  F.,  1913. 
Croxen,  E.  B.,  1911. 
Cruise,  J.  P.,  1905. 
Cruise,  R.  J.,  1899. 

Administration. 

1904.  Com.  on  Publication. 

1905.  Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 
1911.     Clinic  Com. 

1913.  Com.  on  Dental  Science  and  Literature. 

Papers. 

1911.  Report  of  Supervisor  of  Clinics.     D2,  p.  286. 

1913.     Report  of  Com.  on  Dental  Science  and  Literature.,    D073,  p.  42. 

Discussions. 

1903.  615.7815,  p.  77. 

1912.  D222,  p.  252. 

Clinics. 

1902.     An    Extracting    Instrument    That   Was   Used   Before    the   Turnkey. 
D72,  p.  169. 

1906.  Practical  Methods  in   the  Use  of  Gutta-percha  for  the  Cementing 

.  of  Crowns  and  Bridges.     D33,  p.  288. 
1909.     Uses   and  Abuses   of  Gutta-percha  in   the   Cementation   of  Crowns 
and  Bridges.     D33,  p.  234. 

1913.  Synthetic  Cement  Filling.     D223,  p.  254. 
Cry  or,  C.  M.,  1905. 

Culhane,  A.  B.,  1905. 
Culvert,  R.  P.,  1909. 
Cummings,  Earl,  1909. 
Cummin^s,  J.  E.,  1906. 
Cummins,  H.  R.,  1909. 
Cummins,  J.  T.,  1888. 

Administration. 

1901.  Librarian. 

1902.  Librarian. 

1903.  Librarian. 

1904.  Librarian. 

1905.  Librarian. 

1906.  Librarian. 

1907.  Librarian. 

1908.  Librarian. 

1909.  Librarian. 

1910.  Photograph  Custodian. 

1911.  Photograph  Custodian. 

1912.  Photograph  Custodian. 

1913.  Photograph  Custodian. 

1914.  Photograph  Custodian. 

Discussion. 

1888.      D24,  p.  178. 

Clinic. 

1899.     Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  116. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


160 

Cummins  L.  P.,  1910. 

Cunningham,  Geo.,  1SSS,  Corresponding  Member. 

Paper. 

1S91.     On    the    Relative    Advantages    of    a    Low-fusing    Continuous    Gum. 
D324,  p.  170. 
Curless,  C.  J.,  1906. 
Currier,  C.  R.,  1909. 
Currier,  S.  T.,  1905. 
Curry,  A.  J.,  1892. 

Administration. 

1894.     Com.  on  Necrology. 
Curry,  O.  W.,  1905. 
Curtis,  W.  W.,  1897. 
Cusen,  E.  J.,  1913. 
Cushing,  G.  H.,  1S65,  Charter  Member. 

1901.     Obituary.     Portrait.     P.  188. 


Administration. 

1866.  Program  Com. 

1867.  Executive  Com. 

1868.  President. 

1870.     Com.  on  Legislation. 
Executive  Com. 

1872.  Executive  Com. 
1877.     Executive  Com. 

Legislative  Com. 
1S7S.     Executive  Com. 

Com.  on  Legislation. 

1879.  Com.  on  Legislation. 

1880.  Com.  on  Legislation. 

Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1881.  Com.  on  Legislation. 
1889.     President. 

1891.  Executive  Council. 

1892.  Executive  Council. 
1895.  Executive  Council. 
1898.     Executive  Council. 

Papers. 

1S66.     Causes  and  Prevention  of  Diseases  of  the  Teeth.     D61,  p.  12;    Disc, 
p.  12. 

1565.  Facial  Neuralgia.     D67,  p.  39. 

Anesthesia.     615.781,  p.  39. 
1S69.     Filling  Teeth.      D22,  Mo.   Dental   Jnl.,   1,  p.   297;    Disc,  Mo.   Dental 
Jnl.,  1,  p.  302. 

1870.  Heavy  Foils  and  Heavy  Mallets.     D221,  p.  61;    Disc,  p.  77. 
Propriety  of  Legislation  for  the  Protection  of  the  People  Against 

Dental  Imposition,  and  for  Encouragement  of  Scientific  Attain- 
ments by  the  Dental  Profession.     D81,  p.  77;    Disc,  p.  87,  102. 

1871.  Report  of  Com.  on  Dental  Legislation.     D81,  p.  7. 

Some  Enquiries  Relative  to  the  Need  of  the  Profession  for  Text- 
books on  Dental  Pathology.     D6,  p.  93;    Disc,  p.  102. 
1S72.     The  Just   Demands   of  the   Public  Upon   Professional   Men.     D8,  p. 
85;    Disc,  p.  90. 

1873.  Prevention  and  Treatment  of  Decay  on  Proximal  Surfaces  of  the 

Teeth.     D61,  p.  170;    Disc,  p.  188. 

1874.  Record  of  Tests  of  Saliva.     612.31,  p.  51;    Disc,  p.  56. 

1875.  Dental  Education.     D07,  p.  68;    Disc,  p.  73. 
Record  Tests  of  Saliva.     612.31,  p.  125. 

1877.  Irregularities.     D4,  p.  114,  4  illus. 

1878.  Bleaching  Teeth.     D26,  p.  82;    Disc,  p.  S7. 
1883.     Tempering  Instruments.     D21,  p.  149. 

1885.     Operative  Dentistry.     D2,  p.  88;    Disc,  p.  96. 

1889.     President's  Address.     D04,  p.  57. 

1892.     Contour  Fillings  —  What  They  Should  Be.     D22,  p.  76;    Disc,  p.  80. 

Discussions. 

1566.  D60.2,  D61a,  p.  7;    D221,  p.  8;    D64,  p.  10^. 

1867.  D611,  p,  31. 

1868.  D243,  p.  37;    D64,  p.  39. 

1869.  D61,  p.  276;    D65,  Mo.  Dental  Jnl.,  Vol.  1,  p.  329;    615.781,  Mo.  Dental 

Jnl.,  Vol.  1,  p.  340. 

1870.  D24,  p.  20;    D22,  p.  45,  46,  47,  49;    D22,  p.  55;    D3,  p.  98. 

1871.  D61,  p.  27,  28,  31;    D21a,  p.  38;    D22,  p.  49,  50;    D65,  p.  123. 

1874.  D07,  p.  31;    D22,  p.  49;    D22,  p.  85,  86,  90,  91;    D072,  p.  105. 

1875.  D22,  p.  41;    D22,  p.  51;    D3,  p.  120. 

1876.  D601,  p.  35,  36;    D07,  p.  50;    D22,  p.  72. 

1877.  D04,  p.  28;    D3,  p.  38;    D22,  p.  50;    612.31,  p.   65;    D24,  p.  87;    D2,  p. 

109. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


161 
dishing,  G.  H. —  Continued. 

1878.  D04,  p.  25;    D07,  p.   58,   61;    D22,  p.   61;    D22,  p.   67;    D26,  p.   87.  88" 

D07,  p.  97. 

1879.  D07,  p.  45,  47;    D24,  p.  62,  63;    D07,  p.   87;    615.781,  p.   104,  105;    D2. 

p.  108;    D61a,  p.  114. 

1880.  621.8,  p.  35,  40;    D24,  D65,  p.  45;    615.775,  p.   62;    D22,  p.  74;    612  31 

p.  112. 

1881.  D24,  D65,  p.  44;    D222,  p.  124. 

1882.  D13,  p.  40. 

1883.  D2,  p.  98,  99. 

1884.  D24,  p.  47;    D07,  p.  100. 

1885.  615.5,  p.  129;    D073,  p.  140,  141. 

1886.  D04,    p.    64,    65;     615.778,    p.    80,    83;     D61,   p.    146,    148;     D24,    p.    157; 

D073,  p.  166,  168. 

1887.  D602,  p.  142. 

1888.  D073,  p.  71,  75;    D2,  p.  136;    D24,  p.  171,  173,  178;    D21,  p.   191,  194, 

195,  201. 

1890.  D61a,  p.  131;    D332,  p.  148. 

1891.  D22a,  p.  108,  117;    D24,  D61,  p.  137,  139. 

1892.  D04,  p.  11;    D21,  p.  138,  140,  141,  142,  146. 

1893.  D22a,  p.  19;    D601,  p.  36;    D09,  p.  119,  124;    D221,  p.  174,  178. 

1894.  D2,  p.  129,  134;    D073,  p.  145. 

1895.  D04,  p.  21;    D06,  p.  27;    D289,  p.  41;    D243,  p.  53;    612.31,  p.  70;    D222, 

p.  79;    D06,  p.  120. 

1896.  D21,  p.  95;    615.84,  p.  108,  109,  110,  111;    D21,  p.  128;    D64,  p.  132. 

1897.  D04,  p.  26;    D64,  p.  43,  44;    DOS,  p.  63,  65;    D073,  p.  193. 
Coster,  L..  E.,  1896,  Corresponding-  Member. 

Paper. 

1898.  A  New  Process  of  Fusing  Platinum.     D31,  p.  76,  1  illus.;    Disc,  p. 

79. 

Discussions. 

1896.  615.84,  p.  106,  107,  108. 
1904.      D232,  D31,  p.  107. 

Clinics. 

1895.  Electric  Oven.     D31,  p.  182. 

1897.  Electric  Furnace.     D31,  p.  205. 

1898.  Fusing  Platinum.     D31,  p.  186. 

1899.  Porcelain  Crown.     D331,  p.  116. 
1904.  Electric  Furnaces.     D31,  p.  33. 

Cutrera,  E.  O.,  1906. 


For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


162 

Dace,  W.  M.,  1906. 
Dahlin,  C.  T.,  1905. 
Dalbey,  J.  H.,  1905,  1909. 
Dalbey,  W.  C,  1910. 

Discussion. 

1912.      D33,  p.  130. 
Clinics. 

1912.  Some  New  Original  Instruments.     D21,  D31,  p.  301. 

1913.  A  New  Application  of  the  Bonwill  Theory  with  Original  Anatom- 

ical Articulator.     D3a,  264. 
Daly,  T.  H„  1905. 
Damon,  W.  H.,  1905. 
Damron,  G.  H.,  1S92,  1902. 

Clinic. 

1895.  Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  185. 
Dana,  Rev. 

1889.     Tribute  to  Dr.  Gilmer.     P.  161. 
Daniels,  Richard  H.,  1906. 

Administration. 

1913.     Local  Com. 

Clinic. 

1911.     Hollow  Dowel  for  Crown  and  Bridge.     D33,  p.  290. 
Danks,  C.  P.,  1913. 
Dantes,  R.  H.,  1873. 
Darmer,  J.  C,  1907. 
Davenport,  H.  W.,  1905. 
David,  E.  R.,  1873. 

Administration. 

1877.  Librarian. 

1878.  Librarian. 

1896.  Executive  Com. 

1897.  Vice-President. 

Discussion. 

1877.  D2,  p.  106. 
David,  V.  R.,  IS 66. 
Davis,  Crosbie  W.,  1901. 
Davis,  C.  R.,  1910. 
Davis,  E.  E.,  1905. 

1910.     Obituary,  p.  50. 
Davis,  E.  F.,  1870. 

1883.     Obituary,  p.  27. 

Administration. 

1871.      Executive  Com. 
Davis,  G.  H.,  1910. 
Davis,  H.  E.,  1904. 

Discussion. 

1907.      Ethics.     DS.  p.  112. 
Davis,  John  C,  1905,  1907. 
Davis,  J.  A.  W.,  1872. 

1903.     Obituary,  p.  136. 

Administration. 

1873.     Executive  Com. 

1876.  Executive  Com. 

1881.  Vice-President. 
1S95.     Local  Com. 

1898.  President. 

Papers. 
1S76.     Pathological   Conditions   of  the   Teeth   and   Their  Effect  Upon   the 
General  System.     D601,  p.  31;    Disc,  p.  34. 

1878.  Filling    Proximal    Cavities   in    Bicuspids   and    Molars.      D22,   p.    62; 

Disc,  p.  66. 
1898.     President's  Address.     D04,  p.  9;    Disc,  p.  13. 

Discussions. 

1875.  D22,  p.  40;    D22,  p.  47,  51;    D3,  p.  124. 

1877.  D04,  p.  27;    D3,  p.  42;    D2,  p.  112. 

1878.  D67,  p.  42,  43;    D07,  p.  59;    D07,  p.  9S. 

1879.  D2,  p.  77,  78;    D07,  p.  88. 

1880.  612.8,  p.  38. 

1882.  D3,  p.  52. 

1886.  D22a,  D243,  p.  97. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


163 
Davis,  J.  A.  Yv. —  Continued. 

1590.  D602,  p.  122. 
1891.      D3,  p.  123. 

1897.      D06,  p.  69;    615.84,  p.  209,  214. 

Clinics, 

1883.     Platinum  and  Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  152. 

1887.     Illustrating  the  Use  of  a  Galvanic  Current  to  Produce  Local  Anes- 
thesia.    615.84,  p.  112. 
Davis,  J.  D.,  1905. 
Davis,  J.  M.,  1905,  1910. 
Davis,  K.  B.,  1869. 

1907.      Obituary,  p.  239,  300. 
Portrait,  p.  301. 

Administration. 

1872.     Executive  Com. 

1876.  Vice-President. 

1877.  President. 
Legislative  Com. 

Com.  on  Popular  Education. 

1578.  Com.  on  Legislation. 

1579.  Board  of  Censors. 
Com.  on  Legislation. 

1550.  Board  of  Censors. 
Com.  on  Legislation. 

1551.  Board  of  Censors. 
Com.  on  Legislation. 

1882.  Board  of  Examiners. 
Com.  on  Legislation. 

1889.  Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 
1891.     Executive  Council. 

1896.     Local  Com. 

Papers. 

1871.  Keeping  Cavities  Dry.     D21b,  p.  32;    Disc,  p.  38. 

1872.  Dental  Societies.     D06,  p.  73;    Disc,  p.  84. 

1873.  Contour  Fillings.     D22,  p.  98;    Disc,  p.  101. 

1875.  Gold  Screws  for  Retaining  Fillings.     D221,  p.  79;    Disc,  p.  S3. 

1877.  President's  Address.     D04,  p.  19;    Disc,  p.  26. 

1879.  Dental  Education.     D07,  p.  78;    Disc,  p.  84. 

1S82.  Operative  Dentistry  —  Essential  Elements.     D2,  p.  63;    Disc,  p. 79. 

1885.  Prosthetic  Dentistry.     D3,  p.  34;    Disc,  p.  40. 

Discussions. 

1872.  D3,  p.  33. 

1873.  D07,  p.  169. 

1874.  D07,  p.  36;    D22,  p.  87;    D072,  p.  106. 

1875.  D07,  p.  76;    D3,  p.  122. 

1876.  D601,  p.  36;    D22,  D07,  p.  63. 

1877.  D2,  p.  109. 

1878.  D04,  p.  26;    D07,  p.  57;    D21,  p.  82;    D07,  p.  98. 

1879.  D07,  p.  47;    D2,  p.  78;    D07,  p.  89;    D61a,  p.  112. 

1880.  D24,  D65,  p.  51;    617.775,  p.  62;    D22,  p.  74. 

1881.  D22,  p.  151,  152. 

1883.  D07,  p.  94. 

1886.  D243,  p.  105. 
18S7.  D602,  p.  133,  143. 

1890.  D332,  p.  145,  147;    D6a,  D61a,  p.  154. 

Clinics. 

1SS8.      Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  131. 

1891.  Porcelain-faced  Crown.     D331,  p.  179. 
Davis,  Lloyd,  1911. 

Davis,  L.  L..,  1885,  1905. 

Administration. 

1SS7.     Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1890.  Com.   on  Publication. 

1591.  Com.   on  Publication. 

1892.  Com.   on  Publication. 

1893.  Com.   on   Publication. 

Paper. 

1887.  The  Use  of  the  Microscope  in  Progressive  Dentistry.     578,  p.   145; 

Disc,  p.  148. 

Discussions. 

1886.   D22a,  D243,  p.  Ill;  D073,  p.  167,  169. 
1889.   D14,  p.  129. 

1891.  D21,  p.  66,  69. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


164 
Davis,  Li.  Li. —  Continued. 

1892.     D4,  p.  91. 

1895.  D89,  p.  41;    D81,  p.  152;    D2,  p.  187. 

Clinics. 

1901.     Celluloid  Cement  Filling.     D223,  p.  140. 

1911.  Uses  of  Diatoric  Teeth  in  Bridgework.     D332,  p.  301. 
Davis,  Li.  P. 

Clinic. 

1908.     Carved  Cusps  in  Mettaline  Compound.     D331,  p.  273. 
Davis,  T.  A.,  1899,  1905. 
Davis,  W.  C,  1905. 
Davison,  Dexter  H.,  1902. 
Dawkins,  R.  C,  1870. 
Dawson,  C.  H.,  1906. 
Day,  A.  H.,  1867. 

Discussion. 

1867.      615.781,  p.  25. 
Day,  B.  W.,  1872. 
Day,  F.  W.,  1906. 
Day,  H.  N.,  1905. 
Day,  O.  A.,  1912. 
Dayan,  L,.  F.,  1885,  1905. 

Clinic. 

1912.  Three  Stages  in  Continuous  Gum  for  Full  Dentures.     D324,  p.  294. 
Daymude,  O.  M.,  1893. 

Administration. 

1903.     Executive  Council. 

1910.  Com.  to  Cooperate  with  State  Medical  Society. 

Discussions. 

1896.  Tin  and  Gold  Filling.     D22c,  p.  130. 

1911.  Thorough  and  Honest  Dentistry.     D8,  p.  207. 
Dean,  C.  O.,  1868. 

Administration. 

1869.  Executive  Com. 

1870.  Librarian. 
Dean,  C.  W.,  1905. 

Dean,  F.  W.,  Corresponding  Member,  1884. 

Administration. 

1875.  Librarian. 

Discussions. 

1871.  Mechanical  Dentistry.     D3,  p.  71. 

1872.  Mechanical  Dentistry.     D3,  p.  33. 
1874.     Dental  Students.     D07,  p.  33. 

Popular  Education  with  Regard  to  the  Subject  of  Dentistry.     D072, 
p.  106. 
Dean,  Jas.  C,  1865,  Charter  Member. 
Dean,  M.  S.,  1865,  Charter  Member. 
1882.     Portrait.     Frontispiece. 
Obituary,  p.  23. 

Administration. 

1866.  Executive  Com. 

1867.  Executive  Com. 

1868.  Secretary. 

1869.  Librarian.  ■ 

1870.  President. 
1874.  Executive  Com. 

1876.  Executive  Com. 

1877.  Executive  Com. 

Com.  on  Popular  Education. 

1878.  Board  of  Censors. 

1879.  Board  of  Censors. 

1880.  Board  of  Censors. 

1881.  Board  of  Censors. 

Papers. 

1868.  Plugging  Pulp  Cavities  and  Canals.     D243,  p.  36;    Disc,  p.  37. 

1869.  Annual  Address.     D04,  p.  257. 

1870.  Complicate  Fillings.     D22,  p.  38;    Disc,  p.  43. 
Address  of  Retiring  President.     D04,  p.  100. 

1871.  Dental  Ethics.     D8,  p.  79;    Disc,  p.  87. 

1872.  Sound  Practice,  Sound  Philosophy.     D2,  p.  42;    Disc,  p.  57. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


165 
Dean,  M.  S. —  Continued. 

1873.  May  the  Calcific  Elements  of  the  peciduous  Teeth  Be  Appropriated 
in  the  Formation  of  Any  Portion  of  the  Permanent  Ones?  D17, 
p.  79;    Disc,  p.  86. 

1878.  The  Epithelia  and  Some  of  Their  Derivatives,  Especially  the  Den- 
tal Germs.     D16,  p.  67;    Disc,  p.  75. 

1881.      Development  of  the  Enamel.     Dill,  p.  107;    Disc,  p.  110. 

Discussions. 

1866.  D602,  p.  7:    p.  7;    D61a,  p.  7;    D24,  p.  9;    D24,  p.  17;    D3,  p.  20. 

1868.  D64,  p.  38. 

1870.  D24,  p.  20;    D22,  p.  60;    D221,  p.  75. 

1871.  D61,  p.  31;    D21b,  p.  3S,  39;    D22,  p.  52. 

1872.  D3,  p.  32;    D8,  p.  91. 

1873.  D24,  p.  70;    D61,  p.  Ill,  114;    D61,  D601,  p.  144. 

1874.  D07,  p.  31;    D22,  p.  46,  50;    D61,  p.  67,  75. 

1875.  D22,  p.  38:    D22,  p.  49;    D07,  p.  75;    D3,  p.  121. 

1876.  D07,  p.  4  1,  49;    D22,  p.  73. 

1877.  D04,  p.  26,  28:    D2,  p.  110. 

1878.  D07,  p.  60;    D22,  p.  60;    D07,  p.  98. 

1879.  D783,  p.  69;    D07,  p.  89. 

1880.  612.8,  p.  34;    D24,  D65,  p.  4S;    D14,  D22,  p.  101;    612.31,  p.  110. 

1881.  D24,  D65,  p.  43. 
Dean,  W.  W.,  1870. 
DeCrow,  Warren,  1869. 

Administration. 

1876.     Executive  Com. 
Discussions. 

1872.  D2,  p.  59. 

1873.  D24,  p.  72;    D22,  p.  101. 

1874.  D07,  p.  35. 

1875.  D22,  p.  38;    D22,  p.  47,  48. 

1876.  D601,  p.  37;    D325,  p.  98. 
1879.     D24,  p.  63. 

DeFord,  W.  H. 

Clinic. 

1907.     A  Lesson  in  Administering  Somnoform.     615.7815,  p.  232. 
DeKrause,  L.  II.,  1910. 
Dellibac,  L.  R„  1905. 
Demling,  E.  A.,  1909. 
Deming,  George  A.,  1905. 
Demarest,  C.  A.,  1902. 
Demorest,  Clyde  S.,  1905,  1907. 
Dempsey,  G.  M„  1910. 
Dennis,  G.  J„  1890. 

Administration. 

1896.     Com.  on  Dental  Art  and  Invention. 
Papers. 

1895.  Report  of  Com.  on  Dental  Art  and  Invention.     D21,  p.  178;    Disc, 

p.  181. 

1896.  Report  of  Com.  on  Dental  Art  and  Invention.     D21,  p.  116. 

Discussions. 

1892.  D22,  p.  46. 
1894.  D61,  p.  38. 
1S95.   D33,  p.  167. 

Clinic. 

1896.  Fusing  Porcelain  Gum  Section.     D323,  p.  126. 
Dennis,  G.  W.,  1886. 

Paper. 

1890.  Desperate  Cases  and  What  to  Do  to  Be  Saved.     D2,  p.   134;    Disc, 

p.  142. 

Clinic. 

1891.  Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  17S. 
Dennis,  J.  W. 

Clinic. 

1897.  Copper  Amalgam.     D222,  p.  203. 
Dent,  Geo.  L„  1903,  1905. 

De  Riemer,  A.  E.,  1908. 
Deschauer,  J.,  1867. 
Desser,  Louis  B.,  1907. 
Devlin,  J.  B.,  1897. 
Devlin,  Wm.,  1908. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


166 

Dewey,  H.  C,  1908. 
Diamond,  P.  T.,  1905. 

Discussions. 

1906.      D82,  p.  151;    615.7815,  p.  215. 
Dickinson,  A.  N.,  1905. 
Dickinson,  Emma  L..,  1912. 
Dickinson,  H.  L,.,  1908. 
Dickson,  J.  G.,  18S8. 

Administration. 

1893.     Com.  on  Infraction  of  the  Code  of  Ethics. 
1S94.     Com.  on  Infraction'  of  the  Code  of  Ethics. 

Discussions. 

1890.      D2,  p.  167;    D602,  p.  123. 
1892.      D14,  p.  123;    D073,  p.  130. 

Clinic. 

1890.      Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  163. 
Dicus,  J.  B.,  1898. 

Paper. 

1901.  Physiological  Function  of  the  Saliva.     612.31,  p.  SO. 
Dicus,  YV.  O.,  1905. 

Dieul,  F.  D.,  1909. 
Diestelow,  J.  A.,  1906. 
Dieterich,  J.,  1905. 
Dillard,  J.  P.,  1905. 
Dillon,  E.  H.,  1897. 

1902.  Obituary,  p.  230. 
Dillon,  G.  B.,  1886,  1905. 

Clinic. 

1897.      Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  204. 
Dinwiddie,  J.  A.,  1905. 
Dittmar,  G.  YV.,  1901. 

Administration. 

1903.  Com.  on  Publication. 

1904.  Executive  Council. 

1906.  Com.  on  Organization. 

1907.  Com.  on  Publication. 

1910.  Program  Com. 

1911.  Com.  on  Public  Dental  Education. 

1912.  Com.  on  Legislation. 

1913.  Clinic  Com. 

Com.  on  Legislation. 

1914.  Com.  on  Legislation. 

Papers. 

1902.  Dental  Nomenclature  —  With  Reference  to  Its  Development,  Bear- 
ing Especially  on  That  of  Descriptive  Dental  Anatomy,  Cavities 
and  Instruments.     D031,  p.  14;    Disc,  p.  23. 

1908.  The  Cast  Gold  Inlay.     D231,  p.  143;    Disc,  p.  160. 
1913.     Report  of  Supervisor  of  Clinics.     D2,  p.  252. 

Discussions. 

1902.  D243,  p.  56. 

1906.  D06,  p.  124;    D89,  p.  192. 

1907.  D221,  p.  85;    D231,  p.  S5:    D8,  p.  119;    D22c,  p.  197.     . 

1908.  D06,  p.  81. 

1909.  D2,  p.  223. 

1910.  D231,  p.  225. 

1911.  D231,  p.  167;    D32,  p.  230. 

1912.  D071,  p.  82;    D8,  p.  151;    D6a,  p.  168;    D222,  p.  250. 

1913.  D231,  p.  103. 

Clinics. 

1901.      Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  139. 

1903.  Preparation  of  Mesio-occlusal  Cavity.     D22a,  p.  3,  Supplement. 

1906.  Screw   Anchorage   for   Large    Incisal    Foil    Restorations.      D221,    p. 

275. 

1907.  Contour    That   a   Properly    Shaped    Artificial    Crown    Should    Have. 

D331,  p.  228. 

1909.  Casting.     Models  of  Gold  Inlays,  Cast  Bridgework,  Cast  Gold  Shell 

Crown  and  Cast  Partial  Lower  Plate.     D32,  D33,  p.  236. 

1910.  Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  261. 

1911.  Anatomical  Occlusion  of  Artificial  Teeth.     D32,  p.  301. 

1912.  Anatomical  Occlusion.     D3a,  p.  303. 
Ditty,  Amos,  1905. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


167 
Dixon,  J.  T.,  1902. 

Discussion. 

1902.  D3,  p.  179. 
Dodd,  Geo.  R.,  1912. 
Dodez,  E.  W. 

Clinic. 

1904.  Pulp  Mummifier.     D242,  p.  29. 
Dodge,  C.  A..  1905. 

Doepp,  Albert  G.,  1905. 
Dolson,  J.  E.,  1909. 
Donaldson,  R.  P.,  1902. 
Donelan,  J.  J.,  1906. 

Administration. 

1912.     Local  Com. 
Donelan,  T.  P.,  1900. 

Administration. 

1902.     Local  Com. 

1906.  Local  Com. 

1907.  Vice-President. 

1905.  Local  Com. 

1912.  Treasurer. 

1913.  Treasurer. 

1914.  Treasurer. 
Doolittle,  M.  J.,  1S86. 
Dormer,  John,  1912. 
Dorn,  C.  P.,  1905. 

Discussions. 

1881.  D222,  p.  125. 
1886.     D22a,  D243,  p.  117. 
1891.     D24,  p.  97;    D72,  p.  179. 

Clinic. 

1899.     Setting  Logan  Crown  with  Gold  Band.     D331,  p.  116. 
Dorn,  C.  T.,  1880. 
Dorsey,  H.  P.,  1905. 
Doss,  C.  Howard,  1907. 
Dostahl,  J.  W.,  1905. 
Douglas,  Percy  E.,  1911. 
Douglass,  Charles  E.,  1906. 
Dowell,  B.  F.,  1905. 
Downar,  J.  C,  1911. 
Downing,  J.  31.,  1871. 

Administration. 

1882.  Executive  Com. 
Downs,  F.  E.,  1905. 
Drake,  H.  A.,  1905. 
Drake,  L,.  S.,  1905. 
Dressel,  H.  G.,  1905. 
Drozdowitz,  A.,  1906. 
Drozdowitz,  I.,  1905. 
Duff,  C.  E.,  1905,  1913. 
Duffy,  B.  A.,  1907. 
Dugan,  J.  C,  1906,  1910. 
Dugger,  M.  H„  1911. 
Duguid,  R.  O.,  1909,  1913. 
Duncan,  E.,  1877. 

Administration. 

1885.     Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

Discussions. 

1883.  615.7815,  p.  68,  69. 
1885.      615.5,  p.  129. 

.  1895.      D243,  p.  50;    D33,  p.  166;    D2,  p.  188. 
Duncan,  L.  M.,  1913. 
Duncan,  S.  F.,  1881. 

Administration. 

1891.  Executive  Com. 

1894.  Executive  Council. 

1S95.  Vice-President. 

1901.  Board  of  Examiners. 

1905.  Clinic  Com. 

1906.  President. 

1910.  Com.  on  Necrology. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


168 

Duncan,  S.  F. —  Continued. 

Papers. 

1884.     Exposed   Dental    Pulps   and    Their   Treatment.      D24,    p.    33;     Disc, 

p.  41. 
1890.     Dentists.     D07,  p.  85;    Disc,  p.  88. 

1905.  Report  of  Supervisor  of  Clinics.     D2,  p.  217. 

1906.  President's  Address. 

Discussions. 

1897.  D04,  p.  21;    D22a,  D221,  p.  142;    D2,  p.  163;    615.84,  p.  209. 

•  1900.  D713,  p.  122. 

1901.  D22c,  p.  56. 

1902.  D2,  p.  175;    D3,  p.  179. 

1906.  D232,  p.  168. 

1907.  D04,  1907,  p.  15. 

1908.  D04,  p.  14;    D06,  p.  87. 

1909.  D04,  p.  18. 
1911.  D8,  p.  203. 

Clinics. 

1894.     Root  Canal  Filling.     D243,  p.  156. 

1899.     Attachment  for  Bridge   to  Anterior  Teeth  without  Amputation  of 
Natural  Crown.     D332,  p.  104. 

1901.      Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  138. 
Duncan,  W.  T.,  1905. 
Dunlop,  \\  in.,  1906. 
Dunn,  I-;.  C. 

1901.     Address  of  Welcome. 
Dunn,  J.  A.,  1909. 
Dunn,  J.  Austin,  1887.  * 

1913.     Obituary,  p.  301. 

Paper. 

1896.     Cervical  Fillings  and  Clamps.     D21,  p.  92,  3  illus.;    Disc,  p.  95. 

Clinics. 
1888.     Treatment  of  Abscesses.     D65,  p.  131,  133. 

1892.  Exhibition  of  Hand  Matrix  for  Plastic  Fillings.     D22b,  p.  148- 
1899.      Amalgam  Filling.     D222,  p.  120. 

Dunn,  J.  Elwood,  1905. 

Clinic. 

1906.     Continuous  Gum  Plate.     D324,  p.  281. 
Dunn,  J.  O.,  1905. 
Dunn,  M.  W.,  1909. 
Dunn,  W.  H.,  1905. 
Duth,  Cara  E„  1902. 
Dvorak,  L..  J.,  1912. 
Dwigiit,  C.  R.,  1870,  1879. 

1893.  Obituary,  p.  233. 

Administration. 

1884.  Executive  Com. 

1885.  Treasurer. 

Paper. 

1874.     Why  So  Many  Failures  in   Dental  Operations?     D07,   p.   36;    Disc 
p.  46. 
D wight,  J.  II..  1909. 
Dyblie,  J.  11..  1908. 
Dyer,  Chas.  F.,  1873. 
Dyer,  W.  C,  1867. 

Discussion. 

1873.     D22,  p.  103. 


For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


169 

Eagles,  A.  1...  1909. 
Eagleson,  J.  II.,  1905. 
Eagleson,  J.  I!..  1907. 

Eames,  W.  H.,  1867. 

1894.     Obituary,  p.  205. 

Papers. 

1874.     Celluloid.     D325,  p.  107;  Disc,  p.  108. 

1880.     Conservation  of  the  Teeth.     D14,  p.  93;    Disc,  p.  100. 

1883.  Removal  of  an  Osteo-sarcoma.     D781,  p.  124;    Disc,  p.  125. 

Is  the  Defective  Structure  of  Teeth  with  Pitted,  Furrowed  or  Crib- 
riform Enamel  the  Result  of  an  Arrest  of  Development?  D14, 
p.  141. 

1884.  The  Origin  of  Defective  Enamel.     D141,  p.  60;    Disc,  p.  69. 

1889.     The   Development   of   the   Roots   of   Teeth.      (Paper   Read  But   Not 
Published  in  Society's  Proceeding's.)     D14,  p.  126. 
Dental  Journalism.     Toast.     D05,  p.  159. 
Discussions. 

1867.  D22,  p.  27;    D65,  p.  29;    D611,  p.  31. 

1868.  D64,  p.  38. 

1869.  D22,  Mo.  Dental  Jnl.,  Vol.  1,  p.  305,  306;    D65,  Mo.  Dental  Jnl.,  Vol 

1,  p.  320;    615.781,  Mo.  Dental  Jnl.,  p.  341. 

1870.  D22,  p.  47,  48;    D22,  p.  57,  59;    D81,  p.  87;    D3,  p.  98. 

1871.  D221a,  p.  64;    D3,  p.  66,  67. 
1874.      D24,  p.  76;    D22,  p.  90. 

1876.  D07,  D022,  p.  66,  67;    D22,  p.  72,  73;    D07,  p.  89. 

1877.  D22,  p.  54;    D24,  p.  95,  98;    D2,  p.  110,  112. 

1882.  D4,  p.  168;    D65,  p.  183. 

1883.  D16,  p.  77;    D4,  p.  131. 

1884.  D24,  p.  43. 
1891.  D24,  p.  96. 

Earlley,  W.  F.,  1913. 
Early,  W.  F.,  1910. 
Eastman,  F.  A.,  1905. 
Eaton,  A.  V.,  1887. 
Eaton,  Chas.  D„  1909. 
Ebert,  F.  E.,  1909. 
Eccle,  J.  W.  R.,  1912. 
Eddleman,  M.  D.,  1908. 
Eddy,  O.  T.,  1902. 
Eddty,  W.  E.,  1905. 
Edgar,  W.  M.,  1910. 
Edgerton,  G.  H.,  1905. 
Kill u ml.  E.  W.,  1913. 
Edmonds,  \.  II..  1S98. 
Clinic. 
1898.     A  Continuous  Gum  Plate.     D324,  p.  195. 
Edwards,  Arthur,  1905. 
Edwards,  A.  IT.,  1913. 
Edwards,  L,.  A.,  1899. 
Edwards,  H.  N. 

Discussion. 

1893.     D21,  615.781,  p.  105. 
Edwards,  S.  L,.,  1868. 

Administration. 

1873.     Vice-President. 
Paper. 

1872.  Our  Failures.     D07,  p.  63;    Disc,  p.  70. 

Discussions. 

1869.  D22,  Mo.  Dental  Jnl.,  Vol.  1,  p.  303. 

1870.  D24,  p.  22;    D22,  p.  49;    D22,  p.  55;    D221,  p.  74,  75;    D3,  p.  98. 

1871.  D8,  p.  87,  89;    D65,  p.  125. 

1872.  D3,  p.  28,  33. 
Egan,  M.  J.,  1913. 
Eggen,  W.  N.,  1910. 
Eicke,  Adolph,  1905. 
Eiles,  F.  Stanley,  1893. 
Eles,  F.  S.,  1905. 
Eisenstaedt,  Jos.,  1908. 

Clinic. 

1912.     Bilateral  Resection  of  the  Mandible.    Models  and  Charts  of  a  Case. 
D4,  p.  307. 
Eisenstaedt,  M.,  1905. 
Eisenstaedt,  BE.  K.,  1905. 
Elser,  L.  E.,  1906. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  nuniliers,  see  pink  appendix. 


170 

Elder,  J.  E.,  1911. 
Eldred,  C.  H.,  1905. 
Eldred,  J.  F.,  1905. 

Clinic. 

1906.     A  Method  of  Separating  Teeth  and  Retracting  Gums.     D22,  p.  2S9. 
Elliott,  E.  O.,  1910. 
Elliott,  E.  VV.,  1905. 

Administration. 

1914.     Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

Discussion. 
1913.     Painless  Dentistry.     D611,  p.  239. 

Clinic. 
1913.     Dental  Medicines.     615,  p.  257. 
Elliott,  G.  B.,  1905. 
Elliott,  Joseph   H.,  1912. 
Ellis,  B.  F„  1905. 

Administration. 

1911.     Com.  to  Cooperate  with  State  Medical  Society. 
Ellis,  J.  Ward,  1865,  Charter  Member. 

Discussions. 

1866.  D24,  p.  10:    D64,  p.  10%;    D3,  p.  10%;    D602,  p.  11,  14;    D61a,  p.  15; 

D22,  p.  16,  17;    D3,  p.  20;    D07,  p.  11. 

1867.  D24,  p.  28;    D65,  p.  28. 
Elmer,  A.  B.,  1887,  1905. 
Elmer,  A.  J.,  1S99. 

1909.  Obituary,  p.  64. 

Administration. 

1905.     Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 
Discussions. 

1905.  D25,  p.  72;-  D64,  p.  72. 

1906.  D072,  p.  230. 

Clinic. 

1902.     Gold  Filling  Restoration.     D221,  p.  169. 
Elmer,  G.  D.,  1907. 
Elslaprer,  J.  E.,  1907. 
Ely,  J.  O.,  1905. 
Emerson,  Henry,  1905. 
Emi?rh,  B.  T.,  1905,  1909. 
Emmert,  J.  W.,  1885.. 
Entsminger,  G.  W.,  18S8,  1905. 

Administration. 

1892.  Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1893.  Executive  Com. 

1907.  Com.  on  Necrology. 

Papers. 

1890.     The  Care  of  the  Deciduous  Teeth.     D602,  p.  120;    Disc,  p.  121. 

1900.     Habits  Incident  to  the  Dental  Profession.     D2,  p.   18;    Disc,  p.   22. 
Entsminprer,  J.  E.,  1907. 
Erausquin,  V.  C,  1909. 

1910.  Obituary,  p.  4S. 
Ercanbrack.  W.  C,  1909. 
Erickson,  Alfred,  1913. 
Erickson,  Arthur,  1912. 
Ervay,  E.  L,.,  1906. 
Eshelman,  B.  F. 

Clinic. 

1S93.     Gold  Crown.     D331,  p.  165. 
Etcheparehorda,  IV.,  1912. 
Evans,  C.  C:,  1903. 
Evans,  C.  E.,  1905. 
Evans,  D.  W.,  1905. 
Evans,  E.  T.,  1902. 

Administration. 

1904.     Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1908.  Clinic  Com. 

Papers. 

1908.     Report  of  Supervisor  of  Clinics.     D2,  p.  259. 

1911.  Thorough  and  Honest  Dentistry.     D8,  p.  199;    Disc,  p.  203. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


171 
Evans,  E.  T. —  Continued. 
Clinics. 

1907.     Bridgework.     D332,  p.  228. 

1912.     A  Special  Matrix  for  Large  Amalgam  Restoration.     D22b,  p.  292. 
Evans,  G.  D.,  1905. 
Evans,  J.  H.,  1908. 
Evans,  Jos.  K.,  1911. 
Evans,  YV.  A. 

Paper. 

1911.     Dental  Inspection  in  the  Public  Schools.     D072,  p.  170;    Disc,  p.  181. 
Evans,  Win.  M.,  1910. 
Evans,  W.  W.,  1913. 
Everett,  G.  E.,  1905. 
Everett,  Mell.  M„  1905. 

Clinic. 

1911.  A   Demonstration    of   the    Olivian   Plate    Swager    in   Making   Metal 

Plates.     D322,  p.  291. 
Evey,  D.  H.,  1894,  1905. 
Evey,  J.  M.,  1903,  1905. 

Clinics. 

1907.     Porcelain  Inlay.     D232,  p.  226. 

1912.  The  Cast  Gold  Inlav;    Some  Defects  and  How  to  Overcome  Them. 

D231,  p.  304. 
Ewing,  J.  YV.,  1899. 


For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


172 

Fahnestock,  J.  C„  1866. 
Fahr,  H.  P.,  1912. 
Fahrney,  S.  W.,  1906. 

Clinic.  • 

1911.  Orthodontia  Models.     D4,  p.  291. 
Farley,  G.  E.,  1912. 

Farmer,  H.  B.,  1898. 

Farnham,  B.  W.,  1865,  Charter  Member. 

Farns worth,  F.  B.,  1913. 

Farwell,  H.  B.,  1912. 

Fawcett,  A.  C,  1909. 

Fay,  H.  M.,  1910. 

Fee,  Asa,  1910. 

Felcher,  F.  B.,  1910. 

Feldscher,  N.  Z.,  1909. 

F« -I tm a ii.  A.  F.,  1909. 

Fellman,  W.  O.,  1903. 

Administration. 

1912.  Com.  on  Necrology. 

Clinics. 
1907.     Lingual    Concealed    Abutment   Attachments    for   Anterior    Bridges. 
D332,  p.  231. 

1911.  Models  Showing  Method  of  Preparation  of  Teeth  with  Vital  Pulps, 

and  Gold  Attachments  to  Same  for  Bridges.     D332,  p.  301. 
Fernandez,  E.  M.  S.,  1899. 

Discussions. 

1907.      D221,  D231,  p.  93. 

1909.  D32,  p.  125;    D232,  p.  208. 

1910.  D231,  p.  222. 

Clinic. 

1912.  A  Simple  and  Definite  Method  of  Marking  Dental  Instruments  for 

the  Proper  Arrangement  and  Placing.     D21,  p.  306. 
Fickensher,  E.  L...  1905. 
Ferries,  A.  C,  1865,  Charter  Member. 
Ferrell,  J.  C,  1906. 
Ferner,  D.  A.  J.,  .1910. 
Fickes,  Wm.  L...  1909,  1912. 
Fiddyment,  G.  F.,  1909. 
Field,  D.  M.,  1905. 
Field,  W.  S.,  1909. 
Fielding.  A.,  1911. 
Fietsch,  J.  F.,  1912. 
Finckam,  E.  I-..  1904. 
Findlay,  B.  I.,  1905. 
Fink,  H.  K.,  1908. 
Finley,  Frank  O.,  1906. 
Fischer,  Vincent,  1892,  1906. 
Fischer,  H.  G. 

Clinics. 

1903.     Preparing  and  Filling  with  Gold  a  Compound  Cavity  on  the  Disto- 
incisal  of  a  Left  Upper  Central  Incisor.     D221,  p.  2,  Supplement. 
1905.     Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  224. 
Fishburn,  James  M.,  1884,  1913. 

Administration. 

1887.     Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 
Fishell,  E.  W.,  1905. 
Fisher,  A.  T.,  1909. 
Fisher,  J.  W.,  1876. 

1897.     Obituary,  p.  269. 

Clinic. 

1892.     Exhibition  of  Two  Bridges.     D332,  p.  148. 
Fisher,  L,.  E.,  1910. 
Fitch,  Henry  H.,  1883. 

1895.     Obituary.     Portrait.     P.  240. 

Administration. 

1886.     Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 
Discussion. 

1885.      612.8,  p.  63. 

Clinics. 

1889.      Root  Filling.     D243,  p.  142. 

Prepared  Roots  for  Filling.     D243,  p.  144. 
Fithian,  D.  W.,  1909. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numhers,  see  pink  appendix. 


173 

Fitzwater,  Grant  B.,  1906. 
Fitzwater,  G.  B. 

Clinic. 

1908.  Cast  Plate,  Using  Aardentalloy.     D323,  p.  263. 
Flanagan,  1,.  II..  1908. 

Flannery,  E.  E.,  1913. 
Flannery,  J.  A.,  1913. 
Flatt,  C.  R.,  1905. 
Fleinming,  G.  K.,  1905. 
Fletcher,  F.  F. 

Clinic. 

1900.     Gold  Fillings  without  Use  of  Rubber  Dam.     D221,  p.  172. 
Flick,  A.  A.,  1905. 
Flynn,  H.  V.,  1907. 
Foley,  C.  L.,  1908. 
Foley,  T.  J.,  1911. 
Foltz,  J.  P.,  1866. 

Administration. 

1866.  Program  Com. 

1867.  Executive  Com. 

Discussions. 

1866.     D602,  p.  6,  7;    D602,  p.  7;    D61a,  p.  8;    D24,  D64,  p.  9;    D3,  p.  10%. 
Forbes,  I.,  1867,  Honorary  Member. 
1886.     Obituary,  p.  54. 

Discussions. 

1S67.     D22,  p.  26;    D67,  p.  30. 

1868.  D64,  p.  3*. 

1870.  D22,  p.  44,  45,  46,  47,  49;    D22,  p.  56,  58,  59;  60;    D221,  p.  75;    D81,  p. 

89;    D3,  p.  97. 

1871.  D22,  p.  50,  51,  52;    D221a,  p.  65. 
1874.      D61,  p.  67,  69,  70,  72;    D24,  p.  79. 

Ford,  B.  M.,  1905. 
Fortelka,  C.  G.,  1909. 
Foster,  C.  H.,  1905. 
Foster,  O.  F.,  1908. 
Foster,  B.  O.,  1909. 
Foster,  W.  E.,  1905. 

Administration. 

1909.  Local  Com. 

Clinics. 

1908.     Crystal  Gold  for  Cervical  Fillings.     D221,  p.  265. 

1911.  Acolite  Casting  for  Porcelain  Crowns.     D331,  p.  301 

1912.  Method  of  Using  Crystal  Gold.     D221,  p.  303. 
Fouser,  J.  B.,  1899. 

Administration. 

1907.  Board  of  Censors. 

Discussion. 

1908.  D06,  p.  92. 
Fowler,  W.  F.,  1899. 
Fowler,  W.  F.,  1905. 
Fowler,  W.  F.,  1912. 
Fowser,  F.  E.,  1905. 
Fox,  (.'has.  S.,  1905,  1910. 
Fox,  M.  G.,  1906. 

Fox,  W.  H.,  1905. 
Foyle,  A.  C,  1913. 
Fraenkel,  Wilhelm,  1883. 
Discussion. 

1883.      D07,  p.  94,  96. 
Fraker,  Guy  C,  1905,  1911.  ' 

Frank,  Harris  J.,  1906. 
Clinic. 

1908.     Porcelain-jacket  Crown.     D331,  p.  261. 
Franke,  Geo.  E.,  1905. 
Franke,  J.  C,  1905. 
Frankel,  David  A.,  1911. 
Frankel,  H.  L,.,  1905. 
Frankel,  J.  D.,  1908,  1912. 
Franz,  Hugo,  1902. 

Discussion. 

1904.      D232,  D31,  p.  107. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


174 


Frazee,  D.  S.,  1905. 
Frazee,  O.  L,.,  1897. 


Administration. 

1898. 

Local  Com. 

1900. 

Local  Com. 

1902. 

Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics 

Local  Com. 

1905. 

Executive  Council. 

1907. 

Clinic  Com. 

Discussions. 

1911.     D231,  p.  245. 

1913.      D64,  D65,  p.  130. 
Fredericks,  E.  M.,  1905,  1907. 
Freeman,  A.  B.,  1889. 

Administration. 

1891.     Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 
Freeman,  A.  W.,  1865,  Charter  Member. 
1S99.     Obituary,  p.  170. 

Papers. 

1S68.     Observed  Effects   of  the   Premature  Extraction   of  the  Temporary 

Teeth.     D602,  p.  38;    Disc,  p.  39. 
1879.     Anesthetics.     615. 7S1,  p.  90;    Disc,  p.  102. 

Discussions. 

1867.  D611,  p.  31. 

1868.  D64,  p.  38. 

1871.  D61,  p.  29,  31;    D21b,  p.  38;    D22,  p.  50;    D8,  p.  SS;    D65,  p.  125. 

1872.  D8,  p.  93.  • 
1875.  D07,  p.  74. 

1879.  D3,  p.  75;    D2,  p.  76. 

1881.  D5,  p.  60. 

1884.  D24,  p.  45;    612.8,  p.  57. 

1885.  D2,  p.  106. 

1SS7.  D24,  p.  63,  69,  70;    615.5,  p.  SI;    D2,  p.  119. 

1888.  D073,  p.  72,  74;    D2,  p.  146;    D24,  p.  177;    D3,  p.  185;    D21,  p.  194.  200 

1889.  D2,  p.  146. 
1891.  D24,  p.  93. 

1894.  D61,  p.  40;    D322,  p.  74;    D222,  p.  99,  100. 
Freeman,  D.  B.,  1872. 

1907.  Obituary,  p.  239,  298. 

Clinic. 

18S8.      Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  131. 
Freeman,  H.  W.,  1905. 

Administration. 
1909.     Board  of  Censors. 
Clinic. 

1908.  Abbey's  Non-cohesive  Gold  Foil.     D221,  p.  269. 
Freeman,  I.  A.,  1872,  1905. 

Discussions. 
1887.      615.711,  p.  95;    D602,  p.  138,  141. 
1891.     D21,  p.  67;    D24,  p.  87;    D22a,  p.  111. 
Freeman,  L,.  G.,  1913. 
Freiberg,  Charles  F.,  1906. 
Freivogel,  W.  C,  1906. 
French,  A.  W.,  1867. 

Administration. 

1868.  Vice-President. 
Executive  Com. 
Program  Com. 

1869.  Treasurer. 

1870.  Treasurer. 
Executive  Com. 
Com.  on  Legislation. 
Publication  Com. 

Paper. 
1S70.     Mechanical  Dentistry.     D3,  p.  S9;    Disc,  p.  97. 
Discussions. 

1867.  615.781,  p.  25;    D22,  p.  26;    D65,  p.  29;    D67,  p.  31. 

1868.  D61a,  p.  36. 

1869.  D61,  Mo.  Dental  Jnl.,  Vol.  1,  p.  276,  27S;    D22,  Mo.  Dental  Jnl.,  Vol 

1,  p.  302,  307;    615.781,  Mo.  Dental  Jnl.,  Vol.  1,  p.  340. 

1870.  D242,  p.  35;    D22,  p.  54;    D221,  p.  76;    D81,  p.  103. 
1908.      D073,  p.  36. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


175 

French,  Chas.  R.,  1913. 
French,  D.  Gale. 

Discussion. 

1881.     D22,  p.  155. 
Freund,  F.  G.,  1909. 
Frey,  H.  A.,  1912. 
Frey,  J.  P.,  1909. 
Fribley,  J.  F.,  1904. 
Fribley,  W.  E.,  1903. 
Friedman,  S.  D.,  1905. 
Friessell,  H.  E.,  1909. 
Frink,  J.  L,.,  1904. 
Fritz,  G.  E.,  1905. 
Froeschle,  W.  F.,  1905. 
Fry,  F.  A.,  1912. 
Fry,  J.  W.,  1903. 
Fry,  S.  P.,  1905. 
I'uhr,  W.  S.,  1906,  1912. 
Fuller,  A.  H. 

1913.     Obituary,  p.  302. 

Paper. 

1902.     Some  of  Our  Predecessors.     D09,  p.  5S;    Disc,  p.  77. 

Discussions. 
1889.      D2,  D09,  p.  101. 

Clinic. 
1S83.     Platinum  and  Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  152. 
Fuller,  J.  C,  1S65,  Charter  Member. 
Fullerton,  K.  M. 

Clinic. 

1893.     Bands  for  Logan  Crowns.     D331,  p.  167. 
Funk,  L,.  E.,  1905. 
Funk,  L.  L..,  1905. 

Clinics. 

1912.     Apex-treating  Broach.     D242,  p.  293. 
Pyorrhea  Toothbrush.     D64,  p.  293. 
Fulton,  J.  M.,  18S5. 
Fulton,  Joseph,  1905. 
Fulton,  M.  D.,  1870. 
Fulton,  T.  A.,  1905. 
Furby,  J.  H.,  1909. 
Fuqua,  V.  H.,  1899,  1905. 


For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


176 


Gable,  J.,  1905. 
Gallie,  D.  M.t  1894. 

Administration. 

1900.     Executive  Council. 

1902.  Clinic  Com. 

1903.  Executive  Council. 

1905.  Com.  to  Cooperate  with  State  Medical  Society. 

1906.  Clinic  Com. 

Com.  to  Codperate  with  Chicago  Medical  Society. 

1907.  Com.  to  Cooperate  with  111.  State  Medical  Society. 

1909.  Com.  on  Legislation. 

1910.  Com.  on  Legislation. 

1911.  President. 

Com.  on  Legislation. 

Papers. 

1902.     Report  of  Supervisor  of  Clinics.     D2,  p.  162. 
1905.     Response  to  Address  of  Welcome.     D04,  p.  11. 
1907.     Gold  Fillings.     D221,  D231,  p.  76;    Disc,  p.  85. 
1911.     President's  Address.     D04,  p.  9;    Disc,  p.  30. 


Discussion*. 


...   1». 
1904.     D06,  p.  55;    D221,  p.  151 
D04,  p.  18;    ™°    -    1"° 
D07,  p.  44, 


1906. 
1907. 
1908. 
1909. 
1910. 
1911. 
1912. 
1913. 

1899. 
1907. 


D06,  p.  55;    1J221,  p.  11 

D04,  p.  18;    D82,  p.  14! 

D07,  p.  44,  54. 

D073,  p.  34. 

D242,  p.  186;    D2,  p.  227. 

D04,  p.  20;    D223,  p.  62. 

D072,  p.  198. 

D04,  p.  20;    D5,  p.  210;    D072,  p.  277. 

D25,  p.  184. 


Clinics. 

Gold  Filling. 
Gold  Filling. 


1907.      Gold  .Filling 
Gardner,  F.  L,.,  1905. 
Gardner,  R.  A.,  1902,  1 
Gardiner,  F.  H.,  1877. 


D221,  p.  120. 
D221,  p.  234. 


905. 


Administration. 

1882.     Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1885.  Clinic  Com. 

1886.  Clinic  Com. 
1889.  Clinic  Com. 

Paper. 

1886.  Report  of  Supervisor  of  Clinics.     D2,  p.  175. 

Discussions. 

1880.      D24,  D65,  p.  52. 

1882.     D3,  p.  53;    D2,  p.  83;    D22,  p.  83. 

1885.      615.5,  p.  129. 

1887.  D4,  p.  41;    615.5,  p.  81,  83. 

1888.  D073,  p.  69;    D24,  p.  179. 
Gardiner,  J.  C,  1905. 
Gardiner,  T.  D.,  1889,  1907. 
Garman,  Jared  >!.,  1906. 
Garnett,  W.  F.,  1910. 

Garrett,  C.  M.,  1905. 

Garrett,  F.  M.,  1910. 

Garriott,  J.  P.,  1910. 

Garrison,  G.  G.,  1905. 

Garrison,  Hy.  L,.,  1912. 

Gasparovich,  S.,  1913. 

Gatons,  John  II..  1905. 

Ganmer,  R.  R.,  1907. 

Geary,  H.  Logan,  1911. 

Geenen,  G.  S.,  1905. 

Geiger,  Emil  D.,  1906,  1911. 

Geiger,  P.  H.,  1905. 

Gelder,  F.  A.,  1905. 

George,  E.  D.,  1906. 

George,  Isaac,  1871,  Honorary  Member. 

Gerhold,  Elsa  J.,  1911. 

Gethro,  F.  W.,  1901. 


1907. 


Administration. 

Com.  on  Dental  Art  and  Invention. 


For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


177 
Gethro,  P.  W. —  Continued. 

1908.  Clinic  Com. 

1910.     Executive  Council. 

Papers. 

1907.     Report  of  Com.  on  Dental  Art  and  Invention.     D21,  p.  97. 

1909.  Some  Mistakes  in  Operative  Dentistry  —  Their  Causes  and  Correc 

tion.     D2,  p.  212;    Disc,  p.  220. 

Discussions. 

1910.  D243,  p.  120. 
1913.     D231,  p.  92,  98. 

Clinics. 

1903.  Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  11,  Supplement. 

1904.  Cavity  Preparation.     D22a,  p.  29. 

1905.  Baked  Porcelain  Crown.     D331,  p.  229. 

1907.     Cavity  Formations  for  Gold  Filling's.     D22a,  p.  236 
1910.     Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  262. 
Gibbs,  A.  E.,  1865,  Charter  Member. 

Administration. 

1867.     Executive  Com. 
Paper. 

1879.     Amyl-nitrite.     615.716,  p.  22;    Disc,  p.  39. 
Gibson,  Robert,  1867. 

Discussions. 

1867.      615.781,  p.  24;    D24,  p.  27;    D67,  p.  30;    D611,  p.  31. 
Gift,  J.  R.,  1905. 
Gilbert,  G.  N.„  1912. 
Gilbertson,  T.  L..,  1907. 
Giles,  George,  1905. 
Gill,  F.  C,  1905. 

1907.     Obituary,  p.  239,  299. 
Gill,  Harry  G.,  1911. 
Gill,  H.  C,  1878. 
Gill,  J.  H.,  1908. 
Gillis,  R.  It..  1908. 
Gilmer,  A.  L,.,  1895. 
Gilmer,  T.  L.,  1872. 

Administration. 

1874.  Executive  Com. 

1883.  Board  of  Examiners. 
1886.  President. 

1888.  Com.  on  Dental  Science  and  Literature. 
1891.  Com.  on  Dental  Science  and  Literature. 
1902.  Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1905.  Com.  to  Cooperate  with  State  Medical  Society. 

1906.  Com.  on  Publication. 

Com.  to  Cooperate  with  Chicago  Medical  Society. 

1907.  Com.  to  Cooperate  with  111.  State  Medical  Society. 

1908.  Com.  to  Cooperate  with  State  Medical  Society. 

1909.  Com.  to  Cooperate  with  State  Medical  Society. 

1910.  Com  to  Cooperate  with  State  Medical  Society. 

1911.  Com.  to  Cooperate  with  State  Medical  Society. 

Papers. 

1881.     Fractures    of   the    Inferior   Maxilla.      D713,    p.    67,    40    illus.;     Disc, 

p.  104. 
1886.     President's  Address.     D04,  p.  57;    Disc,  p.  63. 

1889.  Tribute  to,  by  Rev.  Dana.     P.  161. 

The  Beautiful  City  of  Quincy.     (Toast.)     P.  164. 

1890.  Report    of   Com.    on    Dental    Science   and   Literature.      D073,   p.    58; 

Disc,  p.  66. 
1893.     Report   of  Com.   on    Dental   Science  and   Literature.      D073,   p.   149: 

Disc,  p.  158. 
1905.     The  Maxillary  Sinus  and  Its  Diseases.     D76,  p.  75;    Disc,  p.  86. 

Discussions. 

1874.  D24,  p.  78. 

1876.  D07,  p.  48. 

1879.  D07,  p.  47. 

1881.  D24,  D65,  p.  45. 

1882.  D3,  p.  51;    D331,  p.  61;    D64,  p.  112. 

1884.  612.8,  p.  54. 

1885.  615.5,  p.  128. 

1886.  D7,  p.  179. 

1887.  578,  p.  148. 

1888.  D2,  p.  144;    D24,  p.  171. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


178 
Gilmer,  T.  L. —  Continued. 

1891.  D21,  p.  54,  55,  56,  57,  64;  D24,  p.  90,  91;  D22a,  p.  114. 

1892.  D21a,  p.  108. 
D21,  615.781,  p.  96,  107;  D072,  p.  144. 
D222,  p.  96,  97;  D4,  p.  123;  D073,  p.  143,  144,  146. 
D7S,  p.  89;  D21,  p.  128. 
D64,  p.  42,  43;  D22a,  p.  88. 
D04,  p.  27;  D222,  p.  36,  37;  D7,  p.  152. 

i»uu.   D2,  p.  91;  D713,  p.  122. 

1903.  615.7815,  p.  76. 

1904.  D06,  p.  58. 


1894. 
1896. 
1897. 
1898. 
1900. 


1905!   D04^  p!  24. 
1907.   D07,  p.  50 


UUi,  p.  ov. 

D661,  p.  194. 

D073,  p.  39;  D07,  p.  109. 

D04,  p.  38. 

D8,  p.  151;  D6a,  p.  164. 


1908 
1909. 
1911. 
1912. 

Clinics. 

1888.     Gold  and  Platinum  Crown.     D331,  p.  133. 

1890.     Exhibition  of  a  Storage  Battery  and  Mouth  Lamp.     D21,  p.  163. 

1S92.     Gold  Inlay.     D231,  p.  147. 

1897.  Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  201. 

1899.  Facial  Neuralgia.     D77. 

1900.  Case  Operated  Upon  for  Tri-facial  Neuralgia.     D77,  p.  175. 

1901.  Surgical  Clinic.     D7,  p.  138. 

1905.     Engorgement  of  the  Antrum  of  Highmore  as  a  Result  of  Sinusitis. 
D76,  p.  218. 

1911.  Elimination  of  Scar  Following  Lip  Injury.     D75,  p.  295. 

1912.  A  Case  of  Double  Cleft  Palate.     D751,  p.  288. 
Gilmore,  J.  M.,  1905. 

Gilmore,  T.  E.,  1906. 
Gilson,  A.  II. 

Discussion. 

1895.      D243,  p.  48. 
Gilster,  G.  B.,  1905. 
Girling,  Winthrop,  1899. 

Administration. 

1912.  Com.  on  Public  Dental  Education. 

Clinic. 

1902.  A   Porcelain    Crown   Built    Solidly    from    the   Platinum    Cap    to   the 

Proper  Occlusion  without  the  Use  of  Ordinary  Facing  Soldered 

to  the  Cap.     D331,  p.  165. 
Gismorc,  L.  L,.,  1911. 
Glass,  A.  W.,  1905. 
Glenn,  Carl  I.,  1907,  1910. 
Glidden. 

Discussion. 

1873.     D24,  p.  69,  71. 
Gluesing,  J.  W.,  1893. 
Godejohann,  A.,  1905. 

Administration. 

1913.  Board  of  Censors. 
Goble. 

Discussion. 

1873.     D24,  p.  72. 
Goebel,  Robert,  1884,  1905. 

Administration. 

1896'.     Executive  Council. 

1898.  Board  of  Examiners. 
1910.     Com.  on  Necrology. 

Paper. 
1910.     Report    of   Com.    on    Necrology    of    Illinois    State    Dental    Society. 
D09,  p.  48. 
Discussions. 

1904.     D331,  p.  168. 

1909.  D24,  p.  99. 

1910.  D072,  p.  207. 

Clinic. 
1909.     Filling  the  Ascher's  Artificial  Enamel.     D223,  p.  231. 
Goetz,  O.  A.,  1905. 
Goggin,  J.  W.,  1905. 
Goldbeck,  W.  C,  1905. 
Golding,  Ij.  E.,  1905. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


179 

Goldring,  James,  1909. 
Goldthorp,  E.,  1905. 
Goldthorp,  F.  J.,  1906. 
Good,  Robert,  1898. 

Clinics. 

1899.  Pyorrhea  Alveolaris.     D64,  p.  111. 

1900.  Treatment  of  Pyorrhea  Alveolaris.     D64,  p.  172. 

1901.  Pyorrhea  Alveolaris.     D64,  p.  137. 
1904.     Pyorrhea  Treatment.     D64,  p.  27. 

Gooderl,  H.  W.,  1905. 
Goodmanson,  J.  Sidney,  1S93. 
Goodrich. 

Discussion. 
18S2.      D61,  p.  163. 
Goodrich,  J.  R.,  1905. 
Goodson,  L,.  J.,  1905. 

Administration. 

1910.  Local  Com. 

1911.  Clinic  Com. 

1912.  Executive  Concil. 
Gordon,  Byron,  1893. 
Gordon,  J.  S.,  1911. 
Gorney,  Wm.  A.,  1906. 

1912.     Obituary,  p.  331. 
Gorsline,  W.  P.,  1905. 
Goslee,  H.  J.,  1897. 

Administration. 

1899.  Local  Com. 

1900.  Com.  on  Dental  Art  and  Invention. 

1901.  Com.  on  Dental  Art  and  Invention. 

1902.  Com.  on  Dental  Art  and  Invention. 

1903.  Secretary. 

1904.  Secretary. 
1908.  Com.  on  Publication. 

Papers. 

1899.  Modern  Manipulative   Methods  in   Crown   and   Bridge  Work. 

p.  65,  2  illus.;    Disc,  p.  80. 

1900.  Report  of  Com.   on  Art  and  Invention.     D21,  p.   155; 

1901.  Report  of  Com.   on  Art  and   Invention.     D21,  p.   116; 

1902.  Report  of  Com.   on  Art  and   Invention.     D21,  p.   154; 

1905.  Porcelain  Bridgework.     D332,  p.  198;    Disc,  p.  205. 

1912.  Newer  Methods  in  Crown  and  Bridge  Work.     D33,  p.  87;    Disc,  p. 

120. 

Discussions. 

1898.  D4,  p.  97. 

1900.  D331,  p.  63,  64. 

1901.  D3a,  p.  36. 

1902.  D232,  p.  182. 

1903.  D32a,  p.  58. 

1904.  D331,  p.  165. 

1905.  D32a,  p.  175,  176. 

1906.  D232,  p.  251. 

1908.      D073,  p.  37;    D22,  p.  160;    D232,  p.  163;    D221,  p.  163;    D222,  p.  163. 
1911.     D231,  p.  163;    D32,  p.  234. 

Clinics. 

1898.  Crowns  and  Bridges.     D33,  p.  191. 

1899.  Cusps  for  Crown  and  Bridge  Work.     P33,  p.  121. 

1902.     Construction  of  Saddles  for  Porcelain  Bridges  and  Carving  Cusps 
for  Crown  and  Bridge  Work.     D33,  p.  163. 
Goss,  Arthur,  1905. 
Gottlieb,  L,.,  1905. 
Gould,  Arthur  W.,  1911. 
Gould,  Earl  E.,  1906. 

Clinic. 

1913.  Cast  Base  Crowns.     D331,  p.  255. 
Gould,  S.  C,  1908. 

Gouse,  M.  W\,  1905. 
Graber,  R.  L.,  1905. 

Administration. 

1911.     Local  Com. 

1914.  Board  of  Censors. 

1913.     The  Esthetics  of  Prosthetic  Dentistry.     D3,  p.  198,  16  illus.;    Disc, 
p.  217. 
For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


D33, 


Disc,  p.  164. 
Disc,  p.  132. 
Disc,  p.   161. 


180 

Graflund,  Fred,  1905,  1909. 
Grafts,  C.  D.,  1871. 
Graham,  D.   M.,  1909. 
Graham,  Herman  J.,  1906. 
Graham,  Oliver  J.,  1907. 
Graham,  H.  S.,  1905. 
Graham,  W.  M.,  1905. 
Grafton,  C.  W.,  1910. 
Granger,  J.  C,  1910. 
Gramm,  C.  T.,  1902,  1910. 

Discussions. 

1902.  D243,  p.  55. 

1903.  D34,  p.  53. 

Clinic. 

1903.     Gold  Points  for  Root  Canals.     D243,  p.  5,  Supplement. 
Grant,  J.  C,  1906. 

Clinic. 

1912.     Removable   Bridges;     Attachment   for   Porcelain    Crowns.      D33,    p 
305. 
Gray,  A.  G.,  1885. 
Gray,  Geo.  T.,  1905. 
Gray,  G.  W.,  1905. 

1911.     Obituary,  p.  331. 
Gray,  J.  R.,  1870. 
Gray,  L..  R.,  1912. 
Graybeal,  W.,  1905. 
Green,  B.  F.,  1907. 
Green,  E.  J.,  1877,  1905. 

Administration.  > 

1886.     Executive  Com. 
Discussions. 

1885.  D2,  p.  107;    615.5,  p.  128. 

1886.  D22a,  D243,  p.  113. 

1887.  D2,  p.  117,  125,  126;.D602,  p.  138,  141,  143. 

1888.  D2,  p.  140. 

Clinic. 

1889.  Phosphate  Cement  Filling-.     D223,  p.  143. 
Green,  J.  E.,  1910. 

Green,  J.  L. 

Paper. 

1911.     Care   of  the  Teeth  in  the   State   Institutions.     D072,   p    191 :    Disc. 
p.  194. 
Green,  L..  O.,  1905. 

Discussion. 

1899.      D33,  p.  88. 
Green,  R.  R.,  1905. 
Green,  W.  F.,  1892. 


Discussions. 

1894.      D222,  p.  106;    D21,  p.  153. 
1900.      615.778,  p.  145;    D21,  p.  167. 


Clinic. 

1900.     Canal  Filling-,  Bucalypto-percha.     D243,  p.  170. 
Greene,  Theodore,  1906. 
Greenhow,  B.  F.,  1904,  1909. 
Greenleaf,  C.  W.,  1871. 
Greenwood,  A.  S.,  1909. 
Gregory,  C.  L,.,  1884. 

Grovers,  John  E.,  1888,  Corresponding  Member. 
Griffin,  J.  B.,  1897. 
Griffin,  T.  A.,  1905. 

Clinic. 

1908.  Vulcanite  Teeth  in  Bridsrework.     D332,  p.  266. 
Griffith,  D.  D.,  1905,  1913- 

Griffith,  E.  L.,  1905. 
Griffith,  J.  J.,  1907,  1912. 
Griffith,  P.  R„  1891. 
Griffith,  R.  A.,  1905. 
Grisamore,  T.  L.,  1904. 

Administration. 

1909.  Clinic  Com. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


181 
Grisamore,  T.  L.. —  Continued. 
Paper. 

1909.  Report  of  Supervisor  of  Clinics.     D2,  p.  230. 

Discussions. 

1907.      D24,  D63,  p.  155. 
190S.      D61,  p.  226. 

Clinics. 

1910.  Orthodontia.     D4,  p.  268. 

1911.  Orthodontia.     D4,  p.  302. 
Griswold,  D.  J.,  1905. 

Griswold,  N.  R.,  1865,  Charter  Member. 

Griswold,  W.  E.,  1906. 

Groff,  W.  E.,  1908. 

Grossman,  M..  1908. 

Grove,  E.  C,  1909. 

Grnnn,  A.  P.,  1905,  1910. 

Guest,  I.  H.,  1909. 

Guffin,  E.  L,.,  1882,  Voted  Life  Membership,  1889. 

Guffin,  L.  E. 

1911.     Obituary,  p.  330. 
Guild,  George  R.,  1905. 
Giiniiell,.J.  L..,  1S91. 
Gunther,  H.  A.,  1892,  1905. 

Discussion. 

1892.      D21,  p.  146. 
Clinic. 

1899.     Crystalloid  Gold.     D221,  p.  121. 
Gunning,  T.  P.,  1906. 
Gurley,  F.  G.,  1907. 
Guthrie,  A.,  1905. 
Guthrie,  N.  A.,  1905. 


For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


182 

Haas,  Alfred  L. 

Clinic. 

1905.     A  New  Method  of  Adapting  a  Metal  Fitting  to  the  Prepared  End 

of  an  Anterior  Root.     D331,  p.  222. 
Hackett,  J.  V.,  1912. 
Hadfield,  H.  C,  1905. 
Hadley,  C.  J.,  1907. 
Haessler,  F.  J.,  1908. 
Hagland,  c.  E.,  1912. 
Hague,  Albert  S.,  1903. 
Mainline.  E.  L..,  1910. 
Hainz,  Chas.,  1911. 
Hajicek,  J.  E.,  190S. 
Hall,  A.  W.,  1908. 

Clinic. 

1911.  Apparatus  Used  in  Extracting  Teeth.     D4,  p.  302. 
Hall,  Henry,  1865,  Charter  Member. 

Hall,  O.  C.,  1905. 
Hall,  R.  S.,  1908. 
Hall,  S.  W.,  1905. 
Hall,  W.  B.,  1909. 
Hallenbeck,  R.  J.,  1905. 
Halsted,  A.  S.,  1905. 
Hamel,  C.  W.,  1909. 
Hamil,  E.  L,.,  1905. 
Hamil,  John  C,  1905. 
Hamilton,  B.  A.,  1909. 
Hamlin,  George  B.,  1906. 
Hamm,  H.,  1905. 
!i.-i  in  ni.-i  ii.  H.  Howard,  1905. 
Hammer,  E.  C,  1905. 
Hammond,  C.  R.,  1908. 

1909.     Obituary,  p.  64. 
Hammond,  J.  J.,  1905. 
Hannnford,  M.  L,.,  1878. 

Administration. 

1S86.     Com.  on  Dental  Science  and  Literature. 

1892.     Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1901.  Vice-President. 
Executive  Council. 

1902.  President. 

1905.  Executive  Com. 

1907.  Com.  on  Necrology. 
1909.     Com.  on  Necrology. 

Papers. 
1887.      Report   of  Com.    on   Dental   Science   and   Literature.      D073,   p.    158. 
1SS8.     Report    of   Com.    on    Dental    Science    and   Literature.      D073,    p.    58; 

Disc,  p.  68. 
1898.     The  Preparation  of  Cavities.     D22a,  p.  99;    Disc,  p.  106. 
1902.     President's  Address.     D04,  p.  9;    Disc,  p.  11. 

1909.  Report  of  Com.  on  Necrology.     D09,  p.  63. 

1910.  The  Filling  of  Root  Canals.     D243,  p.  109;    Disc,  p.  116. 

Discussions. 

1881.   D22,  p.  152. 

1886.   D22a,  D243,  p.  101. 

1902.   D04,  p.  13. 

1906.  '  615.781,  p.  94. 

1908.  D04,  p.  13. 

1909.  D04,  p.  19. 

1912.  D33,  p.  124. 

Clinics. 
1889.     Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  143. 

1900.  Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  172. 
190S.      Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  269. 

Hanchen,  S.  A.,  1912. 
Hancock,  J.  E.,  1897,  1905. 
Discussions. 
1905.      D25,  p.  57;    D64,  p.  57. 

1911.  D231,  p.  250. 

Clinic. 

1901.  Porcelain  Crown.     D331,  p.  134. 
Hand,  M.  E.,  1872. 

1891.     Obituary,  p.  184. 

Administration. 
1885.     Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


183 

Hanley,  Geo.  M.,  1905. 
Hannah,  S.  B.,  1905. 
Hanson,  A.  A.,  1906,  1909. 
Hanson,  F.  E.,  1S68. 
Hanson,  Grier,  1902. 
Hanson,  O.  T.,  1902. 

1903.     Obituary,  p.  138. 
Harden,  O.  H.,  1905. 
Hardin,  J.  XV.,  1903. 
Hardin,  J.  W.,  1911. 
Hare,  D.  A.,  1898,  1905. 

Clinic. 

1905.     Gold  Inlay.     D231,  p.  224. 
Harsett,  A.  V.,  1899,  1906. 
Harlan,  A.  W.,  1872. 

1909.     Obituary,  p.  64,  298,  299. 

Administration. 

1875.     Executive  Com. 

1881.  Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1882.  President. 

Com.  on  Legislation. 

1892.  Com.  on  Dental  Science  and  Literature. 

1894.  Com.  on  Publication. 

1895.  Com.  on  Publication. 

Com.  on  Dental  Science  and  Literature. 

1896.  Com.  on  Publication. 

Com.  on  Dental  Science  and  Literature. 

1897.  Cpm.  on  Publication. 

Com.  on  Dental  Science  and  Literature. 

1898.  Com.  on  Dental  Science  and  Literature. 

1899.  Com.  on  Dental  Science  and  Literature. 

1900.  Com.  on  Dental  Science  and  Literature. 

1901.  Com.  on  Dental  Science  and  Literature. 

Papers. 

1874.     Aetiology  of  Dental  Caries.     D61,  p.  59;    Disc,  p.  67. 

1879.  Extraction  of  First  Molars.     D61a,  p.  109;    Disc,  p.  111. 

1880.  Saliva  —  Its  Characteristics  in  Health  and  Disease.     612.31,  p.  104; 

Disc,  p.  110. 

1881.  Characteristics    of   Saliva   in    Syphilitics.      612.31,   p.    162;     Disc,   p. 

167. 

1882.  President's  Address.     D04,  p.  30. 

1883.  Notes  on  Remedies.     615.5,  p.  147. 

1885.  Notes  on  New  Remedies.     615.5,  p.  119;    Disc,  p.  126. 

1886.  Antiseptics  and  Disinfectants.     615.778,  p.  67;    Disc,  p.  75. 

1887.  Practical   Therapeutics,   with   Notes   on   the  Application   of  Special 

Drugs.     615.5,  p.  74;    Disc,  p.  78. 
1889.     Escharotics  and  Coagulants.     615.775,  p.  113;    Disc,  p.  120. 

The  International  Dental  Congress.     Toast.     D06,  p.  163. 
1891.     Experimental  Studies  on  the  Action  of  Diffusible  Medicinal  Agents 

in   Living   Teeth   and   Pulpless   Teeth.      D24,   D61,    p.    126;     Disc 

p.  135. 

1893.  Recent    Additions    to    the    Therapeutics    of    Pyorrhea    Alveolaris 

D64,  p.  61;    Disc,  p.  64. 

1894.  Report  of  Com.    on   Dental   Science   and   Literature.      D073,  p.   138 

Disc,  p.  143. 

1895.  Report   of  Com.   on    Dental   Science   and   Literature.      D073,   p.    173 

Disc,  p.  175.  „  ..„ 

1896.  Report   of  Com.  on   Dental   Science   and   Literature.  D073,   p.  112 

1897.  Report   of  Com.  on   Dental   Science   and   Literature.  D073,   p.  191 
Disc,  p.  193.  „  ,    _ 

1898.  Report   of  Com.  on   Dental   Science   and  Literature.  D073,   p.  177 
Disc,  p.  180.                                                                 .  _„„ 

1899.  Report    of   Com.  on    Dental    Science   and   Literature.  D073,    p.    90 
D  i  s  c     X)    94 

1900.  Report" of'  Com.  on   Dental   Science   and   Literature.  D073,   p.  149 

1901.  Report   of  Com.  on   Dental   Science   and   Literature.  D073,   p.  109 

Discussions. 

1873.  D61,  p.  191;    D331,  p.  128. 

1874.  D07,  p.  33;    D22,  p.  49;    D22,  p.  SS. 

1875.  D22,  p.  47,  48:    D07,  p.  77. 

1876.  D601,  p.  38;    D07,  p.  48. 

1877.  D04,  p.  30;    612.31,  p.  66. 

1878.  D07,  p.  62;    D22,  p.  62;    D26,  p.  87. 

1879.  D07,  p.  47;    D07,  p.  87. 

1880.  D24,  D65,  p.  50:    615.775,  p.  62,  63,  64. 

1881.  D5,  p.  60;    D222,  p.  125;    D22,  p.  152. 

1882.  D65,  p.  182. 

1883.  D2,  p.  98. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


184 
Harlan,  A.  W. —  Continued. 


1891 
1892 
1893 
1893 


1894 
1896 
1897 
1899 
1900 
1901 


D222,  p.  105. 

D04,  p.  21;    D07,  p.  47. 

D04,  p.  23;    D64,  p.  36;    D142,  D24,  p.  103,  104,  118. 

D04,  p.  15;    D141,  D22a,  p.  62. 

D64,  p.  53;    D21,  p.  167. 

D04,  p.  17. 


Clinics. 

1888.     Two  Causes  of  Chronic  Alveolar  Abscess.     D65,  p.  132. 

1890.  Operation  for  the  Renewal  of  Receded  Gums.     D64,  p.  162. 

1891.  An  Ingenious  Method  of  Attaching  Crowns.     D331,  p.  180. 
1893.     Bleaching.     D26,  p.  166. 

1896.     Pyorrhea  Alveolaris.     D64,  p.  124;    Disc,  p.  130. 

1899.  Pyorrhea  Alveolaris.     D64,  p.  111. 

1901.  Pyorrhea  Alveolaris.     D64,  p.  134. 
Harlan,  Paul  H.,  1899. 

Harned,  M.  R.,  1898. 

Administration. 

1900.  Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1901.  Local  Com. 

1906.  Executive  Council. 

1909.     Com.  on  Dental  Science  and  Literature. 

1912.  Com.  on  Post-graduate  Study  Course. 

Papers. 

1902.  Preliminary  Dental  Education.     D07,  p.  81;    Disc,  p.  86. 

1908.  The  Romance  of  Dentistry.     D09,  p.  49;    Disc,  p.  59. 

1909.  Report   of   Com.    on    Dental    Science   and   Literature.      D073,    p.    26: 

Disc,  p.  38. 

1911.  Some    Psychological    Phenomena    Attending    Orthodontia.      D4,    p 

114;    Disc,  p.  135. 

1913.  Painless  Dentistry.     D611,  p.  231;    Disc,  p.  236. 

Discussions. 

1902.  D2,  p.  174. 

1905.  D25,  p.  59;    D64,  p.  59. 

1907.  D04,  p.  16. 

1909.  D07,  p.  147. 

1910.  D243,  p.  126. 

1912.  D04,  p.  39. 

Clinics. 

1902.     Preparation  of  Cavities  in  Artificial  Teeth.     D32,  p.  162. 

1905.     Home-made  Electric  Ovens  for  Baking  Inlays.     D31,  p.  218. 

1907.     Accurate  Fit  of  Cope  for  Porcelain-shell  Crown.     D331,  p.  234. 

1910.     Case  with  Pyorrhea  Pocket.     D64,  p.  26S. 
Harned,  J.  E.,  1901,  1905. 
Harp,  W.  H.,  1905. 
Harper,  A.  J.,  1906. 

Clinic. 

1912.     How  to  Check  the  Wear  on  Badly  Worn  Teeth  by  Using  the  Gold 
Inlay.     D231,  p.  293. 
Harper,  John  G.,  1892,  Corresponding  Member. 

Discussions. 

1891.  D24,  p.  99. 

1892.  D21a,  p.  110. 

Clinics. 
1892.     Exhibition  of  an  Electric  Fan.     D231,  p.  148. 

1896.  Aluminoid  for  Lining  Plates.     D321,  p.  127. 
Harper,  W.  E.,  1893. 

Papers. 

1897.  Classification  of  Cavities,  and  Rules  Governing  Their  Preparation. 

D22a,  p.  71,  14  illus.;    Disc,  p.  79. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


185 

Harper,  W.  E. —  Continued. 

1912.  The  Character  of  the  Adaptation  of  Amalgam  to  the  Walls  of 
Cavities  Attained  by  Present  Methods  of  Instrumentation  and 
the  Use  of  the  Best  Known  Alloys,  as  Indicated  by  the  Air- 
pressure  Test.     D222,  p.  224;    Disc,  p.  243. 

Discussion. 

1898.     D22a,  p.  106. 
Clinics. 

1893.     Casting  Aluminum  Plates.     D323,  p.  167. 

1905.     Enamel  Cleavers.     D33,  p.  227. 
Harris,  A.  D.,  1909. 

Harris,  A.  J.,  1865,  Charter  Member,  1886,  1905. 
Harris,  Sarah  S.,  1906. 
Harriman,  E.  V.,  1905. 
Harrington,  G.  H.,  1870. 

1891.     Obituary,  p.  185. 

Administration. 

1880.  Librarian. 

1881.  Librarian. 
Harrison,  A.  G.,  1909. 
Harrison,  A.  M.,  1901. 

Administration. 

1912.     Com.  on  Dental  Science  and  Literature. 

Papers. 
1903.     Preservation  of  the  Deciduous  Teeth.     D602,  p.  61;    Disc,  p.  68. 
1912.     Report  of  Com.  on  Dental  Science  and  Literature.     D073,  p.  37. 

Discussions. 

1902.      D06,  p.  34. 

1907.  D22c,  p.  194. 

Clinic. 

1908.  Oxide   of  Zinc  Lining   for  Attachment   of  Porcelain   Inlays.     D232, 

p.  264. 
Harrison,  B.  T.,  1875. 

Discussion. 

1880.  615.775,  p.  64. 
Harrison,  H.  E.,  1905. 

1908.     Obituary,  p.  249,  326. 

Clinic. 

1905.     Nitrous  Oxide  Gas.     615.7811,  p.  217. 
Harsch,  B.  T.,  1911. 
Hartenger,  J.  H.,  1901. 
Hart,  C.  P.,  1905. 
Hart,  C.  Ii.,  1905. 
Hart,  H.  V.,  1905. 
Hart,  P.  H.,  1909. 
Hart,  W.  W.,  1905. 
Hartinger,  J.  H.,  1905. 
Hartley,  Chas.  G.,  1906. 
Hartley ,"R.  R.,  1909. 
Hartley,  T.  A.,  1905. 

Administration. 

1912.     Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 
Harvey,  Earl  V.,  1905,  1907. 
Harvey,  J.  P.,  1904. 
Haskell,  L.  P.,  1865,  Charter  Member,  1882. 

Administration. 

1866.  Executive  Com. 
Program  Com. 

1867.  Librarian. 

Papers. 

1881.  The  Past,  Present  and  Future  of  Mechanical  Dentistry.     D3,  p.  48. 

1882.  Random  Thoughts  from  the  Laboratory.     D3,  p.  45;    Disc,  p.  49. 
1888.      Prosthetic  Dentistry.     Papers  Read  But  Not  Published  in  Society's 

Proceedings.     D3,  Disc,  p.  180. 
Discussions. 
1866.     D3,  p.  10y2,  20. 

1883.  D32,  p.  140. 

1908.     D06,  p.  80;    D3,  p.  114. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


186 
Haskell,  L.  P. —  Continued. 
Clinic. 

1913.     Models   of  Abnormal   and   Difficult   Cases,   Some   Thirty  Years  Old, 
Upon  Which  Successful  Dentures  Have  Been  Made.     D32,  p.  265. 
Haskins,  G.  W.,  1901. 

Administration. 

1908.     Program  Com. 

Com.  to  Cooperate  with  State  Medical  Society. 

1910.  Com.  to  Cooperate  with  State  Medical  Society. 

1912.  Executive  Council. 

Discussions. 

1906.  615.781,  p.  108,  110;    D232,  p.  170;    DS9,  p.  194. 

1907.  DS9,  p.  72;    D4,  p.  132,  135. 

1908.  D22,  p.  166,  175;    D231,  p.  166,  175;    D232,  p.   166,  175;    D221,  p.  166, 

175;    D222,  p.  166,  175. 

Clinic. 

1904.  Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  30. 

1905.  Non-cohesive  Foil  in  Filling  the  Upper  Three-quarters  of  Approxi- 

mal  Cavities  in  Molars  and  Bicuspids.     D221,  p.  228. 

1907.  Removable  Dentures,  Using  Tube  and  Split  Pins.     D32,  p.  236. 

1911.  Some  Reliable  Bridge  Abutments.     D332,  p.  308. 
Hastings,  H.  W.,  1909. 

Hauge,  N.  A.,  1907. 
Hawkes,  A.  J. —  1905,  1910. 

Administration. 

1913.  Public  Service  Com. 

1914.  Public  Service  Com. 
Hawley,  A.  T.,  1885. 
Hawxhurst,  D.  C 

Paper. 

18S2.     Resolutions  in  Memory  of,  p.  28. 
Hay,  C.  A.,  1909. 
Hay,  E.  T.,  1909. 
Hay,  William  G.,  1905. 
Hayden,  R.  E.,  1907. 
Hayes,  F.  P.,  1909. 
Hayes,  Harry,  1908. 
Hayes,  H.  H.,  1899. 
Clinic. 

1913.     Demonstrating  the  Making  of  Porcelain  Inlays.     D232,  p.  256. 
Hays,  Owen  C,  1905. 
Hazell,  E.  P.,  1898. 

Administration. 

1900.     Clinic  Com. 
Local  Com. 

1902.  Local  Com. 

1903.  Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1906.  Local  Com. 

1908.  Local  Com. 

1909.  Vice-President. 

1910.  Com.  on  Public  Press. 

1912.  Com.  to  Cooperate  with  State  Medical  Society. 

Discussions. 
1900.      D713,  p.  120. 

1905.  D89,  p.  190. 

1906.  615.781,  p.  96. 

1907.  D89,  p.  65. 

1911.  D04,  p.  28. 

Clinics. 
1902.     Gold  Filling,  Using  Matrix.     D221,  p.  164. 
1907.      Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  226. 

1912.  The    Uses    of   the   Gilmore   Clasp   as   Applied    to   Plate   and    Crown 

Work.     D331,  D32,  p.  296. 
Head,  L.  D.,  1905. 

Clinic. 
1912.     Metal  Base  for  Davis  Crown.     B331,  p.  300. 
Heaton,  J.  A.,  1905,  1909. 

Discussion. 

1910.  D223,  p.  64. 

Clinic. 

1911.  Removable  Band  for  Porcelain  Work.     D331,  p.  302. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


187 

Hebarger,  J.  R.,  1904. 
Hebert,  A.  W„  1S94,  1905. 

Clinic. 

1S94.      Crown  and  Bridge  Work.     D33,  p.  156. 
Heck,  E.  G.,  1905,  1907. 
Heely,  E.  Q,.,  1912. 
HeKKlsiud,  H.  M„  1905. 
Heidenger,  R.  G.,  1908. 
Heidorn,  H.  \V.,  1909. 
Heine,  O.  C,  1906,  1910. 
Heisey,  D.  J.,  1908,  1909. 
Heisey,  J.,  1905. 
Helck,  Sol.  A.,  1905,  1911. 
Held,  Henry,  1901. 
Hellwig,  C.  V.,  1911. 
Helm,  C.  B.,  1893,  1901,  1905,  1912. 

Discussion. 

1905.      D76,  p.  89. 
Clinic. 

1905.     Gold  Inlay.     D231,  p.  224. 
Helm,  Chas.  S.,  1910. 
Helmer,  P.  A.,  1905. 
Helmick,  O.  W.,  1910. 
Helper,  R.  W.,  1901. 
Hemphill,  J.   I»..  1905. 
Hendell,  J.  W.,  1869. 

1872.     Obituary,  p.  108. 
Henderson,  G.  H.,  1896,  1905. 

Administration. 

1898.     Local  Com. 
1900.     Local  Com. 

Paper. 

1905.  Advertising  in  Dentistry;    or  Commercialism  Versus  Professional- 

ism.    D89,  p.  178;    Disc,  p.  184. 

Discussions. 

1898.  D04,  p.  21. 

1900.  D3,  p.  107;  D713,  p.  119. 
1902.  D06,  p.  34;  D61a,  p.  127. 
1904.  D89,  p.  158. 

1906.  D89,  p.  191. 

1912.  D072,  p.  283. 

1913.  D89,  p.  157. 

Clinic. 

1907.  Swaging  a  Plate,  Using  the  Olivian  Plate  Swage.     D322,  p.  237. 
Henderson,  H.  S.,  1905. 

Henderson,  L..  D.,  1896. 
Henderson,  Olive  M.,  1909. 
Henline,  B.  H.,  1905. 
Henn,  E.  J.,  1912. 
Henning,  A.  S.,  1905. 
Henning,  J.  A.,  1907,  1912. 
Henry,  (has..  1S68. 

1895.     Obituary,  p.  236. 

Administration. 

1S70.  Executive  Com. 
1874.  Executive  Com. 
188S.  Vice-President. 
1891.     Executive  Council. 

■   Discussions. 

1869.     D65,  Mo.  Dental  Jnl.,  Vol.  1,  p.  330. 

1S70.     D22,  p.  58,  59;    D221,  p.  77. 

1874.      D22,  p.  50. 
Henry,  H.  F.,  1909. 
Henry,  S.  A.,  1906,  1913. 
Henry,  T.  P.,  1S96. 

Administration. 

1904.  Board  of  Examiners. 

1905.  Board  of  Examiners. 

1906.  Board  of  Censors. 

Paper. 

1901.  Why  Fillings  Fail.     D22,  p.  100;    Disc,  p.  101. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


188      . 
Henry,  T.  F. —  Continued. 
Discussions. 
1897.      D04,  p.  20. 

1902.  D06,  p.  34. 
Henry,  S.  A.,  1906. 
Henshaw,  W.  E.,  1910. 
Hepburn,  W.  It.,  1905. 
Heper,  Carl,  1905. 
Herbert,  Frank  Y.,  1897. 
Herndon,  P.  M.,  1911. 
Herr,  W.,  1905. 
Herring,  E.  D.,  1911. 
Herring,  W.  H.,  1905. 
Herriott. 

Discussion. 

1879.     D07,  p.  84;    615.781,  p.  104. 
Herron,  J.  C,  1885. 
Hetu,  E.  G.,  1906. 
Heuer,  C.  August,  1907. 
Hewes,  C.  T.,  1896,  1906. 

Administration. 

1914.     Com.  on  Publication. 

Discussion. 
1913.      D611,  p.  236. 

Clinic. 
1911.     Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  296. 
Hewett,  A.  C,  1905. 

Papers. 

1893.     Things    Old,   New    and    Useful    in    the    Operating    Room.      (Chloro- 
form as  An  Obtundent.)     D21,  615.7812,  p.  82;    Disc,  p.  93. 
Local  Anesthetics.     615.7816,  p.  170. 

Discussions. 

1893.     D601,  p.  33,  35;    D73,  p.  172. 

1905.     D04,  p.  21. 

1907.     D073,  p.  62;    D22c,  p.  198. 

Clinics. 

1893.     Extractions.     D72,  p.  165. 
1907.     Amberoid  Cement.     D223,  p.  238. 
Hewett,  Ashley  M.,  1903. 

Discussion. 

1905.      D89,  p.  192. 
Clinic. 

1903.  Electric  Furnace  and  Other  Dental  Appliances.     D31,  p.  8,  Supple- 

ment. 
Hewitt,  W.  H.,  1911. 
Hewitt,  Wm.  H.,  1905. 
Heyer,  H.  C,  1902. 
Heyne,  E.  L,.,  1906,  1911. 
Hick,  D.  F.,  1912. 
Hickman,  E.  H.,  1902,  1905. 

Discussion. 

1909.      D24,  p.  98. 

Clinics. 
1907.     Contour  Amalgam  Filling,  Using  Matrix.     D222,  p.  232. 
1909.     "Vulcanized    Base    Plates    for    Full    Upper    and    Lower    Dentures. 

D321,  p.  240. 
Hickman,  G.  W.,  1908. 
Hickman,  J.  D.,  1907. 
Hicks,  W.  S.,  1905. 
Higgason,  J.  C,  1911. 
Higgins,  T.  E.,  1913. 
Hill,  H.  M.,  1908. 
Hill,  Stanley,  1909. 
Hillenbrand,  G.  A.,  1905. 
Hilller,  Chas.  W.,  1905. 

Clinic. 

1913.     Building    Up    Broken-down    Roots,    Using    Weston's    New    Metal. 
D331,  p.  257. 
Hilton,  John,  1893. 

1897.     Obituary,  p.  270. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


189 

Hinckley,  C.  A.,  1907. 
Hine,  C.  L.,  1906. 

Clinics. 

1909.     Cast  Splint  for  Loose  Teeth.     D64,  p.  241. 

1912.     Bandless  Molar  Crowns.     D331,  p.  299. 
Hine,  W.  G.,  1909. 
Hinkins,  J.  E.,  1S88. 

Administration. 

1900.  Clinic  Com. 

1901.  Clinic  Com. 

1902.  Vice-President. 

1909.  Com.  on  Publication. 
1912.     Program  Com. 

Papers. 

1900.  Report  of  Supervisor  of  Clinics.     D2,  p.  170. 

1901.  Report  of  Supervisor  of  Clinics.     D2,  p.  134. 

1906.  On  the  Composition  of  the  Dentine  and  Enamel  of  Human  Teeth. 

D14,  p.  259;    Disc,  p.  264. 

Discussions. 

1891.  D24,  p.  99. 

1895.  D243,  p.  59. 

1897.  D142,  D24,  p.  99,  112. 

1898.  D142,  D24,  p.  61. 

1900.  D21,  p.  167. 

1901.  615.778,  p.  70;    612.31,  p.  83. 

1903.  D32a,  p.  59,  60. 

1904.  D223,  p.  94. 

1905.  D32a,  p.  175. 

1907.  D221,  D231,  p.  94;    D07,  p.  182. 

1908.  D63,  p.  125. 

1912.  D6a,  p.  167. 

1913.  D611,  p.  246. 

Clinics. 

1897.     Platinum  and  Gold  Filling.     D22,  p.  203. 

1899.  Instruments  for  Removal  of  Deposits.     D641,  p.  112. 

1902.  The  Use  of  Kowarska's  Cement  as  a  Splint  for  Loose  Teeth.     D64, 

p.  164. 
Hinman,  It.  B.,  1905. 
Hite,  Harry  J.,  1911. 
Hite,  J.  H.,  1905,  1908. 
Hite,  O.  E.,  1911. 
Hitz,  Victor,  1906. 
Hixon,  W.  N.,  1908. 
Hoadley,  G.  P.,  1878. 
Hoadley,  G.  P.,  1905. 
Hoadley,  P.  L..,  1905. 
Hoagland,  C.  \..  1907. 
Hobbs,  lo  B.,  1905. 
Hobert,  C.  S.,  1873. 

Administration. 

1875.     Executive  Com. 
Hoblit,  S.  G.,  1905. 
Hodgman,  C.  W.,  1897,  1905. 
Hodgson,  E.  S.,  1906. 

Clinics. 

1910.  Simple    Compressed-air    Attachment    for    the    Engine    Hand-piece. 

D21,  p.  269. 
1912.     Inlay  Swing  Bridge,  Replacing  Upper  First  Bicuspid;    Inlay  Abut- 
ments on  Vital  Teeth.     D332,  p.  294. 

Hoermann,  A.  H.,  1909. 

Hoffman,  A.,  1909. 

Hoffman,  E.  ('..  1905. 

Clinic. 

1912.     Cast  Reinforcements  Applied   to  Denture  Made   for  a  Protruding 
Superior  Maxillary  Ridge.     D32,  p.  295. 
Hogan,  W.  E.,  1906. 
Hohenadel,  J.  F.,  1907. 
Hohman,  E.  H.,  1908. 
Holland,  C.  M.,  1913. 
Holland,  C.  P.,  1905. 
Holland,  K.  J.,  1909. 

Por  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


190 

Holland,  W.  E.,  1889. 

Administration. 

1893.  Clinic  Com. 

1895.  Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1896.  Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1897.  Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1898.  Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1899.  Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1902.  Executive  Council. 

1903.  Vice-President. 
Hollen,  E.  H.,  1906. 
Hollenbeak,  W.  L,.,  1905. 
Hollenbeak,  E.  E.,  1905. 
Hollinger,  Otto,  1905. 

Discussions, 

1906.      D602,  p.  59;    615.781,  p.  99. 
Hollingswortli,  J.  G. 

Clinic. 

1S93.     Porcelain-faced  Crown.     D331,  p.  165. 
Hollingswortli,  R.  S.,  1905. 
Holmes,  F.  W.,  1905. 
Holmes,  Harold,  1912. 
Holmin,  O.  R.,  1905,  1909,  1912. 
Honsinger,  E.,  1865,  Charter  Member. 

1909.     Obituary.     Portrait.     P.  63. 

Administration. 

1565.  Temporary  Secretary.     Meeting-  of  Organization. 

1866.  Vice-President. 
Program  Com. 

1874.     Vice-President. 

Discussions. 

1566.  D221,   p.   8;     D24,   p.    0;     D3,   p.   10V>,    11;     D602,   p.    11;     D61a,   p.    15; 

D22,  p.  16;    D24,  p.  17,  19. 

1867.  D22,  p.  27;    D65,  p.  29. 

1871.  D22,  p.  50,  51,  54;    D221a,  p.  64.  65;    D65,  p.  125. 

1872.  D3,  p.  28;    D07,  p.  70,  71;    D06,  p.  84;    DS,  p.  0;    D142,  p.  96. 

1873.  D3,  p.  157;    D22,  p.  102. 

1874.  D07,  p.  33,  34;    D61,  p.  69. 
Hood,  R.  J.,  1905. 

Administration. 

1908.  Com.  on  Dental  Art  and  Invention. 

1909.  Secretary. 

Papers. 

1908.     Report  of  Com.  on  Dental  Art  and  Invention.     D21,  p.  40. 

Importance    of    the    Local    as    a    Component    of    the    State    Society. 
D06,  p.  67;    Disc,  p.  72. 
Hood,  R.  W.,  1905. 
Hooker,  M.  W.,  1909. 
Hooper,  Joseph  L,.,  1906. 
Hoover,  T.  E.,  1908. 
Hoover,  C.  W.,  1909. 
Hoover,  J.  L..,  1902. 

Administration. 

1912.     Clinic  Com. 
Paper. 

1912.  Report  of  Supervisor  of  Clinics. 

Clinic. 

1910.  Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  261. 
Hoover,  YV.  A.,  1897. 

Administration. 

1899.     Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1911.  Executive  Council. 
1914.     Vice-President. 

Discussion. 

1906.      D89,  p.  185. 

Clinics. 

1911.     Simple  Regulating  Appliance  for  Common  Irregularity.     D4,  p.  302. 

1913.  Anchorage    for    Filling    Intended    as    Abutments    for    Bridgework. 

D332,  p.  262. 
Hope,  O.  P.,  1905,  1909,  1912. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


191 
Hopkins,  Frank,  1905. 

Administration. 

1912.     Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 
Hopkins,  Hugh,  1909. 
Hopkins,  H.  IS.,  1912. 
Hopkins,  I,.   I...  1912. 
Hopkins,  R.  L..,  1905. 
Hopkinson,  YV.,  1905. 
Hopper,  Charles,  1905. 
Horley,  G.  R.,  1909. 
Horner,  R.  C,  1905. 
Horr,  D.  G.,  1913. 
Hoskins,  Thomas  S.,  1905. 

Clinic. 

1911.     Cast  Gold  Crown  for  Close-bite  Posterior  Teeth.     D331,  p.  293. 
Hospers,  J.  H.,  1905,  1907. 
Hotch,  L.  G.,  1905. 
Hothan,  J.  C,  1905. 
Houchen,  S.  A.,  1905. 
Hough,  C.  R.,  1909. 
House,  E.  R.,  1909. 
House,  E.  E.,  1872. 

1875.     Obituary,  p.  12. 
House,  F.  V.,  1909. 
Houser,  W.  H.,  1905. 
Houston,  J.  T.,  1897. 

1910.  Obituary,  p.  50. 
Howard,  C.  P.,  1905.       * 
Howard,  George  O.,  1870,  1878. 

Papers. 

1871.  Smooth-faced    Plug-gers    and    Gutta-percha-faced    Mallets.      D221a, 

p.  58;    Disc,  p.  64. 

1872.  Dental  Quacks.     DS,  p.  34;    Disc,  p.  42. 

1873.  The  Removal   of  Pulps,   Preparations  and   Filling   of  Pulp  Canals 

D24,  p.  65;    Disc,  p.  69. 

Discussions. 

1870.  D24,  p.  22,  23;    D242,  p.  36;    D22,  p.  57;    D81,  p.  89. 

1871.  D21b,  p.  38;    D221a,  p.  64. 

1872.  D3,  p.  27. 
Howard,  H.  H.,  1905. 
Howe,  A.  O.,  1891. 
Howland,  Percy  C,  1905,  1910. 
Howser,  W.  A.,  1913. 

Hoyt,  A.  W.,  1909. 
Hoyt,  F.  A.,  1909. 
Hoy,  H.H.,  1910. 
Hubbard,  E.  D.,  1909. 
Hubbard,  H.  H.,  1905. 
Huckstep,  J.  W.,  1873. 

Discussions. 

1874.  D07,  p.  34;    D61,  p.  75. 
Huff,  J.  A.,  1905. 

Huff,  R.  E.,  1913. 
Huff,  R.  T.,  1905. 
Hughes,  B.  N.,  1903. 

Clinic. 

1908.      Demonstrated  Root  Preparation  for  Bandless  Detachable  Pin,  Por- 
celain Crown.     D331,  p.  262. 
Hughes,  D.  J.,  1905,  1910. 
Hughes,  L,.  E.,  1905. 
Hugo,  C.  J.,  1905. 

Administration. 

1911.  Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

Clinics. 
1910.     Raising  the  Bite  with  a  Cast  Gold  Inlay.     D4,  D231,  p.  265. 
Hulick,  W.  O. 

Clinic. 
1900.     Mason  Detachable-tooth  Crown.     D33,  p.  173. 
Hullherst,  L,.,  1909. 
Hume,  E.  J.,  1905. 
Humfreville,  1905,  1909. 
Clinic. 

1912.  Little  Things.     D21,  p.  295. 

hFor  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


192 

Humphrey,  J.  H.,  1906. 
Humpidge,  G.  H.,  1909. 

Iluun,  R.  GM  1898. 

Hunt,  A.  O.,  1900,  Honorary  Member. 

Papers. 

1893.      Iowa's  Share  in  the  History  and  Progress  of  Dentistry.  '  D09,  p.  128 
1897.     The  Relation  of  the  Teeth  to  the  Lips  and  Face.     D4,  p.  146;    Disc. 

p.  150. 
1901.     Use  and  Abuse  of  Air  Chambers.     D32,  p.  58;    Disc,  p.  61 

Discussions. 

1893.      D21,  615.781,  p.  93. 

1900.  D3,  p.  108,  111. 

1901.  D3a,  p.  35. 

Clinics. 

1891.     Exhibition    of   Samples   of   Teeth   as   Prepared   for   Mounting-   on   s 

Bridge.     D332,  p.  180. 
1901.     Uses  and  Abuses  of  Air  Chambers.     D32,  p.  139. 
Hunt,  Geo.  I :. 

Discussions. 

1897.  D22a,  p.  87;    D4,  p.  150. 
Hunter,  H.  L,.,  1892. 

1898.  Obituary,  p.  247. 
Hunting,  JV.  C,  1868. 
Huntington,  R.  E.,  1912. 
Huntington. 

Discussion. 
1905.     D76,  p.  98,  99. 
Hurdle,  C.  E.,  1905. 
Hurdle,  R.  V.,  1904. 
Hurlbut,  C.  H.,  1899. 

Administration. 

1909.     Com.  to  CoSperate  with  State  Medical  Society. 
1913.     Com.  on  Necrology. 
Hurtt,  J.  M. 

Administration. 

1872.  Librarian. 

1873.  Librarian. 
1879.     Executive  Com. 
1881.     Executive  Com. 

1883.     Com.  on  Infractions  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

Papers. 

1872.     Dental  Fees.     D89,  p.  98. 

1881.  Fillings.     D22,  p.  144;    Disc,  p.  150. 

1883.     Operative  Dentistry.      (Education.)     D07,  p.  78;    Disc,  p.  96. 

Discussions. 

1872.     D07,  p.  71;    D8,  p.  91. 

1876.  D07,  p.  47. 

1877.  D24,  p.  99. 

1879.  D07,  p.  48;    D3,  p.  76. 

1880.  612.8,  p.  37;    615.775,  p.  62,  63,  64. 

1882.  D3,  p.  54. 
Hutchinson,  E.  T.,  1874. 
Hutchinson,  F.  M..  1908. 
Hyde,  J.  H.,  1879. 

Discussion. 

1882.     High  Civilization  Not  the  Cause  of  Tooth  Decay.     D61,  p.  162. 
Hyde,  W.  L.,  1910. 
Hyer,  G.  J.,  1872. 

Discussions. 

1876.  D07,  p.  46,  49;    D24,  p.  106. 

1877.  D04,  p.  30. 
Hyndman,  H.  S.,  1905. 
Hyler,  B.  B.,  1905. 


For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


193 

Idler,    P.    II.    D.,    1905. 
Ilyes,  E.  O.,  1907. 
Use,  J.  VV.,  1905. 

liiKcrsnli.  L.  C,  1873   Honorary  Member. 
1897.     Obituary,    p.    272. 

Papers. 

1873.  Address  to  Joint  Session,   Illinois  and  Iowa.     D04,   p.  26. 

1875.  Alternation  a  Law  of  Vital  Action.     D141,   p.   55. 

1S77.  Mastication.      612.31,    p.    55,    Disc,    p.    64. 

1879.  Extirpation    of    the    Dental    Pulp,    and    Root    Filling.      D24.    p.    49, 

1887.  Medical  Stimulants.     615.711,  p.  86;  Disc,  p.  92. 

Discussions. 

1873.  D3,   p.   158;   D24,   p.   72,   77;    D61,   p.    112. 

1875.  D07,    p.    77;    D3,    p.    121,    123. 

1877.  D24,    p.    86,    90. 

1879.  D24,    p.    62;    D3,    p.    74. 

1882.  D64,    p.    110. 

1883.  D4,   p.    133. 

1884.  D24,    p.    45;    D141,    p.    69,78;    D16,    p.    127. 

1885.  D2,  p.  100;    617.22,  p.  118;    615.5,  p.  129. 
1887  D2      x>      122 

1893."     D601,  p.  36,  "37;  D243,  p.  56;  D21,  615.781,  p.  95;  D09,  p.  125. 
Ivy,   F.  H.,    1908. 
Ireland,  E.  L,.,   1906. 

Clinic. 

1906.     Gold    Filling'.      D221,    p.    275. 
Ireland,   T.  J.,   1905. 


For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


194 

Jackson,  J.  D.,  1901,  1910. 
Jackson,  N.  H.,  1905,  1909. 
Jacobs,  C.  T.,  1910. 
Jacobs,  J.  E.,  1909. 

Clinics. 

1912.  An  Ideal  Form  of  Cavity  Preparation  Applicable  to  Certain  Cases 

of  Cast  Incisal  Angle  Restoration.     D231,  p.  295.     Root  Prepara- 
tion and   Construction   of  Base   for  Cast  Base   Crown.      D331,   p. 
295. 
James,  Anstin  F.,  1895. 

Administration. 

1913.  Com.  on  Necrology. 

Paper. 

1905.  Practical    Treatment    of    Pyorrhea    Alveolaris.      D64,    p.    52;    Disc, 

p.   56. 

Clinics. 

1899.  Immediate  Regulation.     D4.   p.   117. 
1901.      Ladmore-Bi'imton  Matrix.     D221,  p.  137. 

1907.  Treatment   of  Pyorrhea  Alveolaris  and   Prophylaxis.      D64,    p.    232. 

1908.  Instrumentation    in    Prophylaxis   and   the   Treatment   of   Pyorrhea. 

D25,   D64,   p.   260. 

1911.  Oral  Prophvlaxis  and  Pyorrhea  Alveolaris.     D64,  p.  287. 

1912.  Pyorrhea.     D64,   p.   302. 
James,   (has.   W.,   1894. 

James,  J.  A.,  1905. 
.lames,   L.   E.,    1905. 
James,    P.    R„    1897,    1905. 
Jennelle,  J.  J.,   18S7,    1909. 

Administration. 

1888.  Clinic  Com. 

1889.  Vice-President.      Com.   on    Infraction   of  Code   of  Ethics. 

1890.  Executive   Com. 

1891.  Executive  Council. 

1893.  Executive   Council. 

Paper. 

1894.  Operative    Dentistry.      D2,    p.    125;    Disc,    p.    129. 
Jennings,  R.  A.,  1905. 

Jarrett,  O.  J.,  1905. 
Jclinek,  L.  E.,  1905. 
Jensen,  A.  G.  W.,  1907. 
Jirka,  Irwin  G.,  1911. 
John,  Robert  M.,  1911. 
Johnsen,  E.  U.,   1912. 
Johnson,  A.  F.,  1910. 
Johnson,' A.  G.,  1905. 

Clinics. 

1900.  Cleavage    of    Enamel    Prenaratory    to    Crowning.      D331,    p.    172. 

1906.  Manipulation  of  Keeton  Gold.     D221,  p.   294. 

1908.  Keeton-Williams    Dental    Gold.      D221,    p.    268. 

1909.  Table  Clinic  with  Keeton-Williams  Crystal  Gold.     D221,  p.  232. 
Johnson,   A.   N.,   1911. 

Johnson,  C.  E.,  1905. 
Johnson,  C.  ST.,  1886. 

Administration. 

1889.  Board    of    Examiners. 

1890.  Com.   on   Publication. 

1891.  Com.  on  Publication. 

1892.  Executive  Com. 

1893.  Vice-President. 

1894.  Executive   Council. 
1898.  Com.  on  Publication. 
1S99.  Com.  on  Publication. 

1900.  Treasurer.      Com.    on    Publication. 

1901.  Treasurer.      Com.    on    Publication. 
-1902.  Treasurer. 

1903.  Treasurer. 

1904.  Treasurer. 

1905.  President. 

1909.  Com.   on  Legislation. 

1910.  Com.   on  Dental  Science  and  Literature. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


195 
Johnson,  C.  N. —  Continued. 

1911.  Com.   on  Public   Dental   Education.     Com.   on   Public  Press. 

1912.  Com.    on    Public    Press. 

Papers. 

1900.     Response  to  Address  of  Welcome. 

1902.     Operative    Dentistry — Incidents    of    Office    Practice.       D2,    p.     170; 
Disc,    p.    173. 

1905.  President's  Address.      D04,    p.    13;    Disc,   p.    19. 

1907.  Ethics.      D8.  p.   104;  Disc,  p.   109 

1909.  Report  of  Com.  Appointed  to  Revise  the  Code  of  Ethics.     D8,  p.  58. 

1910.  Report  of  the  Com.  on  Dental  Science  and  Literature.     D073,  p.  30; 

Disc,    p.    39. 

Discussion. 

1886.  D07,  p.  131. 

1888.  D2,   p.   141,    142. 

1889.  D22,    p.    109. 

1890.  D07,  p.  91. 

1891.  D21,  p.  57;D24,   p.  87;   D22a,  p.   111. 

1892.  D22,  p.   42;   D073,  p.   131. 

1893.  D64,  p.  69;  615.781,  p  97;  D073,  p.  158;  D221,  p.  176,  177,  179. 

1894.  D07,  p.   53;  D073.  p.   144. 

1895.  D04,   p.   20;   D222,   p.   80;   D8,   p.   107;   D06,   p.   117. 

1896.  D04,  p.  14,   18,   28;   617.21,  p.  61. 

1897.  D04,   p.   16;   D22a.  p.   83,    84.   85,   90;   D22a,   D221,   p.   137. 

1898.  D04,   p.   13;   D222,   p.   43;   D89,   p.   73;   D22a,   p.   113;   615.778,   p.   174. 

1899.  D04,   p.   16;   D141,   D22a,   p.   61. 

1900.  D2,    p.    22;    D2,   p.    84,    89. 

1901.  D04,   p.   15;   D61,   p.   98;   D22.   p.   103. 

1902.  D8,   p.    49;    D073.   p.    150. 

1903.  D04,   p.   21;   D073,    p.   44;   D232,   p.   86. 

1904.  D04,   p.    14. 

1904.  D221,  p.  150;  D89,  p.  159. 

1906.  D04,    p.    20;    D89,    p.    184. 

1907.  D04,   p.    21;    D07,    p.    38;    D89,    p.    73. 

1908.  D06,   p.   76;   D22,   p.   163;    D61,   p.    228. 

1909.  D04.  p.  22;  D073,  p.  38;  D07,  p.  107. 

1910.  D072,    p.    206;    D073,   p.   243. 

1911.  D04,  p.   87;   D072,   D8,   p.   181. 

1912.  D04,  p.  33;  D072.  p.  79;  D072,  p.  271. 

Clinics. 

1889.      Prepared   Roots   for   Filling.      D243,   p.    141. 

1892.      Tin  and  Gold   Filling.      D22c,   p.   147. 

1898.     Preparation    of   Cavities    in    Natural    Tooth    Forms.      D22a,    p.    192. 

1900.  Compound  Proximal  Gold  Filling  with  Tin  and  Gold.     D22c,  p.  174. 

Two  Compound   Proximal  Gold  Fillings.     D221,   p.   174. 

1901.  Gold    Filling.      D221,    p.    138. 

1908.  Models  Showing  Cavitv  Preparation  for  Bridges  and  Inlays.     D23, 

D332,  p.  270. 
1910.      Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  261. 
Johnson,  E.  !'...  1905. 
Johnson,  E.  T.,  1905. 

Administration. 

1909.  Local  Com. 
Johnson,  F.  M.,  1905. 
Johnson,  I.  B.,  1898. 

Administration. 

1913.  Librarian. 

1914.  Librarian. 
Johnson,  J.  P.,  1909. 
Johnson,  J.  W.,  1905. 

Johnson,  K.  B..  1872,   Honorary  Member. 

Johnson,  I..  R.,  1909. 

Johnson,   N.  E.,   1905. 

Johnson,  Oscar  T.,  1906. 

Johnson,   Walter   W.,   1905. 

Johnson,  W.  A.,  1883,   1891. 

Administration. 

1891.  Board  of  Examiners. 

1895.  Clinic  Com. 

1896.  Executive   Com. 

1897.  Local  Com. 

1898.  Vice-President. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


196 


p.  163. 
D713, 


Johnson,  W.  A. —  Continued. 

1900.      Executive  Council. 

1904.  Executive  Council. 
1908.     President. 

Papers. 

1888.     What  Shall  We  Do  With  Inflamed  Pulps?     D24,  p.  158;  Disc 
1900.     A  Simple  Means   of  Treating   Fracture   of  the  Lower  Jaw. 
p.   115;  Disc,   p.   118. 

1905.  Penetration   of  Dentine   by   Fluids   Under   Pressure.      D611,    p.    122 

Disc,   p.   132. 
1908.     President's  Address.     D04,  p.  9;  Disc,  p.  13. 

Discussions. 

1895.  D223,    p.    170. 

1896.  D21,   p.   128. 
1898.  D222,   p.   34. 

1906.  D072,   p.   229. 

1907.  D07,    p.    170. 

1908.  D073,  p.  39. 
1912.  D8,  p.  144. 

Jones,  C.  E.,  1905. 

Administration. 

Com.    on    Dental   Art   and    Invention. 


1906. 


1906. 
1911. 


Papers. 

Report  of  Com.   on   Dental  Art  and   Invention.      D21,   p.   28. 
Some  Conclusions  Growing  Out  of  a  Studv  of  the  Cause  of  Dental 
Caries.     D61,  p.  252;  Disc,   p.   280. 

Clinics. 

1904.  Open-Faced  Crown.     D331,   p.   30. 

1905.  Gold   Inlay   for  Restoration   of   Devitalized   Anterior   Teeth.      D231, 

p.  222. 
Jones,  C.  H.,  1905." 
.tones,  E.  E.,  1905. 
Jones,  E.  X.,  1905. 
Jones,  Fred  C,  1905. 

Discussion. 

1907.      D8,  p.  118. 
Jones,  George  A.,  1905. 
Jones,  H.  L,.,  1910. 
Jordan,  J.  D.,  1909. 
Jordan,  L.  E„  1902. 

Administration. 

1909.     Com.    to   Co-operate    with    State    Medical    Society. 

Clinic. 
1912.     Accurate  Method  of  Taking  Impression  and  Bite  for  Bridge  Work. 

D332,  p.  304. 
Joyce,  P.  P.,  1907. 
Judd,  Homer,   Honorary   Member   1867,   "Voted  Life   Membership   1884. 

Administration. 
1885.     Com.   on   Dental   Science   and  Literature. 
1891.     Portrait.      Frontispiece.     Obituary,   p.   184. 

Papers. 
1869.     Alveolar    Abscess — Its    Historv,    Pathology    and    Treatment.      D65, 

Mo.   Dental  Jnl.,   p.   321;   Disc,   p.   328. 
1884.      Inflammation.      617.22.   p.    79;    Disc,    p.    89 
1887     The   Retention   of  Pulpless   Teeth   in   the   Jaws.      D24,   p.    45;    Disc, 

p.  5  9. 

Discussions. 

1867.  D24,  p.  28;   D65,   p.   29;   D67,   p.   30;   D611,    p.   31. 

1868.  D243,  p.  37,   38;  D64,  p.  38. 

1871.  D66,  p.  44;  D22,  p.  51;  D712.  p.  57;  D8,  p.  89;  D6,  p.  102,   103. 

1872.  D2,    p.   57;   D8,   p.   92;   D142,   p.   97. 
1S73.  D3,  p.  157;  D17,  p.  86. 

1873.  Dl,   p.   94.   95,   96;   D601,   D61,   p.   143. 

1876.  D07,   D22,   p.   64,    70,   71. 

1877.  D22,  p.  53;  D24,   p.   92,   96,   97;  D2,  p.   108,   109,   111,   112. 

1883.  D16,   p.   78;   D07,   p.   95. 

1884.  D141;  p.  79. 

1885.  612.8,  p.  60,  62. 

Judd,  S.  Ii.,  1872,  Honorary  Member. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


197 

Kaas,  There.se,   1905. 
Kahell,  C,  1909. 
Kasy,  J.  R.,  1908. 
Kalk,  G.  P.,  1905. 
Kallnuder,  David,  1907. 
Kane,  J.  K.,  1896. 
Karcher,  YV.  H.,  1905,   1909. 
Kargen,  E.,  1905. 
Kartack,  E.  A„  1902. 

Administration. 

1906.     Local  Com. 

1910.  Local  Com. 

Clinic. 

1908.     Extraordinary    Things     in    Vulcanite    Work.       D321,     p.     262. 
Kashee,  J.  W.,  1897,   1095. 

Administration. 

1914.     Board   of  Censors.      1914. 
Kasen,   Herman,  1912. 
Kaufman,  C.  H.,  1905. 
Kaufman,  S.  H.,   1905. 
Keefe,  George  P.,  1907. 
Keefe,  J.  E.,  1888. 

Administration. 

1897.  Com.  on  Dental  Art  and  Invention. 

1898.  Com.  on  Dental  Art  and  Invention. 

1899.  Com.  on  Dental  Art  and  Invention. 

Papers. 

1897.  Report  of  Com.  on  Dental  Art  and  Invention.  D21,  p.  194. 
,    1898.     Report  of  Com.  on  Dental  Art  and   Invention.  D21,  p.  181. 

1899.     Report  of  Com.  on  Dental  Art  and  Invention.  D21,  p.  100. 

Discussions. 

1896.      615.84,   p.   104,    107.    108. 

1898.  D222,    p.    53. 

Clinics. 

1896.     Cataphoresis.      615.84,   p.   124. 

1899.  Replanting-   for   Cure   of   Pyorrhea.      D73,    p.    122. 
Keel,  F.  W. 

Clinics. 

1903.     Gold   Filling.      D221.    p.   12.      Supplement. 

1906.     Brewster's  Replaceable  Teeth.     D332,  p.  292. 

1908.     Practical  Case  of  Removable  Bridge  Work.     D332,   p.   259. 
Keeley,   G.  W. 

Discussions. 

1866.     D3,  p.  20;  D4.  p.  21. 
Keeney,  J.  T.,  1905.  . 
Keith,  H.  H. 

Discussions. 

1888.      D24,  p.  175. 
18-91.      D24,   p.   94,   96. 

Clinic. 

1891.     Exhibition  of  Instruments.     D21,  p.  ISO.   181. 
Keith,  R.  P.,  1905. 
Keller,   D.   H.,    1905. 
Kelley,  E.  J.,  1905,  1909. 

Clinic. 

1906.     Ascher's  Enamel. 
Kelley,  J.  A.,  1905. 
Kelley,   Nathan,   1905. 

1913.     Obituary,    p.    301. 
Kelly,  E.  H.,  1911. 
Kelly,  F.  H.,  1909. 
Kelly,  J.  J.,  1909. 
Kelly,  J.   L,.,   1908. 

Clinic. 

1911.  Removable  Bridges.      D332,    p.   302. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


198 

Kelsey,  A.  M.,  1870. 
Kennedy,  A.  E.,  1873. 
Kennedy,  D.  A.,  1906. 
Kennedy,  G.  L,.,  1905. 

Clinics. 

1908.   Bridge  Abutment  on  a  Cuspid.     D332,  p.  263. 

1913.     Painless   Preparation   of   Sensitive   Cavities,    Using   Novocaine   and 
Adrenalin.     D611,   p.  255. 
Kennedy,  J,  H.,   1905. 
Kennedy,  J.   M.,   1908. 
Kennerly,  J.  H.,  1897,  Corresponding  Member. 

Clinic. 

1898.      Cataphoresis.      615.84,  p.   187. 
Kennicott,  J.  A.,  1865,   Charter  Member. 

Administration. 

1867.      Program   Com. 
Discussions. 

1866.  D602,   p.   13,   14;  D22,  p.   16;   D24,  p.   IS,   191. 

1S67.      615.781,  p.   23;   D22,   p.   26;   D24,   p.   28;   D65,   p.   29;   D67,   p.   30,   31. 

1872.      D2,  p.   60;   D07,  p.  72;   D142,   p.   96. 
Kennicott,  J.  H.,   1881. 
Kenny,  A.  F„  1910. 
Kent,  C.  W.,  1911. 
Kenward,  E.  D.,  1905. 
Kenyon,  E.  F.,  1909. 
Keppler,  C.  W.,  1907. 
Kepler,   H.   C,    1907. 
Kerch,  Kent,   1905,    1907. 
Kerf oot,  G.   O.,   1905. 
Kern,  E.  !■„  1905. 

Clinic. 

1912.     A  Coping  with  Countersunk  Band   Either  Swaged   or  Cast.     D331, 
p.    295. 
Kerr,   Bryant,    1905,    1909. 
Kern,  E.  L,.,   1886. 
Kerr,   R.   A. 

Discussion. 

1911.      D072,   p.    184. 
Kerrigan,  Jos.  J.,  1907. 
Kershaw,  Bert,  1905. 
Kester,  P.  J.,  1882. 

Administration. 

Ass't.  Secretary. 

Ass't.  Secretary. 

Executive  Com. 

Clinic  Com. 

Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

Discussions. 

D61,  p.  146. 
D602,   p.   140. 
D62,   D61,  p.   154. 
D24,  D61,  p.  135. 
D2,  p.  50. 
D2,  p.  187. 
615.84,  p.   211,   215. 
D04,  p.  25. 
D073,  p.  96. 

Clinic. 

1898.     Separating  Varnish.     D31,   p.   195. 
Kibler,  O.  L,.   1904. 

Kilbourne,  E.  H.,   1865,   Charter  Member. 
Administration. 

1867.  Program  Com. 

1868.  Executive  Com. 

1869.  President. 

Papers. 
1868.     Treatment  of  Sixth  Tear  Molars.     D61a,  p.  35;  Disc,  p.  36. 
•     1869.     Report  of  Special  Com.  on  Six  Year  Molars.     D61a,  p.  268. 
1871.     Diseases  of  the  Antrum. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


1885. 

1886. 

1887. 

1895. 

1899. 

1886. 

1887. 

1890. 

1891. 

1892. 

1895. 

1897. 

1898. 

1899. 

199 
Kilbourne,  E.  H. —  Continued. 
Discussions. 

1866.     D602,  p.  13;  D22,  p.  16;  D24,  p.  17;  D3,  p.  20. 

1869.     D61.  Mo.  Dental  Jnl.,  p.  276,  277;  D22,  Mo.  Dental  Jnl.,  p.  304,   305; 

615.781,    Mo.    Dental    Jnl.,    p.    344. 
1871     D3,  p.  71;  D8,  p.  90;  D6,  p.  104;  D65,  p.  123 

1872.  D3,  p.  27,   30,  33;  D2,  p.  61. 

1873.  D24,    p.    78;    D22,    p.    104;    D331,    p.    127. 

1874.  D07,   p.   33,   36;   612.31,  p.   57. 

1874.  D24,   p.   77;   D22,   p.   87,   92;   D072,   p.   106. 

1875.  D22,  p.  37;  D22,  p.  49,  52;  D07,  p.  73. 

1876.  D07,  p.  45,   47;  D2,  p.  66,   67;  D22,  p.  73;  D325,  p.  96.     " 

1877.  D22,   p.   50,   51. 
Kilbourne,  J.    D.,    1866. 
Kile,  A.  M.,  1909. 

Kimball,   R.   H.,    1885,    1898,    1905. 


D221,   p.    174. 


Discussion. 

1898.  D222,   p.   45. 

Clinic. 

1899.  Gold    Filling-.      D221,    p.    123. 

1900.  Two  Compound    Proximal  Gold   Fillings. 
Kimmell,  Nathan,   1913. 

Kinder,  W.  J.,   1905. 

1907.      Obituary,    p.    239,    299. 
Kindt,  H.,  1910. 

Clinic. 

1912.     Rapid   Method    of   Filling-   Simple    Occlusal   Cavity   with   Longproll 
Gold.      D221,    p.    298. 
King-,   A.    C,    1905. 
Kins,  E.  F.,  1882. 
Kin;--,  Mary  E.,  1910. 
King,  Elbert  W.,  1911. 
Kinii,  R.  E.,  1913. 
King-,  W.   L.,   1905,    1913. 
Kingsley,  A.  C,  1910. 
Kingsley,  Geo.  P. 

Administration. 

1869.  Vice-President. 

1870.  Publication  Com. 

1871.  Treasurer. 

1872.  Treasurer. 

Discussion. 

1870.  D22,    p.    57;   D221,    p.    74. 

1871.  D221a.    p.    64. 

1873.  D3,  p.  159. 
Kintzer,    I..    1911. 
Kirby,  B.   L,.,   1907. 

Administration. 

1912.     Local   Com. 
Kirk.   P.    S.,   1905. 
Kitchen,  C.  A.,  1865  Charter  Member.   1872  Honorary  Member. 

1907.     Obituary,   p.    239,    304;   Portrait,    p.    305. 

Administration. 

1872.  Executive    Com. 

1875.  Treasurer. 

1876.  Treasurer. 

1877.  Treasurer. 

1878.  Treasurer..    Executive    Com.,    Publication    Com. 

1879.  Vice-President. 

1880.  President. 
1883.  Executive    Com. 

Papers. 

1874.  Dental  Students.     D07.  p.  27;  Disc,  d.  31. 
1876.     Celluloid.      D325,    p.    90:    Disc,    p.    96. 
18S0.     President's  Address.     D04,   p.   19. 

1881.  What  Must  Be  the  Preparation  for  the  Successful  Practice  of 
Dentistvv  in  the  Future?     D07.   p.  127;  Disc,   p.  131. 

1889.  A  Quarter  Centurv  of  Operative  Dentistry.  D2.  D09.  p.  95;  Disc.  p. 
101.  Unitv  and'  Fraternity  in  the  Illinois  State  Dental  Society. 
Toast.      D06,    p.    160. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


200 

Kitchen,  C.  A. —  Continued. 
Discussions. 

1S69.  D61,  Mo.   Dental  Jnl.,   Vol.   1.   p,    278;   D22,   Mo.   Dental  Jnl.,   Vol.   1, 
p.  306;  D65,  Mo.  Dental  Jnl.,  Vol.  1,  p.  329. 

1870.  D242,   p.   36;   D22,   p.  54;   D221,   p.   74;   D81,   p.   88. 

1871.  D22,   p.   53;   D3,   p.    71;   D8,   p.   88. 

1872.  D8,  p.  42. 

1872.  D07,   p.   72. 

1573.  D3,   p.    157;D22,   p.    103. 

1574.  D61,   p.    72;    D22,    p.    86. 

1875.  D22,    p.    52;    D3,    p.    123. 

1876.  D601,  p.  37;  D07,  p.  48. 

1877.  D04,  p.  28;  D3,   p.   43;   D24,   p.  99. 
1879.  D07,    p.    47,    48;D2,    p.    77;D07,    p.    88. 
1881.  D24,    D65,    p.    47. 

1884.  D06,   p.    168. 

1886.  D07,   p.   136. 

1887.  D4,  p.   37. 

1892.  D22,    p.    48;    D21a,    p.    109. 

1893.  D21,    615.781,    p.    97. 

Clinic. 

1885.  Tin  and   Gold   Filling-.      D22c,    p.    131. 
Kittoe,    P.   F\,   1905. 

KJollerstrom,    Wilhelin,    1905. 

Klein,  Carl,  Jr.,   1905. 

Klicke,  G.  K.,  1907. 

K n n ii p,    C.    W.,    1906,    1911. 

Knapp,   G.   G.,   1905. 

Knap  in   I.,   1875. 

Discussions. 
1875.      D22,  p.   46,   50;  D07,   p.   74. 
Kuapp,  L.  A.,  1905,  1910. 

Clinic. 

1913.     Hand  Piece  Preservation.     D21,  p.  263. 
Knights,  K.  B.,  1911. 
Knoche,  K.   G.,   1910. 
Knoll,  T.  F.,  1905. 
Knowles,  Sidney,  1901. 
Knowles,  S.  J. 

Paper. 
1911.     The  Present  Status  of  the  Gold   Inlay.     D231,   p.   241;   Disc,  p.   244. 
Clinics. 

1902.  Porcelain   Inlay    (Wassail's  Method.)      D232.   p.   167. 

1903.  Porcelain    Inlaw      D232,    p.    13,    Supplement. 
Koch,  C.  R.  E.,  1867. 

Administration. 

1873.  Secretary. 

1874.  Secretary. 

1875.  Secretary. 

1876.  Secretary. 

1877.  Publication  Com. 

1878.  President. 

1879.  Publication  Com. 

1.885.  Com.  on  Dental  Science  and  Literature. 

1896.  Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1897.  Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1898.  Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1905.  Com.   on  Necrology. 

1906.  Com.  on  Necrology. 

1906.  .  Com.  on  Necrology.     Com.  on  Legislation. 

1907.  Com.   on  Legislation. 
190S.  Com  .on  Legislation. 

1909.  Com.   on  Legislation. 

1910.  Com.  on  Legislation. 

1911.  Com.  on  Legislation. 

1912.  Public  Service  Commission. 

1912.  Com.  on  Legislation. 

1913.  Com.  on  Legislation. 

1914.  Com.  on  Legislation. 

Papers. 

1871.     Dental  Caries.     D61,  p.  14;  Disc,  p.  27,   31. 

1873.     Abrasion  and  Erosion.     D613,   D614,   p.   37;   Disc,   p.   62. 

Fpr  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


201 
Koch,  C.  It.  E. —  Continued. 

1876.  Electicism  in  Dental  Practice.     DOT,  p.   39;   Disc,   p.   43. 
187S.      President's  Address.      D04,   p.   14;   Disc,   p.   24. 

1880.     Treatment    of    Teeth    with    Dead    Pulps.      D24,    D65,    p.    40;    Disc, 
p.  44. 

1554.  Illinois   State    Dental    Societv.    What    Has    It    Accomplished?      DOC 

p.   156;   Disc,   p.   168. 

1555.  Report  of  Com.   on   Dental   Science   and   Literature.      D073,   p.    131 

Disc,   p..  140. 
18S6.     Report  of  Com.   on   Dental   Science   and   Literature.      D073,   p.    161 

Disc,  p.  165. 
1887.     Report   of  Com.   on   Dental   Science   and   Literature.      D073,    p.    154 
18S9.     Report    of    Com.    on    Dental    Science    and    Literature.      D06,    p.    77 

Report  of  Com.  on  History  of  the  Society.     D09,  p.  77. 

1894.  Report  of  Com.  on  Dental  Science  and  Literature.     D073,   p.   143. 

1895.  A    Commentary    on    the    Illinois    Statutes    of    1881    Regulating    the 

Practice  of  Dentistry.     D81,  p.  121;  Disc,  p.  135. 

1904.  The  Advantage  of  Organization.      D06,   p.   50;   Disc,   p.   55. 

1907.  Report    of    Com.    on    Legislation.      D81,    p.    243. 

1908.  Report   of  Com.   on   Legislation.      D81,    p.   254. 

1909.  Report  of  Com.    on  Legislation.      D81,   p.    48. 

1910.  Report  of  Com.  on  Legislation.     D81,  p.  53. 

1911.  Report  of  Com.   on  Legislation.     D81,   p.   59. 

1912.  Report  of  Com.  on  Legislation.     D81,  p.  65. 

1913.  Report  of  Com.  on  Legislation.     D81,  p.  76. 

Discussions. 

1877.  D3,   p.   38,    41;   D22,   p.    49. 

1886.  D04,   p.   63;   615.778,   p.   86;    D073,   p.   167. 

1887.  D24,   p.   63,    6S,    72. 
18S8.      D2.   p.  138. 

1889.  D22,    p.    Ill;    615.778,    p.    122. 

1892.  D81,  p.  71. 

1894.  D07,  p.  52;  D222,  p.  86,  87. 

1896.  D04,   p.  18;   D64,  p.   133. 

1905.  D073,    p.    32. 

1906.  D09,  p.   85;   D82,   p.   140. 

1907.  D04,  p.  21;  D07,  p.  46. 

1908.  D09,   p.   63. 

1910.  D04,    p.    21;    D072,    p.    210. 

1911.  D04,   p.    39;   D072,   p.    194. 

1912.  D04,  p.  30;  D07,  p.  201. 

1913.  D89,   p.   145. 
Kolar,  F.  J.,  1905. 
Kolar,  O.  J.,  1909. 
Kolm,  F.  F.,  1905. 
Konantz,   1869. 
Kopperl,  G.  H.,  1904. 

Administration. 

1911.     Com.   to   Co-operate   with   State   Medical   Society. 
1913.     Board  of  Censors. 

Discussions. 

1911.  D072,   p.   196. 

1912.  D33,    p.    129. 

1906.  D232,   p.   285. 

1907.  D232,    p.    232. 

1908.  D223,  p.  259. 

1913.  D223.   p.   258. 
Kraft,   L..    H.,    1905,    1909. 
Kramm,    E.,    1905,    1910. 
Kramni,    Wm„    1913. 
Krape,  W.  W.,  1876. 

Discussions. 
1SS0.   D22,  p.  75. 
Kraus,   Maurice,   1895. 
Krause,  J.   L..,   1912. 
Krebs,   W.   A.,    1907. 
Kreis,  E.  H.,   1910. 
Kremer,  F.  B. 

Clinic. 

1899.     Gold   Filling.     D221,   p.   105. 
Krog,  Robert  W.,   1906. 
Krombas,   A.    J.,    1912. 
Krupp,  P.  C,  1911. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


1871. 

1873. 

1880. 

1881. 

1882. 

1885. 

1891. 

1893. 

202 

Kuderling,  C.  R.,  1905. 

Kuester,   VVm.,    1906. 

K  nh  ii,    C.   F.,    1911. 

Kulp,  W.   O.,   1871.      Honorary   Member. 

1S95.      Obituary.      Portrait,    p.    237. 
Kulp,  Wm.  O. 

Paper. 

1873.     Mechanical  Dentistry.     D3,   p.   154;   Disc,   p.   156. 
Discussions. 

D61,   p.   28,    29,    30;    D   21b,   p.    38;   D712,    p.    57;   D221a,    p.   65;    612.31, 

p.    79;    D8,   p.    90. 
D07,    p.    169;    D61,    p.    191;    D24,    p.    73;    Dl,    p.    96;    D22,    p.    102,    104; 

D601,   D61,   p.  143. 
D24,  D65,  p.  48;    615.775,  p.  62;    612.31,  p.  112,  113. 
D5,   p.   57. 

D2,    p.    81;    D22,    p.    81. 
D2,    p.    98. 
D3,    p.    124,    126. 
D601,  p.  38,  41;  D33,  p.  79;  D09,  p.  120;  D221,  p.  177. 

Clinic. 

1890.      Polishing    Strips.       D21,    p.    164. 
Kuns,   D.   J.,    1905. 
Kuttler,  F.  G.,   1909. 
Kutyn,    Michael. 
Kuyper,   C.  A.   1911. 
Kyner,    A.    D.,    1904. 

Administration. 

1911.  Com.  on  Post  Graduate  Study  Course. 

1912.  Com.  on  Post  Graduate  Study  Course. 

Paper. 

1909.  Pulp    Mummification,    Its    Desirability,    Experience    and    Sequelae. 

D242,    p.    167;    Disc,    p.    181. 

Discussions. 

1910.  The  Filling  of  Root  Canals.     D243,  p.  116.     A  System  of  Classifying 

Dental    Literature    and    Its    Application    in    Society    "Work    and 
Daily   Practice.      D073,    p.   246. 

1911.  The   Problem   of  the  Construction   of  Good   Dentures.     D32,   p.   233, 

238. 

Clinic. 

1911.     Gum   Sandarac  Root  Canal  Filling.     D243,   p.   293. 
Kyle,   A.   M.,    1905. 
Kyle,  W.  E„  1905. 


For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


203 

Lacharite,   II.   C,   1906. 
Ladwieh,   Louis,    1905. 

Clinics. 

1906.  All   Porcelain   Shell   Crown.      D331,    p.    279. 

1907.  Porcelain    Jacket    Crown.      D331,    p.    228. 
LaDue,  J.    11..    1910. 

Lager,  V.  E.,  1913. 
Laign,  10.  A.,  1906. 
Lakin,    S.    W.,    1895. 

Clinic. 

1895.     Bridge  Work.     D332,   p.   183. 

1897.     Restoration    of   the   Incisal   Third    of   the   Crown   of   a   Left   Upper 
Central   Incisor.      D221,   p.   203. 

1899.  Golding  Filling.      D221,  p.  117. 
Lamb,  W.  T.,   1906. 

Lambert,  A.,  1905. 
Lambert,  E.,   1890,    1905. 

Administration. 

1892.  Local  Com. 
Lambert,  Elmer  E.,  1905. 
Lambert,    Nella,   1905. 
Lambert,  N.  M.,   1900. 
Lamoreaux,  J.   31.,   1895,    1905. 
Lancaster,  H.  A.,  1912. 
Lancaster,  H.   N„   1905. 

1909.     Obituary,  p.  63. 
Land,  W.  H.,  1905. 
Lander,  F.  C,  1904. 
Lane,  F.  A.,  1898. 

Discussions. 

190S.      D06,   p.   88;      D3.   Dla.,   p.   241. 
Lane,   Wni.  J.,   1883. 
Landon,  L.  O.,  1913. 
Lane,   A.   L.,   1909. 
Lange,  F.  C,  1908. 
Lange,    Olof,    1906. 
Langstead,  R.   I)..   1912. 
Lanter,   D.    10. .    1912. 
Laon,  Gottfrid,  1901. 
Lark,  A.   HI.,  1913. 
Lark,   G.  M.,   1905. 
Larkin,  Wm.,   1906. 
Larkin,   W.    F.,    1906. 
Larson,  J.  A.,  1909. 
Larseneur,    T.    L.,    1906. 
Larson,    L.    A.,    1909. 
Lasbury,   Vincent,    1906. 

Clinic. 

1912.     A  System  of  Making  Gold  Crowns  and  Bridges.      (Cast  Cusps.) 
Lasker,  Herman,   1911. 
Lassagne,   Edmund   J.,    1906. 
Laswell,    J.    L.,    1906,     1909. 
LaTouche,  A.  C,  1905. 
Lattan,  L.  F.,   1889. 
Laughlin,  F.   D.,   1868. 
Lawrance,   E.   P.,   1905. 
Lawrance,  P.   I.,   1899. 
Lawrence,  C.  R.,  1902. 

Paper. 

1907.  Dental  Research  Work.     D07,  p.   163;  Disc,  p.   170.     Disc. 

Discussion. 

1908.  D06,  p.   72. 

Clinic. 

1908.     How  I  Teach  My  Patients  Dentistry.     D072,   p.   271. 
Lawrence,  I.  G.,  1909. 
Lawrence,  R.  N.,  1879. 

Administration. 

1884.     Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 
1897.     Executive    Council. 

1900.  President. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


204 
Lawrence,  R.  N. —  Continued. 

1906.  Com.   on   Legislation. 

1907.  Com.  on  Legislation. 

1905.  Com.  on  Legisaltion. 

Papers. 

1889.     The  State  Board   of  Dental   Examiners.     D82,   p.   162. 
1900.     President's   Address. 

Discussions. 

1879.  D07,   p.   48. 

18S8.  D2,  p.   150. 

1894.  D07,  p.  48. 

1897.  D64,  p.  40;  D22a,  p.  93;   615.84,  p.  214;  D09,  p.  275. 

1898.  D04,    p.    27;    D7,    p.    151. 

1899.  D33,   p.   80. 

1900.  D64,    p.    56. 

1904.  D331,    p.    126. 

1906.  D09,   p.   83;   D602,  p.   63. 

Clinics. 

1897.  Pyorrhea  Alveolaris.      D64,   p.   201. 

1898.  Tempering  Instruments.     D21,   p.   187. 

1902.  The  Use   of  a  Flexible   Rubber   as   a  Lining   for   Lower   Dentures. 

D321,  p.   169. 

1903.  Flexible   Rubber  Lining  for  Lower   Dentures.     D321,   p.   3,   Sup. 

1908.  Pyorrhea  Alveolaris.      D641,    p.   263. 
Lawyer,   H.   E.,    1910. 

Layman,   S.   H.,   1913. 
Lazear,  \V.  W„  1901,    1905 
Lazier,     H     A.,     1909,     1911. 
Leach,  A.  D.,  1912. 
Leach,  J.  D.,  1909. 
Leake,  C.  W.,   1894. 

Clinic. 

1894.  Gold   Filling.      D221,   p.   154. 
Leathers,    Thomas    H..    1907. 
LeCron,  D.  O.  M.,  1892. 

Clinics. 

1892.      Demonstration  of  a  Method  of  Attaching  Porcelain   Facings.   D33, 
p.  148. 

1895.  Porcelain   Crowns.      D331,    p.    185. 

1905.  The    Fusion    of   Porcelain.      D232,    p.    219. 
LeCron,    S.    L.,    1891. 

Administration. 

1892.     Local  Com. 

1894.     Local   Com. 
Lederle,  J.  P.,  1905. 
Lee,   A.   B.,   1908. 
Lee,  H.  C,  1905. 
Lee,  H.  W.,  1910. 
Lee,  W.  H„  1906. 
LePevre,  C.  H.,  1910. 
LeFebre,  R.  D.,  1911. 
Leggett,  John,   1901,    1905. 

1913.  Obituary,  p.   301. 
Leg-void,  G.  P.,  1911. 
Leib,  E.  H.,  1905. 
Leibrock,  J.  P.,  1909. 
Leigh,  J.  P.,  1905. 

Administration. 

1914.  Executive    Council. 
Keininger,  M.,  1909. 
Lemon,  W.  M.,  1908. 
Lence,   Wm.   H.,   1907. 
Leonard,    P.    A.,    1911. 
Leonard,  J.  P.,  1905. 

Clinic. 

1911.     The   Tompkin's   All    Porcelain    Crown    Recommended    for   Anterior 
Teeth.      D331,    p.    303. 
Lerche,  T.  L,  1912. 
Leseman,  Philip  IS..  1906. 

Por  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


205 

Lesenian,  P.  B. 

1909.     A   Simple    Method    of   Making-   a    Band    Matrix   Without    Soldering. 
D22b,  p.  242. 
Lesenian,   S.  J.,   1906. 
Lettermen,  W.  G.,  1906. 
Leunig,  I.  A.,  1912. 
Leutscher,  G.  B.,  1910. 
Levett,  M.  91.,  1888. 
Levin,  S.  A.,  1909. 
Levy,  David  A.,  1906. 
Levy,  91.  B.,  1909. 
Lewis,  C.  W.,  1888. 

1891.      Obituary,    p.    184. 
Lewis,  Geo.  G.,   1865,   Charter   Member. 

Discussion. 

1866.  D602,   p.   6. 

Lewis,   H.   N„   1865,    Charter   Member. 
1885.      Obituary,   p.   26. 

Administration. 

1S66.      Executive   Com. 

1867.  President. 

1868.  Executive  Com. 

1869.  Executive  Com. 

Discussions. 

1868.      D243,   p.   38. 
1S69.      615.781,   p.    344. 
Lewis,  R.    I.,    1910. 

Clinic. 

1912.      Diagnostic    and    Therapeutic    Value    of    the    X-Ray    in    Dentistry. 
D4a,    p.    299. 
Libbertin,  R.  E.,  1905. 
Lickley,  J.  J.,    1897,    1910. 
Lieb,  J.  R.,  1905. 
Liepart,    G.    H.,    1905. 
Lietzman,  1908. 
I.iuv  if «.   R.   C,   1905. 
Light,  Wm.,  1909. 
Liken,  C.  T„  1905. 
Linacher,  John  A.,  1905. 
Lind,  C.  L.,  1908. 

Clinic. 

1911.     Technic  in  Use  of  Diatoric  Teeth  in  Bridge  "Work.     D332,  p.  293. 
Linder,  F.  E„  1905. 
Linderoth,   H.   W„   1905. 
Lindholm,   E.,   1905. 
Lindley,  91.  R.,  1900,   1912. 
Lindstrom,    Carl,    1905. 
Liniuger,  C.   S.,  1905. 
Link,  J.  J.,  1905. 
Link,  W.  J.,   1912. 
Lionberger,   J.    91.,    1871. 
Lipton,  G.   C,   1910. 
Lischer,  B.  E.,  1909. 


Clinic. 

1906.   Orthodontia;    on   Impacted   Teeth,    Theii 
D4,  p.   282. 
Lob. 

Discussion. 

1898 
Lockart,  W.  T.,   1905. 
Lockett,   L.   B.,   1913. 
Lockie,   Thomas,    1907. 
Loesener,  Chas.  91.,   1907. 
Logan,    H.    G.,    1905. 

Clinic. 

1895.      Aluminum    Plate. 
Logan,  AV.  H.  G.,  1899. 


gnosis   and   Treatment. 


D323,    p.    1S4. 


Administration. 
1908.      Executive   Council. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


206 
Logan,  W.  H.  G. —  Continued. 

1911.  Com.   on   Post  Graduate  Study   Course. 

1912.  Public    Service    Commission 
Logan,  W.  H.  G. 

1912.  Com.    on    Post    Graduate    Study    Course. 

1913.  Public   Service   Com. 

1914.  President. 

Papers. 

1908.  General    Consideration    of    Syphillis    With    Special    Reference    to 

Differential    Diagnosis    Between    Syphilitic    and    Non-Syphilitic 
Lesions  as  Manifested  in  the  Mouth.     D661,  p.  177;  Disc,  p.  191. 

1912.  Report    of    Public    Service    Commission. 

1913.  Report  of  Public  Service  Commission. 

1913.     Chronic  Oral  Infections  Associated  With  Teeth;  and  Their  Treat- 
ment.     D64,    D65,    p.    106;    Disc,    p.    128. 

Discussions. 

1903.  615.7815,    p.   73,    75,    76. 

1905.  D76,    p.    92. 

1906.  615.781,    p.    102,     104. 

1907.  D24,    D63,    p.    159. 

1909.  D07,    p.    82. 

1910.  D65,    D76,    p.    198. 

1911.  D04,    p.    25;    615.778,    p.    107. 

1912.  D072,   p.   284. 

Clinics. 

1905.  Pyorrhea.      D64,   p.   229. 

1908.  Case  of  Pyorrhea.     D64,  p.  259. 

1911.     Tooth  Replantation  or  Root  Amputation  as  Indicated  in  Pyorrhea 
Alveolaris.      D64.   p.   286. 
Lombard,  F.  S.,  1899. 
Long,    Chas.  J.,    1912. 
Long,  E.  L.,  1908. 
Long,  J.  E.,  1909. 
Loomis,    A.    G.,    1910. 
Lotts,  E.   M.,   1907,   1912. 
Lotz,    Harry    F.,    1905. 

Administration. 

1910.  Librarian. 

1911.  Librarian 

1913.  Public  Service  Com. 

1914.  Public  Service  Com. 
Lotz,  H.  F. 

1910.     A  Svstem  of  Classifying  Dental  Literature  and  Its  Application  in 
Society  Work  and  Daily  Practice.     D073,   p.   245. 

Clinic. 

1912.  Free  Dental  School  Inspection.     D072,  p.  296. 
Louderback,   A.   V.,   1907. 

Discussions. 

1912.      D33,  p.  130,  131;  D89,  p.  157. 

Clinic. 

1912.     A  Time-Saving  Polishing  Disk.     D21,  p.   305. 
I  o  uric,   L.  S.,    1905. 

Paper. 

1907.  Some  Common  Mistakes  in  Orthodontia.     D4,   p.   121;  Disc,   p.   126. 

Discussion. 

1906.  D602,    p.    60. 

Clinic. 

1906.     Orthodontia  Models.     D4.   p.   280. 
Lovcring,   G.   M„   1905. 
Loventhal,  Louis,  1909. 
Lovitt,  C.  O.,  1904. 

1910.     Obituary,   p.    48. 

Clinic. 

1908.  Veneer  Gold  Inlavs.     D231,   p.   272. 
Low,  C.  H.,  1906. 

Lowry,    F.    M.,    1897. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


207 

Low,  J.  E.,  1865,   Charter  Member,    1872. 

1873.  Care   of   Children's   Teeth   Between   the   Ages   of   Six   and    Fifteen. 

D602,  p.  153.  Prevention  and  Treatment  of  Decay  on  Proximal 
Surfaces  of  the  Teeth.  D61,  p.  191.  The  Part  Which  Vital 
Action  Plays  in  the  History  of  Dental  Caries.     D61,   p.   114. 

1874.  Dental   Students.     D07,   p.   32.     Record   of  Tests  of  Saliva.      612.31, 

p.  56.  Etiology  of  Dental  Caries.  D61,  p.  73.  The  Changes  in 
the  Shapes  of  Teeth  That  Are  Necessary,  or  Proper,  for  the 
Treatment  of  Decay.     D22,  p.  86,  92. 

Low,  R.  J.,  1909. 

Lowder,  O.  H.,   1910. 

Lowe,  Clarence,   1910. 

Lowry,    F.    M.,    1910. 

Lowry,  H.  S. 

Discussions. 

1897.      D142,  D24,   p.   109;   D2,   p.   165. 

Clinic. 

1897.     Dies  for  Swaging  Cusps  for  Crown  and  Bridge  Work.     D33,  p.  202. 
Ludvvig,  Alphonse,   1905. 
Ludwig,  R.  F.,  1910. 

Clinic. 

1910.     Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  262. 
Luenzmann,  C.  A.,  1912. 
Luieberg,  E.  V.,  1912. 
Lumpkin,  I.  A.,  1886. 
Lumpkin,  W.   C,  1905. 
Lund,  A.  St.,  1905. 

1912.     Obituary,   p.    332. 
Lundy,  L.  T„  1905. 

Clinic. 

1912.     Seamless  Gold  Crown.     D331,   p.   291. 
I. ui to ii,  W.  H.,  1912. 
Luthringer,  J.   P.,   1903. 

Administration. 

1907.  Board    of   Censors. 

1909.  Com.  on  Dental  Art  and  Invention. 

1910.  Com.  on  Public  Press. 

1911.  Local  Com. 

1912.  Vice-President. 

1913.  Program  Com. 

Paper. 

1906.     Our  Strongest  Weakness.     D89,  p.  175;  Disc,  p.  184. 

1909.  Report  of  Com.  on  Dental  Art  and  Invention.     D21,  p.  42. 

Discussions. 

1910.  D74,    p.    131. 

1912.  D33,   p.   125. 

Clinics. 

1908.  Richmond  Bicuspid  Crown.     D331,   p.   265. 

1913.  Enlarging  Root  Canals.      D243,    p.   262. 
Lyding,  J.  B.,   1909. 

Lyding,  J.  D.,  1909. 
Lyle,  A.  G„  1909. 
Lynott,  N.  J.,  1907. 
Lyons,   C.   J.,    1909. 
Lyons,   Geo.  J.,   1905. 
Lyons,   Henry  E.,   1907. 


For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


208 

Mabee,  O.  P.,  1902,  1905. 
Mabee,  W.  E.,  1895,  1905. 

Clinic. 

1903.     Gold  Filling-  With  Screw  Post  Retention.     D221,  p.  5,   Supplement. 
NacArthur,  Johu   E.,   1905. 
MacBoyle,  R.   E.,   1907. 
MacDonald,  D.,   1910. 
Ms icDo ii a  1(1.   H.   E.,    1905. 

1908.  Obituary,   p.    249,    327. 
MacDonald,  P.  F.,   1906. 
MacDowell,  J.  N.,  1905. 

Paper. 

1901.     Orthodontia.      D4,    p.    47;    Disc,    p.    49. 

Discussion. 
1901.     D3a,  p.  3.8. 

Clinic. 

1900.      Orthodontia.      D4,    p.    170. 
Mace,   R.  H„  1884. 
Maefarlane,  G.  B.,  1905. 

Clinic. 

1909.  Adjustment    of    Matrices    and    Separator    for    Amalgam    Fillings. 

D222.  p.  237. 
Mach,  Adolph,  1905. 
Maeh,  George,  1906. 
Macintosh,   J.    E„    1905. 
Mackenzie,  A.  R.,  1912. 
Mackinson,  J.   C,   1908. 
Madill,   Geo.    H.,    1905. 
Maddock,  W.  T.,   1912. 
Magarian,  G.  K„  1905. 
Magee,  C.  J.,   1907. 
Magill.  L,.  M.,  1911. 

Administration. 
Magill,  W.  T„  1871. 

1873.      Executive  Com. 

1881.  Executive  Com. 

1882.  Vice-President. 

1883.  Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 
1S86.     Com.    on   Dental   Art  and    Invention. 
1887.      President. 

1893.     Local  Com. 

Papers. 

1887.     President's  Address.     D04,  p.  24. 

1S88.     Report  of  Com.  on  Dental  Art  and  Invention.     D21,   p.   78. 

1891.      Prosthetic  Dentistry.     D3,   p.   118;   Disc,   p.   123. 

Discussions. 

1875.      D3,   p.   120. 

1878.      D07,   p.    61;   D22,    p.   61. 

1885.      615.5,   p.   128. 

1887.      615.5,  p.  81. 

1893.  D601,    p.    41;    D21,    p.    168. 

1894.  D222,  p.  S6.    • 

1S95.      D06.  p.  28;  D243,  p.  49. 

1897.      D4,   p.   185. 
Maginnis,  E.,   1905. 
Maginnis,  F.  N.,  1905,  1907. 
Magitot,   E.,   1888,    Corresponding   Member. 

1897.      Obituary,  p.  274. 
Magnisson,  J.  E.,   1897. 
Magnire,  J.  K.,   1897. 
Mahaffy,    W.    J.,    1913. 
Maker,  C.  A.,   1905. 
Mahle,  A.  A.,  1906. 
Mahoney,  Wm.  D.,  1907. 
Mannahan,  L.  A.,  1911. 
Manosevitch,    G.    H.,    1912. 
Manton,  J.  M.,  1905. 
Manz,  A.  C,  1906. 
Margason,  Nannie,  1906. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


209 

Markle,  A.  M.,  1898. 
Marks,  W.  C,  1906. 
>l  arqu  is.    M.    M.,   1910. 
Marquis,    R.    L..,    1908. 

Marr,  «.  D.,   1907. 
Marriner,  J.   F.,   1872. 

1904.     Obituary.      Portrait,    p.    239. 

Administration. 

1875  Executive   Com. 

1878.  Com.   on  Infraction   of  Code   of  Ethics. 

1879.  Executive  Com. 

Com.   on   Infraction   of  Code   of  Ethiis. 

1880.  Vice-President. 

1881.  President. 

1885.  Com.  on  Dental  Art  and  Invention. 

1887.  Com.   on  Dental  Art  and   Invention. 

1888.  Board  of  Examiners. 

1890.  Com.  on  Dental  Art  and  Invention. 

1893.  Com.   on   Dental  Art  and   Invention. 

1894.  Com.  on  Necrology. 

1895.  Com.   on  Dental  Art  and  Invention. 

Papers. 

1874.     Popular  Education  with  Regard  to  the  Subject  of  Dentistry.  D072, 
p.   102,   Disc.  p.   105. 

1877.  Relative  Merits    of   Certain   Materials    for    Filling   Teeth.      D22,    p. 

44,    Disc.   p.    49. 

1878.  Are  We  Progressing?     D07,  p.  43,  Disc.  p.  55. 
1881.     President's  Address.      D04,   p.   23,   Disc.   p.   131. 

1883.     Salivary   Calculus  and   Its   Removal.      D641,   p.    31,   Disc.   p.    36. 

1886.  Report  of  Com.  on  Dental  Art  and  Invention.     D21,  p.   172. 

1888.  Making  and  Tempering  Dental  Instruments.     D21,  p.   186,   Disc.  p. 

191. 

1889.  Report  of  Com.  on  Dental  Art  and  Invention.     D21,   p.  74. 

1892.     Report  of  Com.  on  Dental  Art  and  Invention.     D21,  p.  133,  Disc.  p. 

137. 
1895.     Report  of  Com.   on   Dental  Art  and   Invention.      D21,    p.    176,   Disc. 

p.  181. 

Discussions. 

1874.      D22,   p.   92. 

1877.     D3,  p.  39. 
Marsh,   Clark  W.,   1907. 
Marsh,  J.  S.,  1865,  1867,   1905. 

Discussions. 

1871.      D3,   p.   68. 

1873.  D61,  p.  190. 

1874.  D07,   p.   35. 
D22,  p.  49. 

Marsh,  John   W.,   1902. 

Administration. 

1907.     Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

Discussion. 

1906.     D072,   p.   221. 

Clinic. 
1906.     Gold   Inlay.      D231,   p.    284. 
Marshall,   John    S.,   1883,    1905. 

Discussions. 

1885.      615.5,  p.  126,   127,   12S. 

1887.  D24,  p.   61,   69. 
Martin,  C.  E.,  1908. 
Martin,  IV.  J.   S.,  1913. 
Martin,  W.  C,  1881. 

Administration. 

1885.     Executive   Com. 
Discussion. 

1885.      615.5.  p.  127. 
Martin,   W.   E.,   1912. 
Martindale,   K.  J.,   1905. 
Marxmiller,  H.  W.,   1908. 
Mason,  C.  L..,  1907. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


210 

Mason,  George,   1900. 
Mason,  G.  N.,  1906. 
Mason,  L,.  C,  1909. 
Mason,  L,.  L,.,   1912. 
Massman,  V.  V.,  1905. 
Mathias,  J.   C,  1908. 
Mathieu,  W.  J.,   1905. 
Matter,  Louis  H.,   1901,   1905. 
Matter,  S.  H.,  1905. 
Matteson,  A.  E„   1869. 

Administration. 

1873.     Executive   Com. 

1883.     Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

Papers. 

1875.     Methods    and    Materials    Most    Conducive    to    Success    in    Filling 

Teeth.      D22,   p.   41,    Disc.   p.    46. 
1883.     Porcelain-Faced  Metallic  Crowns.     D331,   p.   133.     1  Illus. 


Discussions. 

1869.     D22,   Mo.   Dental   Jnl.,   Vol.   1,   p.   304. 
1871.     D22,  p.  55. 
1875.      D22,   p.   46. 

1879.  D2,  p.   77. 

1880.  D24,   D65,  p.   45;   D22,   p.   74. 
1882.     D3,   p.   52;   D331,   p.   60. 

t->9     r>     i  ni 


1885.      D2,    p.    101. 
D22a,   p.   1 
D332,  p.  14o,  lis. 
D21,   p.   61,    64;   D4,   p.   152. 
D4.    n.    92.    93.      5    Tllus  •    D 


D22a,'  p.   112. 
D332,  p.  146,  149 


1890. 

1891. 

1892. 

1894. 

1895.      D243,   p.  56 

1901.      D4,   p.   49. 

D232,   p.   205,   208 


D21,   p.   61,    64;   D4,   p.   152. 

D4,   p.   92,    93.     5   Illus.;   D21,   p.   144. 

D222,  p.   92;   D4,   p.  118,   121. 

T1949       r.       r.R 


1909. 


Clinics. 

1883.     Porcelain   Faced   Gold   Crown.      D331,    p.    152. 

1890.     Enameled   Inlav.      D232,    p.    163. 

1892.     Orthodontia.      Exhibition  of  a  Torch.     D4,   p.   148. 

1894.  Gasoline  Blast  Furnace.     D31,   p.   156. 

1895.  Porcelain  Crown.     D331,   p.   183. 
1905.     Electric  Furnace.     D31,   p.  229. 
1913.     Pyrometric   Cones.      D231,    p.    262. 

Matteson,   C.  F.,   1872. 

1908.  Obituary,  p.   249,   328;   Portrait,  p.   329. 

Administration. 

1885.      Executive  Com. 
1887.     Clinic  Com. 

Paper. 

1887.     Report  of  Supervisor  of  Clinics.      D2,   p.   112. 

Discussion. 

1883.      D61,  p.   64. 
Matteson,  Murray,  G.,  1906. 
Matthews,  J.   H.,   1895. 
Matthews,  R.,   1869. 

Administration. 

1874.  Librarian. 

Discussions. 

1875.  D22,  p.   47,   51;  D07,  p.   78;   D221,   p.   83. 
Maturzynska,  T.  M.,  1909. 

Mauerman,  Hugo,  1912. 
Mauerman,  H.  C,  1909. 
MaWhinney,  Elgin,   1899. 

Administration. 

1905.  Secretary. 

1906.  Secretary. 

1907.  President. 

1909.  Com.  on  Post-Graduate  Study  Course. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


211 

MaWhinney,  Elgin. —  Continued. 
Papers. 

1900.  Antiseptics   and    Disinfectants.      615.778,    p.    152,    Disc.    p.    142 
1907.     President's  Address.     D04,   p.    9,   Disc.   p.   19. 

1909.     Report   of  Com.   on    Post   Graduae   Courses.      D07,    p.    6fi. 

Discussions. 

1899.  D073,  p.  97. 
1903.  D32a,  p.  59. 
1905.      D25,  p.  67;   D64,   p.   67;   615,   p.  168. 

Clinic. 

1903.     Materia   Medica.      615,    p.    6,    Supplement. 
Maxon,  L.  J.,   1908. 
Maxwell,  G.  H.,  1908. 
Maydwell,  B.,  1905. 
Mayer,  O.,   1913. 
Maynard,   C.   H.,   1909. 
Maypole,  H.  W.,  1908. 
McCall,  R.  A.,  1907. 
McCall,  W.  G.,  1909. 
MeCallin,   S.   G.,   11)05. 

Clinic. 

1909.     Treatment  of  Pyorrhea   Alveolaris.      D64,    p.    231. 
McCallum,  J.  T.,   1913. 
McCandless,  A.  H.,  1892,   1905. 

Administration. 

1893.  Local  Com. 

1894.  Clinic  Com. 
1896.     Assistant  Clinics. 

Discussion. 

1895.  D8,   p.   100. 
McCandless,  A.  W.,   1892,   1905. 

Papers. 

1895.      Duties   of   Dentist   to   Patient — Duties   of   Patient   to   Dentist.      D8 

p.   87,   Disc.  p.   100. 
Report  on   Dental  Art  and  Invention.     D21,   p.   181. 
1902.      Porcelain   Work   Incidents   of  Office   Practice.      D232,    p.    181,    Disc. 

p.   1S2. 

Discussions. 

1895.  D243,  p.  52,   53;  D33,  p.  165. 

Clinics. 

1892.  Demonstrating-  of  a  Method  of  Producing  Porcelain  Faced  Bicus- 
pids on  Extracted  Roots  with  Gutta  Percha  Drawings,  etc. 
D331,  p.  148. 

1896.  Demonstrating  Use  of  No.   60  Fellowship   Foil.     D221,   p.   123. 
1898.     Preparation  of  Roots  for  Porcelain  Crowns.     D331,  p.  188. 

1901.  Setting    Crowns    and    Bridges    with    Gutta-Percha.      D33,    p.    136. 
McCandless,  C.  B.,  1910. 

McCann,   G.   C,   1906. 

Administration. 

1909.  Local  Com. 

1910.  Clinic  Com. 

1911.  Vice-president. 
1913.      Executive   Council. 

Paper. 

1910.     Report  of  Supervisor  of  Clinics.     D2,   p.   259. 
Discussion. 

1913.      D64,   D65,   p.   128. 
McCarthy,  J.  L,.,   1905. 
McCarthy,  W.  J.,  1910. 
McClenahan,  P.  C,  1909. 
McClevey,  C.  R.,   1907. 
McClung,  R.  T.,   1913. 
McClure,   T.   H.,   1905. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


212 

McClure,  T.  H. —  Continued. 
Clinics. 

1909.  Replacing-  an  Incisor  Immediately  After  Extraction.     D332,  p.  243. 
1911.     A  Combination  of  Gold  and  Continuous  Gum  Partial  Denture.  D32, 

p.    304. 
McCorkle,  E.  J.  H.,  1912. 
McCormick,  H.  G.,   1905,    1910. 
McCowen,  E.  P.,  1907. 
3IcCoy,  Thomas  H.,  1870. 

Administration. 

1883.     Executive  Com. 

1888.     Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

Discussions. 

1870.      D24,   p.   23;   D242,   p.   35;   D22,   p.    49. 
McCreight,  J.  S.,  1908. 
McCullouwh,  J.  M.,  190fi. 
McCuinfoer,  C.  I.,  1909. 
McDanicl,  J.   A.,   1897. 
McDonald,   A.  J., 

Clinic. 

1898.  Engine    Exhibit.      D21,    p.    187. 
MeGarvey, 

Discussion. 
1873.      D61,   p.   112. 
McDonald,  J.  T.,   1909. 
McDonald,   Silas,   1913. 
McDonnell,  E.  J.,  1905. 
McDonough,  Martin   L.,   1897. 
McDoug-all,  C.  D.,  1900,   1910. 
McDowell,  Elmer   N„   1907. 
McDowell,  J.  N.,   1900. 
McElroy,  Joseph   D.,    1906. 
McEwen,  D.  W.,  1909. 
McGill,   C.   B.,   1912. 
McGuire,  Eugene,  1905,   1909. 
Mcintosh,  F.  H.,   1S84. 

Administration. 

1888.  Com:  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1891.  Librarian. 

1892.  Librarian. 

1893.  Librarian. 

1894.  Librarian. 

1900.  Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1903.  Local   Com. 

1904.  President. 

1910.  Com.  on  Necrology. 

Paper. 

1904.  President's  Address.     D04,   p.   9,    Disc.   p.   14. 

Discussions. 

1891.  D24,  p.   88,   96,   102. 

1893.  D601,   p.   32.    42;   D64,   p.   68;   D21,    615.7812    p.    102,    107. 

1894.  D222,   p.    100. 

1896.  617.21,   p.- 69. 

1897.  D64,   p.   47;   D09,   p.   276. 

1900.  D2,   p.   90;   D602,   D61,   p.   100;   D3,   p.    107;   615.778,   p.   146. 

1902.  D09,   p.    80. 

1903.  D602,  p.  69. 
1906.  D602,  p.  47. 
1909.  D24,   p.   100. 

1911.  D8,  p.  206. 

1912.  D33,  p.  120. 

Clinics. 

1895.  Porcelain  Crown.     D331,  p.   186. 

1899.  Hatch  Clamp  and  Ivory  Matrix,   D21,   p.   105.      ■ 

1901.  Building  Up   Broken   Down   Bicuspids   and   Molars    Preparatorv   to 

Receiving  a  Gold  Crown.     D331,   p.  136. 

1905.  Wax  Model  for  Inlay.      D231,   p.   264. 

1911.  Arsenical  Paste  Sealed  into  the  Cavity  for  the  Destruction  of  a 
Pulp,  with  Pellets  of  Cotton  Saturated  with  Chloro  Percha. 
D242,  p.   304. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


213 

Mcintosh,  F.  H. —  Continued. 

1912.     A  Crown,   Using   Ludwig's   Anchor   with   Porcelain   Cast   on   Same. 
D331,  p.  291. 
McKay,  N.  B.,  1911. 
McKee,  Mary  B.,   1909. 
McKee,  H.   M„   1905. 
McKee,  W.  A.,  1906. 

Administration. 

1910.     Com.  to  Co-operate  with  State  Medical  Society. 
1914.     Com.   on   Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

Discussion. 

1906.      615.7815,   p.   209. 
McKellops.  H.  J.,  186S,   Honorary   Member. 
1901.     Obituary,   p.   1ST. 

Discussions. 

1868.      D243,   p.   37;  D64,   p.   39. 

1880.      D24,   D65,   p.   49;   D22,   p.   76;   D14.   D22,   p.   102.   104. 

1883.      D641,   p.   37,    39;   D07,  p.   94;   D2,   p.   97. 

1885.  D2,    p.    99,    101,    104,    107. 

1886.  615.778,  p.   82;   D22a,  D243,  p.   112;  D6a,   p.  198,   199. 

1887.  D4,  p.   42,   43. 

1S92.      D04,  p.   14;   D2,  p.   22;  D33.  p.   64;   D4,   p.   91,   92,   93;  D21,   p.   138. 

1894.      D61,   p.   40,    41;   D222,   p.   101. 
McKenna.  D.  W.,  1908. 
McKinney,   G.  B„   1900,   1905. 

Discussion. 

1901.  D21,   p.   132. 
McLain,  D.   B.,   1905. 
McLaren,  J.  S.,  1907. 
McLaughlin,  J.  E.,  1905. 
McLaughlin,  J.  E.,  1910. 
McLean,  P.  B.,  1897. 

Administration. 

1909.     Local  Com. 
McLemore,  W.  Y.,  1899. 
MeManifsle.  W.  B.,  1871. 
McMillan,  Geo.  A.,  1S91',    1905. 

Administration. 

1899.  Librarian. 

Discussions. 

1897.  D04,    p.    24. 

1900.  D64,  p.  51. 

Clinics. 

1892.     Tin  Filling.     D225,  p.   14S. 
1894.      Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  155. 

1898.  Bleaching.     D26,   p.   190. 
McMillan,  H.  W.,  1897. 

Administration. 

1906.     Board  of  Censors. 
Paper. 

1908.  Superiority  of  Natural  Teeth  over  Artificial  Substitutes.     Dla,   D3, 

p.   231,  Disc.  p.   241. 

Discussions. 

1903.      D602,   p.   69. 

1906.  615.781,  p.  96. 

1907.  D07,  p.  40. 

1909.  D89,  p.  166. 

Clinics. 

1902.  Some  Convenient  Things  About  an  Office.     D21,   D31,   p.   162. 

1903.  Mal-occlusion  Resulting  from  Illtimed  Extraction.     D4,   p.   4.  Sup- 

plement. 

1907.  Diagnosis  of  Obscure  Caries.     D61,   p.   224. 

1908.  Demonstrating    the    Superiority   of   Natural    over    Artificial    Teeth, 

Using  the  Gnathodynamometer.     D3,  Dla,  p.  273. 
McMillan,   P.  A.,   1905. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


214 
McMillen,  J.   D.,   1897. 

Administration. 

1909.     Com.   on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 
Paper. 

1909.  The  Prophylactic  Treatment  for  Poverty  in  Old  Age.     D89,  p.   154, 

Disc.  p.  161. 

Clinic. 

1913.  Method    of    Inserting-    Sprue    with    Minimum    Amount    of    Danger 

of  Distorting  Wax   Form.      D231,   p.   258. 
McMullen,  H.  C,  1911. 
McRae,  A.,  1906. 
McRae,  C.  A. 

Clinic. 

1910.  Somnoform  Anesthesia.      615.7815,   p.   268. 
McVay,  A.  B.,  1905. 

Discussion. 

1907.      D89,   p.   6S. 
McWethy,  W.  C,  1001. 

Discussion. 

1911.  Symposium   on   Orthodontia.      D4,    p.    147. 
MeYVilliams,  W.  H.,  1905. 

Mead,  C.  B.,  1909. 
Meade,  C.   M.,   1905. 

Administration. 

1912.  Com.   on  Necrology. 

Paper. 

1912.      Report  of  Com.   on   Necrology.     D09,   p.   328. 

Discussions. 

1906.  D04,   p.   24;   D602,   p.   63;   D89,   p.   193;   D072,   p.   228. 

1907.  D04,   p.  18;  D8,   p.   119,   120. 

1909.  D2. 

1910.  D072,    p.    211. 

1911.  D04,   p.   35. 

1912.  D072,   p.    82;   D5,    p.    214,    218. 
Meade,  Mary  B. 

Discussion. 
1912.      D072,  p.   82. 
Mears,  Arthur  J.,  1905. 
Medsker,   Ora   L,.,   1911. 
Meek,  D.  H.,  1905. 
Meeks,  D.    II..   1909. 
Meerhotf,  C.  E.,  1905. 
Melaik,  IV.,  1905. 
Melde,  M.  T..   1909. 
Mel  linger.   H.   A.,   1910. 
Mens,   Charles   F.,   1905. 
Mens,  C.  F.,   1909. 
Menkes,  M.  L,.,  1901. 
Menges,   Theodore,   1899. 
Merck,  Herman  G.,   1907. 
Meerhoff,  C.  E.,  1891. 
Merriman,   Chas  J.,   1891. 
Merrill,  F.   B.,   1905. 
Merz,   F.   R.,   1905. 
Methven,  H.  F.,  1905. 
Meyer,  Geo.  E.,  1910. 

Administration. 

1914.  Com.  on  Dental  Art  and   Invention. 
Meyer,  W.  L,.,  1906. 

Meyers,   A.   C,   1909. 
Meyers,  F.   C,  1908. 
Meyers,   O.   C,   1908. 
Michaelis,   \V.  F.,   1905. 
Midkiff,  A.  I.,  1905. 
Midkiff,  C.  D.,   1910. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


215 
Miles,  G.  S.,  186S. 

Administration. 

Executive  Com. 
Executive  Com. 
President. 
Executive  Com. 


1871, 
1874. 
1S75. 
1877. 

1878. 
1S7S. 
1879. 
1880. 

Legislative  Com. 

Board  of  Censors. 
Com.  on  Legislation. 
Com.   on   Legislation. 
Executive  Com. 

Com.  on  Legislation. 

1881.  Com.   on  Legislation. 

1882.  Com.   on   Legislation. 

Papers. 

1874.  Dental    Legislation — Its   Aim,    How    Accomplished.      D81,    p.    93. 

1875.  President's  Address.     D04,   p.   21. 

1876.  The  Duty  of  Practitioner  to  Patient  in  Filling  Teeth.     D07,  p.  51, 

Disc.   p.   63. 

1878.  Operative   Instruments.     D21,   p.   77,   Disc.   p.   81. 

1881.  Operative  Dentistry.     D2,   p.   137. 

Discussions. 

1870.     D22,  p.  55;  D81,  p.   88; 

1874.  D22,  p.   91. 

1875.  D3,   p.   123,   125. 

1877.  D04,   p.   27,   29;  D3,  p.   40. 

1879.  D07,   p.   86. 

1882.  D3.  p.  52. 
Miles,   Geo. 

1893.     Obituary,  p.  232. 
Miller,  Fred'k.   G.,   1905. 
Miller,  F.  H.,   1909. 
Miller,  F.  L.,   1905. 
Miller,  F.  L.,   1909. 
Miller,  G.  A.,  1898. 

Administration. 

1913.     Com.   on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

Discussion. 

1910.      D04,    p.    28. 

Clinic. 

1912.  Pyorrhea  and  Prophylaxis.     D64,  p.  289. 
Miller,  Jesse,   1900,   Non-Resident  Member. 
Miller,  John  T.,  1905. 

Miller,  Louis,   1907. 
Miller,  O.  H.,  1905. 

Clinic. 

Sup.   1903.     Crown  and  Bridge  Work.     D331,   p.   12. 
Miller,  O.  J.,  1910. 
Miller,   P.   E.,   1913. 
Miller,   P.   W„    1905. 
Miller,  Roy  C,  1911. 
Miller,   S.  E.,  1909. 
Miller,  W.   D., 

1908.     Obituary,     p.   249,   326. 

Paper. 

1908.     Account  of  Dr.   Miller's  Work.     p.   251. 
Mills,  Geo.  A.,   1905. 

Discussion. 

1913.  D04,  p.   32. 
Mills,  G.  F.,   1913. 
Mills,  W.  H.,   1872. 
Millyard,  W.  A.,   1905. 
Milton,  S.  A., 

Clinic. 

1890.     A  Hot  Vapor  Pain  Obtunder.     D611,  p.  165. 
Mindlin,  Albert,   1906,    1909. 
Minnis,  H.  L.,  1905. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


216 

Ylinnis,  H.  L.. —  Continued. 

Administration. 

1909.  Local   Com. 
Winer, 

Discussion. 
1873.      Dol.    p.    189. 
Mitchell,  C.  D.,   1912. 
Mitchell,  W.  G.,  1910. 
Mitton,  C.  L.,  1909. 
Moelmann,  E.  H.,   1909. 
Moelmann,   Ernest   O.,   1906. 
Mohan,  J.  F.,   1906. 
Moll,  B.  C,  1907,   1912. 
Molt,  F.  P.,  1905. 

Administration. 

1913.     Public   Service   Com. 
1913.     Public   Service  Com. 

Paper. 

1912.  Working  Out  the  Problem  of  the  School  Dental  Inspection.     D072, 

p.   255,   Disc.   p.   271. 

1913.  D04,  p.   25. 
Monfort,   J.    B. 

Clinic. 

1S93.      Gold  Filling.      D221,   p.    165. 
Monson,    Geo.    S. 

Clinic. 

1899.      Gold   Filling.     D221,  p.   105. 
Montas.,  C.  P.,  1899. 
Montague,  T.  H.,   1905. 
Monteith,   E.   B.,   1907. 
Montgomery,  Win.  J.,  1906. 
Moody,  J.  D..  1882. 

1910.  Obituary,      p.   4S. 

Administration. 

18S9.     Com.   on   Dental  Science   and   Literature. 
1891.      Executive  Council. 

Payers. 

1886.     Post-Graduate   Study.      D07,    p.    121.    Disc.   p.    131. 

1888.     Some  Main  Points  Touching  the  Conservative  Treatment  of  Teeth 

Whose   Pulps  are   Nearlv  or   Quite   Exposed.      D24,   p.    152,   Disc. 

p.  165. 
1S91.     Report   of   Com.    on    Dental    Science   and   Literature.      D073,    p.    70, 

Disc.   p.   75. 

Discussions. 

1886.      D61,   p.    145. 

1888.  D2,   p.   147. 

1889.  D2,   p.   146. 
1891.      D073,   p.   79. 

Moody,  Mrs.  Kate  C,  1882. 

Administration. 

1890.  "Vice-president. 

Papers. 

1884.     Reflex  Pain.      612.8,   p.   49,   Disc.   p.   54. 

1889.     Women    in   Dentistry.      Toast.      D07,    p.    161. 
Moon,   R.   E.,   1905. 
Moore,  Ed.  C,  1905. 
Moore,   Geo.   1905. 
Moore,  J.  C.  Y.,  1905. 
Moore,  T.  G.,  1907. 
Moore,  V.  A.,   1910. 
Moore,  W.  D.  N„  1905. 
Moore,    W.    D.    Hi. 

Discussion. 

1911.  D231,  p.  165,  169. 

Clinic. 
1911.      Gold   Inlay.      D231,   p.   304. 
Moore,  W.  E„  1905. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


217 

IHoore,  W.   L.,   1905,    1908. 
Moure,  W.   P.,   1905. 
Moorehead,  F.   it..   1905. 

Administration. 

1912.     Public  Service  Commission. 

1912.     Com.   to   Co-operate   with   State   Medical   Society. 
1914.     Public    Service    Commission. 

Com.    to   Co-operate   with   State   Medical   Society. 

Paper. 

1912.  Report    of   Com.    on    Closer   Relations    and    Co-operation    with    the 

Illinois   State   Medical   Society.      D07.    p.    70. 

Discussions. 

1910.  D64,    D65,    D76,    p.    194. 

1911.  615.778,   p.  108. 

1913.  D64,  D65,  p.  134,   135. 

Clinics. 

1910.      Cleft   Palate.      D751,   p.    259. 

1912.  Cleft  Palate.     D751,  p.  287.     Cvst.  D783,   p.   287. 

1913.  Removal   of   Fibrous   Tumor.      D782,    p.    253. 
Hoorehead,  W.  W.,  1895,   1905,   1910. 

Papers. 

1896.      Cataphoresis.      615.84,   p.   99,   Disc.  p.   104. 

1900.     Some  Thoughts  on  Prosthetic  Dentistrv.     D3,  p.  102,  7  Illus.     Disc, 
p.   105. 
Morange,  R.  Bf.,  1909. 
Moreland,  H.   A.,   1910. 
Moreland,    H.    A.,    1913. 
Moreland,  R.   I.,   1909. 
Morey,   A.    E.,    1899. 
Morey,  C.   L,.,   1905. 

Clinie. 

1906.     Baked  Porcelain  Crown  Without  Soldering-  Pins  to  Facing.     D331, 
p.   293. 
Morgan,   E.    R.,    1905. 
Morrell,   C.   G.,   1905. 
Morrical,   I.   C,   1909. 
Morris,   F.   E„    1905. 
Morris,  R.  E.,  1905,   1907. 
.Morris,  R.  J.,   1905. 

Morrison,  A.  W.,   1S69,   Honorary   Member. 
Morrison.  D.  H.,   1905. 
Morrison,  John   H.,   1882,    Corres.    Member. 

Discussions. 

1890.      D07,  p.   90:   D07,   p.   94;   D221,   p.   160. 
Morrison,  J.  B.,  1869,   Honorary  Member. 
Morrison,  Jos.    S.,   1905. 
Morrison,  P.  H. 

Clinic 

1894.      Gold   Filling.      D221,   p.    155. 
Morrison,  T.  D.,   1909. 
Morrison,  W.   X.,   1871,    Honorary   Member. 

1S97.      Obituary,    p.    273. 

Papers. 

1876.  Transplanting  Teeth.      D73,   p.   81. 

1882.     Metallic  Crowns.     D331,   p.   55.    8   Illus.      Disc,   p.    60. 

1S83.     Best   Methods   of  Correcting   Irregularities.      D4,    p.    128.      Disc,    p. 

131. 
1887.     Operative  Dentistry  as  Applied  to  Deciduous  Teeth.     D602,   p.   130, 

Disc,  p.  133. 

Discussions. 

1869.  D22,   Mo.   D.   Jnl.,   Vol.   1,   p.   306. 

1871.  D61,  p.  28;  D3.  p.   67,   68;  D6.  p.   104. 

1872.  D2,   p.   59. 

1873.  Dl.   p.   97. 

1874.  D07,   p.   36;   D22,   p.   50;    D22,   p.   88. 

1875.  D22,   p.    46,   49;   D221.   p.    83;    D3,    p.    120. 

1877.  D24,   p.    97;   D2,   p.    111. 

1881.  D24,   D65,   p.    43,    47;   D713,   p     106;    D22,   p.   155. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


218 

Morrison,  W.  HT. —  Continued. 

1882.  D13,   p.   41;   D3,   p.   50. 

1883.  D61,   p.   66;   D2,   p.   96,   99;   D21,   p.   150. 
1885.      612.8,   p.   63;   D24,   p.   69,    71;   D2,   p.   100. 

1887.  D24,   p.   72. 

1888.  D2,   p.   140;   D24,   p.   173;   D21,   p.   196,    198. 

1889.  D22,   p.   Ill;   D2,   p.   151. 

1891.  D24,  p.   99,   100. 
1892       D22    p    49 

1893!      D601,   p.   32;   D21,    615.7812,   p.    98;    D73,    p.    171. 

1895.  D243,    p.    53. 

1896.  D331,    p.    36. 

Clinics. 

1888.  Replantation.     D73,  p.   133. 

1889.  Gold   and    Platinum    Filling-.      D221,    p.    144. 

1893.  Implantation.      D73.    p.    166. 
Morrow,  E.  A.,   1905. 

Morrow,   E.   D.,    1913. 

Morrow,   W.  J.,    1898. 

Mobsman,   C.    S.,    1905. 

Moss,   Z.   W.,   1901. 

Motter,  G.,  Jr.,   1865,   Charter  Member. 

Mount,  Janies  J.,  1905. 

Clinics. 

1911.  Gold  Inlav  Showing-  Advantage  of  Amalgam  Base  Under  It.     D231, 

p.  296. 

1912.  Extension   for  Prevention   in   Cast   Gold   Inlay.      D231,    p.   289. 
Movius,   W.   G.,   1906. 

Mowbray,   R.    C,    1869. 

Papers. 

1869.      Odontotripsis    (Abrasion),    D613,    Mo.    D.    Jnl.,    1,    p.    279. 

1871.     Essential  Principles  in  Filling-  Teeth.     D22,  p.  45,  Disc.  p.  49. 

Discussions. 

1869.  D61,  Mo.  D.  Jnl.,  Vol.  1,  p.  277,  279;  D22,  Mo.  D.  Jnl.,  Vol  1,  p.  303, 
304,  305;  D65,  Mo.  D.  Jnl.,  Vol.  1,  p.  319;  D65.  Mo.  D.  Jnl.,  Vol. 
1,  p.  328,  330. 

Mueller,  C.  W.,  1910. 

Mueller,  H.   C,  1905. 

Mulford,  T.  T.,   1909. 

Mullett,  E.  15. 

Clinic. 

1905.  Mullet's  Gas   Furnace.     D31,   p.   222. 
Mullin,   Wm.,    1906. 

Clinics. 

1908.     Gold   Inlays.     D231,   p.  273. 

1911.      Method  of  Handling  the  Wax  Model  in  Inlay  Work.      D231,   p.   293. 
Mundell.  R.  R.,  1910. 
Munn,  R.  B.,  1904. 
U  in i  ii,   R.   B.,   1908. 
Munroe,  Grafton,   1890. 

Administration. 

1892.  Local   Com. 

1894.  Local  Com. 

1895.  Librarian. 

1896.  Chairman  Local  Com. 
1898.      Librarian. 

Local   Com. 
1904.     Com.   on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 
Munroe,   G. 

1914.      Com.    on   Necrology. 
Papers. 

1893.  Guardianship     of     the     Teeth — Parental,     Personal,     Professional. 

D072,  p.   138  ;  Disc,   p.    144. 
1900.     Calcification  a  Controlling  Factor  in  the  Treatment  of  the  Teeth. 
D602,  D61,   p.    94:   Disc,   p.    97. 

1906.  Our  Younger  Patients.     D602,  p    40  ;  Disc,  p.   47. 
1911.      Regulating  Teeth.     D4,  p.  121;  Disc,  p.  135. 

Discussions 

1890.  D602,    p.    123. 

1894.  D222,   p.   73;   D21,   p.   152. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


219 
Munroe,  G. —  Continued. 


1896. 

D331,  p.  37 

617.21,  p.  69 

1897. 

D04,  p.  28; 

D64,  p.  45. 

1898. 

D04,  p.  20. 

1901. 

D4,  p.  50. 

1  902. 

D06,  p.  34. 

1903. 

D4,  p.  33. 

1907. 

D4,  p.  126. 

1910. 

D16,  p.  153; 

D4,  p.  153. 

1911. 

D04,  p.  34. 

1912. 

D8,  p.  146. 

Clinics. 

1895.     Demonstration  of  the  Use  of  Sodium  and  Potassium  in  the  Treat- 
ment of  Putrid   Pulp  Canals.     D243.   p.   185. 
1902.     Taking    Impressions    for   Crown    and    Bridgework.      D33,    p.    168. 
1905.      1-1000   Platinum    Instead   of  Clasp   Metal.      D32,   p.  528. 

1908.  Two   Orthodontia  Cases.      D4,   p.    259. 

1909.  An  Adjunct  to  the  Rapid  Filling  of  Large  Molar  Cavities.     D22c,  p. 

239. 

1912.  The   Excessive   Abrasion   and    Destruction   of   Tooth    Substance   by 

Strong  Bite  was  Restoied  by  Extensive  Restorations  bv  means 
of  Inlav   Work.      D613,   p.   297. 
Murdoch,  J.  C,  1905,    1911. 

Administration. 

1913.  Local  Com. 
Murdow,   A.   H.,   1905. 
Murphy,   C.  J.,   1908. 
Murphy,  E.   H.,   1906. 
Murphy,  J.   D.,   1875. 

Paper. 
1882.      Extracting   Teeth — Indications   for   It   and    Best   Methods.      D72,   p. 
114. 

Discussions. 

1882.     D13,   p.   41;   D3,   p.   53;   D2,   p.    81;   D22,   p.   81. 
1886.      615.778,   p.   83. 
Murphy,    Hon.    Mayor. 

Paper. 

1873.     Address  of  Welcome.     D04,  p.   25. 
Murphy,  J.  R.,  1905. 
Murray,  C.  J.  I.,  1875. 
Murray,  J.  L,.,  1906. 
Muzzy,  D.  B.,  1905. 
Myers,  L.  A.,   1913. 
Nannestad,   S.  H.,   1911. 
Napper,   Syl\-ia   M.,    1911. 
Naunian,  A.  G„  1906. 
Nauman,  H.  F.,  1902,   1905. 
Weal,  C.  N.,  1905. 
Neatz,  E.,  1912. 
Neece,  W.  A.,  1905. 

•  Clinics. 

1911.  Contour   Amalgam    Filling.      D222,    p.    287. 

1912.  Contour   Amalgam   Filling.      D222,   p.   298. 
Neff,  Will  R.,   1905. 

Administration. 

1911.     Com.  on  Necrology. 
Neidigh,  S.  R.,  1905. 
Welch,  H.  G.,  1906. 
Nelson,  G.  Arthur,   1911. 
Nelson,  G.  A.  E.,  1912. 
Nelson,  John,  1905. 
Nelson,  Nels,  1882. 

Discussions. 

1885.      612.8,    p.    63;    D24,    p.    74. 

1888.      D21,   p.   199. 

1890.      D332,   p.   146. 
Nelson,  Wm.,  1906. 
Nertney,  Ed.  G.,  1911. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


220 
Neuhort,  F.  A„  1910. 

Administration. 

1913.     Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

Discussion. 

1913.      D231,   p.   96. 

Clinic. 

1913.     Pilling   Root   Canals   with   the   Improved   Paraffin   Compound   For- 
mula,  That   of  Dr.   Herman   Prinz.      D243,   p.   259. 
Nevius,  Geo.  \V.,  1905,   1912. 
Nevius,  I...  W„   1899. 

Clinic. 

1900.  The  Use  of  Nitrous  Oxid   in  Extracting.  Teeth.     D72,   p.   172. 
Newell,  Aiirsil   B.,   1905. 

Newkirk,    Garrett,    1880,    Non-resident   Member,'  1889. 

Administration. 

Board   of  Examiners. 
Secretary. 
Com.  on  Publication. 
Secretary. 
Secretary. 
Secretary. 

Com.  on  Publication. 
President. 
Clinic  Com. 
Local  Com. 

Papers. 

Nervous  Reflex  Action.     612.8,  p.  25  ;  Disc,  p.  32. 

Nervous  Matter  and   Principles  of  Nervous  Action.      612.8,  p.   52,   3 

Illus.  ;   Disc,  p.   60. 
Antiseptic  Dentistrv.     D21a,  p.  98:  Disc,  p.  106. 
Shock.     617.21,  p.   55  ;  Disc,  p.  61. 
Vice-president. 
Com.    on   Publication. 

1901.  Preventive  Dentistry.      D61,   p.    92;   Disc,   p.    98. 

Discussions 

D24,   D65.   p.  45,   52;   D14,   D22,   p.   101,    103. 

D61,    p.    162. 

D641.   p.   36;   D61,   p.   64;   615.7815,   p.   69;   D07,   p.   94. 

D24.   p.   45. 

D3,  p.  49;   612.8,  p.   62,   63;  D2,  p.   99;  D073,  p.   140. 

D04,   p.   65. 

D4,   p.   38,   39;   615.711,   p.   92;   D2,   p.   120;   D602,   p.   136. 

D2,  p.  148,   149,   150;  D21,  p.   194. 

615.775.  p.  123. 

D602,   p.   124,   125;   D2,   p.   142. 

D21,   p.   65;  D24,  D61,  p.   139,   140;  D4,  p.   153,   154,   157. 

D073.   p.   132. 

615.7812.  p.  104;  D072,  p.   146;   D21,  p.   104;   D64,   p.   64. 

D04,  p.   9;   D4,   p.   124. 

D04,  p.  21;  D06,  p.  28;   612.31,   p.   68;   D2,  p.   187. 

D04,  p.  23  ;  D07,  p.  46,  52  ;  D78,  p.  90  ;  D64,  p.  132. 

D04,  p.  25:  D64,  p.  45;  D22a,  p.  84;  D142,  D24,  p.  116;  D22a,  D221,  p. 

142,   144;   D4,  p.   182. 
D04,  p.  15,  27;  D222,  p.   45;  D142,  D24,  p.   65;   615.778,   p.  175. 
D073,   p.   97. 

Clinics. 

Exhibition   of  a  Set  of  Scalers.      D641,   p.    148. 

Sterilizer,    D21a,   p.    167. 

Forming  and  Tempering  of  Instruments.      (Broken  and   Discarded 
Points.)      D21,  p.   126  :  Disc,  p.   135. 
Newlin,   Allien   R.,    1905. 
Newlin,  C,  N„  1910. 
Newsome,  B.,  1894. 
Newsome,   B. 

Administration. 

1897.  Clinic  Com. 

1898.  Executive    Council. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


1885. 

1888. 

1889. 

1890. 

1891. 

1893. 

1894. 

1897. 

1899. 

1880. 

1885. 

1892. 

1896. 

1S92. 

1880. 

1882. 

1883. 

1884. 

1885. 

1886. 

1887. 

1888. 

1S89. 

1890. 

1891. 

1892. 

1893. 

1894. 

1895. 

1896. 

1897. 

1898. 

1899. 

1892. 

1S93. 

1896. 

221 


Newsome,  II. —  Continued. 
Clinics. 

1896.     Upper  Central   Incisor  Crown.     D331,   p.   126. 

1907.     Methods   of  Adjusting-  the   Parts   of  a   Broken   Vulcanite    Plate,   of 
Plaster    xModels    and    Dislodged    Abutments    in    Bridge    Work    to 
Their   Proper  Places  and   Retaining   them   There.      D31,   p.   231. 
Newton.  H.  C,  1905. 
keymark,   D.   E.,   1912. 
leymark,  J.  L.,  1910. 
Nicol,  J.  D.,   1898. 

1912.     Obituary,  p.  329. 

Administration. 

1901.     Com.   on   Infraction   of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1910.  Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1911.  Local  Com. 
Nicholas,   A.  J.,   1905. 
Nichols,  C.  M.,  1911. 
Nicola,  J  as.  H.,  1907. 
Nichols, 

Discussion. 
1867.      D65,   p.   29.' 
Niece,  O.  R.,  1908. 
Nielson,  J.  P.,  1905. 
Noble,  S.  B.,  1865,   Charter  Member. 

Administration. 

1867.     Program  Com. 
Executive  Com. 

Discussions. 

1S66.     D3,   p.  20;  D602, 
Nord«reu,  R.  G.,   1910. 
Norman,    S.   C,   1909. 
Normojle,  D.  J.,   1909. 
North,  (iustavus. 


p.   6. 


1897. 

1905. 

North,  G 

1907. 


Clinics. 

Partial  Lower  Vulcanite  Dentures.      D321,   p.    202. 
Temperaments.      D12,    p.    227. 


Replacing     Porcelain     Facings     Without     Removing     Bridge     or 
Crown.     D33.   p.    22  7. 
Norton,  J.  P.,  1905. 
Norton.  J.  W.,   1905. 
Norwood,    Benj.    I.,    1906. 
Nourie,  E.  J.,  1909. 
Noyes,  E.,  1872. 


Administration. 

1879.     Secretary. 
18S0.     Secretary. 

1881.  Secretary. 

1882.  Secretary. 

1883.  Secretary. 

1884.  President. 

1886.      Executive   Com. 

1888.  Com.   on  Publication. 

1889.  Com.  on  Publication. 

1890.  Com.  on   Dental  Science  and  Literature. 

1893.  Com.  on  Dental  Science  and  Literature. 

1894.  Com.  on  Publication. 

1895.  Com.  on  Publication. 

1896.  Executive  Council. 
Com.  on  Publication. 

1S97.     Com.  on  Publication. 
1898.     Com.  on  Publication. 

1901.  Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1902.  Com.  on  Publication. 
Board  of  Examiners. 

1905.  Editor  of  Transactions. 
Com.   on  Necrologv. 

1906.  Editor  of  Transactions. 
Board  of  Censors. 
Com.  on  Necrology. 

1907.  Editor  of  Transactions. 

1908.  Editor  of  Transactions. 

For  index  aud  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


222 

Noyes,  E. —  Continued. 

1909.  Editor  of  Transactions. 

1910.  Editor  of  Transactions. 

1911.  Editor   of  Transactions. 

1912.  Editor   of  Transactions. 

1913.  Com.   on   Publication. 
Editor  of  Transactions. 

Papers. 

1874.  The  Changes  in  the  Shapes  of  Teeth  that  are  Necessary  or  Proper 
for   the   Treatment   of   Decay.      D22,    p.    80  ;    Disc,   p.    85. 

1876.  Some  Thoughts  Respecting  the  Theory  and  Ethics  of  Professional 
Fees.      D89,   p.    75. 

1878.     Why  Do  Operations  Pail?     D22,  p.   49;  Disc,  p.   55. 

1880.  Filling    Teeth — Some    Special    Points    to    be    Observed.     D22,    p.    64  ; 

Disc,   p.    74. 
1884.      President's   Address.      D04,    p.    27. 
1886.     The    Retention    of    the    Pulpless    Teeth    in    the    Jaws.      D24,    p.    150  ; 

Disc,  p.   157. 

1891.  The   Preparation   of   Teeth   for    Filling.      D22a,    p.    102;    Disc,    p.    108. 

1892.  Report    of    Com.    on    Dental    Science    and    Literature.      D073,    p.    126  ; 

Disc,  p.   130. 
1900.     Improvements   in   Operative   Dentistry    During   Recent   Years   and    the 
Betterments  to  be  Expected  in  the  Future.     D2,  p.  72  ;  Disc,  p.   78. 

1904.  Gold  Fillings.      D221,   p.   143;   Disc,  p.   149. 

1905.  History  of  the   Illinois  State  Dental  Society.     D06,   p.   230. 

Discussions. 

1876.  D07,  p.   45,   46;  D07,   D22,  p.   64;   D22.   p.   74. 

1881.  D22,   p.   151. 

1882.  D07,  p.   131. 

1884.  D24,   p.   46. 

1885.  D3,  p.   50;  D2,  p.   104;   615.5,   p.   129;  D073,   p.   142. 

1886.  D61,   p.   149;  D073,  p.   165. 

1887.  D4,   p.  41;   D24,  p.   65;   D2.   p.   113,   129;   D602,   p.   137. 

1888.  D073,  p.   70,   72;  D2,  p.   137;  D24,  p.   175. 

1889.  D22,  p.   104,   111;  D2,  p.   147. 

1890.  D332,   p.   149. 

1891.  D21,   p.   64;   D24,   D61,   p.   141. 

1892.  D2,   p.   25;   D22,   p.   82;   D141,   p.   124. 

1893.  D22a,   p.    22;   D243,    p.    53. 

1894.  D61,  p.   37  ;  D07,  p.   55  ;  D222,  p.   84,   86,    87,   94,   101  ;  D073,  p.   144. 

1895.  D243,   p.   55,    57;   D8,   p.   104. 

1896.  D07,   p.   46. 

1897.  D04,  p.  22;   D06,   p.   69;   D22a,   p.  «5;   D22a,   D221,   p.   142,   143;   D2,   p. 

162;  D4,   p.   186;   615.84,   p.   211;   D09,   p.   277. 

1898.  D04.  p.  14;  D222,  p.  36;  D142,  D24,  p.  65,   66. 

1899.  D073,   p.   94. 

1900.  D2,  p.  28,   29;   D602,   D61,  p.   100;   615.778,  p.   146. 

1901.  D04,  p.  18;  D32,  p.  63;   615.778,  p.   72;  D22,  p.   104;  D21,  p.   132. 

1902.  D06,  p.  32;  D8,  p.  47,   48,  49;  D09,  p.  80;  D07,  p.   86,   88;  D22b,   D221, 

p.   120;   D61a,   p.   128;   D2,   p.   175. 

1903.  D04,  p.   18;  D073,  p.   44;  D232.   p.   84. 

1904.  D04,   p.   18. 

1905.  D04,  p.  27;  D89,   p.   193. 

1906.  D04,   p.   20;   D82,   p.   132. 

1907.  D07,  p.  50;  D89,  p.  71;  D8,  p.  116,   119;  D06,  D09,  p.  209;  D72,  p.  223 

1908.  D04,   p.   15;   D09,   p.   59;   D06,   p.    75. 

1909.  D32,   p.   131;   D242,   p.   181,    189;   D2,    p.   227,   229. 

1910.  D073,  p.   39;   D16,   D4,   p.   155;   D601,   p.   167;   D072,   p.   209. 

1912.  D04,  p.  29;  D6a,  p.  166;  D07,  p.  199;  D5,  p.  214,   218;  D222,  p.  243. 

1913.  D231,   p.   101;   D89,   p.   155;   D25,   p.   195;   D611,   p.   244. 

Clinics. 

1890.  Gold  Fillings.     D221,  p.   161. 

1894.  Root  Canal  Filling.     D243,  p.   154. 

1899.  Gold   Filling.      D221,   p.    117. 

1902.  Root  Canal  Filling.     D243,   p.   165. 

1904.  Gold   Filling.     D221,   p.   27. 

1907.  Gold  Foil  Filling.     D221,   p.    232. 
Noyes,  F.  B.,  1895. 

1904.  Executive   Com. 

1908.  Com.   on  Public  Dental   Education. 

1909.  Executive   Council. 

1909.  Com.  on  Public  Dental  Education. 

1910.  Com.  on  Public  Dental  Education. 

1911.  Com    on  Public  Dental   Education. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


223 

IVoyes,  P.  B. —  Continued. 
Papers. 

1S99.  The  Structure  of  the  Enamel  with  Reference  to  Cleavage  and 
the  Lines  and  Angles  of  Cavity  Margins.  D141,  D22a,  p.  29,  30 
Illus.      Disc,   p.   60. 

1908.  A  Presentation  of  Some  Conditions  of  Caries  of  the  Enamel.   D61, 

p.   19S;   3S  Illus.;  Disc,  p.  226. 
1910.     The  Index  of  Personality.  D16,  D4,  p.  133,  12  IIus.;  Disc,  p.  149. 

Discussions. 

1901.  D13,   p.   45;   612.31,   p.   80,  p   82;   D6a,   p.   90;   D22,   p.   106. 

1902.  D031,   p.   24;   D8,   p.   49. 

1903.  D073,  p.  45;  D602,  p.  69. 

1904.  D223,  p.  100. 

1905.  D223,   p.   152. 

1906.  D14,  p.  269. 

1907.  D4,   p.   127,   135;   D07,   p.   ISO;   D22c,   p.   200. 

1909.  D07,   p.   140. 

1910.  D223.  p.  67. 

1911.  D4,   p.   135. 

Clinics. 

1898.      Amalgam.     D222,  p.   194. 

1902.     Test  of  Amalgams   for   .Shrinkage  or   Expansion.      D222,   p.   167. 
1907.     Cavities   for  Gold   Inlays.      D22c,   p.   236. 
\oyes,  F.  C,  1905,  1910,   1912. 
JVydegger,  Carl,   1907. 
XTluns,   O.   C,    1905. 
•',;.•  in  a  n.  J.  E.,  1894. 
Papers. 
1898.     The    Ceramic    Art    in    Dentistry.      D232,    D33,    p.    117,    2    Illus.;    Disc, 

p.   139. 
1900.     A  Gold  Crown  with  Carved  Solid  Cusps.     D331,  p.  59. 
1902.     Conditions    and    Circumstances    Modifving    Extension    for    Preven- 
tion.    D22a,  p.  89  ;  12  Illus.  ;  Disc,  p.  111. 

Discussions. 

1897.  D22a,  p.   87,   92;   D142,   D24,  p.   115;  D22a,   D221,   p.   141. 

1898.  D7,   p.   153. 

1899.  D33,   p.   83. 
1902.      D8,   p.   49. 

1904.  D232,    D31,    p.    110,    114;    D221,    p.    150. 

1905.  D25,   p.   64,    69;   D332,   p.   207,    212,   213. 

Clinics. 

1898.  Porcelain  Crown.     D331,   p.   190. 

1899.  Porcelain   Bridge.     D332,    p.    112. 

1900.  Carving  Gold  Cusps.     D33,   p.   171. 

1901.  Porcelain  Crown.     D331,   p.   140. 

1902.  Porcelain   Crown.      D331,    p.    169. 

1905.     Construction  of  a  Hollow  Gold   Inlay.     D231,   p.   229. 
Oake,  A.  J.,  1892. 
Ocasek,  Win..,  1906. 
Olfil,  R.  H.,  1905. 
Oa.le,  Clifford  C,  1906,   1911. 
O'Hara,  G.  R.,   1905. 

1907.      Obituarv,   p.   239,   300. 
Ohlwein,  John  G.,   1905. 
Olafson,  Olaf,   1907. 
Olcott,  H.  L,.,   1905. 
Oldfteld,  E.  L.,  1901. 
Olmstead,  A.  T„  1885,   1905,   1911. 

Discussion. 

1907.      D89,   p.   67. 
Clinics. 

1912.  Bridge  and  Crown  Anchorage.     D33,  p.  305. 

1913.  Small    Gold    Fillings    Along    the    Gingival    Border    of    Labial    and 

Buccal   Surfaces.      D221,  p.    256. 
Olson,  Aaron  M.,  1905. 
Olson,   Mayor   Andrew. 

1905.     Address  of  Welcome,   p.   9. 
Olson,  Fred   A.   H.,   1906. 
Olson,  M.  W.,   1905. 
Paper. 
1907.     Extraction  of  Teeth.     D72,  p.   217;  Disc,  p.   221. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


224 

Olson,  M.  W. —  Continued. 
Clinic. 

1912.  Gold   Filling.      D221,   p.    2SS. 
Olwin,   F.   B.,   1910. 

Administration. 

1913.  Com.  on  Publication. 
Omsberg,  Chas.  S.,  1907. 
O'Neill,   A.   D.,   1905. 
Onthauk,  J.  J.,  1911. 
Opheim,   M.   L.,   1901,    1909. 
Opits,  Herman  H.,  1906. 

Ormsbee,  \V.  W.,   1S65.   Charter   Member. 

Administration. 

1879.     Librarian. 

1881.  Com.   on   Infraction  of  Code   of  Ethics. 

1907.  Obituary,   p.   239,   298. 
Orr,  H.  jV.,  1905. 

Discussion. 

1909.      D232,  p.  202. 

Clinics. 

1906.     The    Technique    of    Implanting    a    Silver    Root,    Showing    Case    in    the 

Mouth.      D73,   p.   278. 
•  1907.     A  Method  of  Obtaining  an  Accurate  Model   in   Melotte's  Metal.     D23, 
p.  230. 

1908.  Showing  Construction  on  Detail  of  Cast  Bridge,  Using  Diatoric  Teeth. 

D332,  p.   267. 
Orr.  Clark,  1905. 
Orth,  John,   1905. 
Orth,  P.  Ii.,   1905. 
Osher,  J.  C,  1905. 
Osten,  R.  C.  V.,  1913. 
Otteson,  I., 

Clinic. 

1901.  Swedger,   D322,   p.   140. 
Ottofy,  Louis,   1881. 

Administration. 

1886.  Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1887.  Assistant  Secretary.      Com.  on  Dental   Science  and  Literature. 

1891.  Clinic  Com. 

1892.  Secretary.      Com.    on   Publication. 

1893.  Secretary. 

1894.  Secretary.     Com.    on    Publicity. 

1895.  Secretary. 

1896.  Secretary. 

1897.  Secretary. 

Papers. 

1883.     The   Incipiency   of   Dental   Caries.      D61,    p.    57;    Disc,    p.    64. 
1885.     Dental   Spiritualism.      615.851,   p.    74  ;   Disc,   p.   83. 

1888.  Operative  Dentistry.      D2,   p.    102  ;   Disc,   p.   110. 

1889.  Report  of  Com.  on  Dental  Science  and  Literature.     D073,  p.   61  ;  Disc, 

p.    72. 
1891.      Report    of    Supervisor    of    Clinics.       D2,    p.    178  ;    Disc,    p.    183. 
1895.     A   Review   of    the    Illinois    State    Dental    Society    for    a    Quarter    of    a 

Century.      D06,   p.    25  ;   Disc,   p.   27. 

1902.  Present  Status  of  Dentistry  in  the  Phillipine  Islands.     D041,  p.   131. 

Discussion. 

1882.  D3,  p.  50;  D64,  p.  110. 

1883.  615.7815,   p.   69. 

1885.  D2,  p.  106;    617.22,  p.  118;    D073,  p.  140,  141. 

1886.  D04,   p.   64;   615.778,   p.    75,    85;   D22a,    D243,    p.    108,    112;    D61,   p.    145. 

1887.  D24,  p.  62;  D602,  p.  129,   141. 

1888.  D073,   p.   76;   D2,   p.   139,   144. 

1889.  615.775,   p.   122. 

1890.  D073,  p.  71;  D61a,  p.  130,  131. 

1891.  D073,   p.   75. 
1893.  D73,  p.  173. 

1895.  D243,  p.  59;   612.31,  p.  69,   70;   D81,  p.  147. 

1S97.  D04,   p.   21,    26;   D06,   p.    65,    67. 

1898.  D142,  p.  65. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


225 

Ottoby,  Louis. —  Continued. 
Clinic. 

1887.     Implantation.      D73,  p.    112. 

1889.     Exhibition  of  Patient  with  Tooth  Implanted  in  1S87.     D73,  p.  145. 

1896.     Case    of    Implantation    in    18S7.      D73,    p.    128. 
Outten.  L.  T.  E.,  1905,  1912. 
Overholzer,  D.  L,.,  1865,  Charter  Member. 

Administration. 

1S66.     Program  Com. 
Discussion. 

1866.      D24,   p.   9. 
Overholzer,  W.  A.,  1897,   1905. 
Overmeyer,  W.  H.,  1907. 
Owen,  F  31.,  1911. 
Paden,  C.  M.,   1906. 
Paae,  C.  S.,  1912. 
Page.  J.  C,  1905. 
Paine,  F.  A.,   1899. 
Paine,  Frank  A.,  1906. 
Paine,  R.  M„  1899. 

Pallock,  Jno.,   1865,   Charter   Member. 
Palmer,  Byron  L.,  1889. 

Discussion. 

1891.     D221a,  p.  179. 

Clinic. 

1900.     Palmer    Plastic    Swager    and    Moulding    Flask.      D322.    p.    173. 
Palmer,  D.  G.,  1872. 
Palmer,  Edgar. 

Clinic. 

1891.     Administration   of   Sulphuric   Ether.      615.7813,    p.    179. 
Palmer,  G.  F.,  1905. 
Palmer,  J.  L,.,   1905,   1912. 
Palmer,  J.  V.,  1899. 
Pank,  W.   L.,   1909. 
Parcell,  E.  L,.,  1910. 
Park,  1867,  Honorary  Member. 
Park,  Edgar,  1865,   Charter  Member. 

Administration. 

1865.  Secretary. 

1S66.     D602,  p.  6  ;  D221,  p.  8. 

Discussions. 

1866.  Secretary. 

1867.  D67,  p.   30. 

1869.     D22,  Mo.  D.  Jnl.,   Vol.   1,  p.   306,   307. 
Park,  E., 

1893.     Obituary,  p.  230. 
Park,  W.  S.,  1905. 
Parker,  Chas.  H.,  1905. 
Parker,  E..D.,  1905. 
Parker,  F.  D.,  1907. 
Parker,  F.  W.,  1902. 
Parker,  F.  W., 

1903.  The  Uses  of  Black's  Knives  and  Files.     D221,  p.   2,   Supplement. 

1904.  Matrix.      D22b,   p.    27. 

1906.  The   Removal   and   Repair   of   Shell    Crowns.      D331,   p.    288. 

1907.  Solid    Gold    Inlay    Without    Investment,    Showing    Patient    and    Model. 

D231,   p.   233. 

1905.  Cavity    Preparation    for    Gold    Inlay.      D231,    p.    270. 
Parker,  R.  W.,  1902. 

Clinic. 

1903.  Threaded  Matrix  for  the  Insertion  of,  Amalgam  Fillings.     D22b,  p.   3; 

Supplement. 

1904.  Cavity  Preparation.     D22a,  p.    31. 

1908.  Saving    Children's    Teeth    by    the    Use    of    Oxyphosphate    of    Copper 

Cement.      D223,    D602,    p.    261. 
Parkes,  J.  J. 

Paper. 

1881.     Address  of  Welcome.      D04,   p.    7. 
Parkhurst,  J.  I.,  1905. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


226 

Parks,  Pearl,  1905. 

Parr,   A.   C,    1906. 
Parsons,  G.  H.,  1905. 
Partridge,  Ben.   S.,   1907. 
Pashley,  R.   R.,   1907. 

1912.  Obituary,  p.  331. 
Paterson,  J.  D.,   1909. 
Patrick,   John   J.    R.,    1881. 

1895.     Obituary,   Portrait,    p.    239. 

Administration. 

1883.     Vice  President. 

Papers, 
1882       Regulating  Teeth.     D4,  p    1C3,  Illus.     Disc,  p.   167.     High  Civilization 

Not  the  Cause  of  Tooth  Decay.     D61,  p.  133  ;  1  Illus.  ;  Disc,  p.  160. 

1883.  Closure   of   the   Jaws.      D715,    p.    100,    4    Illus.      Removal    of   a    Tumor 

from  the  Antrum  High-Morianum.     D78,  p.   115,  3  Illus. 

1884.  Irregularities    in    Human    Teeth;    Or,    Dental    Teratology.      D4,    127, 

17  Illus. 

1885.  Errors   in   Practice  Not  Always   Disadvantageous.     D24,    p.   64;   Disc, 

p.    69. 
1888.     Dental  Morphology  and  the  Etiology  of  Irregularities.    D4,  83  ;  5  Illus.  ; 
Disc,    p.    91. 

1888.  A   Decture  on  the  Rationale   of  Constructing  and   Attaching  Artificial 

Crowns  to  Natural  Roots  of  Teeth.     D331,  p.  202,  2  Illus. 

1889.  The  First  Period  in  the  History  of  Dentistry.      D09,  p.   130. 
1S90.     The  Second  Period  in  the  History  of  Dentistry.     D09,   p.    99. 

1893.     The  Effect  of  Eruptive  Diseases  on  the  Teeth.     D601,  p.  25  ;  Disc,  p.  31. 

Discussions. 

1883.  D641,  p.   38,   40;   D61,   p.  64,   65,   66;   D2,  p.   97. 

1884.  D24,   p.   43;   612.8,   p.  58. 

1885.  D3,  p.   44;   612.8,  p.   62;   612.851,   p.   83. 

1888.  D073,  p.  74. 

1889.  D073,  p.  72;  D22,  p.  107,  109;  615.775,  p.  121;  D14,  p.  126;  D2,  p.  151. 

1890.  D073,  p.  66,  78;  D07  p.  92. 

1891.  D21,   p.   65,   69. 

1892.  D33,   p.   61,   64;   D4.   p.   89,   91:   D21,   p.   142,   143. 

1893.  D22a,   p.   20,   22. 

Clinic. 

1SSS.     Gold    Crown.     D331,    p.    132. 
Patrous,  H.  E.,  1913. 
Patten,  J.  F.,  1902. 
Patten,  M.  H.,  1872. 

Administration. 

1884.  Executive  Com. 

1885.  Vice  President. 

Paper. 

1879.  What  is  Progression  in  Dentistry.     D07,  p.  40  ;  Disc,   45. 

Discussions. 

1874.      D07,  p.   36. 
1876.      D325,   p.   97. 

1880.  612.8,   p.   39. 
Patterson,  A.  B.,  1906. 

Clinic. 

1913.  Many  Uses  for  the  Gillmore  Attachment.     D32,  p.  262. 
Patterson,  C.  A.,  1905. 

Patterson,  C.  M.,   1909. 
Patterson,  F.  J.,  1896,   1905. 
Patterson,  J.  D„ 

Discussions. 

1901.      D22c,   p.   56. 
Payan,  Z.  J.,  1909. 
Payne,  E.  I.,  1913. 
Peacock,  Jesse,  1908. 
Pearce,  J.  H.,  1910. 

Clinic. 

1912.      Some  Practical  Hints  in  Crown  and  Bridge  Work.     D33,  p.   307. 
Pearce,   R.   M.,   1891. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


227 

Pearce,  R.  M. —  Continued. 

Administration. 

1893.  Local  Com. 

1910.     Com.  on  Publication. 

Discussions. 

1897.      D22a,   D221.  p.   140. 

1904.     D89,  p.   155;  Disc,  p.  158. 

1906.     D602,  p.  52. 

1912.     D33,  p.  122. 
Pearce,  T.  R.,  1913. 
Peck,  A.  H.,  1891. 

Administration. 

1895.  Chairman    Executive  Com. 

1897.  Executive  Council. 

1898.  Secretary. 

1899.  Secretary. 

1900.  Secretary. 

1901.  Secretary. 

1902.  Secretary. 

1903.  President. 

1904.  Executive   Council. 
1906.  Com.  on  Organization. 

Papers. 

1894.  Etiology   of  Dental   Caries.      D61,   p.    25  :   Disc,    p.    33.      Report   of   the 

Supervisor   of   Clinics.      D2,    p.    154  ;    Disc,    p.    157. 
1897.     Results   of   Experiments   in    Bacteriologv    (Antiseptics).      615.778    D6a, 

p.    189. 
1S9S.     The   Essential   Oils   and    Some   Other   Agents,    Their   Antiseptic   Value, 

Also  Their  Irritating  or  Non-irritating  Properties.     615.778,  p.   154  ; 

Disc,   p.   169. 

1900.  Pyorrhea    Alveolaris.      D64.    p.    36  ;    Disc,    p.    45. 

1901.  Antiseptic  Germicide  and  Disinfectant.     615.778,  p.  65  ;  Disc,   p.   70. 
1903.      President's    Address.      D04,    p.    9;    Disc,    p.    17. 

1910.  A  Good  Set  of  Teeth  One  of  the   Most   Important  Attributes  of  Man. 

D601,  p.  156  ;  Disc,  p.  163. 

Discussions. 

1895.  D2,  p.  187. 

1897.     D22a,    p.    8S;    D142,    D24,    p.    106,    107,    113;    D2,    p.    167;    D4,    p.    187; 

615.84,   p.   208,   210. 
1899.      D63,    p.   23. 
1909.      D07,  p.  145. 

Clinic. 

1896.  A    Porcelain    Faced    Bicuspid    Crown.     D331,    p.    124. 

1908.  Platinum  and  Gold  Filling.     D221,   p.    270. 

1909.  Platinum  and   Gold   Filling.     D221,   p.    238. 
Peck,  J.  W.,  1881. 

Peck,  Sheldon,  1907. 
Peck,  Prof. 

Discussions. 

1873.      Dl,  p.  94,  96. 
Pederson,  C.  X.,  1912. 
Peebles,  II.  E. 

1871.     Obituary,  p.  107. 
Peitsch,  Henry  C,  1906. 
Peisch,  H.   C. 

Administration. 

1912.  Board  of  Censors. 
Pellett,  F.  M.,  1905. 
Pence,  H.  C,  1905,   1909 
Pence,  W.  D.,  1908. 
Pendleton,  Elbert  C,   1911. 
Pennock,  O.  A.,  1904. 
Penny,   A.   D.,   1888. 
Percival,   F.   R.,    1908. 
Perisho,  V.  P.,  1905. 

Administration. 

1913.  Com.   to  Co-operate  With   State   Medical   Society. 

Clinic. 

1911.  Technique  in  the  Treatment  of  Both  Vital  and  Putrescent  Pulps  That 

Will  Prevent  Pain  After  the  Patient  Leaves  the  Office.     D241,  p.  294. 
Perry,  E.  J.,  1875. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


228 

Perry,  E.  J. —  Continued. 
Papers. 

1906.     Roach's  Mouldable  Porcelain.      D232,  p.   156;   Disc,  p.   167. 

Discussions. 

1899.      D04.  p.  16;  D33,  p.  81. 
1901.      D3a,   p.   31. 
1906.      D232,  p.   174. 

Clinic. 

1892      Demonstration  of  a  Method  of  Articulating  Crowns  with   Models,  Etc. 
D331,    p.    14S. 
Perry,  Geo.  B.,  1899,  1905. 
Perry,  John,   1905. 
Peters,  C.  F.,  1897. 
Peters,   E.   H.,   1S97. 
Peters,   W .   A.,   1905. 
Peterson,  ('.  .1., 

Payers. 

1895.     Crown   and    Bridge    Work       (Not    Published    in    Transactions.)       D33, 
Disc,   p.    165. 
Peterson,  C.  \V„  1907. 
Peterson,  D.  A.,  1909. 
Peterson,  O.  A.,  1912. 
Peterson,  O.  I*.,  1909. 

1912.      Obituary,  p.  328. 
Peterson,   P.  IS.  C,  1905. 
Pettit,  J.  W. 

Papers. 

1875.     Address    of    Welcome.      D04,    p.    17. 

1909.  The    Possibilities    of    Closer    Co-operation    Between    the    Dental    and 

Medical    Professions.      D07.    p.    102;    Disc,    p.    107. 
Peyton,   Emmet,   1905,    1909. 
Piatt",  K.  A.,  1905. 
Pt'eit'er,  Josephine,   1894. 

Clinic. 

1S95.      Gold    Crown.       D331,    p.     1S4. 
1898.      Frosting   Aluminum    Plates.      D32.    p.    194. 
1901.      Filling    Root-Canal.      D243,    p.    137. 
Phelps,  W.  S. 

Clinic 

1910.  Amalgam   Filling.      D222,    p.    269. 
Pinter,  L,.  H.,  1909. 

Phillips,  Albert  E.,  1906. 
Phillips,  B.   L.,   1910. 
Phillips,   D.   L„   1905,    1912. 

Papers. 

1904.  Cervical    Outline    Preservation    and    Crowns.      D331,    p.    117,    4    Illus.  ; 

Disc,    p.    126. 

Clinic. 

1905.  Crowns,    Bridges,    Retention   of   Gingival  Harmony.      D33,   p.    221. 
1907.     Anterior   Bridge,    Concealed  Attachments   Two-Tooth   Effect  in   Three1 

Quarter   Space.     D332,   p.    235. 
Phillips,  Frank  E.,  1910. 
Phillips.  H.  E.,  1905. 
Phillips,    H.    J.,    1909. 
Phillips,   L..  T.,   1883,    1909. 
Phillips,  \V.  J.   1905. 
Phelps,  J.  R.,  1882. 
Phelps.  W.  S.,  1905. 
Pickard,  Edward  C,  1907. 
Pierce,  A,  J.,  1912. 
Pinkerton.  B.  K„  1909. 
Pinney,  H.  B.   1905. 
Piper,  O.  H.,  1906. 
Pituer,  H.  YV.,  1906. 
Pitwood,  E.,  1883. 
Pitt,  H.  N.,   1905. 
Pitt,  W.  A.,   1905. 
Pitts,  G.  VV.,  1905. 
Plaee,  Eugene,  1891. 
Place,  E.  H.,  1905. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


'229 

iMankerton.  II.  A.,  1905. 
Plattfl,  l..  .v.,  1909. 
Hummer,  J.  H.  1900. 
Plnmmer,  P.  H..  1906. 
IMutsehow,  Otto.   1005. 
Poessel.  H.  K.  E.,  1005. 
I'oindex  i<t.  J.  E.,  1913. 
Pollard,  (has.  E.,  1911. 
Pollock,  D.  J.,  1878,   1905. 

Administration. 

1SS5.      Executive  Com. 
Ponce,  Francisco,  1909. 
Pontius,  AV.   H.,   1905. 

Clinic. 

1900.     Combination    Porcelain  and   Gold  Inlay.     D23,   p.   232. 
Pooler,  L,.  F.,  1909. 
Pope,  Alexander,  1913. 
Purges,  A.  I.,  1905. 
Porre,  It.  J.,  1S68,  Honorary  Member. 

Discussions. 

1S69.      D22„   Mo.   D.  Jnl.,   Vol.   1.    p.    30fi. 

1870.      D22,   p.    49. 
Porter,  C.  A.,  1897. 
Porter. 

Discussions. 

1873.        D24,   p.   74,   75;   D61,   p.   116. 
Potter,  Samuel  H.,  1897. 
Pottle,  Love  joy,  1909. 
Potts.   II.   A.,   1897,    1908. 

Administration. 

1900.     Librarian. 

Clinic. 

1S9S.      Cold    Filling.      D221,    p.     192. 

190S.     Deep   Injection   of   Alcohol    for   Relief   of   Tri-Facial    Neuralgia.      D77 
p.   '268. 

1909.  Deep   Injection   of  Alcohol    for   Relief   of   Tri-Facial    Neuralgia.      D77, 

p.  230. 
Poiindstone,  t.ieo.  C,  1904. 

Administration. 

1911.     Com.  on  Dental  Art  and  Invention, 
1911.     Com.  on  Public  Dental  Education. 

Papers. 

1904.  Microscopic    Study   of   Cements.      D223,    p.    82  :    6    Tllus.  ;    Disc,    p.    03. 

1905.  Cements.       D223,    p.     136,     13     Plus.;     Disc,    p.     147. 

1910.  The   Silicate  Cements.      D223.   p.    5S  ;   Disc.    p.    62. 

1911.  Report   of   Com.    on    Dental    Art   and    Invention.      D21,    p.    52. 
Powell,  C.  A.,  1912. 

Powell,  C.  B.,  1894. 

Administration. 

1900.     Com.  on   Infraction   of  Code  of  Ethics. 
1908.      Board  of  Censors. 

Discussions. 

1900.  D331,   p.   62. 

Clinics. 

189S.      Gold   Filling.      D221.    p.    1S7. 

1901.  Broach-Holder.       D242.    p.    140. 

1906.  Porcelain  Jacket  Crown.     D331,  p.  293. 

1907.  Porcelain  Jacket  Crown.      D331,  p.   235. 
Powell,  T.  E.,  1904,   1912. 

Paper. 

1904.     Masticatorv    Changes   Induced   by   Food   Envoronment.      D101,   p.    132: 
Disc,    p.    13S. 

Discussions. 

1904.      D231,  p.   80. 
1906.      D82,  p.   138. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


230 

Powell,  T.  E. —  Continued. 
Clinic. 
1904.     Gold   Inlay.      D231,   p.    31. 
Powers,  S.  B.,  1906. 
Poyner,  F.  A.,  1913. 
Prendergast,  M.  J.,   1905. 
Prescott,  Albert  J.,  1905. 
Prettyman,    R.    B„    1912. 
Price,  P.  J.  R.,  1906. 
Price,  Weston  A. 

Papers. 

1904      The  Color  Problem  in  Porcelain  Work,  and  Its  Solution  by  Means  of 
the   New  Pyrometer   Furnace.      D31,   D232,   p.   101  ;   Disc,   p.    106. 

Clinic. 

1904.     Pyrometer    Furnace.      D31,    p.    27. 
Prickett,  R.   M. 

Administration. 

1894.      Local  Com. 
Prichett,  H.  M.,  1890. 
Prietnian,   Wm.   H.,   1883. 
Prideout,  O.  C,  1906. 
Primrose,  F.,  1892. 

Administration. 

1894.     Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1896.     Local  Com. 
Printz,  M.  M.,  1905. 
Prinat,  Herman,  1904,  Corres.  Member. 

Discussions. 

1904.  D223,  p.  96,  99. 

1905.  D76,  p.  100. 
Pritchett,  G.  C,  1910. 
Pritchett,  R.  A.,  1901. 

Paper. 

1904.  The  Bandless  Porcelain  Crown.     D331,   p.   161,  5  Illus.  ;  Disc,  p.   165. 

Discussions. 

1906.  Our  Younger   Patients.      D602,   p.    62. 

Clinic. 

1905.  An  Improved  Method  of  Adapting  Porcelain  Crowns  Without  a  Band. 

D331,    p.    220. 
Pritchett,   T.    W.,    1877. 
1913.     Obituary,    p.   303. 

Administration. 

Treasurer. 

Treasurer. 

Treasurer. 

President. 

Board  of  Examiners. 

Clinic   Com. 

Executive  Council. 

Com.  on  Necrology. 

Papers. 

A    Case   in    Practice,    Irregularities.      D4,    p.    130. 

Report  of  Supervisor  of  Clinics.     D2,  p.   141  ;  Disc,  p.   145. 

President's  Address.     D04,  p.   53. 

Amalgam    Fillings.      D222,    p.    77  ;    Disc,    p.    82. 

To  What   Extent  Is  the  Washing  of  Amalgam   Masses  An   Important 

Feature   in  the   Production   of   a   Good   Filling?     D222,    p.    96. 
Report    of    Supervisor    of    Clinics.      D2,    p.    201. 
The   Problem   of   the    Construction    of   Good    Dentures.      D32,    p.    210 ; 

Disc,    p.    230. 

Discussions. 

D3,   p.   49. 

D4,   p.   38. 

D21,  p.  57;  D22,  p.  117. 

D64,  p.  69;  D2,  p.   168. 

D89,   p.   38. 

617.21,  p.  71. 

D06,   p.   66;   D22a,   p.   84. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


1887. 

1888. 

1889. 

1890. 

1895. 

1897. 

1900. 

1909. 

1885. 

1889. 

1890. 

1894. 

1896. 

1897. 

1911. 

1885. 

1887. 

1891. 

1893. 

1895. 

1896. 

1897. 

231 


Pritchett,  T.  W. —  Continued. 
1898 


ft.      »»  • V^UIILIUUCU. 

D04,   p.  24;   D222,  p.   31,   40. 

1900.  D3,  p.  107,  108. 

1901.  D3a,  p.  36;  D32,  p.  61. 

1902.  D22b,  D221,  p.  120. 

1903.  D32a,  p.  59. 


1904.  D06,  p.  59. 

1906.  615.781,    p.    108;    D82,    p.    136. 

1907.  D22c,   p.   19S. 

1908.  D09,  p.   62;   D06,  p.   91;   D3,   Dla,  p.   246. 

1909.  D32,   p.   129;   D2,   p.   228. 

1910.  D601,  p.   170. 

1911.  D04,  p.   84,   85. 


Clinic. 

1892.     Amalgam   Filling.      D222,    p.    148. 

1895.  Cavity    Preparation.      D22a,    p.    183. 

1903.  The    Practical    Value    of    Bonwill's    Method    of    Occlusion    of   Artificial 

Dentures.      D3a,   p.    12,   Supplement. 

1906.  Oxvphosphate   Cement.      D22c,   p.    282. 

1907.  Using   of  Cement   in   Starting   Gold   Foil   Fillings.      D22c,   p.    230. 
Probnsco,  E.  B.,  1911. 

Prothero,  J.  H.,   1896. 

Administration. 

1899.     Local  Com. 

1904.  Com.  on  Dental  Art  and  Invention. 

1905.  Com.  on  Dental  Art  and  Invention. 

Papers. 

1903.  Expansion   of   Plaster  of   Paris   and   Tts   Bearings   on   the   Use   of   this 

Material   for   Impressions   and    Models.      D32a,    p.    55  ;    Disc,    p.    58. 

1904.  Report  of  Com.   on  Dental  Art  and   Invention.      D21,   p.   22. 

1905.  Report    of    Com.    on    Dental    Art    and    Invention.      D21,    p.    36.     Com- 

pressibility  of  Plaster   of   Paris.      D32a,   p.    170;    Disc,   p.    173. 

1908.  Some    Phases    of    Prosthetic    Procedure.      D3,    p.    95,    33    Illus.  ;    Disc, 

p.    112. 

1911.  The    Problem    of    the    Construction    of    Good    Dentures.      D32,    p.    220; 

Disc,   p.    230. 

Discussions. 

1901.      D3a,  p.   33. 
1905.      D332,   p.   211. 

Clinics. 

1896.  Preparation    and    Filling   of   a   Proximal    Incisor    Step    Cavity.      D221, 

p.    124. 
1901.     Arrangement  and   Conclusion   of  Teeth.      D3a,   p.   139. 

1903.  Plaster    of    Paris    Tests       D32a,    p.    3,    Supplement. 

1904.  Expansion  of  Investments.     D32,  p.   29. 

1905.  Phvsical    Properties   of   Plaster.      D32a,    p.    229. 
1908.     Occlusion    of    Artificial    Teeth.       D3a,    p.    263. 

1912.  Anatomical  Occlusion.     D3a,  p.  293. 
Pruner,  W.   E.,   1910. 

Pruyn,  C.  P. —  Continued. 

Administration. 

1884.  Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1888.  Clinic  Com. 

1891.  Executive  Council. 

1899.  President. 

1903.  Clinic  Com. 

1905.  Treasurer. 

1906.  Treasurer. 

1907.  Treasurer. 

1908.  Treasurer. 

1909.  Treasurer. 

1910.  Treasurer. 

1911.  Treasurer. 

1913.  Com.  to  Co-operate  with  State  Medical  Society. 

Papers. 

1891.     What   Shall   Be  Done  with   the   Condemned  Pulp?     L24,   p.    79  ;   Disc, 

p.    85. 
1898.      Amalgam.      D222,   p.    29  ;   Disc,   p.   31. 
1S99.     President's    Address.      D04,    p.    9;    Disc,    p.    13. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


232 

Pruyn,  C.  P.,  1876. 

1901.  Response  to  Address  of  Welcome.      D04,  p.   142. 

1902.  Prosthetic  Dentistry — Incidents  of  Office  Practice.     D3,  p.    177;   Disc, 

p.   178. 

1903.  Report    of    Supervisor    of    Clinics.      D2,    p.    1,    Supplement. 

nn5S.     A  Plea  for  the  More  Conservative  Use  of  Anesthetics,   Narcotics.  Sed- 
atives in  Dental  Practice.     615.781,  p.  89;  Disc,  p.  94. 
190S.     Amalgam.     D22,  p.  13S  ;  Disc,  p.   160. 


Discussions. 


1888 
1890 
1896 


D2,  p.  137,  144. 

D07,  p.  96;  D2,  p.  142;  D2,  p.  156. 

D07,  p.  49;  D78,  p.  82 

CI  K    T7Q       r>   1  79 


120;  D2,  p.  176. 


1898.   615.778,  p.  172. 

1900.  D64,  p.  56;  D3,  p.  107;  D713,  p.  118. 

1901.  ™°  -  1AO 
1902. 
1903. 
1905. 
1907. 
1909. 
1910. 

1888.  Use  of  Cocaine.   615.7816,  p.  131,  132. 

1897.  Gold  Filling-.     D221,  p.  204. 

1898.  Rubber  Dam.     D21b,  p.  186. 

1900.  Two  Large  Amalgam  Fillings.     D222,  p.   174. 

1901.  Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  140. 

1902.  Removal   of  Pulp  bv  Pressure  Anesthesia.      D242,   p.    164. 
1905.  Root  Filling.      D243,   p.   229. 

1907.     Study   of  Amalgam.      D222,   p.   230. 
Pruyn,  Walter   N.,   1912. 
Pnckett,  Harry  C,  1905. 
Puffer,  Geo.  R.,  1907. 
Pullen,  L,.  G„  1905. 
Pumpelly,  B.  I.,   1909. 
Pureell,  W.  M.,  1902,   1905. 
Purdy,  A.  G.,  1905. 
Puterbaugh,  P.  G.,  1911. 
Pye,  A.  C  1912. 
Pyper,  P.  A.,   1898. 

Administration. 

1911.  Board  of  Censors. 

Papers. 

1912.  Esthetics    in    Crown    and    Bridge   Work.      D33,    p.    110;    Disc,    p.    120. 

Discussions. 

1909.      D32,  p.  127. 

1913.  D3,   p.   217. 

Clinics. 

1900.     Contour   Filling,   Platinum   and   Gold.      D221,    p.    170. 

1903.  Gold   Filling.      D221,   p.   12. 
1905.      Gold  Inlays.     D231,  p.  225. 

1912.     Esthetics    in    Crown    and    Bridge    Work.      D33,    p.    300. 

Quick,   A.   F„    1908. 


For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


233 

Kaedel,  E.  H.,  1907. 
Raflety,  O.  J.,  1904. 
Rafferty,  G.  A.,  1905. 
Rainey,   A.   H.,    1905. 

1910.  Obituary,    p.    50. 
Raleigh,  Robert  E„  1906. 
Rand,  E.  G.,  1905. 
Randall,  Frederick,   1905. 
Rankine,  C.   M.,    1905. 

Ha seh.    C.    A.,    1908. 

nnihl.un.  R.  S.,  1872,   Honorary  Member. 

Rawlins,  L,.  A.,  1909. 

Hayburn,  J.  R.,  1896. 

Administration. 

1897.     Librarian. 

1902.     Executive  Council. 

Clinic. 

1900.  Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  171. 
Rea,   Owen   L.,    1906. 

Rea,   V.   H.,    1905,    1909. 
Read,  C.  E.,  1912. 
Read,  J.    I)..    1905. 
Read,  M.  O.,  1902. 
Read,    Olive    M.,    1907. 
Reader,  J  .C,  1905^ 

Clinic. 

1906.     Astral    Cement.      D223,    p.    282. 
Reagin,  T.  B.,  1909. 
Ream,    F.    K„    1906. 

Clinics. 

1906.     Use    of    Dental    Engine    in    Removal    of    Impacted    Lower    Third 
Molars.      D74,    p.    287. 

1909.  Dental  Radiograph.     D4a,  p.   287. 

1911.  Extraction  of  Teeth.     D72,  p.  297. 
Reber,    A,    S.,    1865,    Charter    Member. 

Administration. 

1865.     Com.  on  By-Laws. 

Discussion. 

1867.     D65,    p.   29. 
Reber,  W.  F.,  1905. 
Reece,  J.   S.,   1905. 

Administration. 

1912.  Com.  on  Publication. 

Discussion. 

1910.  D072,    p.    210. 

Clinic. 
1910.     Gold    Filling.      D221,    p.    261. 
Reed,   Forrest   D.,    1905. 
Reed,    Frank,     1905. 
Reed,   J.  J.,    1896. 

Administration. 

1901.  Local  Com. 

Paper. 

1901.     Cement  Anchorage  for  Fillings.     D22c,   p.   51;   Disc,  p.   55. 

Discussion. 

1901.  612.31,    p.    82. 

Clinics. 

1890.     Exhibition    of   a   Gasoline    Blow    Pipe.      D31,    p.    165. 

1902.  Cement  Anchorage  for  Gold  Filling.     D28c,  p.  163. 
Reed,    L.    A.,    1899. 

Reed,  Thos.  W. 

1897.     Obituary,    p.    274. 
Reed,  W.  H.,  1905. 
Reese,  C.  N.,  1898. 
Reese,  George  \V.,  1906. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


234 
Reeves,  W.  T„   1899,    1905. 
Discussions. 

1903.      D232,    p.    82,    86. 

1907.      D231,    D221,    p.    92. 

1908       D    22,  p.  174,  175;  D223,  D224,  p.  174,  175;  D222,  p.  174,  175;  D221,  p. 

174,    175;    D232,    p.    174,    175. 
1910.      D231,    p.    221. 

Clinics. 

1895.     Exhibition   With   Models   of   Porcelain   Inlay   Work.      D232,    p.    186. 

1901.  Porcelain   Inlays.     D232,   p.    136. 

1902.  Porcelain    Inlays,    D232,    p.    163 

1903.  Porcelain    Inlays.      D232,    p.    2.      Sup.    1903. 
Rehnstrom,  J.  E.,  1905. 

Reiber,  F.  J.,   1906. 
Reid,   J.   D.,    1898. 

Discussion. 

1913.      D89,    p.    152. 
Reid,  James   G.,   1882. 

Administration. 

1885.  Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 
1890.  Clinic   Com. 

1897.  Executive    Com. 

1901.  President. 

1902.  Executive   Council. 
1905.  Com.  on  Publication. 
1909.  Executive  Council. 

Papers. 

1886.  Oral  Chemistry.     D61,   p.   139;   Disc,   p.   143. 

1890.     Report  of  Supervisor  of  Clinics.     D2,  p.  160;  Disc,  p.  166. 
1901.     President's    Address.      D04,    p.    9;    Disc,    p.    15. 


Discussions. 

1882.  D22,     p.     85;     D2,     p.    85. 

1883.  D.    2.    n.    98. 


1883.      D.    2,    p.    9„. 
1885.      D2,   p.   106. 

1887.  D3,   p.   42;   615.5,   p.   81,   82;   D602,   p.   140,   141,   142 

1888.  D2,  p.  136- 
1889 
1891 
1S92 
1895 
1896 
1897 


JJZ,     p.     13b. 
615.775,    p.    120,    124. 
D24,   p.   85;   D22a,   p.   110,   111. 
D21a,    p.    106;    D21,    p.    138. 
D243,   p.  53;   D073,   p.   175;   D2,   p.   187. 
D04,  p.  22;  D331,  p.  35. 

D04,  p.  27;  D64,  p.   44,   45;  D06,  p.   66,   69;   D22a,   p.  90;   D24,  D142,  p. 
105;   D4,   p.   186;   615.84,   p.   212. 

1898.  D04,  p.  22,  23;  D222,  p.  54;  D24,  D142,  p.  63. 

1899.  D073,    p.    94,    95. 

1900.  D2,    p.    26,    28.    35. 

1902.  D04,   p.   12;  D22a,   p.   114;   D3,   p.   180. 

1903.  D232,   p.    83. 

1904.  D04,  p.  19;  D231,  p.  79. 


1905.  D04,  p.   27. 

1906.  D82,  p.   151;  D232,   p.  167,   169 

1907.  D04,   p.   22. 
1908. 


D04,  p.   22. 

D04,  p.    17;    D06,    p.    88,    88;    D22,    p.    169;    D223,    D224,    p.    169;    D222, 

p.  169;  D221,  p.   169;   D232,  p.   169. 

D04,  p.   28. 


1910.      D04,   p.   28. 

1912.  D222,    p.    252 

1913.  D231,    p.    98 


Clinics. 

1888.     Tin  and  Gold  Filling.     D22c,  p.   132. 

1908.     Models  for  Inlay  Work.     D331,  p.  271. 
Reid,  J.  H.,  1897. 
Reid,  Thomas,  1905. 
Reinders,   F.   \V.,   1906. 
Reischauer,  E.  F.,   1910. 
Reh,    Geo.    J.,    1905. 
Renfrow,   B.   L,.,   1906,    1910,    1912. 
Rennie,   A.   L,.,    1912. 
Reynolds,  F.  E.,  1905. 
Rice,  Frederick  F.,  1906. 
Rice,  H.  C,  1909. 
Rice,  J.    O.,   1908. 
Rice,  L.  B.,  1905. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


235 

Rice,  S.  T.,  1894. 
Rich,  Albert,  1911. 
Rich,   H.   W.,    1900,    1905. 
Richards,    Frank,    1905. 
Richards,   F.   A.,    1905. 
Richards,  M.  T.,  1909,   1912. 
Richards,  W.  P.,  1871,   1886. 

Administration. 

1880.  Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 
1888.     Clinic  Com. 

Papers. 

1875.     Treatment    of   the   Mouth    Preparatory    to   Filling-.      D22,    p.    84. 

1881.  Dental  Hvgiene.      D5,   p.   51;   Disc,   p.   56. 
1888.      Report  of  Supervisor  of  Clinics.     D2,  p.  131. 

Discussions. 

1871.  D3,  p.  71. 
1875.   D22,  p.  40. 
1879.   D07,  p.  87. 
1881.  612.31,  p.  168. 
1888.   D2,  p.  136. 

Clinic. 

1887.     Gold    Filling-.      D221,    p.    113. 
Richardson,    A.,     1905. 
Richardson,   A.    A.,    1910. 
Richardson,  F.  M.,   1905. 

Clinic. 

1905.  Extractions  With   Nitrous   Oxide  Gas   Anesthesia.      615.781,   p.    224. 
Richardson,  G.  R.,  1905. 

Richardson,  R.   C,   1905. 
Richardson,   Ulysses    M.,   1906. 
Richey,   W.   S.,   1870. 

Discussions. 

1871.  D8,   p.    88. 
1873.      D24,   p.   72. 

Rideout,   J.    L,.,    1903. 

Administration. 

1907.  Board   of  Censors. 
1909.     Local   Com. 

Kitiii*.  R.  M.,  1905. 

Riley,  D.  H„   1906. 

Riley,   H.   T.,   1906. 

Rimmerman,    V.    H.,    1904. 

Rink,  H.  T.,  1909. 

Rink,  L.  C,  1905. 

Rising,  C.  R.,   1865,    Charter   Member,    1872. 

Administration. 

1866.     Executive   Com. 

Discussion. 

1872.  D3,    p.    30,    32. 
Risinger,  H.   R.,   1905. 
Ritchey,  Jesse  M. 

Discussion. 

1890.      D602,   p.   123. 
Ritchie,    S.  W.,   1907. 
Rittenhouse,  F.  M.,   1905. 
Ritter,  J.  W.,   1904. 

Administration. 

1906.  Com.    on   Legislation. 

1908.  Com.   on  Legislation. 


1906. 


Paper. 

Somnofrome;    Its   Use   and   a    Few    Personal    Experiences   With   It. 
615.7815,    p.    200;    Disc,    p.    207. 


Discussions. 

1907.  D72,  p.  222. 

1908.  D06,   p.    74,    78. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


236 

Rivers,   C.   W.,   1S6S. 

Administration. 

1869.     Executive  Com. 

Discussions. 

1868.      D243.    p.    37. 

1S69.      D61,    Mo.    D.   Jnl..    Vol.    1,    p.    279:    D22,    Mo.    D.    Jnl.,    Vol.    1,    p.    306, 
307;    D65,    Mo.    D.   Jnl.,    Vol.    1,   p.    329:    615.781,    Mo.    D.    Jnl.,   Vol. 
1,   p.   344. 
Rivers,   G.  W.,    1S74,    Honorary    Member 
Roach,  F.  E.,   1899. 

Administration. 

1909.  Com.  on   Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1910.  Executive   Council. 
Roach,    F.    E. 

Paper. 

1909..    A  Simple   Method   of  Changing  the   Colors  and  Modifying  the   Shades 
of  Artificial  Teeth.     D32,  p.  115;  Disc,  p.   120. 

Discussion. 

1904.  D331,    p.    167. 

1906.  D232,    p.     172,     174. 

1907.  D231,    D221,    p.    94. 
1909.      D24,   p.    100. 

Clinics. 

1900.  Removable  Facing  of  His  Own  Design.      D33,   p.    170. 

1901.  Practical    Application    of    the    Fellowship    Replaceable    Facing.      D33, 

p.   135. 

1905.  A  New  Fusible  Cement.      D232,  p.    219. 

1906.  Mouldable    Porcelain.      D232,    p.    280. 

1907.  Pontoon    Bridgework.      D332,    p.    236. 

1908.  Cast    Base    Porcelain    Crown.       D331,    p.     270. 
Robhius,   E.   M.,    1882. 

Administration. 

1S87.     Com.    on    Infraction    of    Code    of    Ethics. 
IS 91.     flora,  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 
1893.     Executive   Council. 
1899.     Board  of  Examiners. 

1911.  Board   of   Censors. 

Discussions. 

1883.      D4,    p.    132. 

1905.  D06,   p.    113. 

1908.  D06,   p.    88,    89. 

1911.      D04,    D8,    p.    SG;    D32,    p.    237,    239. 

Clinics. 

1893.      Aluminum    Foil   Filling.      D22,    p.    165. 

1896.      Tin  and  Gold  Filling.     D22c,  p.  124  ;  Disc,  p.  129. 

1906.  Combination  of  Gold  and  Tin  Foils.     D22c,  p.  285. 
Robbins,  Joseph,  M.  D. 

Paper. 

1SS9.     The  Relation  of  Practitioners  of  Medicine  to  Practitioners  of  Dentistry. 
Toast.     D07,  p.   160. 
Robbins,   W.   C,    1905. 
Robbins,  W.    S.,   1909. 
Roberts,   B.  J.,   1906. 
Roberts,   J.    S.,  1905. 
Roberts,   Norman   J.,    1886. 

Paper. 

1SS7.     Regulating  Appliances.     D4,   p.   29,   3  Illus.  ;  Disc,  p.   34. 
Roberts,  Ruius  J.,   1907. 
Robeson,  Mary  G.,  1905,  1912. 
Robertson,    D.    P.,    1905. 
Robinson,   C.   R.,    1906. 
Robinson,   Earl   C,   1906. 
Robinson,    E.   G.,    1892. 
Robinson,   Frank   H.,   1906. 
Roeke,  Alfred   E.,  1906. 
Rodenhauser,   H.    C,    1903,    1905. 
Rodosy,  A.,   1908. 
Roe,    Frank    C,    1906. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


237 

Roe,  P.  A. 

Clinic. 

1899.  Gold   Crown.      D331,   p.    106. 
Roe,   Frank    E.,    1911. 

Rogers,  A.  W.,   18S9,   1S99. 
Rogers,  Diago,   1913. 
Rogers,  Rev.  Euclid  B. 

Paper. 

1900.  Address  of  Welcome.      D04.   p.   179. 
Rogers,  R„  1901,   1905. 

Rohland,  C.  B.,  1S74. 

1911.     Obituary.      Portrait.      P.    331. 

Administration. 

1SS6.  Treasurer. 

1857.  Vice-President. 

1858.  President. 

1894.  Board  of  Censors. 

1895.  Board   of  Examiners. 
1S97.  Board  of  Examiners. 

1901.  Executive   Council. 

1905.  Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics.     Com.  on  Necrology. 

1906.  Com.  on  Necrology.     Com.  on  Legislation. 

1908.  Com.    on   Necrology. 

Papers. 

1877.     Mechanical    Dentistry.      D3,    p.    31  ;    Disc,    p.    38. 

1S83.     Office  Hygiene.     G13  p.   41  ;   Disc,  p.   5fi. 

18SS.     President's    Address.      D04,    p.  -47. 

1S93.     Conservatism   in  Crown  and   Bridge  Work.     D33,  p.    72  ;   Disc,   p.   7S 

1895.      A    Simple    Method    of    Keeping   Daily    Records.      DS9,    p.    31;    2    Illus.  ; 

Disc,    p.    38. 
1905.     A  Few  Observations  on  Oral  Prophylaxis.     D25,  p.  41  ;  Disc,  p.   56. 
190S.     The    Cements    and    Gutta-Percha    as    Pilling    Materials.      D223,    D224, 

p.    132  ;   Disc,   p.   1C0.      Report  of  Com.   on    Necrology.      D09,   p.   249. 

1909.  A  Sermon   on   the   Lack   of   Ambition   Along  Intellectual   Li-ies   in    the 
Profession.      D07,    d.    70  ;   Disc,   d.    79. 

1911.      A  Few  Random  Thoughts.     D8,  D04,  p.  70;  Disc,  p.  SO. 


Discussions. 

1877.     D22,  p.   52. 

1885.  612. S,    p.    63  :    D24.    p. 

1886.  615.778,  p.  81. 
1888.  D073,  p.  69. 
1890.   D602,  p.  123. 


,   D64,   p.    131,    132. 

1897.  D04,    p.    24;    D22a,    p.    79,    83,    84;    D09,    p.    275. 

1898.  D33,    D232,    p.    139. 
1900.      D04,   p.    14;    D64,   p.    45;   D3,    p.    111. 

1902.  D61a,  p.   127;  D232,   p.   182. 

1903.  D04,  p.   18. 

5;  D89,  p.   186. 

22;   D09,  p.    76;   D232,   p.    249,    25' 

i   •    nno      r>      OQQ 

32,   p.    169. 
14  ;    D232,    p.    203,    208  ;    1)232,    p.    2f  ~ 

Clinic. 

1903.  The  Advantages  of  Vulcanite  Gutta-Percha  as  a  Base  Plate  Upon 
Which  the  Wax  Articulation  Is  Taken  in  th«  Making  of  Rubber 
Dentures.      D321,    d.    11.    Supplement. 

Roll  weil. I  cr.    H.   H.,    1905. 

Rood,  A.  B.,  1909. 

Rood,  Hon.  E.  H. 

Paper. 

1S80.     Address  of  Welcome.     D04.  p.   5. 
Root,    M.    A.,    1905. 
Rork,  C.  L,.,   1905. 
Rose,  F.  M.,  1913. 
Rose,  W.  E.,  1906. 

1909.     Obituary.     P.   63. 
Roslyn,  J.  P.,  1910. 
Ross,  A.  T.,  1909. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  nam  hers,  see  pink  appendix. 


238 

Ross,   B.   C,   1908. 
Ross,  D.  W.,  1909,   1912. 
Ross,  F.  R.  1891. 
Ross,  F.  R. 

' Clinic. 

1893.     Removal  of   Pulp.      D242.   p.    165. 
Ross,  J.  Harry,  1905,  1910. 
Rossman,  Ceylon,  1906. 
Roth,  W.  A.,  1907. 
Rowdybush,  R.  F.,  1909. 

Clinic. 

1910.     Steele   Removable   Facing.      D332,    p.    266. 
Rone,   Chas.   E.,    1910. 
Rowland. 

Discussion. 

1888.  D24,  p.   176,  177. 
Rownsvilld,   C.  F.,   1905. 
Royce,  E.  A.,  1886. 

Administration. 

1893.  Clinic  Com. 

1894.  Clinic    Com. 

1903.     Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

Paper. 

1893.     Report  of  Supervisor  of  Clinics.     D2,  p.  165. 

Discussions. 

1893.      D221,  p.   178. 
Clinics. 

1909.  D32,    p.    120. 

1889.  Gold  Filling.      D221,  p.   144. 
1899.  Gold    Filling.      D221,    p.    122. 
1901.  Tooth    Shades.      D32,    p.    137. 

Ruckenbrod,  W.  G.,  1907. 
Ruddick,    \V.    B.,    1910. 
Rue,   A.   W.,    1897,    1905. 
Ruff,   G.   O.,   1910. 
Kunyan,   R.    S.,    1907. 
Russell,  Frank   L,.,   1907. 
Russell,    G.   W.,   1908. 
Russell,   W.    R.,    1905. 
Ryan,    F.   J.,    1905. 

Discussions. 

1910.  D072,    p.    211. 
1912.      D222,    p.   247. 

Clinic. 

1912.     Amalgam  Pitfalls.     D222,  p.    303. 
Ryan,   W.  V.,   1908. 
Rybstat,   W.    L,.,    1906,    1909. 

1912.      Obituary.      P.    331. 
Ryder,  F.  J.,  1909. 
Ryder,  J.    F.,    1905. 


For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


239 

Sackett,  H.   R.,    1899. 
Safford,    Narg.     L..,     1905. 
St.  John,  I.  C. 

Clinic. 

1899.     Gold  Filling.      D221.   p.    119. 
Sale,  Frank  O.,  1903. 

Clinic. 

1910.     Instantaneous   Investment  for   the  Tacking  of  Backings   and  Posts  to 
Facings.     D33,  p.   267. 
Salomon,    Godfrey    S.,    1885. 

Discussions. 

1885.  D3,   p.   49. 

1886.  D243,    A22a,    p.    109. 
Salter,   Geo.   B.,    1866,    1871. 

1907.     Obituary,   p.    239,   297. 
Sanborn. 

Discussions. 

1873.      D17,  p.   87  ;  D61,  p.   113. 
Sandberg,  F.  E.,   1909. 
Sandblom,  John    \..   1905. 
Sargent,    A.    I.,    1905. 
Sauer,  Raymond  J.,  1907. 
Sauer,  R.  J.,  1908. 
Saucerman,   J.    M.,    1901,    1905. 
Saville,  Gup  P.,  1903. 
Saville,  J.  P.,  1905. 
Sawtill,    F.   H.,    1883. 
Sawyer,    C.    B.,    1887. 

Administration. 

1891.     Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1901.  Executive  Council.     Com.   on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1903.  Board  of  Examiners. 

1906.  Com.   on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

Clinics. 

1897.  Filling  with  Dr.   G.   V.   Black's   Modified  Alloy.      D222,   p.    205. 

1898.  Gold   Crown.      D331,    p.    190. 

1902.  Gold   Filling  in   Labio-Cervical   Cavity,    Using  Clamp   of  Own   Design. 

D221,   p.    164. 

1904.  Gold  Inlay.     D231,  p.   31. 

1907.  Spence  Metal.     D322,  p.  230. 

1910.  Gold  Filling.      D221,  p.   262. 

1913.     Supernumerary    in    Upper    Incisor.      D13,    p.    264. 
Sawyer,   C.   K.,    1868. 
Sawyer,  Charles  K. 

1894.     Obituary,   p.    207. 
Scanland,  R.  M.,  1905. 
Schadle,  A.   C,   1871. 
Schaefer,  A.  F.,  1912. 
Schaeffer,  J.  E.,   1912. 
Schaeper,  J.  E.,   1909. 

Clinic. 

1909.     Anatomical  Arrangement  of  Artificial  Teeth.     D32,   p.   235. 
Schaer,    Charles,    1910. 
Schermerhorn,  W.  W.,   1898. 
Schlegel,    H.,    1913. 
Schloesser,    C.   D.,    1912. 
Schmeckebier,  W.  F.,  1909. 
Schmitz,  BE.  L.,  1907. 
Schmuck,  E.  A.,  1909. 

Clinic. 

1912.     Prophylaxis  as  a  Necessary  Factor  in  General  Practice.     D25,  p.   290. 
Paper. 
Schneider,   A.   E.,    1905. 
Discussions. 

1909.      D232,  p.  207. 
Clinic. 

1909.     Porcelain  Jacket  Crown.     D331,   p.   232. 

1911.  Jacket   Crowns.      D331,    p.    305. 

1912.  The  Only  Two  Prophylactic  Crowns  in  Dentistry  Today.     D331,  p.  294. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


240 

Schnell,   T.   W.,    1912. 
Sehoch,   A.   C,   1902. 
Schoen,   John,   1905. 
Schoenbrod,  M.  S.,  1909. 
Schoiield,  H.  S.,  1905. 
Schoonmaker,  J.  €.,  1906. 
Schoondermark,    S.,   1905. 
Schrock,  Berton,   1901. 
S«>h ii«' rni  11  it,   C.   S.,   1905. 
Schuhmann,   H.   H„    1S92.    1905. 

Paper. 

1896.     Earlv  Diagnosis,  and  in  Brief,  the  Treatment  of  Tumors  of  the  Jaw. 
D7S,  p.   72  ;  Disc,  p.   82. 

Discussion. 

1895.      D243,    p.    58. 
Schultz,    Louis,    1906. 
Schuyler,   Colfax,   1905. 
Schwartz,  E.  H.,   1905. 
Schwartz,   G.   \V„   1898. 

Discussions. 

189S.      D232,   D33,   p.    140. 

Clinic. 

1898.     Porcelain   Crown,   D331,   p.   186. 

1903.  Davis    Banded   Porcelain   Crown.      D331,    p.    5,    Supplement. 

1904.  Teeth   Separation.      D22,    p.    27. 

1905.  Removable  Bridge.     D332,  p.  226. 

1911.  Attachments  for  Removable  Dentures.     D32,  p.   305. 

1912.  Bicuspid  Jacket  Crown,   Porcelain  or  Platinum  Jacket.      D331,  p.   290. 
Schwartz,  J.   G.,   1905. 

Schwartz,  G.  C,  1908. 
Sch wi ml,  J.  A.,  1905. 
Schwind,  J.  A.,  1912 
Schwind,  W.  E.,  1905. 
Schofield,  H.  S.,  1872. 
Scott,  B.  P.,  1905. 

1910.     Obituary,  p.   51. 
Scott,  D.  P.,   1905. 
Scott,  James,  1909. 
Scott,   J.    T.,    1903. 
Seal,    H.    B.,    1911. 
Search,  J.  T.,  1902. 
Searl,  C.  L.,  1907. 
Searles,  Chas.   S.,  1904. 
Sears,   H.   E.,    1909. 
Seawriffht,   E.   W.,    1912. 
Sedwick,  H.  L,.,   1909. 
Seeglitz,   O.   E.,   1905. 
Seeley,  Boy  M.,  City  Attornev. 

1906.  Address    of   Welcome.      D04,    p.    9. 
Seifert,   O.   H.,    1905,    190S. 

Selby,  T.  J„  1910. 

Sellery,   Ira   Benson,    1905. 

Discussion. 

1905.     D32a,   p.  174. 
Senesac,  J.  B.,  1909,   1912. 
SemielV.    A.    C,    1906. 
Severns,   E.   C„   1905. 
Shade,  W.  P.,  1912. 
Slim! tile.    C.   D.,    1910. 
Shafer,  Charles,  1905. 
S hater.   C.   H.,    1888. 
Shaffer,  L,.  H„   1913. 
Shaffer,    W.    H.,    1907. 
shallenheriier,    W.    C,    1909. 
Shannon,   P.    H.,    1909,    1909. 
Shannon,  B.   B..   1905. 
Shannon,  T.  A.,  1905. 
Shapinsky,    J.    T„    1909. 
Sharnsan,  P.  J.,  1906. 
Sharp,  B.  B.,   1905. 
Sharp,  J.   W.,   1905. 
Sharp,  Boyal,   W.,    1903. 
Sharp,  B.  W.,   1905. 

Por  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


241 

Sharp,   S.  J.,   1905,   1909. 
Sharpe,   Willnrd,    P.,    1905. 
Shattuck. 

1S73.      D24,   p.    73. 
Shaw,  Clifford   W.,  1911. 
Shaw,  W.  31.,   1905. 

Administration. 

190S.      Com.   to  Co-operate  with  State   Medical   Society. 
1909.      Com.   to   Co-operate   with    State   Medical   Society. 

Clinic. 

1912.     Helpful  Hints  on.  Porcelain  Davis  Crown.     D331,  p.   306. 
Shay,   Amanda,    1912. 
Shay,  Wm.  31.,  1906. 
Shedd,   John    YV.,    1905. 
Shedd,  J.   W.,   1897. 

Clinic. 

1S99.      Gold    Filling.      D221,    p.    107. 
Sheeby,   Wm.  J.,   1906. 
Sheeran,   3i.  J.,   1909. 
Sheet?.,    N.,    1875. 
Sheets,  R.   31.,   1912. 
Shelp,   H.  \V.,   1905. 
Shephard,    A.    J.,    1910. 
Sheppard,  I.  N.,  1905. 
Sherard,  B.  H.,  1912. 
Sherer,    YV.    H.,    1909. 
Sherman,  L.  A.,  1905. 
Sherman,   O.   31.,    1909. 
Sherril,   C.  L..,   1908. 
Sherwood,  C.  H.,  1905. 
Sherwood,    31.    \V.,    1865,    Charter    Member. 

Administration. 

.  1866.     Program.  Com. 
1867.     Treasurer. 

Discussion. 

1S66.      D602,   p.    6.    7;    D61a,    p.    7,    8  ;    D221.    p.    S;    D24,    p.    10;    D3,    p.    10V2- 
D61.   d.    12  :    D602.   d.    14  ;   D24.   p.    IS. 

1S72.      D3,   p.    2S;   D8,    p.    42;   D2,    p.    60;    D07,    p.    72:    DS,    p.    90;    DS.    p.    93. 
Shibley,  Alfred   H.,   1S67,    1S73. 
Shryock. 

1598.  President's  Address,   p.    23. 

Clinics. 

1S94.     Exhibition  of  Gold  Crowns.     D331,   p.    156. 

1599.  Removable    Facing   for    Crown    and    Bridge    Work    and    Applying    the 

Countersunk  Nut  in  Orthodontia.     D33,  p.   105. 
1901.     Seamless  Gold   Crown.     D331,  p.    13S. 
S luil or. I,   T.  E.,   1910. 
Shurtz,   W.    A.,    1906. 
Shurtz,   VV.   A.,    1909. 
Shnttleworth,   Thos.,   190S. 
Sill,  E.  J.,   1909. 

Discussion. 

1891.      D24,    p.    95. 
Silliman,    H.    II..    1890. 

1893.      Obituary,   p.    229. 

Clinic. 

1891.     Specimens  Showing  the  Calcification  of  Teeth  at  Birth.     D14,  p.   ISO. 
Silvas,    Chas.    L.,    1905. 
siK.-riiiin,  <;.  P.,  1907. 
Silvers,   Harry   T.,    1905. 
Simmons,  E.  L.,  1909. 
Simmons,  H.   1...   1905. 
Simmons,   W.   H.,   1899. 
Sims,  S.  C,  1905. 

Administration. 

190S.      Com.   to  Co-operate  with   State  Medical  Society. 
1910.     Com.   to  Co-operate  with   State  Medical   Society. 

Discussion. 

1912.      D07,    p.    198. 
Clinic. 

1909.      Method   of   Making  a    Cast   Gold    Crown._    D331,    p.    240. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


242 

Sims,    Stella,   1905. 
Simpkins,  A.  B.,   1909. 
Simpkins,   A.   B.,   1912. 
Simpson,  P.  H.,  1908. 
Sitherwood,  G.  D.,  1880. 

Administration. 

1882.  Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1887.  Board  of  Examiners. 

1903.  Local    Com. 

1905.  Com.   to  Co-operate  with   State  Medical   Society. 

1906.  Com.   to  Co-operate  with   State  Medical  Society. 

1907.  Com.   to  Co-operate  with   State  Medical   Society. 
1909.  Com.    on   Necrology. 

Papers. 


1894.     Swaged  Aluminum  Plates.     D322,  p.  61  ;  6  Illus.  ;  Disc,  p.  73. 
1901.     Microbiology  and  Office  Clinic.     D6a,   p.   84  ;  Disc,  p.   90. 

Discussions. 

1880.  D24,   D65,  p.    51. 

1881.  D5,  p.   59,   66. 

1882.  D3,  p.   51,  53;  D64,  p.  Ill;  D07,  p.   133;  D65,  p.   181;  D641,  p.   38. 

1883.  D61,  p.  65,  66;  615.7815,  p.  69;  D2,  p.  98. 

1884.  D24,   p.   45. 

1885.  D3,  p.    50;   D2,  p.    106. 

1886.  D22a,  D243,  p.    107,   118;   D06,   p.   135. 

1887.  D4,  p.    42;   D24,  p.   65,   69;   615.5,   p.    78;   D2,  p.   119. 

1888.  D073,   p.    73.;    D2,    p.    138,    146,    150;    D24,    p.    175. 

1889.  D22,   p.    110;    615.775,   p.    122. 

1890.  D07,  p.   S8  ;  D602,  p.  125;  D2,  p.  143;  D2,  p.  166. 

1891.  D22a,  p.  113;  D2,  p.   183. 

1892.  D2,  p.   26  ;  T>22,  p.   51  ;  D22,  p.  65  ;  D21,  p.   137,   143,   144. 

1893.  D243,  p.  55  ;  D64,  p.  68  ;  615.7812  ;  D21,  p.  95,  105. 

1894.  D222,   p.   103;  D4,   p.   122;   D2,   p.   137. 

1895.  D243,   p.    48,   58;  D222,  p.    80;   D8,  p.   105;   D81,  p.   151. 
1S96.  D04,  p.   24;  D331,  p.   33,  35;  D22c,  p.   130;  D64,  p.  133,   134. 

1897.  D24,  D142,  p.  115  ;  D2,  p.  164,  165  ;  D4,  p.  1S4,  186. 

1898.  .    D04,  p.  22. 
1899       D073     D     97 

1900!      D2,    p.    29,    34;    D64,    p.    52;    D2,    p.    84;    D2,    p.    90;    D3,    p.    108. 

1901.  D04,   p.    17;    D21,   p.    132. 

1902.  D06,  p.   34;  D8,  p.   47;  D07,  p.   88;  D2,  p.   175;  D3,  p.   179,   180. 

1904.  D04,   p.    20;   D31,   D232,   p.    Ill;   D221,   p.    153. 

1905.  D223,    p.    154  ;    D89,   p.    190. 

1906.  615.7815,    p.    210,    211. 

1907.  D09,    D06,    p.    210. 

1908.  D06,  p.   78. 

1909.  D073,  p.  40;  D32,  p.   128. 

1910.  D223.   P.    66;    D601.   p.    168. 

1911.  D04,  DS,  p.   85;  D4,  p.    143. 

1912.  D072,  p.   80,  81;  D33,  p.   129;   D8,  p.   148;  D07,  p.   203. 

1913.  D231,  p.   101;  DS9,  p.  162;  D611,  p.  246. 

Clinics. 

1883.     Treatment  of  Chronic  Alveolar  Abscess.     D65,  p.   152. 

1898.  Orthodontia.      D4,   p.    190. 

1899.  Bridge   Work.      D332,   p.    117. 

1902.     Treating  and  Wiring  Loose  Teeth.     D64,  p.   168. 

1904.  Regulating  Bands.     D4,  p.  32. 

1906.     A    Permanent    Mechanical    Fixture    for    Holding    Loose    Teeth.      D64, 
p.  285. 

1910.  Porcelain  Crown.     D331,   p.   266. 

1911.  Gold  Filling.      D221,  p.   287. 

1912.  Making    Amalgam    Dies,    Reproducing    Cavity    for    Gold    or    Porcelain 

Inlays.      D23,    p.    296. 
Skalstad,   Carl   A.,   1904. 
Skidmore,    L..    W.,    1891. 

1906.     Obituary,  p.   353.     Portrait,  p.  355. 

Administration. 

1897.     Executive    Council. 

1905.  Local  Com. 

1906.  Vice-President. 

Papers. 

1897.     Anchoring  Large  Contour  Fillings  in  Incisors.     D221,  p.   134  ;  6  Illus.  ; 

Disc,  p.   137. 
1899.     Report   of   Supervisor    of    Clinics.      D2,    p.    104. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


243 
Skidmore,  Ii.  W. —  Continued. 
Discussion. 

1894.  D222,  p.  96  ;  D04,  p.  25. 

Clinics. 

1895.  Gold   and  Tin  Filling.      D22c,   p.    184. 

1898.      Natural  Teeth  as  Guide  in  Setting  Up  Artificial  Teeth.      D32,   p.   189. 

Clinics. 
Skidmore,  W.   G.,   1901,    Corresponding   Member. 
Paper. 

1904.     Letter  from  W.  G.  Skidmore. 
Skinner,   E.    P.,   1905. 
Skinner,  P.  H.,  1901. 

1901.  D22,    p.    102. 

1902.  D22a,  p.   114;  D2,  p.  175. 

1903.  D602,   p.    69;    615.7815,   p.    75;   D232,   p.    86. 
1909.     D232,   p.    207. 

Clinics. 

1902.  The    Preparation    of    Sensitive    Cavities,     Using    Nitrous     Oxid    with 

Hurd's  Inhaler.     615.7811,   D221,   p.   168. 

1903.  Nitrous  Oxide  Gas.     615.7811,  p.   12,   Supplement. 

1904.  Gold  Inlay.     D231,   p.    27. 

1907.  Gold  Inlay.     D231,  p.  236. 

1909.  Pyorrhea  and  Prophylaxis.     D64,  p.  238. 
SIn.U-.    S.    M.,    1866. 

Discussion. 

1866.      Treatment    of    Deciduous    Teeth.      D602,    p.    13. 
Slagle,    C.    E.,    1905. 
Slonaker,  J.  W.,   1899. 

1905.  Obituary,  p.   281. 

Clinic. 

1901.     Nitrous   Oxid   Gas.      615.7811,  p.    139. 
Sluss,  P.  L,.,  1910. 
Sluss,  F.  L,.,  1912 
Slyfield,   G.   H.,   1887. 

Clinic. 

1891.     Gold   Filling.     D221,   p.    179. 
Smalley,   D.   A..   1910. 
Sniedberg,  E.   <>..   1905. 
Smith,    A.    C,    1901. 
Smith,  A.  C,  1905. 
Smith,    A.    G.,    1896,    1905. 

Administration. 

1897.     Local  Com. 

1911.     Com.   on  Dental  Science  and   Literature. 

Papers. 

1S97.  How  Shall  We  Best  Insert  a  Gold  Filling.     D221,   p.   121  ;   9  Illus. 

1911.  Report  of  Com.  on  Dental  Science  and  Literature.     D073,  p.  43. 
1897.  D04,  p.   19  ;  D4,  p.   185. 

1908.  D231,  p.   161  ;  D232,  p.   161  ;  D221,   p.   161  ;  D222,  p.'  161  ;  D222,  p.   161. 

1910.  D223,  p.  65. 

1911.  D04,   p.    32. 

1912.  D07,  p.   195. 

Clinics. 

1896.  Replacing  a   Missing  Second  Bicuspid.      D332,  p.    125;  Disc,  p.   134. 
1908.      Casting   Gold    Cope    for    Detached    Post    Crowns.      D331,    p.    263. 

Smith,  A.  H.,  1905. 
Smith,  A.  P.,  1905. 
Smith,  B.  A.,  1908. 
Smith,  B.  ML,  1905. 

Clinics. 

1906.  A   System   of   Bridge   Work   That    Has    Never    Been    Patented.      D332, 

p.    290. 
1908.      Method  of  Replacing  Bicuspid  with  a  Bridge  Without  Devitalizing  or 
Using  an  Inlay  in  the  Cuspids.     D332,  p.  267. 

1912.  Casting  Copper  and   Tin  for  Large   Restoration   Instead  of  Amalgam. 

D23,    p.    296. 
Smith,   C.   C,   1872. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


244 


Smith,    C.    C,    1905. 
Smith,  C.  E.,  1905. 

Discussions. 

1878.      D07,   p.    58. 
Smith,  Clias.  F.,  1898. 
Smith,  C.  G.,  1905. 
Smith,  C.  L,.,  1901,  1905. 
Smith,  C.  M„  1908. 

Administration. 

1913.  Local  Com. 

1914.  Public  Service  Com. 
Smith,  C.  S.,  186S,  1887. 

Administration. 

IS 70.  Publication  Com.     Com.  on  Legislation. 

1870.  Secretary. 

1871.  Secretary. 

1872.  Secretary. 

1574.  President. 

1575.  Executive  Com. 

1876.  Executive   Com.      Legislative   Com. 

1878.  Com.    on   Legislation. 

Papers. 

186S.     Treatment  of  Sixth  Year  Molars      D61a,   p.    36. 

1869.  Alveolo-Dental     Periostitis — Its     Causes,     Pathology,     Diagnosis     and 

Therapeutics.      D65,    p.    308  ;   Disc,   p.    319. 

1870.  Arsenious  Acid;  When  and  How  to   I'se  It.     D242,  p.  23;  Disc,  p.  35. 

1871.  Alveolar  Abscess.      D65,   p.    123. 

1873.  The  Elevation  of  the  Dental  Profession.     D07,  p.   160  ;  Disc,  p.  169. 

1574.  President's   Address.      D04,   p.    19. 

1575.  Response  to   Address   of   Welcome.      D04,    p.    19. 
1876.     Cold-ground    Attrition    Flour.      612.3,    p.    81. 

1878.     Is  Dentistry  a  Specialty  of  Medicine?     D07,  p.  88;  Disc,  p.  97.     Cellu- 
loid.    D3"25,  p.  99. 

Discussions. 

186S.  D243,   p.    37. 

1869.  D65   Mo.   Dental   Jnl.,   Vol.    1,   p.    329. 

1870.  D24,  p.  20;  D242,  p.  37;  D221,  p.  75;  DS1,  p.  105. 

1871.  D21b,   3S  ;   D3,  p.  68. 

1873.  Dl,  p.   93,  94;  D61,  p.   110;  D22,  p.   88. 

1875.  D22,  p.  51  ;  D07,  p.  77  ;  D3,  p.  117. 

1876.  D07,   D22,  p.    69. 
1890.  D602,    p.    123. 

Smith,    D.    D. 


Paper. 

1913.     Oral   Prophylaxis.      Its   Place  and   Its   Importance   in  Dental   Practice. 
D25,    p.    165  ;    Disc,    p.    1S3. 
Smith,   Daniel   H.,   1905. 
Smith,  D.  H.,  1912. 
Smith,  E.  H.,  1907. 
Smith,  F.  G.,  1913. 
Smith,   F.   L,.,   1S99. 
Smith,  Geo.  C,  1912. 
Smith,  Geo.  E.,   1897. 
Smith  George  H.,  1906. 
Smith,   Gilman   T„   1865,   Charter   Member,    1885. 

Administration. 

1S66.     Executive  Com. 
1867.     Secretary. 

Discussion. 

1867.  615.781,  p.   25. 
1903.      D34,  p.   52. 

Smith,  G.  V.,  1909. 
Smith,  G.  W.,  1900. 
Smith,   H.  J.,    1867,    1883. 

Administration. 

1868.  Program  Com. 

1869.  Secretary. 
Smith,  H.  O.,  1906. 
Smith,  H.  S.,  1913. 

■  For  index  and  key  to  classification  numhers,  see  pink  appendix. 


245 
Smith,    John    C. 

Clinic. 

1903.      Electric  Furnace  and   Other  Dental  Appliances.     D31,  p.   8,   Sup. 
Smith,  Joanna,  1S75.  > 

Paper. 

1876.     The  Treatment  of  Teeth  Containing  Dead  Pulp.     D24,  p.   98  ;  Disc,  p. 
106. 

Discussions. 

1S76.      D601,  p.  39;  D325,  p.   97;  D24,  p.   106. 
Smith,  J.  D.,  1903,  1906. 
Smith,    J.    H. 

TS92.      Obituary,   p.   194. 
Smith,  J.   P.,  1905. 

Administration.  _ 

1911'.      Clinic  Com. 

1913.      Public  Service  Com. 
Smith,  J.  Walter. 

Smith,  .1.  W.,   1865,   Charter   Member. 
Smith,  J.  W.,   1905.    1912. 
Smith.  M.  E„  1905. 
Smith,  M.  W.,  1905. 
Smith,  N.  J.,  1905. 
Smith,  Norton   V.,   1911. 
Smith,   O.    It..    1901. 
Smith,  Olin  H.,  1881,  1905. 
Smith,    O.    R.,    1905. 

1912.     Obituary,    332. 
Smith,  Potter,  1905. 
Smith,  P.  L..,  1905. 
Smith,   P.   L..,    1909. 
Smith,   P.   T. 

Discussion. 

1873.      D24,  p.  73  ;  D61,  p.  116  ;  D22,  D07,  p.  67. 
Smith,   R.   A.,    1905. 
Smith,   R.   E.,   1907. 
Smith,  T.  H.,  1891. 
Smith,  T.  T.,  1904. 
Smith,   W.   H.,    18S5. 
Smith,    W.    C,    1902. 
Smith,    W.    C,    1905. 
Smith,  YV.  T.,  1871. 
Smyser,   J.   H.,   1S9S. 

Discussion. 

1899.      D04,   p.    15. 
Snell,    Issacher,    1872. 
Snodgrass,    I-;.   G.,    1905. 
Snow,  J.   M.,   1905. 
Snowden,  L,.  R.,  1902. 

Administration. 

1909.  Board    of    Censors. 

1912.  Com.  on  Public  Press. 

1913.  Com.  on  Public  Press. 

Clinics. 

1905.  Some  Things  to  be  Done  with  a  Casting  Machine.     D231,  p.   267. 

1912.  Restoration  of  Dower  First  Molar  with  Amalgam.     D221,  p.  289. 
Snyder,    C    Ii. 

Administration. 

1907.     Program  Com. 

1910.  Board  of  Censors. 

1913.  Com.   on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

Discussion. 

1913.     D231,  p.   94. 

Clinics. 

1906.  Method   of   Anchoring    Bridge   for    Restoration   of   Dower  Incisor  Dost 

Through  Absorption.      D332,  p.   281. 
190S.      Artificial  Enamel.      D223,  p.   260. 
Snyder,   Harry    C,   1906. 
Snyder,   S.   C,   1886. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


246 

Soeder,   F.    A.,    1911. 
Sohm,   A.  H.,   1905. 
Soules,   G.   W.,   1905. 
Southwell,  Chas.  C. 

Papers. 

1895.  Compressed  Air  in  Dentistry.     D31,  p.   81  ;   Disc,  p.   85. 

1910.     The    Compressed    Air    Test    for    Adaptation.      Condensing    Gold.      The 
Powe  Methods.     D221,  p.   248. 

Clinics. 

1910.     Competitive  Gold  Filling  Clinic  in  Bovine  Teeth.     D221,  p.   261.     Gold 
Filling.     D221,  p.  261. 
Sowle,   Chas.  J.,   1901,    1905. 

Administration. 

1903.     Executive  Com. 

1908.      Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

Discussions. 

1902.      D2,    p.    174;    D22b,    130;    D232,    p.    182;    D32a,    p.    59. 

Clinics. 

1902.     Gold  Filling,  Using  Matrix  and  Separate  Rubber.     D   221,  p.   162. 
1905.      Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.   229. 
SpaUing,  C.  W. 

1896.  Obituary,  p.   188. 

Papers. 

Suggestions   Relative   to   the   Cause   of   Rapid   Dental   Decay.      D61,   p. 
155  ;  Disc,  p.   167. 
Inflammation.      617.22,   p.    108  ;   Disc,   p.    115. 

Discussion. 

615.781,    p.    104,    105  ;    D2,    p.    106,    107,    108,    109. 

D24,    D65,    p.    51:     615.775,   p.    62;     D14,    D22,   p.    102;     612.31,    p.    110, 
112,    113. 

D5,  p.  63;  D222,  p.  123,  124,  125,  127;  D07,  p.  131,  136;  612.31,  p.  168, 
169. 

D24,    p.    44. 

D3,  p.  49,  50;  612.8,  p.  61;  D24,  p.  74;  D2,  p.  107. 
Spangler,   H.    P.,    1909. 
Spans,    L,.    P.,    1910. 
Spears,  George   W.,   1903,    1910. 

Speer,  A.  R.,   1905.  , 

Spera,   P.   S.,  1912. 
Sperling,   I.   D.,   1902,    1905. 
Sperry,  J.  W.,  1905. 
Spires,  L,.  E.,  1905. 
Spitz,  O.  I.,  1905. 
Sprague,   T.    H.,    1909. 
Springer  E.  S.,   1911. 
Sprinkle,  J.  31.,  1893. 
Spurrier,    Jennie,    1905. 
Spurrier,  Jennie  S.,  1898. 
Staehle,  P.  J.,  1905. 
Stafford,   P.    H„    1896. 

Clinic. 

1898.     Gutta-Percha  Cusp.      D33,   p.    193. 
Staley,   H.  Reid,   1894. 

Discussion. 

1894.  D322,    p.    75. 

Clinic. 

1895.  Cements  in  Retaining  Gold  and  Amalgam  Fillings.     D22c,  p.   186. 
Staley,    H.    R.,    1913. 

Stander,  W.  A.,  1913. 
Stannard,  J.  B.,  1908. 
Stapleton,  C.  L,.,  1903, 
Stapleton,  C.  L,.,  1911. 
Starbuck,  A.  W. 

Clinics. 

J™£-     Swaging    Cope    for    Davis    Crown.       D331,    p.    229. 

1907.     Porcelain    Inlay.      D232,    p     227 
Starks,  J.  W.,  1873. 
Starr,   S.   P.,   1913. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


1881. 

1885. 

1879. 

1880. 

1881. 

1884. 

1885. 

247 

Steel,  E.  H.,  1905,  1910. 
Steele,  J.  A.,   1905. 
Steele,    Robert,    1906. 
Steele. 

Discussions. 

1893.        D073,    p.    160. 
Steft'ens,  W.   R.,    1909. 
Stein,   Alexander,    1906. 
Stein,    Samuel,    1911. 
Steinbauer,    Charles    F.,    1905. 
Stephens,   A.   G.,   1905. 
Stephens,  C.  E.,  1903. 
Stephens,   Earl,   1907. 
Stephens,   F.   W. 

Discussion. 

1877.      D2,  p.   107. 
Stephens,  J.   M.,   1905. 
Stephens,  J.  W.,  1876,    1905. 
Stephens,   W.   H.,    1912. 
Stephenson,  W.  A.,  1906. 
Sterne,   M.  L..,   1905. 
Stevens,  B.  O. 

Clinic. 

1890.      Root  Filling.      D243,   p.    160. 
Stevens,   B.   L,.,   1903. 
Stevens,  B.  L,.,  1910. 
Stevens,   E.,   1870. 
Stevens,  P.   G.,   1908. 
Stevens,  R.  J.,  1908. 
Stevens,    W.    A.,    1865,    Charter    Member,    1876. 

1907.      Obituary,  p.   239,    303.      Portrait,   p.    302. 

Administration. 

1890.  Treasurer. 

1891.  Treasurer. 

1892.  Treasurer. 

1893.  Treasurer. 

1894.  Treasurer. 

1895.  Treasurer. 

1896.  Treasurer. 

Papers. 

1882.  The  Mechanics  of  Dentistry.  D3,  p.  41  ;  Disc,  p.  49. 
1896.  President's  Address.  D4,  p.  9  ;  Disc,  p.  14. 

Discussions. 


1876.  D24,  p.  107. 

1877.  D2,  p.  106,  107,  113. 

1878.  D07,  p.  60  ;  D22,  p.  60. 
1882.   D3,  p.  49,  51. 

1882.  D641,  p.  40. 

1883.  D61,  p.  66;  D713,  p.  12S. 
1885.  D3,  p.  48. 

615.778,  p.  78,  82,  83. 

D22a,  p.  113,  117. 

D4,  p.  40  ;  615.5,  p.  84  ;  D78,  p. 

D24,  p.  169,  179;  D21,  p.  195. 

D06.  d.  159. 


1886.  UZZsl,    p.  113,  117. 

18S7.  D4,  p.  40;  615.5,  p.  84;  D78,  p.  107;  D2,  p.  117,  123,  125,  126. 

1888.  D24,  p.  ■" 

1889.  D06,  p. 
1890. 
1891. 
1892. 
1893. 
1894. 
1895. 
1897. 
1898. 
1900. 
1901. 
1903. 

Clinics. 

1893.      Gold  Filling.      D221,  p.   167. 
Stevenson,  G.  A.,   1906. 
Stevenson,   Harry   A.,   1902. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


248 
Stewart,   E.    H.,    1S72.    1880. 

Discussion. 

TS77.      Relative    Merits    of    Certain    Materials    for    Teeth.      D22,    p.    50. 

Clinic. 

1905      Post   Inlay   Attachment    for    Anterior    Bridge.      D332,    p.    217. 
Stewart,   F.   A.,   1906.    1909. 
Stewart,  Frank  A.,  1910. 
Stewart,   L,.  K„   1S97. 

Clinics. 

1X99.      Gold  Crowns.     D331,  p.   115. 

1900.      Continuous  Gum   Case.      D324,   p.    171. 

1901       Long   Bites    in   Continuous   Gum    Work.      D324,    p.    138. 

1908.      Gold    Inlay   from   Cement   Model.      D231,   p.    267. 

1911.      Retaining   Appliance   for    Loose    Teeth.      D64,    p.    295. 
Stewart,   M.   E„   1910. 
Stewart,   K.   W.,   1905. 
Stewart,   Paul   E„  1909. 
Stimson,   Henry   S.,   1907. 
Stiver,   D.    S..   1905. 
Stocker,    A.    D„    1908. 

Administration. 

1911.  Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1912.  Librarian. 
Stockton,   L.  L.,   1907. 
Stoddert,    T.    E.,    1906,    1909. 
Stoetzer,  E„   1909. 
Stokes,  H.   C„   1905. 
Stokes,    J.    F„    1905. 
Stone,  A.  J*.,  1905. 

Stone,   E.    C,   1866. 

1911.      Obituary,   p.   330.      Portrait,   p.   329. 

Administration. 

1871.  Librarian.  •  Executive  Com. 

1876.  Executive  Com. 

1877.  Vice-President. 

1879.  Treasurer. 

1880.  Treasurer. 

1881.  Treasurer. 

1882.  Treasurer. 

1883.  President. 

1893.  Executive   Council. 

1895.  Local  Com. 

Paper. 

18S3.      President's   Address.     D04,    p.    28. 
Stordock,   P.  G.,  1906. 

Clinic. 

1913.  Bridge  Abutment.      D332,  p.   259. 
Stott,  H.  W.,  1905. 

Clinics. 

1910.  Gold  Inlav.     D231,   p.   269. 

1911.  Gold  Inlay,   p.    287. 

1912.  Some  Practical  Points  in  Casting  M.  O.  D.  Inlays,  p.  231,  p.  306. 
Stott,   Joseph. 

Clinic. 

1893.     Steel  and  Brass  Die  Plates.     U322,  p.  166. 
Stott,  Joseph,  1909. 
Stout.    R.    L,.,    1913. 
Stover,   F.   G.,    1893. 
Stowell,   C.    F.    B.,    1909. 
Stowell,  W.  <;.,   18S9. 

Discussion. 

1889.      D2,    p.    150. 
Strange,   Algry  F.,  1902,   1905. 
Strange,  E.  B.,  1906. 

Clinic. 

Cms.     Demonstrated  Use  of  Ideal  Base  Plate  and  a  Correct  Method  of  Taking 
the    Bite. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


249 

Stiiruiss,  S.  M.,  1S69. 

1SS0.     Obituary,  p.   17:'.. 

Administration. 

1S73.      Treasurer. 
1874.      Treasurer. 

1878.  Vice-President. 
IS  79.     President. 

1882.  Executive   Com. 

Paper. 

1879.  President's   Address.      D04.    p.    16. 

Discussions. 

1870.  D22,    p.    47;   D22,   p.    57;    DS1.   p.    S9  ;    D3.   p.    9S. 

1871.  D61.  p.   30;   D221a,   p:    64;   D3.   p.    71;   D65,   p.    126. 

1872.  D3,   p.    29  ;   D07,   p.    71. 

1874.  D07,  p.   35;  D22,  p.   86. 

1875.  D22,    p.    38;    D22.   p.    53;   D3,    p.    124. 

1876.  D22,   p.    74;   D601,  p.    37. 

1877.  D04,  p.    27,    30;   D22,   p.    52;    612.31,   p.    63;   D2,    i>.    111. 

1878.  D04,    p.    24  ;    D07,    p.    56. 

1879.  D07,   p.   85. 

1880.  612.8,    p.    35;    D24,   p.    49;    D65,   p.    49;    615.313,    p.    64;    D22,   p.    74. 
.     1882.      D3,  p.   49  ;   D4,  p.    16S. 

1883.  613,  p.   56  ;  D07,  p.   95. 
1SS5.      D073,   p.    141. 

1S86.      D04,   p.    65. 

1887.      D24,   p.   62. 
Strauss.    O.   A.,   1908. 
Street,   C.   A.,   1909. 
Strong,  L.  W.,  1905. 

Administration. 

1911.     Com.   on   Publication. 
Stryeker,  F.,  1872. 
Stryker,  F„   1905. 
Stryker,  H.   M.,   1901.    1906,    1912. 
Study,   C.   A.,   1905. 

Stutenroth,    C.    W.,    1881,    1SS4,    Correspondinsr    Member. 
Sudduth,   Will    X.,   1881. 

Papers. 

1853.  Dento-Embrvonal  Histology.      D16.  p.   70;   Disc,   p.    77. 

1854.  Dento-Embryonal  Histology.     D16.  p.   110;  12  Illus.  ;  Disc,  p.  127. 

Discussions. 

1S88.      D24,  D65,  p.  45;  D16.  p.   77. 
Sullivan,  W.  X.,  1910. 
Summerfield,   O.    E.,   1905. 
Summers,  C.  A.,  1910. 
Sundberg-,  Isaac,  1909. 
Sunderland,   D.    I-:..   1883. 
Sunderland,  J.   H.,    1908. 
Sunder  ma  a.    W.    E.,    1912. 
Swain,    E.    D.,    1867. 

1904.      Obituary,   p.    233.      Portrait,   p.    236. 

Administration. 

1872.  Executive  Com. 

1875.  Vice-President. 

1876.  President. 

1877.  Secretary. 

1878.  Secretary. 

1880.  Publication  Com. 

1881.  Publication    Com. 

1882.  Publication  Com. 

Com.   on  Legislation. 

1883.  Board  of  Examiners. 

Com.   on  Publication. 

1884.  Com.  on  Publication. 
1886.  Board  of  Examiners. 
1890.  Board  of  Examiners. 
1893.  Board  of  Examiners. 
IS 95.     Board  of  Examiners. 

1896.  Treasurer. 

Board  of  Examiners. 

1897.  Treasurer. 

1898.  Treasurer. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


250 


Swain,  E.  D. —  Continued. 


1899.     Treasurer. 

1904.     Com.   on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

Papers. 

1868.     Treatment  of  Sixth  Year  Molars.     D61a,  p.  36. 

1872.  Mechanical   Dentistry.      D3,   p.    18  ;   Disc,   p.   27. 

1873.  Pivot  Teeth.     D331,   p.    118  ;   Disc,   p.    127. 

1875.  How  Far  Are  We  Justified  in  Anticipating  Proximate  Decay?     D22,  p. 

31  ;  Disc,  p.   37. 

1876.  President's  Address.     D04,  p.  23. 

1877.  The  Tooth  Pulp  and  Its  Treatment.     D24,   p.   66;   Disc,  p.   86. 
1879.     Mechanical   Dentistry.      D3,   p.    70  ;   Disc,   p.    74. 

1882.     Dental   Education.      D07.   p.    120  ;    Disc,    p.    128. 

1889.     "Our    Semi-Centennial — The    N^;t   Twenty-Five    Years    of   the    Illinois 

State   Dental    Society,    The   Experience   of   the    Past   a   Prophecy   of 

the  Future.      D06,  p.   162. 

Discussions. 

1871.  D61,  p.  30;  D3,  p.  67,   71. 

1872.  D3,  p.    27,   29,    33. 
i  q  7  q       T~)i      -Q     93 

1874.'  D07,   p.   34;  D22,   p.    48,    50;   D61,   p.    71. 

1875.  D22,  p.   48;  D3,  p.   117,   125. 

1876.  D325,   p.    96. 

1877.  D3,  p.   43  ;  D24,  p.   96. 

1C70         nf!7      t->      A.Z  ■    r>9d      n      KA 


1886.  D61,    p.    148. 

1888.  D2,    p.    139;    D3,    p.    180. 

1889.  D2,  p.  146. 

1892.  D22,  p.   80;  D4,  p.   93;  D21a,  p.   112;  D21,  p.   139. 

1894.  D222,  p.   82,   83,   86,   87. 

1895.  D222,   p.    76. 

1896.  D04,  p.   26. 

Clinics. 

1888.      Gold  Filling.      D221,  p.    132. 

1890.  Arrangement   of   Teeth   of   Artificial   Denture.      D32,    p.    162. 
Swain,  E.   G.,  1906. 

Swain,  P.  M.,  1901. 
Swain,  O.  D.,  1905. 
Swain,  O.  D.,  1912. 
Swartz,   F.    H.,    1905. 

Clinics. 

1909.  Gold  Inlay.      D231,   p.    240. 

1910.  Gold  Filling.      D221,   p.   264. 
Swartz,   M.   W.,   1892. 

Swasey,  J.  A.,  1882. 

1897.  Obituary,   p.    271. 

Administration. 

1885.     Com.   on  Dental  Art  and  Mechanism. 
Papers. 

1885.      Report  of  Com.  on  Dental  Art  and  Invention.      D21,  p.   143. 

1887.  Report  of  Com.  on  Dental  Art  and  Invention.     D21,  p.   152. 

Discussions. 

1882.      D65,   p.    181. 

1888.  D21,  p.  200. 
Swatek,    E.   P.,    1909. 
Sweeney,  J.   P.,   1909. 
Sweetland,  P.  A.,  1904. 
Swierczek,  A.,  1905. 
Swift,  Ralph,  1912. 
Swinehart,  P.  M„  1909. 
Switzer,  A.  P.,   1905. 

Sylvester,    A.    H.,     18S8,     Corresponding    Member. 


Por  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


251 

Taeker,  H.  R.,   1912. 

Taft,   D.   E.,   1905,    1912. 

Taft,  J.,  1874,  Honorary  Member. 

Paper. 

1S93.  History  of  the  Progress  of  Dentistry  in  the  West.  D09,  p.  112;  Disc, 
p.    119. 

Discussions. 

1S74.      612.31,  p.  58. 

1881.  D5,  p.   61;   D222,  p.   125;   DOT,   p.   135;   D24,   p.   77,   78. 

1882.  D07,  p.   128  ;  D61,  p.    160,   161. 
1884.      617.22,  p.  89;    D07,  p.  101. 

Tassart,  W.  H.,  1880. 

Administration. 

1884.  Assistant  Secretary. 

1885.  Com.  on  Dental  Art  and  Invention. 

1886.  Executive  Com. 
1S91.  Executive  Council. 
1892.  President. 

1906.  Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

Papers. 

1S84.     Chemistry.      D3S,    p.    146  ;    Disc,    p.    153. 
1892.     President's  Address.     D04,  p.   9  ;   Disc,   p.   11. 

1894.  Advantages,   Disadvantages   and   Peculiarities   of  Inlays.      D23,   p.   60  ; 

Disc,  p.  78. 
1911.     The  Scientific  Casting  of  Gold.     D231,  p.  151;  Disc,  p.   163. 

Discussions. 

1885.  D2,  p.   96,   103. 

1888.  D24,   p.   177;   D21,   p.    198,    199. 

1889.  615.775,   p.    122. 

1892.  D2,    p.    22  ;    D21,    p.    145. 

1893.  D33,    p.    78. 

1895.  D31,   p.   85;   D33,   p.    165,   166. 

1896.  D331,   p.   34,    35;   D21,   p.   128. 

1897.  D221,   D22a,   p.    143. 

1900.  D331,    p.    62. 

1903.  D232,  p.   80. 

1904.  D232,  D31,  p.   112,  114. 

1905.  D332,  p.   205. 

1906.  D232,    p.    246,    24"9. 

1908.  D073,  p.  38;  D22,  p.  170;  D232,  p.  170;  D221,  p.  170;  D222,  p.  170; 
D224,  D223,  p.  170. 

Clinics. 

1891.  Exhibition  of  Two  Cases  of  Bridge  Work.  D332,  p.  178,  179.  Dem- 
onstration of  a  Method  of  Facing  Emery  Paper  on  Wheels  and 
Files.     D31,  p.  180. 

1894.  Crown  and  Bridge  Work.     D33,  p.  154. 

1895.  Porcelain  Bridge  Work  and  Exhibition  of  an  Electric  Furnace.     D332, 

p.  185. 
1S96.     An    Accurate    Process    for    Fitting    Bands    to    Badly    Decayed    Roots. 
D331,  p.  123. 

1897.  Application  of  Rubber  Dam.     D21b,  p.   202. 
1899.     A   Process  for  Drying  Root  Canals.      D243,   p.    115. 

1901.  Something  About  Inlays.     D23,   p.    135. 
1904.     Matrix   Burnishing.      D231,   p.    28. 

1907.  Cast  Gold  Inlay.     D231,  p.  234. 
Talbot,  E.   S.,   1875. 

Administration. 

1882.  Executive  Com. 

1883.  Treasurer. 

1898.  Com.   on  Dental  Art  and   Invention. 

Paper. 

1876.     Dental   College   Education.      D07,   p.    83;   Disc,   p.    89. 
1881.     The  Chemistry  and  Physiological  Action  of  Mercurv  as  Used  in  Amal- 
gam Fillings.     D222,  p.   112  ;  Disc,  p.   123. 

Discussions. 

1875.  D3,  p.   121,   125. 

1876.  D07,  p.   49;   D325,  p.    97,   98. 

1877.  D3,   p.    39  ;    D22,    p.    49  ;    D24,    p.    87. 

1878.  D67,  p.  42  ;  D22,  p.  66  ;  D21,  p.  82. 

1879.  615.716,  p.  40  ;  D07,  p.  46  ;  D24,  p.  59  ;  D2,  p.  77  ;  D07,  p.  88. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


2fS2 

Talbot,  E.  S. —  Continued. 

1550.  612. S,  p.  33,  3S;  D24,  p.  4S,  49;    615.775,  p.  62,  63;  D22,  D14,  p.  100,  103. 

1551.  D24,   D65.  p.   46;   D22,   p.   150,   152. 

1S82.      D13,  p.   41:   D331,  p.   62;   D64,  p.   112;   D4,  p.   167. 

1553.  D641,   p.    38,    40;   D01,    p.    65. 

1554.  D38,    p.    153. 

1886.  615.778,   p.    7S  ;    D073,    p.    166,    167. 

1887.  D4,    p.    34. 
1904.      D331,   p.    126. 

Tawney,    P.   L,.,   1913. 
Taylor,  C.  R.,  1880. 

1906.  Obituarv,   n.    354.      Portrait,    p.    356. 

1907.  Obituary,   p.    239,    2  97. 

Administration. 

1884.  Executive  Com. 

1S91.  Board  of  Examiners. 

1895.  Clinic  Com. 

1896.  Vice-President. 

1897.  President. 

1901.  Executive  Com. 

Papers. 

18S2.      Quinine — Its    Uses    in    Dentistry.      615.75,    p.    169  ;    Disc,    p.    181. 

1SS6.  Preparation  of  Pulp  Canals,  and  of  Cavities  for  Filling.  D243,  D22a, 
p.    90  ;   Disc,   p.    9  7. 

1895.  The  Human  Tongue.  612.31,  p.  63;  Disc,  p.  68.  Report  of  Super- 
visor   of   Clinics.      D2,    p.    182  ;    Disc,    p.    1S6. 

1S97.     President's    Address.      D04,    p.    9  :    Disc,    p.    16. 

1902.  Good   Fellowship.      D06,    p.    27  ;    Disc'   p.    32. 

1906.  The  Duties  and  Obligations  of  the  Members  of  State  Boards  of  Dental 
Examine'rs.     DS2,  p.  127;  Disc,  p.  132. 


Discussions. 

18S0.      D24,  D65,  p.  52;    615.775,  p.  64. 

1881.      D5.    p.    59.    66;    D141.    p.    110,    111;    D22,    p.    151, 


D5,    p.    59,    lie  :    1)141.    p.    HO.    Ill;    D22,    p.    151,    152. 
D13,.  p.    40;    D3,    p.    53;    D65,    p.    182. 
D641,  p.    37,    39,   40;   Dill,   p  64;    1)2,   98,    99. 

D3,   p.    49;    612.8,   p.    62;    D2,   p.    107:   615  5,   p.    128;   D073.    p.    141. 
615.778,   p.   80,   S5;   D243,   D22a,   p.    118;   D61,   p.   143,   144,    14S;   D24,   p. 
159;    D073.    p.    170. 

1SSS.      D4.   p.    98;    D2,   p.    115;    D222,   p.    134;    D2,   p.    134,    136,    142,    150;    D3, 
p.    1S3. 
0072.   n.    79:   T)07.    n.    96-    1)61     r>     IRS-   F>fi1     n     fKS 


1SS2 
1SS3. 
1SS5. 
1SS6. 


D073, 


132 


Clinics. 

1900.     Casts    Showing    the    Mai-Formation    and    Occlusion    in    Consequence 
of   Premature   Extraction   of  the  Deciduous    Molars.      D4.   p.    174. 

1904.      Treating  Sensitive  Teeth.      D64,   p.   32. 
Taylor,   E.   E„   1908. 
Taylor,   D.   W.,   19 OS. 
Taylor,   G.   E.,  1905. 
Taylor,   John    A.,    1910. 
Taylor,  J.  B.,  1905. 
Taylor,   J.    T.,    1905. 
Taylor,  Walter  C,   1906. 
Teasdale,   E.   R„    1913. 
Teeliugr,  M.  A.,  1910. 
Tees,    Ambler. 

Paper. 

1SS3.     Atmospheric    Pressure    in    Its    Relation    to    Artificial    Dentures.      D32, 
p.    136  ;    Disc,   p.    140. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


253 

Teinmeiiiau,  F.  It..  1899. 
Templeton,  C.  A.,  1909. 
I 'empl  Hon,  .1.  G. 

Taper. 

1897.      Practical   Things   in    Dental   Practice.      D2,   p.    154;   Disc.   p.    IG2. 

Discussions. 
1881.      D5,   p.    58;    D222,   p.    124,    125;   D22,    p.    153.    154. 
1886.      615.778.  p.    84;   D6a,   p.   204. 

1891.      D242.   p.    98;   D22a,  p.    113;   D61,   p.    140;   D24,    p.    140. 
1897.      D64,    p.    47;    D22a,   p.    S8  ;    D142,    p.    113;    D24,    p.    113. 
Tenney,  L,.  S.,  1901. 

Administration. 

1903.  Com.     on     Dental     Art     and     Invention. 

Paper. 
1908.      Cohesive  Gold.      D221,   p.    155  ;   Disc,   p.'  160. 
Discussions. 

1902.      D243,    p.    54;    D22b,    p.    120;    D221,    p.    120. 

Clinic. 

1902.  Gold  and  Platinum  Restoration,  Using-  Engine  Mallet.     D221,  p.   164. 
Terry,  C.  S.,  1905. 

Teskey,   E.   L,.,  1905. 
Tharp,   H.   J.,    1909. 

Administration- 

1914.     Com.  on  Necrology. 
Discussion. 

1912.      D072,  p.   275. 

Clinic. 

1912.      Post   for   Lateral   Incisor    Porcelain    Crown.      D331,    p.    295. 
Thayer,   C.  A.,   1S72. 
Thayer,    C.    H.,    1885. 
Thexton,   Richard    E.,    1906. 
Thill,  H.  R.,  1905. 
Thomas,  C.   C,  1905. 
Thomas,  C.  R.,   1911. 
Thomas,   E.   S.,   1905. 
Thomas,  Geo.  A.,  1897,   1905. 

Clinics. 

1897.  Continuous   Gum    Denture.      D324,    p.    205. 

1898.  Platinum    Band    Fitted    for    Porcelain    Crown,    Using    Pure    Gold    for 

Solder      D331,   p.    188. 
1S99.      Continuous   Gum.      D324,   p.    123. 
Thomas,   L.   E„   1905,    190S,    1912. 
Thomas,  W.  A.,  1905. 
Thomas,  Wm.  E.,   1911. 
Thompson,   Alton   H. 

Paper. 

1891.     The  Architecture   of   the  Upper   First   Molar.      D12.    p.    160. 
Thompson,   (has.   B.,    1906. 
Thompson,  C.  ST.,  1894. 

Administration. 

1907.     Clinic  Com. 

1911.     Executive    Council. 

Papers. 

1904.  Cavity  Preparation  for  Inlays.     D23,  p.   64  ;   22  Illus.  ;  Disc,  p.   7S. 
1907.      Report    of    Supervisor    of    Clinics.      D2,    p.    225. 

1910.     Experiences  with  Cast  Metal.     D231,  p.   213;   Disc,  p.   221. 

Discussions. 

1904.      D232.  D31,  p.   106;   D221,  p.   153;  D232,  p.    253;   D3,  p.   112. 

Clinics. 
1S94.      Porcelain   Crown.      D331,   p.    156. 
1900.     Porcelain   Inlav.      D232,   p.    172. 

1903.  Gold   Inlays.      D231,   p.    1,   Supplement. 

1904.  Gold  Inlays.      D231,   p.    32. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


254 

Thompson,  E.  C,  1905. 

Thompson,  Edna  M.,  1905. 

Thompson,  Florence  E.,  1896,  1905. 

Thompson,   G.   H.,    1905,    1907,    1912. 

Thompson,  G.  P.,  1909. 

Thompson,  G.  W.,   1894. 

Thompson,  J.  C,  1909. 

Thompson,  J.  F.,  1865,   Charter  Member,    1872,   1883. 

Thompson,  YVm.,   1909. 

Thorelius,   P,  W.,   1905. 

Thorp,  H.  J.,   1909. 

Thrush,   W.    A.,    1913. 

Thurston,  F.  A.,   1909. 

Tibbetts,   Chas.  J.,   1882. 

Tichy,  Joseph,   1904. 

Clinics. 

1886.     Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

Paper. 
18S3.     Compound    Fracture   of   the   Inferior   Maxillary.      D713,    p.    125  ;    Disc, 

p.    127. 

Discussions. 

1883.      D641,   p.   40. 

1889.      D22,   p.    110. 

1896.  D78,  p.  87. 
Tibbetts,  Z.  H.,  1908. 
Tibbits,   G.   F.,   1909. 

Administration. 

1909.  Treatment    of    Putrescent    Pulp    Canal    with    Sodium    and    Potassium. 

D243,   p.    242. 
1911.     Treatment    of    Putrescent    Pulp    Canal    with    Sodium    and    Pottasium. 

D243,   p.    288. 
I  ic m it  mi.  L.  W.,   1912. 
Tilden,  M.   C,  1906. 

Administration. 

1913.      Board  of  Censors. 

Clinic. 

1910.  Cement    Model    from    Which    a    Cast    Base    for    Replaceable    Porcelain 

Crown  is  Obtained.      D331,   p.    269. 
Tillotson,  C.  H.,  1905. 

Administration. 

1908.     Com.  of  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1910.  Board  of  Censors. 

Timerman,  E.  C,  1886,  1896,  Non-resident  member. 
Timmis,  J.  F.,  1908. 
Tobey,  R.  E.,  1910. 
Tobey,  W.  W.,  1889. 

Clinic. 

1895.     Two    Gold    Fillings.      D221,    p.    185. 
Todd,  R.  H.,  1911. 
Tomes,  Chas.  S.,  1888. 
Tomlin,  F.  B.,  1900,   1906,   1911. 
Tompkins,  E.  G.,  1905. 
Tormey,  Jas.,  1910. 
Torrence,  L.  B.,  1905. 

Administration. 

1911.  Com.    on    Necrology. 

1912.  Executive  Council. 

Discussions. 

1906.  D06,   p.   123;  D072,  p.   230. 

1907.  D231,   D221,   p.    95;    D24,    D63,   p.    160. 

1911.  D04,   D8,   p.    80. 

1912.  D04,   p.    17. 

Clinics. 

1906.     A   Simple   Method   of  Jumping  the   Bite   of   One   or   More   Teeth.      D4, 
p.   293. 

1911.     Combination  of  Compressed  Air  and  Water  System.     D32,  p.   306. 
Torrey,  W.  G.,  1905. 
Towar,  H.  S.,  1872. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


255 
rowar,  H.  S. —  Continued. 
Discussions. 

1910.  D231,   p.   223. 

1911.  D231,   p.   244. 

Clinics. 

1909.  Obtaining  Wax   Model    for    Casting  Gold   Cope   Where   Root   is   Badly 

Broken  Down.     D33,  p.  234. 

1910.  Method    of    Cavity    Preparation    for    Abraded    or    Fractured    Anterior 

Teeth. 

1911.  A  Cast  Splint  for  Lower  Loosened  Anterior  Teeth.     D64,   p.   305. 

1912.  Gold  Inlays  with  Model.     D231.  p.  293. 


For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


256 

Townsend,  H.  H.,  1871. 

1S95.     Obituary,    p.    23S.      Portrait,    p.    238. 

Administration. 

1875.      Executive   Com. 

1882.  Librarian. 

1883.  Librarian. 

1884.  Vice-President. 

1885.  President. 

Papers. 

1874.  Thoroughness   and    Honesty    in   Dental    Operations.      DS,    p.    40  ;    Disc, 

p.    46. 

1551.  Treatment   of  Teetli   with   Dead   or   Dying  Pulps  ;    Also,    Treatment   of 

Alveolar  Abscess.      D24,   D65,  p.    28;   Disc.   p.    41. 

1555.  President's  Address.      D04,   p.   27. 

Discussions. 

1S74.      D07,  p.    33:   D22.   p.    91,    92. 

1875.  D22,   p.   40  :   D22.   p.   5::. 

1S76.      D07,  p.   50;  D3,  p.   41;    D24,  p.   NO;  D2.  p.   105.   10S. 

187S.      D07,   p.    41,   42;   D22.   p.    61. 

1879.      D24,  p.  64  ;  D2-,  p.  77. 

1SS0.      612.8,  p.   40;   D22,  p.   76;   D22,  D14,  p.   101. 

1881.      D22,  p.    150.   151. 

1552.  D2.   p.   79. 
1883.      D641,  p.    40. 

1885.      D24,  p.  73;    617.22,  p.  117. 

1556.  615.778.  p.   82:   D243.  D22a.  p.   116;  D61,  p.   144. 
1887.      D24,  p.   59  ;  D2,  p.  12S. 

1SSS.      D24,  p.   172,   177. 

1593.  D21,  p.   103:  615.7812,  p.   103;   D0J2,  p.   147. 

1594.  D222,   p.    104;   D2,   p.    132,    137. 
Tracy.   F.    XV.,    1909. 

Traser,   F.   A.,    1913. 
Treat.    G.    B..    1909. 

1910.      Obituary,  p.   4  9. 
Trent,   H.   G„    1904. 

Clinic. 

1913.     Porcelain  Inlay. 
Trickey.  F.   S..   1901.    1905. 
Trinkliaus,  J.   L,.,   1905,    1913. 
Tristram,   G.   T.,    1908. 
Trompen,    C.    \\,    1892,    1909. 
Trude,  M.  W.,  1905. 
Truesdalc,    D.    >I.,    1905. 
Triiesilell,   W.   H.,    1ST, 7. 
Truesdell,    T.    N.,    1S65.    Charter    Member. 

Administration. 

1866.      Librarian. 
Truitt.   T.   W.,    1910. 
Tscliudy,    T.     H.,     190S. 
Tucker,  W.  E.,  1900. 
Tull,  R.   E..   1906. 
Tuller,    R.   B.,    1S92,    1904.    1905. 

Discussions. 

1903.      D232,   p.   86. 

Clinic. 

1902.     Instrument  for   Compression   of  Cocain.     D242,   p.    169. 
Tuminell,    A.    M..    1905. 
Tunison,  B.  M.,  1905. 
Turman,   W.   R.,    1906,    1909. 
Turner,  G.  W.,  1909. 
Turner,   J.    G.,    1904. 

Clinic. 

190S.     Demonstrating    Manipulation    in    Cavity    Filling   of   Artificial    Enamel. 
D223,  p.  269. 
Turner,   T.   E.,   1912. 
Tvreedle,  W.  II.,  1905. 
Tym,   W.    B.,    1907. 

Administration. 

1913.     Clinic  Com/ 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


257 


TTglow,   S.  J.,  1905. 
invested,  O.  M.,  1905. 
Underwood,    C.    J.,    1905. 
Upp,  Chas.  W.,  1906. 
Uppendahl,    F.    K.,    1910. 
Upson,   G.    D.,    1905. 
Upson,  I.  F.,  1905. 
Urban,   Charles   C,   1905. 
Urbanck,    Joseph,    1912. 


For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


258 

Vaile,   Edw.    L.,    1906. 
Van  Alstine,  E.,   1906. 
Van  Buskirk,  E.  J.,  1909. 
Van   Derwoort,   B.   M.,    1902. 

Clinic. 

190S.     Gold    Crown    With    Porcelain    Cusp.      D331,    p.    263. 
Van  Deusen,  H.   31.,   1905,   190S. 
Van   Horn,  31.  D.,   1908. 

Administration. 

1914.     Com.    to    Co-operate    With    State    Medical    Society. 
Van   Home,   A.,    1904. 

Van    3Iarter,    J.    G.,    18SS,    Corresponding-    Member. 
Vann.  Geo.  H.,  1911. 
Van   Ornam,   J.   C,    1905,    1912. 
Van   Sant,  A.   C,   1S65,    Charter   Member. 

Administration. 

1S65.     Chairman    Meeting    of    Organization. 
1866.     President. 
Van    Scoyoc,   W.    31.,    1903. 

Clinic. 

1905.     Vulcanizable    Gutta    Percha.      D321,    p.    227. 
Van  Tuyl,  H.  I.,  1905. 

Clinic. 

1912.     Compound    Comminuted   Multiple   Fracture   of  Lower   Jaw.      D713, 
p.    290. 
Van   Wormer,   G.    S.,    1906. 
Vaughaii,   H.    A.,    1902. 

Administration. 

1911.     Com.  to  Co-operate  With  State  Medical  Society. 
Vaughn,  R.  B.,  1913. 
Vedder,  N.  D.,   1905. 
Vedder.    R.    S„    1905. 
Verbeck,   S.  H.,   1881. 

1885.     Obituary,    p.    26. 
Vercoe,  Ernest,  1911. 
Vernon,   T.   G.,    1909. 
Vernon,  Jas.  B. 

Clinic. 

1901.      Gold.      D221,    p.    140. 
Vernor,    R.    E.,    1905. 
Visneron,    E.,    1899. 
Vinie,    Ervin,    1909. 
Vinje,   O.,    1911. 
Vita,    V.   J.,    1907. 
Volland,    R.    H. 

Clinic. 

1905.     Tooth   Carving   and    Cavity   Preparation.      D22a,    p.    218. 
\oso,  Lewis  P.,  1905. 
Vsumpaur,  John  A.,  1906. 


For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


259 

Waack,    H.    C,    1905. 
Wacbter,    C.    H„    1905. 
Waddell,    J.    C,    1905. 

Administration. 

1910.     Com.  on  Dental  Art  and  Invention. 

Paper. 

1910.  Report  of  Com.  on  Dental  Art  and  Invention.     D21,  p.  41. 
Wade,  Thos.  B.,   1903. 

Wadsworth,  H.   P.,   1905. 
Wagner,   J.   L,.,    1905. 
Wagner,   R.   H.,    1905. 
Waid,   A.   J.,    1889. 

Papers. 

1S73.     Unusual  Cases  in  Practice.     Caries.     D61,  p.  193. 

Unusual   Cases   in   Practice :      Upper    Cuspids    Only    Permanent   Teeth 

Erunted.     D13.  p.  193. 
Unusual  Cases  in  Practice.     Two  Cases  of  Tumor  of  Lower  Maxilla. 

D78,  p.  193. 

Discussion. 

1S73.      D24,  p.   76;  D602,  p.  126. 
AVait,    G.   F.,    1904. 
Wait,    31.    L,.,    1905,    1909. 
Walbergr,   B.,   1905. 
Wales,   31.   G.,   1907. 
Walker,   E.   A.,    1905,    1910. 
Walker,  E.   E.,   1912. 
Walker,    G.    F.,    1910. 
Walker,  H.  A.,   1905,    1909. 
Walker,  J.,  1888,  Corresponding-  Member. 
Wall,  Edward,  1905. 
Wall,   Wm.,    1911. 
Wallace,  F.  H.,   1905. 
Wallace,  J.  F. 

Clinic. 

1906.  Gold  Filling.     D221,  p.  275. 
Wallace,  T.  B.   S.,   1905. 
Wallace,  W.   S.,   1905. 

Clinic. 

1907.  Gold   Inlay  for  Fractured  Incisor.     D231,   p.   229. 
Wallis,  Robert,  1906. 

Walser,    C.    R.,    1905. 

Walsh,  William  H.,  1905,   1907. 

Walter,  P.  E.,  1907. 

Waltz,   A.    S. 

Administration. 

1880.  Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1883.  Executive  Com. 

1890.  Com.   on   Infraction   of   Code   of  Ethics. 

1892.  Executive   Council. 

1895.  Executive   Council. 

1898.  Executive   Council. 

1899.  Vice-president. 

1902.  Com.   on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1909.  Executive   Council. 

Clinics. 

1SS9.      Gold  Filling.      D221,  p.   144. 

1896.  Tin  and  Gold  Filling.     D22c,   p.   126. 
190S.     Correct   Root  Filling.      D243,   p.   264. 

Use  of  Pinless  Crowns  in  Place  of  Ordinary  Plate  Teeth.     D32,  p. 
264. 

1911.  Root  Filling;   Gold   and   Tin  Foil   Points   with   Eucapercha  Lubri- 
cant.    D242,   p.   307. 

Waltz,  G.  W.,  1883. 
Waltz,  J.  F.  F.,   1902. 

Administration. 

1910.  Secretary. 

1911.  Secretary. 

1912.  Secretary. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  nnmbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


260 
Waltz,  J.  F.  F. —  Continued. 

1913.  President. 

1914.  Public  Service  Com. 

Papers. 

1906      Concerning  the  Porcelain  Inlay.     D232,   p.    234;  Disc.  p.   246. 

190S'     On    the   Abuse   and   Indications   of    Porcelain   as    Filling-   Material. 

D232,  p.  151;  Disc.  p.  160. 
1909      Report  of  the   Post  Graduate   Com.   upon   Gold   and   Porcelain   In- 

lavs.     D24,  p.   87;  Disc.  p.   98. 
1913.     President's  Address.     D04,   p.   9;  Disc.  p.   25. 

Discussion. 

1909.  D232,    p.    209. 
Wambold,  Chas..   1901. 
Ward,  M.  L,.,   1907. 
Ward,   R.   T.,   1905. 
■Ware,  H.  A.,  1899. 
Wardner,  (i.  H.,  1905. 
Warner,   Claude   B.,    1899,    1907. 

Administration. 

1908.     Board   of  Censors. 

1910.  Com.   on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1911.  Com.  on  Public  Dental  Education. 
Com.   on  Public  Press. 

1912.  Public   Service   Com. 
Com.   on   Public   Press. 

1913.  Com.   on   Public   Press. 

1914.  Com.   on  Dental  Science  and  Literature. 

Papers. 

1910.  The  Press  as  an  Aid  in  Extending  the  Dental  Field.     D072,  p.  201. 

1911.  Report  of  the  Public   Press  Com. 

1912.  Report  of  the  Com.  on  the  Public  Press. 


Discussions. 

1905. 

615.  p.  169. 

1911. 

D04.  p.  30. 

1912. 

D072.  p.  80;  D07, 

p. 

200. 

1913. 

D04,  p.  30. 

Clinics. 

1903.     Pressure   Anaesthesia.     D242,   p.    10.     Supplement. 

1906.     Plastic   Impression   Rubber.      D321,    p.    292. 

1908.     The  Asbestos   Disk   as   Pulp   Protection.      D24,   p.    270. 
Warner,  C.  E.,  1911. 

1912.     Obituary,   p.   32S. 
Warner,    C.    H.,    1909. 
Warner,  E.  R.,  18S2. 

Administration. 

1893.  Com.    on   Infraction   of  Code   of   Ethics. 

1894.  Com.   on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 
Warnock,   J.    C,    1905. 

Warren,   G.  E.,   1895. 

Administration. 

1903.     Com.   on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1905.  Executive   Council. 
Warner,  E.  R.,   1899. 

Clinic. 

1899.     Pressure   Anaesthesia.      D242,    p.    107. 
Warren,   G.   E.,   1895. 

1911.     Obituary,   p.    328. 

Discussions. 

1902.     D3,  p.  179. 

1906.  D602,   p.   62;   D89,   p.   198. 

Clinic. 

1895.  Gold  and  Platinum  Filling.     D221,   p.   1S5. 
Wassail,  J.  W„  1882. 

1910.     Obituary,    p.    49. 

Administration. 

18S4.     Secretary. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


261 
Wassail,  J.  W. —  Continued. 

1885.  Secretary. 

1886.  Secretary. 

1887.  Secretary. 
1889.  Executive   Com. 

Com.  on  Publication. 

Paper. 

1897.     Pyorrhea  Alveolaris.     D64,   p.   31;   Disc.   p.   36. 
Discussions. 

1886.  D073,   p.   168;   D6a,  p.  189. 

1S88.  D073,   p.   73;  D2,   p.   110,   115;  D24,  p.  169;   D21,   p.   199. 

1889.  D2,    p.    145. 

1890.  D073,  p.  71;  D332,  p.  145. 

1891.  D21,  p.   62,   64. 

1895.  D33,   p.   167;   D243,  p.   169. 

1896.  D331,    p.    33;    615.84,   p.    107. 

1897.  D04,  p.  27;   D142,  p.   107;  D24;  D142,  p.   107. 

Clinic. 

1S96.     Apparatus   for  Compressed  Air   at  the   Operating   Chair.     D21,   p. 
123;  Disc.  p.  128. 

1S9S.     Bridge  Attachments   to   Teeth   with  Living-   Pulps.      D332,   p.   189. 

1899.     Pyorrhea  Alveolaris.     D64,  p.  123. 
AVatkins,    H.   AV.,    1908. 
AVatling",    Professor. 

Discussions. 

1899.      D073.  p.   94;  D04,   p.   16. 
"Watson,  A.,  1896. 
AVatson,  A.  L,.,  1905. 
Watson,   Jas.,    1905,    1912. 
Watt,  George. 

1S93.     Obituary,   p.    231. 
Watt,   J.    F.,    1903,    1905. 
AVatt,  V.  AV.,  1910. 
Watters,   J.   T.,   1909. 

Clinic. 

1912.     Ascher's   Artificial   Enamel   Filling.      D223,    p.    291. 
Watts,  E.  D.,  1910. 
Watts,  H.  F.,  1909. 
Watts,  J.  B.,  1900. 

Administration. 

.     1908.     Local  Com. 
Watts,    W.    H.,    1909. 
Wayland,   E.  A.,   1907. 
Weakley,    G.    B.,    1905,    1910. 
Weart,    E.    R.,    1903. 

Clinic. 

1911.     Porcelain  Crown  Using  Detached  Post.     D331,  p.  295. 
Weart,   P.    C,   1901. 
Weather  wax,    1902. 

Clinic. 

1904.     Porcelain  Crown. 
Weaver,  H.  T.,   1906. 
Webb,  G.  D.,  1896,    1905. 
Webb,   M.    A.,    1910. 
Webber,  F.   P. 

Clinic. 

1893.     Preparation    of    Cavities    in    Porcelain    Contours    for    Crown    and 
Bridge   Work.     D33,   p.   166. 
Webber,    S.   T.   B..   1906. 
AVedelstaedt,  E.  K. 

Clinic. 

1899.     Gold   Filling.     D221,   p.   107. 
Wedge,  C.  A.,  1905. 
AVeeks,  T.  E. 

1892.     The   Enamel   at   the   Gingival  Line,    with  Lantern    Exhibit.      D141, 
p.  116,   10  Illus;  Disc.  p.  121. 
AVehrheim,  J.  L..,   1909. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  itink  appendix. 


262 

Weir,  Robert  A.,  1907. 
Weiss,  A.  G.,   1907. 
Welch,  J.  D.,  19 OS. 
Welch,  Jas.  R.,   1910. 

Administration. 

1911.  Local  Com. 

Clinic. 

1912.  Treatment    of  Apical   Pericementitis   by    Opening   into    the   Apical 

Space   Through  the  Outer  Wall  of   the  Alveolus.      D65,   p.   296. 
Welch,    P.    H.,    1902,    1905. 
Weld,    F.    A.,    1901. 

Paper. 

1903.     Narcotile   as   a  General  Anaesthetic.      615.7S15,   p.    71;    Disc,   p.    73. 

Clinic. 

1903.  Narcotile.      615.7815,    p.    4.      Sup. 
Well  itia  ii.    H.    W.,     1896. 

Welsh,     Dudley     R.,     1905. 
Welsh,  J.  E„  1905. 
Wemshenker,   L..   T.,    1910. 
Wendel,   P.  J.,   1905. 

Clinics. 

1905.  Gold    Bridge.      D332,    p.    226. 

1908.     Exhibited   Sanitary  Bridge   for  Lower  Jaw.     D332,   p.   265. 
Werden,    Ii.    A.,    1905. 
Werner,    E.    H.,    1905,    1909. 
Wescott,    Geo.    W.,    1905. 
Wesner,    C.    M.,    1905. 
West,    Benjamin    J.,    1906. 
West,     Clyde     C,     1906. 
West,  C.  H.,  1892. 

Discussion. 

1894.      D222,    p.    104. 
Clinics. 

1899.     Amalgam    Filling.      D222.    p.    107. 

1906.  Method  of  Placing  Moss  Fiber  Gold  in  the  Bodv  of  Filling.     D221, 

p.    277. 
1908.     Vulcanizable   Gutta   Percha   in    Plate   Work.      D321,    p.    266. 

1910.  Local    Injection    for    Extraction.      615.7816,    p.    268. 
West,  G.   N„   1905. 

Administration. 

1912.  Board  of  Censors. 

Clinic. 

1911.  A    Convenient    Emergency    Outfit.      D21,    p.    308. 
West,  Herbert  G.,  1911. 

West,  J.  E.,  1899. 
West,    W.    H.,    1905. 
Wettengel,     H.     M.,     1909. 
Wetterer,    A.    C,    1907. 
Wetterer,  H.,   1905. 
Whalen,   W.   F.,   1900. 

Administration. 

1904.  Local    Com. 

1905.  Vice-President. 

1906.  Clinic    Com. 

1908.  Com.  on  Public  Dental  Education. 

1909.  Com.    on   Public   Dental   Education. 

1910.  Com.    on    Public    Dental    Education. 

Papers. 

1906.     Report  of  Supervisor  of  Clinics.     D2,  p.  274. 

1913.  Some  Observations  Bearing  Upon  the  Business  Side  of  Dentistry. 

D89,    p.    138;    Disc,    p.    145. 

Discussions. 

1910.      D64,   D65,    D76,   p.    193. 

1912.  Papers   on  Crown  and   Bridge  Work.      D33,   p.   123. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


263 
Whalen,  W.  F. —  Continued. 
Clinic. 

1910.  Porcelain    Bicuspid    Crown    With    Reenforced    Root    and    Lingual 

Cusp.      D331,   p.   265. 
Wheeler,   G.   W.,    1910. 
Wheeler,  Thos.  B.,   1SS2. 
"Whipple,  Henry  L,.,  1896. 

1907.  Local    Com. 

1905.  Vice-President. 

1911.  Executive    Council. 

1913.  Secretary. 

1914.  Secretary. 

Discussions. 

1904.  D04,    p.    20;   D072,    p.    227. 
1910.     D223,  p.  64. 

1912.  D04,    p.    17. 

Clinics. 

1906.  Small    Approximal    Cavity    in    an    Incisor.      D22a,    p.    276. 

1908.  Showing-    Steps    in    Construction    of    Cast    Gold    Inlays.      D231,    p. 

271. 
1912.     Cast   Inlay.      D231,    p.    289. 
Whitheck,  F.  A.,  1905. 
White,    P.   E. 

Paper. 

1S73.     Care  of  Children's  Teeth  Between   the  Ages   of  Six   and  Fifteen. 
D602,     p.     145;     Disc,     p.     153. 

Discussion. 

1S73.     D61,    p.    117. 
Whitefield,   G.  W.,   1899,    1905. 
Discussion. 

1905.  D332,    p.    211. 

Clinic. 
1905.     Hints    in    the    Prevention    and    Treatment    of    So-Called    Pyorrhea. 

D64,    p.    216. 
Whitington,  A.  H.,  1913. 
Whitley,   C.   M.,    1912. 
Whitmore,  C.  C,  1905. 
Whitmore,    S.   J.,    1910. 
Whitmore,  Y.  E„  1905. 
Whitside,  M.,  1905. 
Whittenberg,    I.    M.,    1906,    1909. 
Whitt,    Lewis    L..,     1906. 
Wick,  W.  W.,  1907. 
Wikoff,    B.    D.,    1888. 

Administration. 

1894.     Clinic   Com. 

1900.  Clinic  Com. 

Clinics. 

18S9.     Porcelain   Crown.      D331,   p.    141. 

1897.      Porcelain  Faced  Crown  Without  Heating  Facing.     D331,  p.   205. 

1901.  Bridge   Work.      D332,    p.    136. 
Wikoff,   C.   H.,    1905,    1909. 

Wilber,  C.  O.,   1909. 
Wilcox,     G.     E.,     1913. 
Wilcox,  R.  P.,  1905. 
Wilcox,    W.    L,.,    1905. 
Wilhelmi,  S.  F.,  1901. 
Wilkes,  A.   M.,   1902. 

Clinic. 

1913.     A  Short  Accurate  Method  of  Adapting  a  Porcelain  Crown.     D331, 
p.    264. 
Wilkie,   C.   M.,   IS 72. 
Wilkinson,   E.  D.,   1905,    1909. 
Willard,    E.    S.,    1905. 
Willard,    F.    W.,    1905. 

Administration. 

190S.     Com.    on    Infraction    of    Code    of   Ethics. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


264 

Willett,   R.    C,    1905. 
Clinics. 

1906      The    Anchoring    of    Porcelain    Bridges    With    Gold    and    Platinum 
Inlays.      D332,    p.    290. 

1909.  Strengthening-  Inlay  Abutment  for  Bridge  Work.     D332,  p.  240. 

1911.  Orthodontia,    Pertaining   to    Early    Diagnosis    and    Treatment.    D4, 

p.  307. 

1912.  Orthodontia    Pertaining    to    Early    Diagnosis    and    Treatment. 

D4,  p.   302. 
William,   C.   W.,   1905. 
Williams,    A.    G. 

Administration. 

1910.  Local    Com. 
Williams,  A.  J.,    1905. 
Williams,    D.    S.    R.    E..    1907. 
Williams,   Geo.  T.,   1911. 
Williams,   G.   W.,    1905. 
Williams,    J.    R.,    1905,    1912. 
Williams,    L.    31.,    1897. 
Williams,    O.    X.,    1905. 
Willia,   A.    S.,   1894. 
Williston,    Res.    M.    L,. 

1876.     Address    of    Welcome. 
Willman,  A.   C,   1905. 

Clinic. 

1913.  A   Few    Conveniences.      D21,    p.    259. 
Willman,   J.   E.,   1905. 

Willmore,    Chas.    M.,    1912. 

Willson,    O.,    Honorary    Charter    Member,    1S81. 

Administration. 

1S67.     Vice-President. 

1870.  Executive   Com. 

1872.  President. 

1873.  Executive   Com. 
1S76.     Librarian. 

Papers. 

1867.  Anaesthesia.      615.781,    p.    23;    Disc.    p.    24. 

1868.  Receding    of    the    Gums    in    Persons    of    Middle    Age — Cause    and 

Treatment. 

1869.  Anaesthetics    in    Dentistrv.      615.781,    p.    331;    Disc,    p.    340. 

1871.  Abnormal    Secretion.      612.31,    p.    72;    Disc,    p.    79 
1S72.     President's    Address.       D04,     p.     6. 

1873.     Response    to   Address   of   Welcome.      D04,    p.    28. 
1875.     Mechanical  Dentistry.     D3,  p.  108;    Disc,  p.  117. 

Discussions. 

1S66.     D60.2,   p.   6,    7;   D602.   p.    7;   D61a,   p.    7;   D221,   p.    8;   D24,    p.    9;   D602, 

p.    11;    D22,    p.    15. 
1869.      D65,    p.    330. 
1871.     D221a,    d.    65;    D3,    p.    68. 

1572.  D3,    p.    32;    D07,    p.    72;    D8,    p.    90. 
1873.      D24,    p.    70;    D22,    p.    102. 

1875.  D22,  p.  39. 
Wilson,  E.  E.,  1905. 
Wilson,  E.  P.,  1S66. 

Discussions. 

1866.     D61a,    p.    8;    D221,   p.    8. 
Wilson,   E.   G.,   1905. 
Wilson,    Geo.    W.,    1909. 
Wilson,   I.   P.,   18  71,    Honorary   Member. 

1871.     Stomatitis  Materna.     D66,  p.    10;  Disc,  p.   44. 

1573.  Anatomy     and    Histology     of    the     Teeth,    and     the    Influence     of 

Certain  Agents  Upon  the  Dental  Tissues.     Dl,  p.  89;  Disc,  p.  93. 
1901.     Anomalous    Cases    of   Malformed    Teeth,    With    Suggestions    as    to 

Possible  Cause.     D13,  p.   40;   Disc,  p.   43. 

Discussions. 
1871.      D6,    p.    103. 

1873.      D24,   p.   74;  D61,   D601,   p.   143. 
1885.      D3,    p.    52. 
1S93.     D601,    p.    32,    36;   D243,   p.    55. 

Clinic. 
1SS7.     Gold   Pilling.      D221,    p.    112. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


265 
Wilson,  J.   D.,   1903. 

Administration. 

1909.     Local  Com. 

Discussions. 

1908.      D06,    p.    83. 

1912.  D07,   p.   196;   D5,   p.   218. 

Clinic. 

1904.     Gold  Dummy.     D332,   p.   28. 

1906.     Grinding-     Teeth,     Using     Dr.     Wilsons     Combination     Guard     and 
Sponge  Holder.     D31,  p.  276. 
Wilson,  J.   T.,   1906. 
Wilson,   Orville,   W.,   1897,    1905. 
Wilson,    S.   A.,    1905. 
Wilson,  S.  C,  1869. 

Administration. 

1870.  Executive    Com. 
1S71.     Executive  Com. 

1871.  Vice-President. 

Discussions. 

•      1870.     D24,  p.  19;  D22,  p.   47;  D22,  p.   56,   57;  DS1,  p.   88,   104;  D3,  p.  9S. 

1871.  D3,   p.    71. 

1872.  D2,    p.    60;    D07,    p.    72. 
1S75.      D3,  p.   117,   119. 

Wiltz,    O.    P.,    1906. 

Administration. 

1913.  Local  Com. 
Wilson,  W.  L..,  1912. 
Wilson,   Wilber   R.,   1906. 
Winaus,    P.    H.,    1905. 
Winder,  C.  J.,  1910. 
"Windhorst,    M.    R. 

Clinic. 

1S9S.     Gold   Filling.      D221,    p.    1S7. 
Winger,  W.   B„   1905. 
Winger,  W.  H.,  1911. 
Winters,  J.  C,  1905.  1907. 
Winters,  31.  E.,  1910. 

Clinic. 

1911.  Short  Method  of  Getting  Perfect  Occlusion  for  Gold  Crown.     D331, 

p.    306. 
Winslow,  G.  W.,  1908. 
AViswall,  W.  J.,  1905. 
Woelk,    E.    A.,    1905. 
Woelk,  Robert  D.,  1906. 
Wollenberger,   S.,   1905. 

Clinic. 

1912.  Restoration  With   De   Trey   Synthetic  Cement,   Giving  a   Practical 

Demonstration    of   the    Automaton.      D223,    p.    298. 
Woodbridge,   F.   F.,    1866. 
Woodburn,   H.   L..,   1873. 
Woodburn,   W.   W.,   1S7S. 
Wolf,    F.    W«,    1905,    1912. 
Wolf,    H.    M.,    1S95,    1905. 
Wolf,  R.  H.,  1910. 
Wolfe,    Leroy,    1912. 
Wolfe,   L,.   H.,    1906. 
Wonderly,   Thos.   G„    18 SI. 
Wood,    B.    G„    1905,    1910. 
Wood,    G.    I..,    1905. 
Wood,   L.   E.,   1902. 
Woodruff,  E.  N. 

1904.     Address   of  Welcome.     D04,    p.    173. 
Woods,   F.    R.,    1911. 
Woodward,  O.  H.,   1913. 
Woodward,  W.  B.,  1878. 

Administration. 

1SS2.     Com.  on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 

1884.     Librarian. 

1886.     Vice-President. 

For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


266 
Woodward,  W.  B. —  Continued. 
Discussion. 

18S5.      615.5,   p.    12S. 
Woodworth,   D.   L.,    1912. 
Woolley,    E.    M.,    1909. 
Woolley,   J.   H.,    1887. 

Discussion. 

1887.  D2,  p.  122. 

1891.  D21,  p.  69. 

1892.  D04,  p.  12;  D4,  p.  93. 

1S94.     D322,   p.   74:   D222,   p.   91;   D2,   p.   135,   136. 

1902.  D61a,    p.    127. 

Clinic. 

1899.     Combination  of  Oxyphosphate  and  Noncohesive  Gold  as  a  Tempo- 
rary  Filling.    D22c,    p.    124. 
Wonderly,   Thomas   G. 

Administration. 

1888.  Com.    on   Infraction   of  Code   of   Ethics. 

1889.  Com.   on  Infraction  of  Code  of  Ethics. 
Worcester,  H.  W.,  1905. 

Worth  ing-ton,    C.    A.,    1910. 
Worthington,    S.   L,.,   1908. 
Worrell,    K.    G.,    1905. 
Worsley,   W.  J.,   1905. 
Wright,   Clarence   H.,    1905. 
Wright,  C.  G.,   1909. 
Wright,  J.   A.,   190S. 
Wright,    J.    S.,    1902. 

Administration. 

1910.     Board    of    Censors. 

Discussion. 
1909.     D89,   p.   165. 

Clinic. 

1903.  Vulcanizable   Gutta  Percha.      D321,   p.    4.      Sup. 
Wurtz,   E.   D.,    1905. 

Wybraniec,  P.  F.,  1909. 
Wycotf,    E.,    1905. 
Wylde,  D.   Z.,   1909. 
AVylie,    C.    H.,    1905. 


For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


267 
York,    E,    Lawley. 
Papers. 

1S97.     The     Diffusibility     of     Coagulants      in     Dentine.        D142,     p.      94; 

Disc,   p.   99.     The  Diffusibility   of  Coagulants  in  Dentine.      D24, 

p.    94:    Disc,    p.    99. 
1S9S.     Why    Coagulants'  Diffuse    Through    Dentine.      D142,    D24,    p.    57; 

Disc,   p.    61. 

Discussions. 

1898.     615.778,    p.    172. 
Young,    C.   W.,    1909. 
Young,   Gerhart  H.,   1906. 
Young-,   J.    H.,    1S65,    Charter    Member. 
Young,  M.  D.,  1903,   1905. 
Young-,  W.  B.,   1902,    1905,    1910. 

1909.     Com.    on    Infraction    of    Code    of    Ethics. 

Clinics. 

1907.  Porcelain    Jacket    Crown.      D331,    p.    228. 

1908.  Oxyphosphate     of     Copper     as     Filling     Material     for     Temporary 

Teeth.      D223,    p.   269. 

Administration. 

York,   E.    Lawley,    1897,    1899,    Non-Resident    Member. 
Yorker,    Prank    V.,    1892. 
Yule,    M.   A.,    1909. 


For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  sec  pink  appendix. 


268 


Zeialer,    Horace    A.,    1905. 
Zeigler,    L.    F.,    1909. 
Zeller,    George   A. 

Discussion. 
1911.      D072,    p.   194. 
Zielinski,   Jacob    B.,    1905. 
Zimonth,    A.    J.,    1910. 
Zinu,    F.    H.,    1899,    1905. 
Zipperman,    Soloiuou    W.,   1906. 
Zolini,   N.   J.,    1912. 
Zork,   H.    H.,    1907. 


For  index  and  key  to  classification  numbers,  see  pink  appendix. 


APPENDIX. 

How  to  Use  this  Classification  and  Index. 


If  you  wish  to  find  what  has  been  published  on  a  particular 
subject,  look  for  the  subject  in  the  alphabetical  index,  beginning 
on  page  16  of  this  Appendix.  You  will  there  find  the  classification 
number  of  the  subject.  Turn  to  that  number  in  the  Classified 
Index,  Part  II,  of  this  book,  and  you  will  find : 

i.     List  of  Papers  and  Discussions. 
2.     List  of  Clinics. 
Both  arranged  in  chronological  order. 

If  you  wish  to  find  the  record  of  an  individual  member,  look-  in 
the  Personal  Index,  Part  III,  of  this  book,  and  you  will  find : 

i.  Name,  followed  by  year  in  which  the  member  joined  the 
Society.     (Several  have  joined  two  or  three  times.) 

2.  Administration.  List  of  official  positions  held,  and  com- 
mittee appointments. 

3.  Titles  of  papers  read  before  the  Society,  with  year  and 
page. 

4.  Discussions.  Classification  number  of  each  paper  discussed, 
with  year  and  page. 

5.  Clinics,  with  year  and  page. 

Each  group  arranged  in  chronological  order. 

If  you  wish  to  find  the  record  of  an  individual  member,  in  one 
particular  subject,  look  in  the  alphabetical  index,  beginning  on 
page  16  of  this  Appendix,  for  the  classification  number  of  the  par- 
ticular subject.     Then  turn  to  the  Personal  Index,  Part  III,  and  by 

glancing  over  the  classification  numbers  for  each  paper,  discussion, 
or  clinic,  you  will  find  the  member's  record  for  the  subject. 

If  you  wish  to  use  this  index  frequently,  read  the  article  in  the 
following  pages,  and  by  a  brief  study  of  the  classification  on  page  n, 
you  will  notice  that  there  is  a  very  natural  grouping  of  related  sub- 
jects, which  makes  them  easy  to  remember. 


I 


THE  PLAN  OF  THIS  INDEX. 

The  Dewey  Decimal  Classification  and  Index  Applied  to 
Dental  Literature. 

ARTHUR'D.  BLACK,  A.  M.,  M.  D.,  D.  D.  S.,  CHICAGO. 


This  is  the  first  publication  of  a  classified  index  of  dental  litera- ' 
ture  on  the  Dewey  System  (excepting  one  twenty-four  page  booklet 
of  the  Proceedings  of  the  First  District  Dental  Society  of  the  State 
of  New  York,  prepared  by  the  writer  in  1909),  and  it  is  hoped  that 
it  marks  the  beginning  of  a  new  period  in  the  attitude  of  the  members 
of  the  dental  profession  toward  our  literature.  We  are  confident 
that  a  study  of  this  plan  and  its  application  to  our  proceedings  will 
serve  to  prove  its  practicability  and  be  an  incentive  to  our  members 
to  preserve  the  proceedings  of  the  Society,  as  well  as  our  journals, 
and  to  refer  to  them  frequently  in  connection  with  the  preparation 
and  discussion  of  papers.  The  most  important  feature  of  the  index 
is  that  it  groups  all  articles  on  each  subject  together,  regardless 
of  the  wording  of  the  titles,  and  it  is  therefore  possible  to  find  all 
that  has  been  written  on  a  given  subject  without  reviewing  a  con- 
siderable portion  of  the  entire  index. 

It  is  also  hoped  that  the  publication  of  this  index  by  the  Illinois 
State  Dental  Society  will  be  of  material  aid  in  establishing  it  as  the 
standard  plan  of  the  future  in  the  indexing  of  dental  literature. 
In  order  that  a  full  understanding  of  the  plan  may  be  had,  an  ex- 
planation of  the  Dewey  System,  and  its  adaptation  to  dental  litera- 
ture, is  presented  herewith.  A  considerable  portion  of  this  is  taken 
from  a  paper  read  before  the  Institute  of  Dental  Pedagogics  and 
published  in  the  Dental  Era,  September,  1909. 

It  is  the  purpose  of  this  paper  to  present  a  simple  plan  by 
which  our  literature  may  be  so  classified  and  indexed  as  to  make 
it  easily  accessible;  and  give  those,  who  may  be  so  inclined,  the 
opportunity  to  know  more  of  the '  accomplishments  of  those  who 
have  gone  before,  as  a  basis  for  the  work  of  the  future.  The  fact 
that  most  of  our  literature  has  been  published  in  the  form  of  Society 


proceedings  and  monthly  journals,  and  comparatively  little  has  been 
crystallized  into  books,  makes  the  task  of  the  man  who  would  care- 
fully review  a  subjeel  especially  difficult;  in  fact,  it  lias  been  quite 
impossible   to   find   comprehensive   lists  of   writings  on   particular 

subjects.  Most  dentists  have  not  preserved  their  journals  and 
Society  proceedings  for  the  reason  that  their  contents  arc  lost 
within  a  short  time  on  account  of  their  inaccessibility.  While 
several  of  our  journals  publish  excellent  indexes  each  year,  these 
multiply  so  rapidly,  in  eases  where  one  subscribes  to  a  number  of 
journals,  as  to  make  them  of  little  value  to  the  man  who  would 
look  up  the  literature  of  a  given  subject. 

The  plan  here  presented  is  the  application  to  dental  literature 
of  the  Dewey  Decimal  Classification  and  Index,  and  it  is  necessary 
Id  explain  briefly  the  Dewey  System  in  order  that  this  application 
of  it  may  be  clearly  understood.  This  system  was  worked  out  by 
Mclvil  Dewey,  for  a  number  of  years  secretary  of  the  University 
of  the  State  of  New  York  and  director  of  the  New  York  State  Li- 
brary at  Albany.  His  first  Classification  was  published  in  1876,  and 
revisions  have  since  appeared  at  intervals  of  a  few  years.  In  brief, 
it  is  a  system  of  classifying  and  indexing  libraries,  large  or  small, 
and  is  equally  applicable  to  pamphlets,  articles  in  journals,  etc.; 
in  fact,  to  anything  that  it  is  desirable  to  index.  It  is  used  in  thou- 
sands of  public  and  other  libraries  throughout  the  world,  and  is  be- 
ing adopted  by  a  constantly  increasing  number.  It  is  a  system  in 
which  each  subject  upon  which  a  book  or  article  may  be  written  is 
represented  by  a  number,  and  all  books  or  writings  upon  a  given 
subject  are  classified  by  its  particular  number,  without  regard  to 
the  wording  of  the  title.  The  arrangement  of  the  numbers  is  such 
that  related  subjects  are  grouped,  as  will  be  noticed  in  what  follows. 
It  is  especially  the  plan  of  applying  the  numbers  to  the  subjects 
that  has  proven  extremely  practical. 

The  entire  field  of  knowledge  is  first  divided  into  ten  main 
[classes  as  follows : 


I 

2 

3 
4 
5 

Philosophy. 
Religion. 
Sociology. 
Philology. 
Natural  Science 

6 

Useful  Arts. 

7 

Fine  Arts. 

8 

Literature. 

9 
10 

History. 
General  Works. 

Each  of  these  classes  is  similarly  divided  into  ten  divisions, 
and  each  division  into  ten  sections.  Thus  the  sixth  class,  Useful 
Arts,  which  is  numbered  600,  has  for  its  divisions  the  following: 


600. 

Useful  Arts. 

610. 

Medicine. 

620. 

Engineering. 

630. 

Agriculture. 

640. 

Domestic  Economy. 

650. 

Communication.     Commerce. 

660. 

Chemical  Technology. 

670. 

Manufactures. 

680. 

Mechanic  Trades. 

690. 

Building. 

Medicine,   the  first  division  of  Useful  Arts,   is  similarly  sub- 
divided, as  follows: 


610 
611 
612 
613 
614 

615 
616 
617 
618 
619 


Medicine. 

Anatomy  and  Histology. 

Physiology. 

Hygiene,  Gymnastics,  Training. 

Public  Health. 

Materia  Medica.     Therapeutics. 

Pathology.     Diseases.     Treatment. 

Surgery. 

Diseases  of  Women  and  Children. 

Comparative  Medicine.     Veterinary. 


Each  other  division  of  Useful  Arts  is  similarly  divided,  making 
one  hundred  sections  of  this  class.  It  will  be  noticed  that  each 
subject  is  represented  by  three  figures,  and  that  the  figure  6,  repre- 
senting Useful  Arts,  is  the  first  figure  in  each  of  the  ten  divisions 
and  in  all  of  the  hundred  sections;  also  that  the  second  figure  1, 
in  the  number  610,  Medicine,  occupies  that  position  in  the  ten  sub- 
divisions of  medicine.  Thus  one  soon  learns  that  all  numbers  with 
6  in  the  first  position  represent  subjects  included  in  the  Useful 
Arts,  that  all  numbers  with  6  in  the  first  position  and  1  in  the  second 
represent  subjects  included  in  medicine,  and  the  numbers  in  the 
third  position  represent  the  further  subdivisions.  Therefore, 
almost  before  we  realize  it,  we  recognize  6 1 1  as  standing  for  Anatomy, 
612  for  Physiology,  613  for  Hygiene,  etc.  »In  the  same  way  all 
subjects  in  Engineering  are  represented  by  a  6  in  the  first  position 
and  a  2  in  the  second;  Agriculture  by  a  6  in  the  first  position  and 
a  3  in  the  second*  and  so  on.  We  thus  have  a  thousand  divisions 
of  the  field  of  knowledge ;  each  of  the  ten  main  classes  being  divided 
into  ten  divisions,  and  each  division  into  ten  sections. 

-  4 


The  application  is  as  follows:  the  title-  of  each  book  in  a 
library  is  entered  on  a  card,  with  the  name  of  the  author,  and  other 
desirable  information,  and  the  number  of  the  subject  to  which  it 
belongs  is  placed  both  on  the  book  and  on  the  card.  The  1  • 
are  arranged  on  the  shelves  in  numerciaJ  order,  as  arc  the  cards 
in  the  card  cabinet,  and  as  all  of  the  books  on  each  subjed  and 
their  respective  cards  have  the  same  number,  it  follows  that  all  of 
the  books  of  a  library  so  classified  are  arranged  in  groups  on  the 
shelves  according  to  their  subjects,  and  the  cards  have  a  corre- 
sponding arrangement  in  the  cabinet.  The  cards  of  each  particular 
group  in  the  cabinet  are  separated  from  the  others  by  colored  guide 
cards,  which  project  above  the  subject  cards,  and  bear  the  number 
and  subject  of  the  cards  of  each  group.     For  example :  i  neral 

work  on  surgery  would  be  numbered  617  and  all  would  be  together 
on  the  shelves.     The  card  for  each  would  also  be  numbered 
and  all  would  be  together  in  the  index. 

A  very  important  feature  of  the  classification  is  the  m< 
of  subdividing  the  one  thousand  sections.  Every  section  number 
necessarily  consists  of  three  figures,  after  which  a  decimal  point  is 
placed,  and  each  section  may  be  divided  into  ten  subsections,  by 
numbers  occupying  the  first  decimal  position.  For  example:  611, 
Anatomy,  and  612,  Physiology,  are  each  divided  into  ten  sub- 
divisions as  follows : 

611.  Anatomy.     Histology. 
.1   Circulatory  system. 

.2  Respiratory  system. 

.3  Digestive  system. 

.4  Glandular  and  Lymphatic  system. 

.5  Genito-Urinary  system. 

.7  Motor  and  Integumentary  system. 

.8  Nervous  system. 

.9  Reginal  anatomy. 

612.  Physiology. 

.1  Blood  and  circulation. 

.2  Respiration. 

.3  Digestion.     Absorption.     Nutrition. 

.4  Secretion.     Excretion. 

.5  Animal  Heat. 

.6  Reproduction.     Development. 

.7  Function  of  Motor  and  Vocal  Apparatus  and  Skin. 

.8  Nervous  Functions. 

It  is  readily  seen  that  further  subdivisions  may  be  made  by 

5 


adding  another  decimal  figure,  as  under  Anatomy,  the  third  sub- 
division, 6 1 1. 3,  Digestive  System,  is  divided  as  follows: 
611.     Anatomy.     Histology. 
.1  Circulatory  system. 
.2  Respiratory  system. 
.3  Digestive  system. 

.31  Mouth.     Tongue.     Teeth. 

.32  Pharynx.     Esophagus. 

.33  Stomach. 

.34  Intestine. 

.35  Rectum. 

.36  Liver.     Gall  Bladder. 

.37  Pancreas. 

.38  Peritoneum.     Omentum.     Mesentary. 
.4     Glandular  and  Lymphatic  System. 

Additional  subdivisions  may  be  made  by  adding  more  figures. 
Thus  the  subject  of  Anatomy  may  be  divided  into  thousands  of 
headings,  yet  in  each  the  number  611  represents  Anatomy,  the 
first  figures  after  the  decimal  point  represent  the  main  anatomical 
divisions,  etc.,  every  figure  having  a  meaning  which  is  a  real  in- 
dication of  the  location  of  its  subject  in  the  field  of  knowledge. 
It  will  be  understood  that  any  subject  may  be  systematically  sub- 
divided for  the  classification  of  articles  on  specific  topics  and  these 
may  be  catalogued  by  cards  the  same  as  previously  mentioned 
for  books. 

The  book  published  by  Dewey  consists  of  two  parts.  The  first 
is  the  list  of  subjects  arranged  in  their  numerical  order.  This  in- 
cludes not  only  all  of  the  thousand  main  sections,  but  all  of  the 
subdivisions  to  as  many  decimal  places  as  each  has  been  worked 
out,  making  a  volume  of  considerable  size.  The  second  part  is  an 
index  to  this  classification.  This  consists  of  subjects  arranged 
alphabetically,  with  the  classification  number  printed  after  each. 
To  know  what  books  a  library  contains  on  a  given  subject,  it  is 
necessary  for  one  to  consult  the  index,  where  the  subject  is  found 
in  its  alphabetical  position,  and  thus  find  its  classification  number. 
Then  by  turning  to  the  number  in  the  tables,  the  subject  and  all 
related  subjects  will  be  found,  and  by  consulting  the  card  catalogue 
behind  the  guide  card  of  the  same  number,  will  be  found  the  cards 
for  every  book  on  the  subject,  and  the  books  themselves  will  be 
found  in  a  corresponding  position  on  the  shelves. 

THE    CLASSIFICATION    OF    DENTISTRY. 

About  fifteen  years  ago,  the  writer  became  impressed  with  the 
idea  that  it  would  be  necessary  for  us  to  have  a  systematic  plan  of 

6 


classifying  dental  literature.  The  multiplication  and  accumulation 
of  journals  was  so  rapid  that  all  but  the  most  important  articles 
were  lost  almost  as  soon  as  the  journals  were  laid  aside.  Our  journals 
soon  became  almost  worthless  for  lack  of  some  satisfactory  plan  of 
finding  articles  on  particular  subjects  when  desired.  This  situation 
prompted  the  writer  to  make  a  classification  of  dental  literature  on 
the  plan  of  the  Dewey  system,  and  to  catalogue  a  considerable 
number  of  articles  in  our  journals. 

Dewey's  book  gives  the  following  subdivisions  of  Surgery: 

617.  Surgery. 

.1  Injuries. 

.2  Results  of  Injuries. 

.3  Orthopedic  Surgery.     Deformities. 

.4  Surgical  Operations. 

.5  Reginal  Surgery. 

.6  Dentistry.     Diseases  of  the  Teeth. 

.7  Ophthalmic  Surgery.     Diseases  of  the  Eye. 

.8  Diseases  of  the  Ear. 

.9  Operative  Surgery. 

Dentistry  is  the  sixth  subdivision  and  is  therefore  represented 
by  the  number  617.6.  A  few  subdivisions  of  dentistry  were  given 
in  Dewey's  book,  but  these  could  not  be  used  on  account  of  their 
unfitness.  Dr.  F.  B.  Noyes  and  the  writer  made  out  the  list  of 
the  main  subdivisions  on  which  the  subsequent  work  was  based. 
Changes  and  additions  were  made  as  the  work  progressed,  until  the 
classification  here  presented  was  decided  upon.  In  order  to  simplify 
the  plan  by  bringing  practically  all  dental  subjects  into  one  group,  it 
will  be  noticed  that  dental  anatomy,  oral  hygiene,  dental  pathology, 
etc.,  are  given  special  places  under  the  main  heading  for  dentistry, 
instead  of  placing  dental  anatomy  in  its  proper  position  under  the 
general  subject  of  anatomy  (611.),  oral  hygiene  under  the  general 
heading  of  personal  hygiene  (613.),  and  dental  pathology  under  the 
general  heading  for  pathology  (616.),  etc.  The  plan  is  undoubtedly 
more  convenient  as  applied  to  strictly  dental  libraries,  but  is  not  as 
satisfactory  for  a  general  library  in  which  a  dental  library  is  in- 
cluded. It  will  be  noticed  in  what  follows  that  the  writer  has 
substituted  a  letter  for  Dewey's  number  for  dentistry,  which  would 
permit  of  the  use  of  this  classification  in  its  present  form  without 
any  confusion,  even  though  it  should  seem  best  not  to  change  it  to 
correspond  to  Dewey's  ideas. 

The  following  are  the  main  divisions  of  the  writer's  special 
classification  for  dentistrv : 


6i7-6  Dentistry. 

617.61  Dental  Anatomy,  Histology  and  Physiology. 

•  617.62  Operative  Dentistry. 

617.63  Prosthetic  Dentistry. 

617.64  Orthopedic  Dentistry. 

617.65  Oral  Hygiene. 

617.66  Dental  Pathology. 

617.67  Oral  Surgery. 

617.68  Dental  Jurisprudence,  Ethics  and  Economics. 

It  will  be  observed  that  the  number  617.6,  representing  dentistry, 
is  repeated  in  each  of  these,  with  a  figure  added  to  indicate  the  sub- 
divisions of  dentistry.  The  number  617.6  would  necessarily  be 
repeated  in  each  of  the  further  subdivisions,  which  would  increase 
the  number  of  figures  sufficiently  to  make  the  numbers  too  large 
for  convenient  use.  In  order  to  avoid  the  constant  repetition  of 
the  617.6  and  shorten  the  numbers,  the  letter  D  has  been  substituted 
for  the  617.6.  D,  therefore,  represents  dentistry  and  we  have  the 
subdivisions  of  dentistry  numbered  as  follows : 

D  Dentistry. 

Di  Dental  Anatomy,  Histology  and  Physiology. 

D2  Operative  Dentistry. 

D3  Prosthetic  Dentistry. 

D4  Orthopedic  Dentistry. 

D5  Oral  Hygiene. 

D6  Dental  Pathology. 

D7  Oral  Surge^. 

D8  Dental  Jurisprudence  and  Ethics. 

The  subdivisions  of  each  of  these  subjects,  so  far  as  they  have 
been  worked  out,  are  presented  in  the  accompanying  tables,  which 
are,  I  believe,  quite  as  complete  as  they  can  be  made  at  the  present 
time.  It  will  be  noticed  that  the  subdivisions  of  the  main  heading 
for  dentistry  are  all  of  a  general  character,  and  include  all  articles 
that  can  not  be  classified  under  one  of  the  other  headings.  No 
divisions  of  orthodontia  have  been  made  for  the  reason  that  the 
literature  to  date  has  not  suggested  a  plan  that  would  be  satis- 
factory. For  the  present,  therefore,  all  articles  on  this  subject 
are  marked  D4.  When  proper  subdivisions  can  be  arranged,  it  will 
only  be  necessary  to  place  the  subdivision  numbers  after  the  D4. 

The  main  headings  in  the  classification  will  be  found  sufficient 
for  books,  while  the  subdivisions  are  necessary  for  the  cataloguing 
of  journal  articles  or  the  various  chapters  or  subjects  presented  in 
books.  For  example,  general  works,  such  as  Harris'  Principles 
and  Practice  of  Dentistry  or  the  American  System  of  Dentistry 
would  be  classified  under  D,  the  main  heading  for  dentistry,  al- 

8 


though  separate  cards  may  be  written  indexing  each  article  or 
chapter,  and  the  cards  for  these  would  be  numbered  in  accordance 
with  the  subjects.  A  book  on  Operative  Dentistry  would  be  clas~ 
sified  under  D2,  while  a  chapter  on -cavity  preparation  would  be 
placed  under  D22a,  on  filling  with  gold  D221,  pulp  treatment  D24, 
etc.  Subdivisions  have  been  or  may  be  made  so  that  any  single 
subject  or  item  may  have  its  particular  number  under  its  proper 
heading;  these  subdivisions  may  be  made  again  and  again  without 
in  any  way  affecting  the  more  important  divisions  containing 
fewer  numerals. 

The  following  plan  of  classifying  and  making  the  index  of  the 
proceedings  of  this  Society  has  been  followed.  Each  volume  was 
worked  through  twice;  the  first  time  to  classify  the  papers,  clinics, 
etc.,  the  second  to  write  the  cards.  In  classifying  the  papers,  the 
number  of  the  subject  under  which  the  paper  belonged  was  marked 
opposite  the  title  (or  two  or  more  numbers  if  it  was  thought  desirable 
to  classify  it  under  more  than  one  heading),  and  the  number  of 
illustrations  the  article  contained,  if  any,  also  the  page  on  which 
the  discussion  began.  After  all  of  the  volumes  had  been  so  marked, 
the  cards  were  written.  For  each  article,  one  card  was  written 
with  the  author's  name  at  the  top  and  placed  in  the  author  cata- 
logue; and  another  with  the  title  at  the  top  and  the  classification 
number  in  the  upper  left  corner,  and  placed  in  the  subject  catalogue. 
Of  course,  if  more  than  one  number  had  been  set  opposite  a  title 
a  corresponding  number  of  cards  were  written  with  the  title  at  the 
top.  On  each  of  these  cards  was  also  written  the  year,  page,  number 
of  illustrations,  page  on  which  discussion  is  printed,  etc.  For  the 
subject  index,  the  discussion  of  a  paper  was  indexed  with  the 
paper,  by  giving  the  page  on  which  the  discussion  begins;  for  the 
author  index  a  separate  card  was  written  for  each  discussion,  so 
that  a  complete  list  of  all  articles  discussed  by  each  member  of  the 
Society  will  be  found  under  his  name.  Two  cards  were  written  for 
each  clinic,  one  for  the  subject  index,  one  for  the  personal  index. 
The  personal  cards  were  arranged  alphabetically,  thus  bringing 
all  of  the  writings,  discussions  and  clinics  of  each  man  together. 
The  subject  cards  were  arranged  in  numerical  order;  thus  bringing 
all  of  the  cards  for  each  subject  together. 

The  following  tables  constitute  the  complete  classification  for 
dental  literature,  as  it  has  been  worked  out  to  date.  It  will  be 
readily  recognized  that  further  subdivisions  may  be  made  at  any 
time,  as  may  be  desired.  Only  a  slight  use  of  this  plan  will  serve 
to  make  one  so  familiar  with  it  that  the  various  subjects  will  be 

9 


found  with  ease.  For  example,  if  one  desired  to  find  what  had  been 
published  in  our  proceedings  on  gold  fillings,  he  would  naturally 
look  at  the  main  division  of  operative  dentistry,  D2,  and  under 
that  for  filling  D22,  which  he  would  find  further  subdivided  into 
the  various  filling  materials.  In  a  similar  way,  one  might  easily 
find  almost  any  subdivision. 

It  is  not  necessary,  however,  that  one  should  be  familiar  with 
the  classification,  as  an  index  to  it  has  been  prepared  and  is  pub- 
lished immediately  following  it.  This  index  has  all  dental  topics 
arranged  alphabetically,  with  the  classification  number  after  each. 
By  consulting  this  index,  the  number  for  gold  fillings  is  found  to 
be  D221.  By  turning  to  this  number  a  list  of  all  papers,  discussions 
and  clinics  on  this  subject,  which  have  been  recorded  in  the  pro- 
ceedings of  our  Society,  will  be  found. 

In  the  personal  index,  the  committee  has  included  more  than 
the  record  of  papers,  discussions  and  clinics.  The  endeavor  has 
been  made  to  include  in  this  the  name  of  every  dentist  who  has 
been  a  member  of  this  Society  from  the  time  of  its  organization 
to  date,  also  of  all  non-members  who  have  taken  part  in  its  activities. 
The  personal  index  includes,  therefore,  for  each  individual,  the  year 
in  which  he  joined  the  Society,  offices  to  which  elected,  committee 
appointments,  papers  read,  discussions  participated  in,  and  clinics 
given. 


10 


CLASSIFICATION  FOR  DENTAL  LITERATURE. 

On  the  Plan  of  the  Dewey  Decimal  Classification.* 

Slightly  modified  by  notations  and  a  few  omissions  in  adapting 
to  the  Proceedings  of  the  Illinois  State  Dental  Society. 

Note. — In  this  classification  the  letter  "D"  is  substituted  for 
the  number  "617.6"  which  is  the  number  for  Dentistry  in  the 
Dewey  Classification. 

D  Dentistry. 

Do  1  Philosophies. 

02  Compends. 

03  Dictionaries,  cyclopedias. 

031     Nomenclature. 

04  Essays,  addresses. 

Presidents'  Annual  Address,  Addresses  of  Welcome,  Responses  to  Address  of  Welcome. 

041     Correspondence. 

05  Periodicals. 

06  Societies.     Organization,  etc. 

07  Education,  professional. 

Research.     Relations  of  Dentistry  to  Medicine.     (Dental  examining  boards,  see  D82.) 

071  Methods  of  teaching. 

Technics. 

072  Popular  Education. 

Dentistry  in  public  schools  and  state  institutions. 

073  Literature. 

Reports  of  Committee  on  Dental  Science  and  Literature. 

08  Libraries,  collections,  museums,  exhibits. 

09  Histories.     Necrology. 

Di       Dental  Anatomy;  Histology  and  Physiology. 
1  a     Force  of  Mastication. 

{Articulation  and  Occlusion  of  the  Teeth,  occluding  frames,  etc,  see  D3a.) 

10 1  Comparative  dental  anatomy. 

102  Dental  paleontology.     Ancient  races  of  man. 
1 1     Deciduous  teeth. 

Absorption  of  roots  of  deciduous  teeth. 

*Copyrighted,  1909,  by  Arthur  D.  Black. 

11 


12  Permanent  teeth. 

Temperaments  in  relation  to  the  teeth. 

13  Anomalies,  of  both  dentition  and  form.     Supernumerary- 

teeth. 

Temporary  teeth  retained.     Missing  teeth.     Enamel  drops. 

14  Tooth  tissues.     Preparation  of  specimens. 

141  Enamel. 

142  Dentin. 

143  Cementum. 

144  Pulp. 

15  Supporting  tissues.     Peridental   membrane,   periosteum, 

gingivae  and  gum  tissue.     Bone  of  jaw. 

16  Dental  embryology. 

17  Dentition.     Diseases  in  connection    with  dentition    and 

treatment. 

D2       Operative  Dentistry. 

General  articles  covering  both  operative  and  prosthetic  dentistry.      Reports  of  Clinic  Committee 

2  1     Instruments  and  appliances. 

Reports  of  Committee  on  Dental  Art  and  Invention.     (Instruments  applicable  to  a  particular 
procedure,  classified  with  subject.) 

21a     Sterilization  of  instruments.     Asepsis. 
21b     Control    of    flow    of    saliva.        Rubber    dam, 
clasps,  etc. 

22  Filling  teeth.     Filling  materials.     Filing.     Separation. 

22a     Preparation  of  cavities. 

22b     Matrices  (see  D23  for  inlays). 

22c      Combination  fillings.     Cavity  linings. 

221  Gold.     Platinum  gold. 
221a   Mallets,  pluggers,  etc. 

222  Amalgam. 

223  Cement.     Silicate  cements. 

224  Gutta-percha. 

225  Tin. 

23  Inlays.     General  articles  on  porcelain. 

(Porcelain  ovens,  etc.,  see  D31.) 

231  Gold. 

232  Porcelain. 

24  Pulp  treatment. 

(Diseases  of  pulp,  see  D63.     Electricity  in  pulp  treatment,  cataphoresis,  see  615.84.     Deciduous 
teeth,  see  D602.) 

241  Capping  pulps. 

242  Destruction  and  removal  of  pulps. 

243  Root  filling.     Root  canals. 

12 


25  Prophylactic  treatment  of  caries.     Cleaning  teeth. 

26  Bleaching  teeth.     Discolorations. 

(Electricity  for  bleaching,  see  615.84.) 

D3       Prosthetic  Dentistry. 

(General  articles  covering  both  operative  and  prosthetic  dentistry,  see  D2.  Reports  of  Clinic 
Committee,  see  D2.) 

3a     Articulation    and   occlusion    of   the    teeth,    oc- 
cluding frames,  etc. 

'Force  of  mastication,  see  Dia.) 

31  Tools,  appliances,  materials. 

Electric  and  other  ovens.  (Tools,  etc.,  applicable  to  a  particular  procedure,  classified  with  subject. 
Reports  of  Committee  on  Dental  Art  and  Invention,  see  D21.) 

32  Artificial  dentures. 

(Temperaments  in  relation  to  the  teeth,  see  D12.) 

32a  Plaster  of  Paris.     Impressions,  bites. 

321  Vulcanized. 

322  Swaged.     Dies. 

323  Fusible  metal. 

324  Porcelain. 

(General  articles  on  porcelain,  see  D23.) 

325  Celluloid. 

33  Crowns  and  bridges. 

331  Crowns. 

332  Bridges. 

34  Obturators  and  similar  appliances. 

38  Dental  chemistry. 

39  Dental  metallurgy. 

D4       Orthopedic  Dentistry. 

Facial  expression  in  relation  to  the  teeth.  (Extraction  of  children's  teeth,  see  D602.  First 
peimanent  mclars,  see  D6ia.) 

D5       Oral  Hygiene. 

D6       Dental  Pathology  and  Treatment.     Diagnosis. 

(Dental  Materia  Medica,  see  615.) 

6a        Dental  Bacteriology. 

(Articles  applying  to  Bacteriology  of  a  particular  subject,  classified  with  subject.) 

6b       Dental  Radiography. 

601  Systemic  conditions  and  the  teeth. 

Pregnancy.  Effects  of  drugs  on  the  teeth.  Tobacco,  see  also  613.84.  (Diseases  in  connection 
with  dentition,  see  D17.  Foods  and  diet  in  relation  to  the  teeth,  see  612.3.  Conditions  of 
saliva  in  relation  to  the  teeth,  see  612. 311.     Gouty  and  uric  acid  diathesis,  etc.,  see  D64.) 

602  Deciduous  teeth. 

(Absorption  of  roots  of  deciduous  teeth,  see  Di  1.     Diseases  in  connection  with  dentition,  see  D17O 

13 


6 1  Diseases  of  enamel  and  dentin.     Caries. 

(Filling  teeth,  filing  teeth,  separation  of  teeth,  inlays  and  mechanical  procedures  in  treatment  ot 
caries,  see  D22  and  D23.  Effects  of  foods,  including  sugars,  on  the  teeth,  see  613.2.  Con- 
ditions of  saliva  in  relation  to  caries,  see  612. 311.) 

61a     First  permanent  molars. 

611  Sensitive  dentin. 

{Electricity  in  treatment,  see  615.84.) 

612  Secondary  dentin.     Pulp  nodules. 

613  Abrasion. 

614  Erosion. 

(Conditions  of  saliva  in  relation  to  erosion,  see  6 12. 3 1 1.) 

615  Atrophy.     Hypoplasia. 

62  Diseases  of  Cementum. 

621  E  xcemen  to  sis . 

622  Absorptions. 

(Absorptions  of  roots  of  deciduous  teeth,  see  Dn  ) 

63  Diseases  of  dental  pulp. 

(Treatment,  see  D24.     Pulp  nodules,  see  D612.) 

64  Diseases  of  peridental  membrane. 

Gouty  and  uric  acid  diathesis,  etc.  (Replantation  for  cure  of  diseases  of  peridental  membrane, 
see  D73.     Salivation,  see  615.927.) 

641      Calculus,  deposits,  stains,  removal  of  same. 

(Calculi  and  diseases  of  salivary  glands  and  ducts,  see  616.31.) 

65  Alveolar  Abscess. 

(Replantation  for  cure  of  abscess,  see  D73.) 

66  Diseases  of  soft  tissues  of  the  mouth. 

(Hemorrhage,  see  D721.) 

661     Systemic   diseases  manifested  in   the   mouth. 
Syphilis. 

(Systemic  conditions  and  the  teeth,  see  D601.     Gouty  and  uric  acid  diathesis,  etc.,  see  D64.) 

67  Dental  and  facial  neuralgia  and  reflected  pain. 

(Facial  paralysis,  see  616.842.     Surgical  treatment  of  same,  see  D77.) 

671     Affections  of  eye  and  ear  in  relation  to  the 
teeth. 

D7       Oral  Surgery. 
71     The  maxillae. 

Reports  of  accident  cases  involving  injuries  of  the  face  and  laws. 

711  Necrosis. 

712  Caries. 

(Articles  on  both  necrosis  and  caries,  see  D711.) 

713  Fractures. 

714  Dislocations. 

715  Fixations.     Trismus,  ankylosis,   arthritis,   etc. 

(Fixations  on  account  of  impacted  third  molars,  see  D74.) 

14 


72  Extraction. 

(Electricity  in  extraction,  see  615.84.     Anaesthetics,  see  615.781.) 

721      Hemorrhage  following  extraction. 

Hemorrhage  from  soft  tissues  of  mouth.     (See  also  617.41  arrest  of  hemorrhage.) 

73  Replantation,  transplantation,  implantation. 

74  Unerupted  and  Malposcd  teeth.     Third  molars. 

(Orthopedic  treatment,  see  D4.) 

75  Plastic  operations. 

751      Cleft  palate  and  hare-lip. 

(Obturators,  artificial  vela,  etc.,  see  D34.) 

76  Sinuses  of  face,  diseases  and  treatment. 

77  Surgical  treatment  of  dental  and  facial  neuralgia. 

{Pathology  and  medical  treatment,  see  D67.) 

78  Tumors  of  mouth  and  face.     Ranula,  cysts,  epulis. 

781  Malignant. 

782  Benign. 

783  Cysts.     Odontomes. 

784  Aneurisms.     Naevi. 

785  Ranula. 

D8       Dental  Jurisprudence,  Ethics  and  Economics. 

81  State  laws,  laws  of  foreign  countries. 

Reports  of  Legislative  Committee. 

82  State  examining  boards. 
S3     Litigations. 

84  Army  and  Navy  dentists. 

85  Dental  protective  associations. 
S9     Dental  economics. 

891      Dental  notation. 


15 


INDEX  TO  CLASSIFICATION. 


The  following  alphabetical  index  covers  practically  the  entire  field  of  den- 
tistry. For  each  subject  there  is  given  its  classification  number.  By  referring 
to  the  number  in  the  classified  index,  Part  II  of  this  book,  all  of  the  papers  and 
clinics  on  the  desired  subject  will  be  found,  and  related  subjects  will  be  found 
near  by. 

In  the  personal  records  of  members.  Part  III  of  this  book,  the  classification 
number  will  be  found  after  the  title  of  each  paper  and  clinic.  For  the  discussions, 
the  classification  number  of  each  paper  discussed  is  given. 

By  reviewing  the  classification  tables  on  page  II  of  this  Appendix,  one  will 
easily  become  so  familiar  with  the  plan  of  classification  that  it  will  not  often  be 
necessary  to  consult  the  alphabetical  index. 


INDEX. 

Abrasion  of  the  teeth D613 

Abscess,  alveolar  D65 

with  living  pulp ' D64 

Absorption  of  roots  of  deciduous  teeth Dn 

of  roots  of  permanent  teeth 1  )<>_>_? 

Actinomycosis     D66 

Addresses    D04 

Advertising,   dental   ethics D8 

Air  chambers.     Artificial  dentures ■...  D32 

Aluminum  plate-,   fusible  metal D323 

swaged    D3-'2 

Alveolar  abscess   D65 

Alveolar  process,  maxillary  b<mes D71 

Alveolar  process.     Supporting  tissues  of  teeth ■. D154 

Amalgam,  filling  materials D222 

Amalgam  and  gold.     Combination  fillings D22C 

Amputation  of  roots.    Alveolar  abscess D65 

Anatomy,   dental    Dl 

comparative  dental   D101 

Ancient  races,  teeth  of D102 

Anesthetics    615.781 

electricity    615.84 

local     615.781 

Aneurisms,  of  oral  region D/84 

Angiomata,   of  oral   region D784 

Ankylosis,  of  lower  jaw D715 

Annealing   gold    D22I 

Anomalies,  dental  .' D13 

dental,  other  than  man D101 

of  eruption  of  teeth D13 

Antipyretics     - 615.75 

Antiseptics     615.778 

Antrum  of  Highmore,  diseases D76 

Appliances  used  in  operative  dentistry D21 

used   in   prosthetic   dentistry D31 

Arsenic,  pulp  treatment D242 

16 


Arthritis,   of  tempero-maxillary  articulations D715 

Articulation  of  artificial  teeth D3a 

Articulators     D^a. 

Artificial  dentures   D32 

Artificial  enamel    D223 

Artificial  palates D34 

Artificial   respiration.      Anesthetics 615.781 

Artificial  vela  - D34 

Asepsis  in  dentistry D2ia 

Associations,  dental    D06 

Atrophy  of  the  teeth D615 

Bacteriology,  dental  D6a 

of    dental    caries D61 

Base-plates    D32 

Benign  tumors,  of  oral  region D782 

Bibliography,  dental   D073 

Bite,  strength  of  the Dia 

Bites,  impressions   D32a 

"Bleaching  teeth    D26 

electricity  for    615.84 

Blindness  from  dental  lesions D671 

Blood  tumors,  of  oral  region D784 

Blowpipes    D31 

Bone  of  jaws,  histology  and  physiology D154 

diseases D71 

Bookkeeping,  dental  D89 

Book  reviews,  dental D072 

Bridges     D332 

Bridges  and  crowns D33 

Broaches,  pulp  treatment D24 

Bromide  of  ethyl 615.781 

Burs.     Preparation  of  cavities. D22a 

Business  methods  in  dentistry ., D89 

Calculus,  salivary.    Deposits  on  the  teeth D641 

Cancrum  oris    D66 

Capping  pulps    D241 

Carbolic    acid.     Disinfectants 615.777 

Escharotics    615.775 

Carcinoma,  of  oral  region D781 

Caries,  dental   D61 

Constitutional  causes  of D603 

Prophylactic  treatment    D25 

Caries  of  maxillary  bones D712 

Cataphoresis    615.84 

Cavities,  preparation  of D22a 

Cavity  lining D22C 

Celluloid  dentures D325 

Cements,   dental.     Filling  materials D223 

Cementum,  diseases    D02 

Histology  and  physiology D143 

Chemistry,   dental    D38 

Children,  management  of,  by  dentists D602 

teeth  of D602o 

Chloral    615.781 

Chlorid   of    ethyl 615.781 

Chloroform    615.781 

Clamps  for  rubber  dam S2I,:) 

Clasps • D32 

Cleaning  teeth.     Prophylactic  treatment  of  dental  caries D25 

Cleft  palate.     Oral  surgery D751 

Obturators D34 

17 


Cocain.      Anesthetics    615.781 

Pulp  treatment  D242 

Cohesive  gold.     Filling  materials D221 

Collections  of  dental  specimens D08 

Colleges,  dental    D07 

Combination  fillings    D22C 

Comparative  dental  anatomy  D101 

Compends,  dental   D02 

Condensation  of  gold.     Filling  materials D221 

Constitutional  causes  of  dental  caries D603 

Continuous  gum   dentures D324 

Correspondence,  particularly  that  relative  to  dentistry  in  various  local- 
ities  and  countries D041 

Counter  dies.     Swaged  plates D322 

Creosote.     Antiseptics    615.778 

Escharotics    615.775 

Crowns    D331 

Crowns  and   Bridges D33 

Cyclopedias,  dental   D03 

Cysts,  of  oral  region D783 

Dead  pulps    D24 

Deafness  from  dental  lesions D671 

Deciduous  teeth,  absorption  of  roots  of Dn 

anatomy    Dn 

care  of   , D602 

filling    D602 

retained.     Anomalies    D13 

Dentifrice.     Oral   hygiene D5 

Dentigerous  cysts    D783 

Dentin,    diseases    of D61 

histology   and  physiology D142 

secondary     D612 

sensitive    D61 1 

Dentistry    D 

Dentistry  and  medicine,   relations  of D07 

Dentition    D6or 

diseases  in  connection  with D601 

Dentures,  artificial    D32 

Deposits  on  the  teeth D641 

Devitalization  of  the  pulp .• D242 

Diagnosis  of  dental  lesions D6 

Dictionaries,   dental    D03 

Dies.     Swaged  dentures D322 

Digestion    612.3 

Digestion  of  pulp D242 

Diploma   legislation    D83 

Directories,   dental    D03 

Disinfectants     615.777 

Dislocations  of  the  lower  jaw D714 

Drugs,  effects  of,  on  teeth D603 

Dyspepsia  in  relation  to  the  teeth D603 

Ear  affections  in  relation  to  the  teeth D671 

Economics,  dental   D89 

Education,   dental D07 

Methods   of  teaching D071 

Popular D072 

Electric  apparatus  used  in  dentistry : 

prosthetic  appliances    D31 

engines    D21 

ovens   D3T 

X-ray    D6b 

18 


Electrical  anesthesia   615.84 

Electro-chemical   theory  of  decay D61 

Caries.      Filling   materials D22 

Electro-therapeutics    615.84. 

Embryology,   dental    D16 

Empyema  of  antrum D70 

Enamel,  diseases D6l 

histology  and  physiology D141 

Encyclopedias,  dental   D03 

Engines,  dental    D21 

Epithelioma,   of  oral   region D781 

Epulis    D782 

Erosion  of  the  teeth D614 

Eruption  of  the  teeth D601 

Escharotics    615.775 

Essays,  dental,  of  a  general  character D04 

Essential   oils.     Antiseptics 615.778 

Ethics,  dental   D8 

Ether     615.781 

Ethyl  bromide  615.781 

Evolution  of  the  teeth.     Comparative  dental  anatomy D101 

Eye  affections  in  relation  to  the  teeth D671 

Examination  Boards,  dental D82 

Excavators.     Cavity  preparation D22a 

Excementosis    D621 

Exhibits,  dental   D08 

Extraction   of  teeth D72 

accidents  in  connection  with D72 

during    pregnancy D603 

electrical    anesthesia    for 615.84 

in  treatment  of  irregularities D4 

anesthetics   for    615.781 

of  first  permanent  molars D6ia 

Facial  expression  in  relation  to  the  teeth D4 

Facial  neuralgia  D67 

Surgical  treatment    D77 

Fibrils   of  the  dentin D 142 

Filing  teeth   D22 

Filling  materials D22 

Filling  root  canals E)243 

Filling  teeth    D22 

children's    D602 

first  permanent  molars .' D6ia 

First  permanent  molars D6ia 

Fixation  of  loose  teeth D64 

Fixations  of  lower  jaw D715 

Follicle,  dental.     Embryology D16 

Foods,  effects  of,  on  the  teeth 613.2 

in  relation  to  teeth  of  animals * D101 

Forceps,  extraction  of  teeth D72 

Foreign  correspondence,  dentistry  of  foreign  nations D041 

Formalin.      Antiseptics    615.778 

Disinfectants     615.777 

Force  of  mastication Dia 

Fracture  of  bones,  maxillary D713 

Furnaces.      Prosthetic    appliances D31 

Fusible  alloys.     Dental  metallurgy D39 

Fusible  metal  dentures D323 

Fusion  of  teeth.     Anomalies D13 

Germicides 615.778 

Gingivae,  histology  and  physiology D151 

19 


Glossitis    '. D66 

Gold.     Filling  materials    D221 

Gold  and  amalgam  combination  fillings D22C 

Gold  and  platinum D221 

Gold  and  tin  combination  fillings D22C 

Gold  crowns D331 

inlays     D231 

Metallurgy,   dental D39 

plates D322 

Gouty   and   uric    acids    diathesis.      Diseases    of    the    peridental    mem- 
brane     D64 

Gum  tissue,  histology  and  physiology D151 

Gums,  diseases   D66 

lancing  during  dentition D601 

Gunshot  wounds  1  if  1  »ral  regit  m D71 

( riitta-percha.    Filling  materials '. D224 

artificial   dentures    D32 

Hemostatics,  dental   hemorrhage Dj2r 

Harelip   D751 

Health  of  dentist.     Personal  hygiene 613. 

Heavy    gold    foil D221 

Hemophelias  manifested  in  dental  tissues D721 

Hemorrhage,   following   extraction D721 

from  soft  tissue^  1 1 f  mouth D721 

diseases  of  soft  tissues  of  mouth D66 

Histology,    dental    Dl 

Histories,  dental    Doo 

Hutchinson  teeth  D615 

Hydrogen  pero.xid.     Antiseptics 615. 77S 

Hygiene   of  the  mouth D5 

personal    613. 

Hypoplasia  of  the  teeth D615 

Impacted  teeth    D74 

Implantation D73 

Impressions     D32a 

Inflammation    617.22 

Injuries,  surgical,  of  oral  region Dyi 

Inlays    D23 

gold    D23 1 

porcelain     D232 

Instrument  sterilization  D2ia 

Instruments  used  in  operative  dentistry D21 

Instruments   used  in   prosthetic   dentistry D31 

Interdental  splints.     Fractures D713 

Investing  materials.     Plaster  of  paris D32a 

Iodine.     Antiseptic    615.778 

Irregularities  of  the  teeth D4 

Jaw  bones,  diseases D71 

Journalism,    dental    D05 

Jurisprudence,   dental   D8 

Lancing  of  gums.     Dentition D601 

Lateral  abscesses.     Diseases  of  the  peridental  membrane D64 

Laws,  dental,  of  various  States  and  countries D81 

Leucoplakia.    Diseases  of  soft  tissues  of  mouth D66 

Libraries,  dental    D08 

Light  for  dental  operations D21 

Lining   cavities    D22C 

Literature,  dental    D073 

Litigations,  dental   D83 

Local    anesthetics    615.781 

20 


Lockjaw L); 1 5 

Loose  teeth,  fixation  of D64 

Malignant  tumors,  of  oral  region D781 

Mallets,  in  filling  teeth D22ia 

Malposed  teeth.    Orthodontia D4 

Oral  surgery  D74 

Mastication,  force  of Dia 

Materia  medica   and   therapeutics 6r> 

Matrices,   for  fillings D22b 

for  inlays  D23 

Maxillary  bones,  anatomy,  histology  and  physiology D15 

diseases    of    \)- 1 

Maxillary  sinus,  diseases  of D76 

Mechanical   dentistry    D3 

Medicine  and  dentistry,  relations  of D07 

Metallic  dentures.     Fusible  metal D323 

Swaged D322 

Metallurgy,  dental D39 

Micro-organisms,  dental   D6a 

of  dental  caries D61 

Microscopy,  dental    Dr4 

general    578 

Missing   teeth.      Anomalies Dr3 

Mouth  washes.     Oral  hygiene D5 

Mucous  membrane  of  mouth,  diseases D66 

Mummification  of  pulps D242 

Museums,  dental   D08 

Naevi,  of  oral  region D784 

Nasmyth's   membrane    IM41 

Navy  dentists   D84 

Necrosis  of  maxillary  bones D71 1 

Neoplasms  of  dental  region D78 

Nervous  conditions  of  dental  origin D67 

Neuralgia,  dental  and  facial D67 

surgical  treatment  D77 

from  excementosis    D621 

from  pulp  nodules D612 

Nitrous  oxide   615.781 

Noma    D66 

Nomenclature,    dental    D031 

Non-conductors.     Pulp  treatment D24 

Non-cohesive  gold.     Filling  materials D221 

Non-malignant  tumors,  of  oral  region D782 

Notation,  dental  D891 

Obtundents  for  sensitive  dentin D611 

Obturators D34 

Occluding  frames  D3a 

Occlusion.     Prosthetic   dentistry D3a 

Orthodontia    D4 

Odontoblasts     D144 

Odontomes D783 

Oils,   essential,   antiseptics 615.778 

Operations,  plastic.     Oral  surgery D75 

Oral  hygiene  D5 

Oral  surgery  D7 

Orthopedic   dentistry • D4 

Ossified  pulps.     Secondary  dentin D612 

Osteomyelitis,   maxillary   D71 1 

Paleontology,  dental   D102 

Paralysis,   of   dental    origin D67 

Patents,  dental  DS 

21 


Pathology,  dental    Do 

Pericementitis    I  )64 

Peridental  membrane,  diseases D64 

histology   and   physiology 1)152 

Periodicals,   dental    D05 

Periosteum,  dental,  histology  and  physiology D153 

Permanent  teeth,  anatomy D62 

Personal  hygiene   613. 

Philosophies,  dental    Doi 

Phosphorus    uecn  >sis    D~  1 1 

Physiology,  dental   1 )  1 

Plantations  of  teeth D73 

Plaster  of  paris D329 

Plastic    filling    materials D22 

Platinum.     Metallurgy,  dental D39 

Platinum    gold    D221 

Pluggers   D22 1  a 

Polyps,  of  oral  region, D782 

Popular  dental   education D072 

Porcelain,  general   articles I  )_> ^ 

bridges    I  >332 

crow  ns     I  >33i 

Inlays    D23 

ovens    D31 

plates    D324 

Pregnancy,    effects    of,    Oil    teeth • D603 

operations  on   the  teeth,   during D603 

Preparation   of  cavitu  S D22a 

Preparation  of  specimens  of  teeth   for   study 1)  14 

President's  addresses  D04 

Prophylactic  treatment  of  dental  caries D25 

Prosthetic  appliances  to  replace  lost  tissues  other  than  teeth,  obturators  D34 

Pn  isthetic  dentistry    1 ),} 

Protective  associations,    dental D85 

Public  schools,  dentistry  in D072 

Pulps,  capping D24t 

destruction  of 1  )242 

digestion    of    D242 

diseases     1  )&$ 

exposed   in    deciduous   teeth D602 

histology   and    physiology D144 

mummification    D242 

Pulp  nodules,  secondary  dentin * D6l2 

treatment    D24 

with   arsenic    D242 

with  cataphoresis  615.84 

with   cocain    ' ]  )242 

with   electricity   615.84 

Pus     617.22 

Putrescent   pulps    D24 

Pyorrhea  alveolaris    D64 

Radiographv   D6b 

Ranula    . . ." D785 

Recording  of  operations,  dental D891 

Reflected  pains,  to  and  from  the  teeth D67 

Regulation  of  the  teeth D4 

Removable  bridges   D332 

Removal  of  deposits  from  the  teeth D641 

Replantation    D73 

Resection  of  roots,  in  treatment  of  alveolar  abscess D65 

Richmond  crowns  D331 

22 


Roentgen  rays,  in  dentistry D6b 

Root   canal   filling D243 

Rubber  dam    D_>ib 

Rubber   dentures    I  )^2 1 

Saliva,  control  of  flow  of D21I) 

physiology,   chemistry   of 612.31 

pumps D2ib 

studies  of   : 612.31 

Salivary  calculus.     Deposits  on  the  teeth D641 

Sarcoma,  of  oral  region D781 

Schools,  dental D07 

Secondary   dentin    D612 

Sensitive   dentin   D61 1 

Separation  of  teeth,  for  filling D22 

treatment  of  caries D22 

Silver.     Metallurgy,   dental D39 

Silver  nitrate,   escharotics 615.775 

Sinuses   of  the  face D66 

Sixth-year  molars  D6ia 

Soft  tissues  of  the  mouth,  diseases D66 

Soldering,  metallurgy,   dental D39 

swaged  plates   D322 

regulating  appliances   D4 

Specimens  of  teeth,  preparation  of,  for  study D14 

Splints,  fractures   D713 

Stains  of  enamel  and  dentin.    Bleaching D616 

Deposits    D641 

Staphyloraphy    D75 1 

State   dental   laws D81 

Sterilizing   dental   instruments D2ia 

Stomatitis    D66 

Strength  of  the  bite Dia 

Styptics,   dental   hemorrhage D721 

Sugars,  effects  of,  on  the  teeth 613.2 

Supernumerary  teeth.     Anomalies D13 

Supporting  tissues  of  the  teeth,  histology  and  physiology D15 

Surgery,  oral    D7 

Surgical  anatomy  of  oral  region D7 

Swaged   dentures   D322 

Syphilis,  manifestations  in  the  mouth D661 

necrosis  of  oral  region D711 

Systemic  conditions  and  the  teeth D603 

Systemic  diseases  manifested  in  the  mouth D661 

Teaching  of  dentistry.     Methods D071 

Teeth,  affections  of,  in  relation  to  eye  and  ear D671 

and   systemic   conditions D603 

in  relation  to  facial  expression D4 

Teething.     Dentition    D6ot 

Temperaments  in  relation  to  teeth D12 

Temporary  teeth    D 1 1 

Tetanus  of  muscles  of  mastication D715 

Therapeutics  and  materia  medica 615. 

Third  dentition.     Anomalies D13 

Third  molars,  and  pathological  conditions  caused  by D74 

Tic-douloureux    D67 

surgical  treatment  D/7 

Tin.     Filling   materials D225 

Tin  and  gold.     Combination  fillings D22C 

Tongue,   diseases   D66 

Tools.     Prosthetic  appliances D31 

23 


Tooth  brushes.    Oral  hygiene D5 

powders,  oral  hygiene D5 

tissues,  histology  and  physiology D14 

Transplantation    D73 

Trismus  of  muscles  of  mastication D/T5 

Tumors,  of  dental  origin D78 

Unerupted  teeth.     Pathological  conditions  caused  by D74 

Uric  acid  and  gouty  diathesis,  in  relation  to  diseases  of  the  peridental* 

membrane    D64 

Vacuum  chamber.     Artificial  dentures D32 

Vulcanized    dentures    D321 

injurious   effects  of D321 

Vulcanizers   D321 

Warping  of  metallic  dentures,  in  soldering D322 

Wedging  the  teeth  for  separation D22 

Wiring  the  teeth.     Fractures ^7^3 

Wisdom  teeth  D74 

X-rays   in   dentistry D6b 


5866  5109 


24 


